1

RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY,

NAGPUR
NOTIFICATION
No. Acad/164.
th
Date : 12 June, 2014
To,
The Principal
of all the affiliated Commerce
Colleges of Rashtrasant Tukadoji
Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur

Subject:- Direction No. 8 of 2014.

Sir/Madam,

I am forwarding herewith a copy of the Direction No. 8 of 2014 issued by the Hon’ble Vice-
Chancellor under Section 14(8) of Maharashtra Universities Act, 1994 “Direction Governing
The Examinations Leading To The Degree Of Bachelor Of Commerce (B.Com.) In
The Faculty Of Commerce” along with the scheme to be implemented from Academic Session
2014-2015.
You are requested to kindly bring it to the notice of all teachers and students of your
college.
Thanking you,
Yours faithfully,
Encl: As above. Sd/-
(Dr. A.V. Gomashe)
Registrar,
Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj
Nagpur University, Nagpur.
th
No. Acad/164 Nagpur dated the 12 June, 2014

Copy for information and necessary action along with the Direction and
Scheme as mentioned above to :-

1) The Dean, Faculty of Commerce, Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur

University, Nagpur
2) The Chairman, All Board of Studies in Commerce Faculty, R.T.M. Nagpur
University.
3) The Controller of Examinations, Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University,
Nagpur
4) The Director, B.C.U.D., Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur
5) The Deputy Registrar (Exam.) Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University,
Nagpur.
6) The Deputy Registrar (Coll. Sec.) Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur
University, Nagpur
2
7) The Asstt. Registrar (Prof. Exam.), Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur
University, Nagpur
8) The Asstt. Registrar (Conf.), Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University,
Nagpur.
9) The Asstt. Registrar (Exams & Enqury.), R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur
10) The Asstt. Registrar University’s Sub-Centre at Gadchiroli, R.T.M. Nagpur
University, Nagpur.
11) The Officer-in-Charge, Publication Section, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur.
12) The Asstt. Registrar, Ordinance Section, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur
13) The P. A. to the Hon’ble Vice-Chancellor, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur
14) The P. A. to the Hon’ble Pro-Vice-Chancellor, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur
15) The P. A. to the Registar, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur
16) Mrs. Veena Prakashe, Information Scientist, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur

Sd/-
(Puran Meshram)
Deputy Registrar(Acad.)
Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj
Nagpur University, Nagpur.

3
RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY
“(Established by Government of Central Provinces Education Department by Notification No. 513 dated
the 1st of August, 1923 & presently a State University governed by Maharashtra Universities Act, 1994.)”

Directions, Subject Scheme and Syllabus

For
Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com) Examination

FACULTY OF
COMMERCE
Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com) Examination
2014-15 and Onwards
(Three Years Degree Course)

4
 RASHTRASANT TUKDOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY, NAGPUR

Direction No. 8 of 2014

DIRECTIONS GOVERNING THE EXAMINATION LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF

Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com) Examination

WHEREAS the Maharashtra Universities Act No. XXXV of 1994 has come into
force with effect from 22nd July, 1994.

AND

WHEREAS the amendment to the said Act came to be effected from

12th May,2000.
AND

WHEREAS the Faculty of Commerce at its meeting held on 01-05-2013 have

decided to restructure the syllabus for the award of the degree of Bachelor of
Commerce (B.Com) Examination commensurate with the curricula existing in the
various Universities in India and with a view to include the latest trends in the
commerce stream as well as to design it to suit to the needs of the industries and
corporate houses as provided under Section 38(a) of the Act.

AND

WHEREAS all the Board of Studies in Faculty of Commerce in its meeting held on
20-07-2013 restructured the existing syllabi and recommended the new scheme of
examination.

AND
WHEREAS the recommendations made by the all four Board of studies under
Faculty of Commerce were approved by the Academic Council, in its meeting held
on ___________.

AND

WHEREAS it is expedient to provide and Amend Ordinance for the purpose of

prescribing examinations leading to the degree of Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com)
in the Faculty of Commerce.

Now, therefore, I, Anoop Kumar, Vice-Chancellor, Rastrasant Tukdoji Maharaj

Nagpur University, Nagpur in exercise of the powers vested in me under Section
14(8) of the Maharashtra University Act of 1994 do hereby issue the following
direction.

5
 Scheme of Examination

1. This Ordinance may be called „Examination leading to the degree of Bachelor of

Commerce (B.Com) in the Faculty of Commerce (Amendment) Ordinance, ----------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. This Ordinance shall come into force with effect from the date of its approval by the
Management Council.

3. There shall be three examinations leading to the degree of Bachelor of Commerce

(B.Com) namely :
(1) The Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com) Part – I Examination,
(2) The Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com) Part – II Examination and
(3) The Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com) Final Examination.

4. The duration of the Degree Course under this shall be of three academic years with
the B.Com Part – I Examination at the end of the first academic year, the B.Com
Part – II Examination at the end of the second year and the B.Com Final
Examination at the end of the third year.

5. The Examinations Specified in paragraph 3 above shall be held twice a year at such
places and on such dates as may be fixed by the University.

6. The details of the procedure for admission as well as eligibility for examination of

(A) For the B.Com Part – I Examination shall have Passed the 12th Standard Examination
of the Maharashtra State Board of Secondary and Higher Secondary Education, with
English at Higher or Lower level and any Modern Indian Language at higher or lower
level with any combination of optional subjects;
OR

XII Standard Examination of Maharashtra State Board of Secondary and Higher

Secondary Education in Vocational Stream with one language only; OR any other
examination recognized as equivalent thereto; in such subjects and with such standards of
attainments as may be prescribed Minimum Competition vocation course (MCVC).
OR
Any other Equivalent Examination of any State in (10+2) pattern with English & any
combination of subjects
(B) For the B.Com Part – II Examination the student shall have appeared in
B.Com Part – I Examination of this University & should be eligible as per ATKT rules.

(C) For the B.Com Final Examination the student shall have Passed B.Com Part – I &
shall have appeared in B.Com Part – II Examination of this University & should be
eligible as per ATKT rules.

6
7. A collegiate candidate shall have pursued a regular course of study for not less than
one academic year before being examined for B.Com Part – I or the B.Com Part – II or the
B.Com Final Examination in any recognized institution and or college affiliated to
Rashtrasant Tukdoji Maharaj Nagpur University where the course is conducted.

8. Without prejudice to the other provisions of Ordinance No. 6 relating to the

Examinations in General, the provisions of Paragraphs 5, 7, 8, 10, 26 and 31 of the said
Ordinance shall apply to every collegiate candidate.

9. The fees for the examination shall be as prescribed by the University from time to
time and whenever any change is made in the fees prescribed for any particular
examination that shall be notified through a notification for information of the examinees
concerned.

7
Examination Scheme

10. (A) An examinee for the Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com) Part – I

examination shall be examined in the following subjects:

Sr No SUBJECT MAX MARKS

(THEORY)
1 Compulsory English 100
nd
2 II Language (Other Indian language as 100
per syllabus) (Hindi, Marathi, etc.)
3 Financial Accounting – I 100
4 Fundamentals of Statistics & Computer 100
5 Principles of Business Management 100
6 Business Economics 100
7 Company Law & Secretarial Practice 100
(CLSP)

(B) An examinee for the Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com) Part –

II examination shall be examined in the following subjects:

Sr SUBJECT MAX MARKS INTERNAL/

No (THEORY) PRACTCAL
MARKS
1 Compulsory English 100 Nil
nd
2 II Language (Other Indian 100 Nil
language as per syllabus)
(Hindi, Marathi, etc.)
3 Financial Accounting – II 100 Nil

4 Cost & Management Accounting 100 Nil

5 Business Communication 80 20

6 Monetary Economics 100 Nil

7 Business and Industrial Law 100 Nil

(C) Anexaminee for the Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com) final

examination shall be examined in the following subjects:

Sr SUBJECT MAX INTERNAL/

No MARKS PRACTCAL
(THEORY) MARKS
1 Financial Accounting– III 100 Nil

2 Income Tax & Auditing 100 Nil

3 Functional Management 100 Nil

8
 4 Indian Economics 100 Nil

5 Business Finance 100 Nil

6 Computerized Accounting 80 20

(D) Choice of Vocational courses

Apart from doing General B.Com, students can opt for vocational courses in
B. Com as under :


Vocational subjects: The various vocational courses (mainly sponsored by
UGC) which can be chosen by the students are given below. As per the
UGC letter no. F.9-3/95 (Desk-VE) dated 23.12.1999 a course for
Entrepreneurial Development is compulsory for students opting for
vocational subjects. Thus with every vocational subject there will be one
paper of Entrepreneurship Development. 

Group I. Tax Procedures & Practice

1. Tax Procedures & Practice-Paper- I and

2. Entrepreneurship Development- Paper-I
(2 papers in each year i.e. 6 papers in 3 years)

Group II. Office Management and Secretarial Practice

I. Office Management and Secretarial Practice-Paper- I and

II. Entrepreneurship Development- Paper-I
(2 papers in each year i.e. 6 papers in 3 years)

Group III. Advertising, Sales Promotion and Sales Management.

I. Advertising, Sales Promotion and Sales Management-Paper-I and

II. Entrepreneurship Development- Paper-I
(2 papers in each year i.e. 6 papers in 3 years)

Group IV. Computer Applications

I. Computer Applications
II. Entrepreneurship Development- Paper-I
(2 papers in each year i.e. 6 papers in 3 years)

Group V. Principles and Practice of Insurance

I. Principles and Practice of Insurance

II. Entrepreneurship Development- Paper-I

9
 (2 papers in each year i.e. 6 papers in 3 years)

*1. NOTE:

B.Com Part- I Students opting for UGC Vocational subject (any one group
of the five mentioned above) may select the same in lieu of

a. II nd Language subject i.e. Hindi, Marathi, Supp. English, etc.

b. Company Law & Secretarial Practice (CLSP)

And for B.Com Part II, the vocational subjects will be in lieu of -

a. II nd Language subject i.e. Hindi, Marathi, Supplementary English, etc.

b. Business Communication
And for B.Com Part III, the vocational subjects will be in lieu of -

a. Functional Management
b. Indian Economy

*2. NOTE: II nd language subject of B.Com Part- I shall be Any one of Hindi,
Marathi, Supplementary English, Urdu, Gujrathi, Telgu, Bengali, Persian, Arebic, Pali
& Prakrit, Latin etc. The syllabus of these subjects, question paper pattern &
question paper shall be same as that of B.A. Part- I.

*3. NOTE: II nd language subject of B.Com Part- II shall be Any one of Hindi,
Marathi, Supplementary English, Urdu, Gujrathi, Telgu, Bengali, Persian, Arebic, Pali
& Prakrit, Latin etc. The syllabus of these subjects, question paper pattern &
question paper shall be same as that of B.A. Part- II.

11. (A) The scope of the subjects and pattern of examination shall be as indicated in
Syllabus.
(B) The Medium of instructions and examinations shall be in ENGLISH, MARATHI &
HINDI only. The practicals / numericals wherever applicable will be set & attempted in
English only.

(C) The Maximum marks which each subject carries in Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com)
Part – I, Part- II and Final Examination shall be as indicated in Examination Scheme (item
no 10) “A”, “B”, and “C” respectively.

(D) All subjects of B.Com Part – I, II & Final shall have a period of 48 minutes duration
each & workload as indicated below:

WORKLOAD CHART ( 71 Periods per Week)

(Commerce Subjects)
B. Com. – I B. Com. – II B. Com. – III
1 Financial Accounts-I 5 1 Financial 5 1 Financial 5
periods Accounting – II periods Accounting– III periods

2 Fundamentals of 5 2 Cost & Management 5 2 Income Tax & 5

Statistics & periods Accounting periods Auditing periods
Computer

10
3 Principles of 4 3 Business 5 3 Functional 4
Business periods Communication periods Management periods
Management
4 Business Economics 4 4 Monetary 4 4 Indian 4
periods Economics periods Economics periods

5 Company Law & 4 5 Business and 4 5 Business 4

Secretarial Practice periods Industrial Law periods Finance periods
(CLSP)
6 Computerized 4
Accounting periods

TOTAL PERIODS 22 TOTAL PERIODS 23 TOTAL PERIODS 26

TOTAL WORK LOAD - 71 PERIODS

WORKLOAD CHART (LANGUAGES)

B. Com. – I B. Com. – II
1 Compulsory 5 Period of Theory for 1 Compulsory 5 Period of Theory
English B.Com. Part-I. In English for B.Com. Part-II.
addition one period of In addition one
tutorial for a batch of period of tutorial
20 students. A batch for a batch of 20
shall not exceed 20 students. A batch
students and 10% of shall not exceed
20. 20 students and
10% of 20.
nd nd
2 II Language 4 periods 2 II Language 4 periods
(Indian (Indian language
language as per as per syllabus)
syllabus) (Supplementary
(Supplementary English, Hindi,
English, Hindi, Marathi, etc.)
Marathi, etc.)
TOTAL PERIODS 10 TOTAL PERIODS 10

For Vocational Subjects the workload will be 3 periods for each theory paper & for practical
6 periods per week for BCom-I, BCom-II & BCom final examinations.
NOTE:
1. Number of periods / Lectures indicated are per week.
2. Each period / Lecture duration shall be 48 minutes.

12. The scope of the subject, percentage of passing in Theory and Internal Practical will be
governed as per following rules:

(i) In order to pass at the Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com) Part – I, II and Final
Examinations an examinee shall obtain not less than 35% marks in each paper, that is to
say separately in the written Examination and in internal practicals wherever applicable.

(ii) An examinee who is unsuccessful at the examination shall be eligible for admission to
the subsequent examinations on payment of a fresh fee prescribed for the examination
together with the conditions of the ordinance in force from time to time.

(iii) An examinee who has failed at the Internal practical examination only shall
required to register himself afresh for doing the Internal practical work again in the
Department / College in the subject/subjects in which he has failed on payment of fresh
annual Internal practical fee of Rs. 100/- per paper. Such registration shall be done on or
before the beginning of the respective Academic Session. The Director / Principal shall on
being satisfied about the completion of the Internal practical work of such a candidate

11
send the fresh Internal practical marks to the University and these fresh Internal practical
marks shall be taken into consideration for computing his / her result at the examination.

13. (a) There shall be no classification of examinees successful at the Bachelor of

Commerce (B.Com) Part – I & II Examinations. Division at the Bachelor of Commerce
(B.Com) Final Examination shall be declared on the basis of the aggregate marks at the
Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com) Part – I Examination , the Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com)
Part –II Examination and the Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com) Final Examination taken
together.

(b) Successful examinees at the Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com) Part –I, Bachelor of
Commerce (B.Com) Part –II and the Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com) Final Examinations
taken together and obtaining 75% or more in the aggregate shall be placed in the
distinction, 60 % or more in the aggregate shall be placed in the first division, those
obtaining less than 60 % but not less than 45 % in the Second Division & those obtaining
less than 45% in third division.

c) Successful examinees in the Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com) Part –I, Bachelor of

Commerce (B.Com) Part –II and Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com) Final Examination shall
be awarded Distinction in each subject in which examinees obtain 75 % or more marks in
that subject at the respective Examination.

14. Unsuccessful examinees at the above examinations can be readmitted to the same
examination on payment of a fresh fee and such other fees as may be prescribed.

15. Provisions of Ordinance No. 3 of 2007 relating to the award of Grace Marks for
passing an examination, securing higher division / class and for securing distinction in
subject(s) shall be applicable.

16. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Direction, no person shall be

admitted to an examination under this Ordinance, if he/ she has already passed the same
examination or an equivalent examination of any other University.

17. Examinees passing the Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com) Examination shall on payment
of the prescribed fees receive a Degree in the prescribed form signed by the Vice-
Chancellor.

18. The aforesaid Amendment shall come into force from the date of its issuance and shall
remain in force till the relevant Ordinance come into being in accordance with the
provisions of the Maharashtra University Act, 1994.

19. The A.T.K.T. rules shall be as under:

12
Theory and Internal practicals shall be considered as separate passing heads. The
internal practical passing heads shall not be considered for promoting to higher class as
per ATKT rules.
The marks for internal practical examinations should be communicated to university
within time limit as per University norms.
The record of conduct of such examination, evaluation and marks should be maintained
for a period of at least two years by the respective college / Department for the
verification by the competent authority.

Admission to Candidate should have Candidate should have

academic year passed in following passed in Minimum THREE
examinations of RTM of Theory subjects of the
Nagpur University following examination
I Year H.S.S.C/equivalent -------
II Year - Ist year
Final Year* Ist year IInd year

Note: (*) A candidate admitted to Final Year can appear for Final year examination
however the result of the Final year examination will be withheld unless the
candidate clears all the lower examinations of the B.Com program

20. This direction shall come into force phase wise from the academic session 2014-15.

Sd/-
Nagpur: ( Anoop Kumar )
Dated : 4.6.2014 Vice-Chancellor

BOARD OF STUDIES

13
B. Com. Part-I
Sr No SUBJECT BOS
1 Compulsory English Language
nd
2 II Language (Other Indian language as per Language
syllabus) (Hindi, Marathi, etc
3 Financial Accounting – I Accounts &
Statistics
4 Fundamentals of Statistics & Computer Accounts &
Statistics
5 Principles of Business Management. Business
Management
6 Business Economics Business
Economics
7 Company Law & Secretarial Practice (CLSP) Commerce

B. Com. Part-II

Sr No SUBJECT BOS
1 Compulsory English Language
nd
2 II Language (Other Indian language Language
as per syllabus) (Hindi, Marathi, etc.)

3 Financial Accounting – II Accounts & Statistics

4 Cost & Management Accounting Accounts & Statistics

5 Business Communication Business Management

6 Monetary Economics Business Economics

7 Business and Industrial Law Commerce

B. Com. Part-III

14
Sr No SUBJECT BOS
1 Financial Accounting– III Accounts & Statistics

2 Income Tax & Auditing Commerce

3 Functional Management Business Management

4 Indian Economics Business Economics

5 Business Finance Accounts & Statistics

6 Computerized Accounting Accounts & Statistics

Vocational Papers
BOARD OF STUDIES IN COMMERCE
B.Com. Part-I
1. Group-I
i. Tax Procedure and Practice – I

2. Group V.
i. Principles and Practice of Insurance - I

B.Com. Part-II
1. Group-I
i. Tax Procedure and Practice – II

2. Group V
i. Principles and Practice of Insurance - II

B.Com. Part-III
1. Group-I
i. Tax Procedure and Practice – III

2. Group V
i. Principles and Practice of Insurance - III

Vocational Papers

BOARD OF STUDIES IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT &

ADMINISTRATION

B.Com. Part-I
1. Group-II
i. Office Management and Secretary Practice – I
ii. Entrepreneurship Development – I

15
2. Group-III

i. Advertising Sale Promotion and Sales Management – I

B.Com. Part-II

1. Group-II
i. Office Management and Secretary Practice – II
ii. Entrepreneurship Development – II

2. Group-III

i. Advertising Sale Promotion and Sales Management – II

B.Com. Part-III
1. Group-II
i. Office Management and Secretary Practice – III
ii. Entrepreneurship Development – III

2. Group-III

i. Advertising Sale Promotion and Sales Management – III

Vocational Papers

BOARD OF STUDIES IN COMPUTER APPLICATION

(AD-VOC)

B.Com. Part-I
Group-IV
1. Elements of Information Technology & MIS (EIT & MIS)

B.Com. Part-II
Group-IV
1. Visual Basic & DBMS (VB & DBMS)

B.Com. Part-III
Group-IV
1. E-Commerce & Web Development (EWD)

16
R T M Nagpur University

Proposed New syllabus

for

B.Com
From the Academic session
2014-15

17
 Detailed Syllabus for B. Com. Part-I

Paper - I
COMPULSORY ENGLISH

Textbook titled ―SWAN and PEARLS‖ shall be prescribed

COMPULSORY English textbook.

Question Paper Pattern

B.Com Part - I
Subject – COMPULSORY English
Marks-100 Time – Three hrs

Question-1) A- One LAQ about 200 wards on Unit-I 8

B- Two SAQ about 100 wards on Unit-I (4 x 2 ) 8

Question-2) A- One LAQ about 200 wards on Unit-II 8

B- Two SAQ about 100 wards on Unit-II (4 x 2 ) 8

Question-3) A- One LAQ about 200 wards on Unit-III 8

B-Two SAQ about 100 wards on Unit-III (4 x 2 ) 8

Question-4) A. Do as directed
a. Give synonym of given words (2 items) 2
b. Give synonym of given words (2 items) 2
c. Give one words substitution (2 items) 2
d. Degree of Comparison (2 items) 2
e. Common errors in English sentences (2 items) 2

B. Letter Writing : One letter to be attempted, based

On prescribed topics. 10

C. Comprehension of an Unseen Passage 10

Question-5) A. Write an Essay in about 300 word on any one

Topics out of the four given topics. 10

B. Six Very Short answer question carrying two

Marks each (from Unit I, II, III ) (6 x 2 ) 12

*************

Syllabus for B.Com Part 1 (Compulsory English)

100 Marks
Objective- The poems, Short Stories and Essays not only serve the purpose of studying language skills
among students but also enjoyment and application,
Course Content -
Text Prescribed - Swan and Pearls, an Anthology of Short Stories, Poems and
Essays Editors - Ratnakar Bhelkar, Varsha Vaidya
Unit l - Short Stories
The Gifts, Quality, The Axe, Someday, Marriage is a Private Affair, The Taxi Driver

18
Unit II - Poetry
You Turned Yourself, Mending Wall, Unknown Citizen , Art of Life, Horses Graze, Swan and
Shadow
Unit III - Essays
Tolerance , The Philosophy of Pleasure , on Painted Face, Knowledge and Wisdom, On Education,
What is Indianness?
II-Non Textual Components
Unit IV -
Synonyms, Antonyms, One Word Substitution, Degree:; of Comparison, common errors in English
sentences
III-Business Correspondence
Letter Writing - Enquiries, Complaint, Sales, Placement of order arid Trade letters
Comprehension of Unseen passage
Essay Writing (Social, Economical, Environmental & Current Topics)

Books for Reference -

1. Macmillan Foundation English, by R.K. Dwivedi, & A.Kumar, Published by Macmillan India Ltd.
2. English For Practical Purposes, by .N. Patil, B.S. Valke , A. Thorat, Zeenat Merchant Pub.by
Macmillan
3. Learner's English Grammar & Composition by N.D.V. Prasada Rao, S.Chand & Company Ltd.
4. Business Communication by Gupta and P. Mahajan. Published by, Sahitya Bhawans
5. Enriching Your Competence in English by Walke, Thorat and Gokhale published by Orient
Longman
Distribution of Marks
Unit Course content LAQ SAQ VSAQ Total
I Short Stories 8 8 4 20
II Poetry 8 8 4 20
III Essays 8 8 4 20
IV Basic Language Skills 40
And Grammar Usage
Total 100
Paper - II

Subject – Supplementary English

Textbook titled ―ZENITH‖ shall be prescribed

Supplementary English textbook.

Question Paper Pattern

B.Com Part - I
Subject – Supplementary English
Marks-100 Time – Three hrs

Question-1) A- One LAQ about 200 wards on Unit-I 8

B- Two SAQ about 100 wards on Unit-I (4 x 2 ) 8

Question-2) A- One LAQ about 200 wards on Unit-II 8

B- Two SAQ about 100 wards on Unit-II (4 x 2 ) 8

19
Question-3) A- One LAQ about 200 wards on Unit-III 8

B-Two SAQ about 100 wards on Unit-III (4 x 2 ) 8

Question-4) A. Developing a paragraph with the help of important point 10

B. One Question out of Two on “Brief Conversational modules” 10
C. Precis Writing 10

Question-5) A. Write an Essay about 300 words on any one of four given topics. 10

B. Six VSAQ carrying two marks each on Unit I, II, III, (6 x 2 ) 12

********

Syllabus for B.Com I (Supplementary English)

100 Marks Time - 3 hours
Objective - To enhance language skills as well as to encourage students to appreciate nuances of language
and literature.
Course Content-
Text Prescribed :- Zenith, an Anthology of Prose and
Poetry UNIT I - Lessons
i) A New Star Rises
ii) Mahatma Gandhi
iii) Jagdish Chandra Bose
iv) My Greatest Olympic Prize
v) Eating for Health
UNIT II - Lessons
i) Using the Dictionary
ii) The Rule Of The Road
iii) How I Become The Public Speaker
iv) Seeing People Off
v) The Postmaster
UNIT III - Poems
i) Virtue
ii) Solitude
iii) How Sleep The Brave
iv) The Daffodils
v) Stopping by Woods on a Snowy Evening
UNIT IV - Non Textual Components
i) Interview Techniques
ii) Preparing an effective CV
iii) Paragraph Writing
iv) Essay Writing (Social. Economical, Environmental, Current Topics)
v) Precis / Summary Writing
Books for Reference -
i) Business Communication : Techniques and Methods, Om P. Juneja , Aarti Majumdar, Published by
Orienl Blakswan
ii) Macmillan Foundation English, R.K. Dwivedi ,A. Kumar , Published by Macmillan India LTD
iii) Modern Commercial Correspondence, R.S.N Pillai, Bagarathi, published by S.Chand and Co. Ltd,
New Delhi.
iv) Professional Communication Skills, Alok Jain, Pravin S. R. Bhatia, A.M. Sheikh, Published by S.
Chand and Co. Ltd, New Delhi.
20
v) Learners English Grammar & Composition by N.D.V. Prasada Rao (S.Chand & Company Ltd.)

Distribution of Marks

Unit Course Content LAQ SAQ VSAQ Total

I First Five Lessons 8 8 6 22
II Last Five Lessons 8 8 4 20
III Poems 8 8 2 18
IV Non Textual Components 40
100

Paper - II
II nd LANGUAGE (MARATHI)

Textbook titled ―Bhashadarshan - I‖ shall be prescribed

Marathi textbook.

Question Paper Pattern

II nd LANGUAGE (MARATHI)

ch- dkWe- izFke

o"kZ * ejkBh *

osG&3 rkl xq.k ¼100½

iz’u Øekad % 1½ x| & fn?kksZRrjh ¼nksu iSdh ,d½
¼20½

iz’u Øekad % 2½ i| & fn?kksZRrjh ¼nksu iSdh ,d½

¼20½

iz’u Øekad % 3½ x| foHkkx & ¼vkBiSdh dks.krsgh pkj

iz’u lksMok½ ¼20½

iz’u Øekad % 4½ i| foHkkx & ¼ vkBiSdh dks.krsgh pkj

iz’u lksMok½ ¼20½

iz’u Øekad % 5½ ¼loZ iz’u lksMfo.ks vfuok;Z vkgs-½

¼20½
v½ i= ys[ku- & 5 xq.k
c½ bfro`Rr r;kj dj.ks- & 5 xq.k
d½ eqyk[krhps ra= & 5 xq.k
M½ Eg.kh iq.kZ djk- & 5 xq.k ¼ vkBiSdh iakp½

21
 Paper - II
II nd LANGUAGE (HINDI)
Textbook titled ―Sahityavithika -I‖ shall be prescribed Hindi textbook.
Question Paper Pattern - II nd LANGUAGE (HINDI)
ch- dkWe- izFke o"kZ
* fganh *
osG&3 rkl xq.k ¼100½

iz’u-i= dk izk:Ik ,oa vad foHkktu

iz’u 1 - ikB;iqLrd ds fu/kkZjhr ikBksa esa ls fodYi ds lkFk
nh?kksZRRkjh iz’u !
(nks iz’uksa esa ls ,d iz’u dk mRrj visf{kr gSS
– 20 vad
iz’u 2 - ikB;iqLrd dh fu/kkZfjr dforkvkss esa ls fodYi ds
lkFk nh?kksZRRkjh iz’u !
(nks iz’uksa esa ls ,d iz’u dk mRrj visf{kr gS )
– 20 vad
iz’u 3 - ikB;iqLrd ds fu/kkZfjr ikBksa esa ls vkB iz’u
tk,Waxs, ftuesa ls
fdUgh pkj iz’uksa ds mRrj visf{kr gS
(izR;sd iz’u ij ikWap vad gkssxs) 4X
5= 20 vad
iz’u 4 - ikB;iqLrd ds fu/kkZfjr dforkvksa esa ls vkB iz’u
gksxas ftues ls fdUgh
pkj nks iz’uksa ds mRrj visf{kr gS )
(izR;sd iz’u ij ikWap vad gkssxs 4X
5= 20 vad
iz’u 5 - ikB;dze ds varxZr fu/kkZfjr x| ,oa i| dks NksMdj
vU; ikB;
lkexzh ls dqy ikWap vfr y?kqRrjh vfuok;Z iz’u iwNs
tk,Wxs
(izR;sd iz’u ij pkj vad gkssxs) 4 X 5=
20 vad

dqy vad foHkktu

x| foHkkx – 40 vad
i| foHkkx – 40 vad
vU; ikB; lkeqxzh – 20 vad
__________
22
 daqy vad – 100 vad

PAPER III
FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING - I
Unit – I
- An overview of basic of Book Keeping and Accountancy.
- Rules of Double Entry Account System.
- Preparation of Journal, Ledger, Cash Book, Trial Balance & Annual
Accounts of Sole Traders.
- Accounting Concepts & Conventions.
- Accounting Standards :- Introduction, Need & Objectives, AS 1 to AS 10,
Accounting Policies and their Discloser.
Unit – II
Hire Purchase Accounts (Excluding Installment System and
Repossession of Assets)
Unit – III
Branch Accounts (Excluding Foreign Branch)
Unit – IV
Accounts of Co - Operative Societies. (Preparation of Cash Book and
Trading and Profit and Loss A/c and Balance Sheet as per Maharashtra
State Co - Operative Societies Act,1960)
Unit – V
- Consignment Account
- Joint Venture Accounts (Centralized & Decentralized Method)
st
Note :- Accounting year should be 31 March.
Reference Books :
  S. N. Maheshwar :- Financial Accounting – Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi 
  Gupta R. L. – Advanced Financial Accounting – S. Chand & Sons 
 
 Kumar, Anil S. – Advanced Financial Accounting – Himalaya Publication House
  Shukla and Grewal : Advanced Accounts (S. Chand & Ltd. New Delhi) 
  Jain and Narang : Advanced Accounts (Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana) 
 
 Sr. K. Paul : Accountancy, Volume –I and II (New Central Book Agency, Kolkata)
  R. K..Lele and Jawaharlal : Accounting Theory (Himalaya Publishers) 
 
 M. A. Arulnandam :- Advance Accounting – Himalay Publication


Prof. PradeepWath, Dr. R. D. Mehta, Dr. DilipGotmare :- Financial Accounting– Payal
Prakashan

FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING - I
Question Paper Pattern
Paper – III
N.B. – 1) All Questions are compulsory. 2)
All Questions carry equal marks.

23
Time :- 3 hours Marks-100

Question No. 1 – Unit I A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Problem 10 Marks
OR
C) Problem 20 Marks

Question No. 2 – Unit II A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Problem 10 Marks
OR
C) Problem 20 Marks

Question No. 3 – Unit III A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Problem 10 Marks
OR
C) Problem 20 Marks

Question No. 4 – Unit IV A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Problem 10 Marks
OR
C) Problem 20 Marks

Question No. 5 – Unit V A) Problem on Consignment Accounts 10 Marks

B) Problem on Joint Venture Accounts 10 Marks
OR
C) Problem on Consignment Accounts/ 20 Marks
Joint Venture Accounts
*************

Paper- IV
FUNDAMENTALS OF STATISTICS & COMPUTER
Unit – I
Computer Block diagram, functioning, generations, classification of computers,
characteristics, limitations of computer. Computer memory: types of primary
memory. Storage devices: Hard disk, optical disk (CD/ DVD), Flash memory
cards, pen drive. Input devices: keyboard, mouse, joystick, light pen, scanners,
OCR, MICR, Touch Screen, Bar code reader. Output devices: monitor, printers,
classification of printers, plotters. Computer Software Types of software, Operating
Systems- concept, need, and functions. Internet: Brief history, www, browsers,
Internet services and applications.
Unit – II
Meaning, Scope, Importance, Functions and Limitations of statistics. Collection of
data, Tabulation and Classification, Primary Data and Secondary Data Measures of
Central Tendency - Mean, Median, Mode, Geometric Mean and Harmonic Mean.
Unit – III

24
 Measures of Dispersion Standard Deviation, Mean Deviation, Quartile
Deviation, Decile, Percentile, Range and its coefficient, co-efficient of variation
and skewness.
Unit – IV
Correlation (Co-efficient, Probable Error, Test of Significance)
(Simple series -Two way series), Rank Correlation.
Regression Analysis-Regression co-efficient & Equations (Simple Series only)

Unit – V
Business Mathematics:- Ratio Proportion, Percentages, Simple & Compound
Interest, Profit/ Loss.

Reference Books:
  Fundamentals of statistics : D. V. Elhance&VeenaElhance 
  Statistics : V. K. Kapoor – S. Chand & Sons

 
 Statistics : B. New Gupta – SahityaBhavan Agra
  Statistics Methods : S.P. Gupta – S. Chand & Sons

 
 Fundamental of Statistics : S. C. Gupta – Himalaya Publishing House


Business Mathematics & Statistics : NEWK Nag & S.C. Chanda – Kalyani
Publishers
  Problem in statistics : Y. R. Mahajan - Pimplapure Publisher Nagpur 
 
 I.T. TODAY (ENCYCLOPEDIA) BY S. JAISWAL
 
 Information Technology - Dr. Sushila Madan (Taxmann‗s)
 
 COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS BY P. K. SINHA (BPB Pub)
  INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY BY S.B. KISHOR (DASGANU)

 
Fundamentals of Computers – ITL Education Solutions Ltd. (Pearson)

FUNDAMENTALS OF STATISTICS & COMPUTER

Question Paper Pattern
Paper - IV

N.B. – 1) All Questions are compulsory.

2) All Questions carry equal marks.

Time :- 3 hours Marks-100

Question No. 1 – Unit I A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory

Question No. 2 – Unit II A) Problem 10 Marks

B) Problem / Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Problem 20 Marks

Question No. 3 – Unit III A) Problem 10 Marks

B) Problem 10 Marks
OR
C) Problem 20 Marks
25
 Question No. 4 – Unit IV A) Problem 10 Marks
B) Problem 10 Marks
OR
C) Problem 20 Marks

Question No. 5 – Unit V A) Theory / Problem 10 Marks

B) Theory / Problem 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory / Problem 10 Marks
D) Problem 10 Marks

Paper - V
PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
Unit-I
- Nature And Scope of Business: Meaning And Definition of Business,
Characteristics, Objectives of Business, Classification of Business
Activities, Industry, Commerce & Trade, Social Responsibility of Business
Towards Different Groups.
- Forms of Business Units: Sole Trader, Partnership, Joint Stock Company
and Co-Operative Society – Meaning, Characteristics, Advantages &
Disadvantages.
Unit-II
- Management And Administration: Meaning and Definition of
Management, Characteristics, Scope, Importance, Management And
Administration, Management – A Science or Art.
- Planning: Meaning, Nature and Characteristics, Objects, Process,
Importance, Types, Components.
Unit-III
- Decision Making: Concept, Characteristics – Importance, Process, Types
of Decisions.
- Organizing: Concept, Principles, Types – Line, Functional, Line and Staff,
modern types of organizations-Project, Matrix, Formal and Informal
Organization, Advantages and Disadvantages.
Unit-IV
- Delegation of Authority: Meaning and Definition, Elements of Delegation
of Authority, Advantages, Obstacles in the Process of Delegation.
- Direction: Meaning, Nature, Importance and Techniques.
- Co-Ordination: Meaning, Principles, Internal and External Co-Ordination,
Methods of Achieving Effective Co-Ordination.
Unit-V
-Leadership and Morale: Leadership – Concept, Characteristics, Types
and Qualities, Morale – Meaning, High And Low Morale, Measurement of
Morale, Morale of Executive and Supervisors.
- Control: Meaning, Characteristics, Need, Procedure, Types, Essential of
Good Control System, Control Devices.
Reference Books

 
P.C. Jain : Government & Business Policy (Galgotia Publishing Company, New Delhi)

 Raj Agrawal & ParagDiwan : Business Environment (Excel Books) 

 C. P. Bose : Business Organisation& Management 
 
P. C. Tripathi, P. N. Reddy: Principles of Management (Tata Mcgraw Hill, New Delhi)
 J. S. Chandan : Management Theory & Practice (Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi)
 Fred Luthans : Organizational Behaviour, Mcgraw Hill, New Yord

26

 Bodankar  SudhirKanetkar Dr. Medha : Principles of Business Management (Shri. SainathPrakashan,
Dr.
Nagpur)

 R. N. Gupta : Principals of Management, ( S. Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi) 

Dr. Kiran Nerkar &Dr. Vilas Chopde : Principals and Practices of of Management, (Dreamtech
Press, New Delhi)

Paper - V
PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
Pattern of Question Paper
Time : - 3 hrs Max. marks :- 100

Question No. 1 – Unit I A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 2 – Unit II A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 3 – Unit III A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 4 – Unit IV A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 5 – Unit V A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Paper - VI

BUSINESS ECONOMICS

Duration : 3 Hrs Max. Marks : 100.

27
Level of Knowledge: Basic Knowledge.

OBJECTIVES
1. To expose students of Commerce to basic Micro Economics Concepts and
inculcate in analytical approach to the subject matter.
2. To stimulate the students interest by showing the relievable and use of various
economic theories.
3. To apply economic reasoning to problems of business.

CONTENTS

Unit – I Nature and Scope of Business Economics.

A) Business economics meaning, Scope and objectives of Business economics, Nature

and types of business decisions, Role and responsibilities of business economist,
Role and social responsibility of business & business economist, Micro economics
and macro economics definition, scope, Merits and Demerits.

B) Theory of Consumption.

1. Law of demand, Demand determinants, Changes in Demand, Exceptions to the law

of demand Geffen‘s paradox. Law of equi-marginal utility, Assumptions
Limitations, Importance criticism of cardinal approach.

2. Indifference Curve – Concept, definition, Definition, Properties, Importance of

indifference curve.

3. Elasticity of demand – Concept, kinds, definition Measurement of elasticity of

demand, factors influencing elasticity of demand, Importance of elasticity of
demand.

4. Demand forecasting: Meaning, Need, Importance, Methods of demand forecasting.

Unit – II Theory of Production and Cost

1. Production Function – Concept Definition, Types of products, Total Production,

Average Production, Marginal production, Law of variable proportions,
Assumptions, Limitations and Significance.

2. Isoquant curves, Definition, General properties of isoquant curves, Expansion path

internal and external economic and diseconomies of scale, Ridge line.

3. Theories of population, - Malthusian theory of population, Optimum theory of

population, Demographic Transition Theory of population and criticism.

Unit – III Theory of cost and Revenue and Markets

1. Law of supply & Criticism influencing factors of supply.

2. The concept of cost – Accounting Cost, Economic Cost, Opportunities Cost,

Fixed Cost, Variable Cost, Direct and Indirect Cost, Real Cost, Explicit,

28
 Implicit Cost, Money Cost, Total Cost, Average Cost, Marginal Cost, Selling
Costs.

3. Revenues - Total Revenues, Average Revenues, Marginal Revenues and

Relationship and Time Element.

4. Market – Concept, meaning, Definition, Classification of market structures,

Type Firm, Industry, Meaning, objectives, difference between Industry and
firm.

Unit IV :- Pricing of Products.

1) Perfect Competition definition, properties Price determination under perfect

competition.

2) Monopoly -Definition, Properties, types, Price determination under Monopoly

3) Monopolistic competition, meaning, concepts, properties and Price

determination under Monopolistic competition.

4) Price and output under oligopoly – indeterminate pricing and output price
leadership, collusive oligopoly, Kinked demand curve.

5) Price discrimination – Meaning, Types, Conditions under which it is possible

and profitable, importance, Concept of Dumping.

Unit V - Theories of Distribution

1) Modern Theory of Distribution of Rent.

2) Theory of rent – Recardian theory of Rent, Modern theory of Rent, Criticism,

concept of Quasi Rent.

3) Theory of interest – Loanable Funds Theory of Interest, Liquidity Preference

Theory of Interest, Criticism, Concept of gross interest net interest.

4) Theories of Profit – Uncertainty Bearing Theory of Profit, Dynamic Theory of

Profit, Innovation theory of Profit, Criticism, Gross Profit, Normal Profit,
Abnormal profit.

5) Theory of Wages – Nominal wages, real wages, Exploitation of labour,

Marginal productivity theory of wages.

Reference Books

1. Principles of Economics : D.M. Mithani, Sheth Publishers PVT

2. LTD.
Mumbai 2000
3. Business Economics : V.G. Mankar, Himalaya Publication House.

3- O;kolkf;d vFkZ’kkL= % MkW- ,e-,e- oku[ksMs] MkW- ts-,e-

dkdMs

MkW- /kuoVs] ik;y izdk’ku ukxiwj

4- vFkZ’kkL= % nso’kkL=h tagkxhjdj] fiiaykiwjs vWUM d-a iCyh’kLkZ

29
 PAPER - VI
BUSINESS ECONOMICS
B.Com. Part – I
Question Paper Pattern

Time – Three Hours Maximum Marks - 100

Note : 1) All Question are compulsory
2) All Questions carry equal marks.
Question No. 1 – Unit I A) Theory 10 Marks
B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 2 – Unit II A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 3 – Unit III A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 4 – Unit IV A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 5 – Unit V A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
30
 C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

PAPER - VII
Company Law & Secretarial Practice (CLSP)
[

Level of Knowledge - Basic knowledge.

Objectives :- 1) To develop conceptual knowledge regarding various types of companies.

2) To impart knowledge regarding various functions of a
company secretary.

Unit – 1

- Corporate personality/ company

- Meaning of a company, characteristics of a company, lifting the
corporate veil, Kinds of company.

- Formation, Incorporation and Promotion of a company

- Stages in formation of a company, Duties of a secretary regarding

Incorporation, Pre- incorporation contracts, Commencement of business.

- Meaning and definition, Duties and liabilities of promoters, Importance

of promoters.

- Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association

- Meaning and Definition of Memorandum of Association, Importance of

Memorandum of Association, Contents of Memorandum Of Association,
Alteration in Memorandum of Association, Meaning and Definition of
Articles of Association, Contents of Articles of Association.

Unit – 2

- Prospectus

- Definition of Prospectus, Statutory requirement of prospectus, Contents

of prospectus, Demand Prospectus, Statement in Lieu of Prospectus,
Misrepresentation in Prospectus, Consequences of Misrepresentation,
Liabilities of Directors and Promoters towards misrepresentation.

- Share Capital

- Classification of share Capital, Meaning of Shares, Kinds of Shares, Issue

of Shares.

- Allotment of shares
- Statutory restrictions and procedure on allotment of shares.

Unit -3

- Share holders and Members

- Meaning of shareholder/ Member, Procedure to become a member, kinds of

members.

- Directors
31
 - Meaning of Directors, Appointment of Directors, Qualifications of
Directors, Powers of Directors, Duties of Directors, Remuneration
of Directors.

- Managing Directors

- Meaning of Managing Directors, Appointment of Managing Directors,

Remuneration of Managing Directors, Qualifications of Managing
Directors, Term of Managing Directors, Powers and duties of Managing
Directors.

Unit -4

- Secretary
- Meaning of Secretary, Definition of Secretary, Qualifications of Secretary,
Duties of Secretary, Liability of company for secretary Acts.

- Secretary & Correspondence

- Correspondence with members- about allotment, call, forfeitures,
transfer of shares
- Company meeting
- Statutory meeting, Annual Meeting, Extra ordinary meeting--
- Meaning, agenda, notice of meeting

Unit -5
- Report writing-
- Essentials of good report, contents of statutory report, Progress
report, Importance of reports.

- Depositories and Dematerializations of securities

- Meaning of depository, Procedure of Depository, Meaning of

dematerialization of shares, Procedure of dematerialization of shares.

- E- Governance and E- Filling

- Meaning of E- Governance and E- Filling, Advantages of E-
Governance and E- Filling
- Procedure of E- Governance and E- Filling

Reference Books:


 Company Law &  Secretaria lPractice- Appannaian Reddy, Prabhudev, Himalaya
Publishing House
 
Company Law for Beginners- Dr. V.K. Jain, Sheth Publishers Pvt. Lt.


Company Law andSecretarial Practice- Dr. R.K. Nelakha, Ramesh Book Depot,
Jaipur, New Delhi.


CompanyLaw and Secretarial Practice- Dr. K.R. Dixit, Vishwa Publishers & Distributors,
Nagpur



Secretarial Practice & Company Law- Arunkumar, Rachana Sharma- Atlantic Publishers and
Distributors

32
 
 vkf.k lfpokph dk;Zi)rh& MkW- es/kk dkusVdj ( Jh- lkbZukFk izdk”ku (
daiuh dk;nk
ukxiwj-


 fpV.khlkph dk;Zi)rh& MkW- izHkkdj ns”keqjo ( fiaiGkiqjs vW.M
daiuh dk;nk vkf.k
daiuh( ukxiwj-


 ukSyjok (MkW vkb ih =hikBh( MkW ih ds tSu ( jes”k cqd
daiuh fof/k (MkW vkj-
Msiks( ubZ fnYyh-

PAPER - VII

QUESTION Paper Pattern

Company Law & Secretarial Practice

Full Marks: 100 Time: Three Hours

N. B. ---- (1) All questions are compulsory
(2) All questions carry equal Marks

Question No. 1 – Unit I A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 2 – Unit II A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 3 – Unit III A) Theory 10 Marks

33
 B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 4 – Unit IV A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 5 – Unit V A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks
B.Com-II
COMPULSORY ENGLISH
To be implemented from the academic session 2015-16 i.e. Summer 2016 Examination and
onwards.
B. Com. Part II (Compulsory English) Full Marks - 100 Text prescribed - BLOSSOM (An
Anthology of Prose and Poetry)
Compulsory English
Pattern of Question paper to be followed from 2015-16 session

Question 1 (A)One L AQ out of two to be answered in about 200 words from Unit I 10
(B)Two SAQ's out of four to be answered in about 75 words from Unit I 5 x 2 =10

Question 2(A) One LAQ out of two to be answered in about 200 words from Unit II. 10
(B) Two SAQ's out of four to be answered in about 75 words from Unit II 5 x 2 = 10

Question 3 (A) One LAQ out of two to be answered in about 200 words from Unit III. 10
(B) Two SAQ's out of four to be answered in about 75 words from Unit III 5 x 2 = 10

Question 4 (A) Do as directed:

i.Affirmative - Negative sentences (4 items) 4
ii. Interrogative - Assertive sentences (4 items) 4
iii. Exclamatory - Assertive sentences (4 items) 4
iv.Punctuation (4 items) 4
v. Change the voice (4 items) 4

Question 5 (A) Draft a Memo / Office Order (Any one of Two) 10

(B) Draft the agenda / Minutes of a meeting (Any One of Two) 10

B.Com - II
COMPULSORY ENGLISH
To be followed from 2015 - 16 session
Distribution of Marks

Unit I Course Content LAQ SAQ VSAQ Total

I First 4 lessons 10 10 ` 20
II Last 4 lessons 10 10 20
III Poetry Section 10 10 20
IV Grammar & Business 40
Correspondense
Total 100

34
 B.Com-II
SUPPLEMENTARY ENGLISH
To be implemented from the academic session 2015-16 i.e. Summer 2016 Examination and
onwards.
B. Com. II (Supplementary English) Full Marks -100 Text Prescribed - REFLECTIONS
(An Anthology of Prose and Poetry)

Supplementary English
Pattern of Question paper to be followed from 2015-16 session

Question 1 (A) One LAQ out of two to be answered in about 200 words from Unit I 10
(B)Two SAQ's out of four to be answered in about 75 words from Unit I 5 x 2 = 10

Question 2 (A)One LAQ out of two to be answered in about 200 words from Unit II. 10
(B)Two SAQ's out of four to be answered in about 75 words from Unit II 5 x 2 = 10

Question 3 (A)One LAQ out of two to be answered in about 200 words from Unit III. 10
(B)Two SAQ's out of four to be answered in about 75 words from Unit III 5 x 2 = 10

Question 4 (A) Do as directed:

i. Add Question Tags - (4 items) 4
ii. Tenses - (4 items) 4
iii. Phrasal Verbs - (4 items) 4
iv. Change the narration - (4 items) 4
v. Simple, Compound, Complex Sentences (4 items) 4

Question 5 (A) Draft an email 10

(B) LAQ on Group Discussion 10

Distribution of Marks

Unit Course Content LAQ SAQ VSAQ Total

I First 4 lessons 10 10 20
II Last 4 lessons 10 10 20
III Poetry Section 10 10 20
IV Grammar & Business 40
Correspondence
Total 100

35
 PAPER – II
II nd LANGUAGE - Marathi

Textbook titled ―Bhashadarshan - II‖ shall be prescribed

Marathi textbook.

ch- dkWe- f}rh; o"kZ

* ikB;Øe ejkBh *

osG&3 rkl xq.k ¼100½

iz’u Øekad % 1½ x| & fn?kksZRrjh ¼nksu iSdh ,d½
¼20½

iz’u Øekad % 2½ i| & fn?kksZRrjh ¼nksu iSdh ,d½

¼20½

iz’u Øekad % 3½ x| y?kqRrjh& ¼ vkBiSdh dks.krsgh pkj iz’u

lksMok½ ¼20½

iz’u Øekad % 4½ i| y?kqRrjh &

¼ vkBiSdh dks.krsgh pkj iz’u lksMok½
¼20½

iz’u Øekad % 5½ ¼loZ iz’u lksMfo.ks vfuok;Z vkgs-½

¼20½
v½ dYiuk foLrkj djk-
c½ vtZ ys[ku-
d½ ckreh ys[ku-
M½ [kkyhy ’kCnkaps okD;kr mi;ksx djk
( dks.krsgh ikp)

PAPER – II
II nd LANGUAGE - HINDI

36
Textbook titled ―Sahityavithika - II‖ shall be prescribed HINDI textbook.

ch- dkWe- f}rh; o"kZ

* ikB;Øe fganh *

osG&3 rkl xq.k ¼100½

iz’u-i= dk izk:Ik ,oa vad foHkktu

iz’u 1 - ikB;iqLrd ds fu/kkZjhr ikBksa esa ls fodYi ds lkFk
nh?kksZRRkjh iz’u !
(nks iz’uksa esa ls ,d iz’u dk mRrj visf{kr gSS
– 20 vad
iz’u 2 - ikB;iqLrd dh fu/kkZfjr dforkvkss esa ls fodYi ds
lkFk nh?kksZRRkjh iz’u !
(nks iz’uksa esa ls ,d iz’u dk mRrj visf{kr gS )
– 20 vad
iz’u 3 - ikB;iqLrd ds fu/kkZfjr ikBksa esa ls vkB iz’u
tk,Waxs, ftuesa ls
fdUgh pkj iz’uksa ds mRrj visf{kr gS
(izR;sd iz’u ij ikWap vad gkssxs) 4X
5= 20 vad
iz’u 4 - ikB;iqLrd ds fu/kkZfjr dforkvksa esa ls vkB iz’u
gksxas ftues ls fdUgh
pkj nks iz’uksa ds mRrj visf{kr gS )
(izR;sd iz’u ij ikWap vad gkssxs 4X
5= 20 vad
iz’u 5 - ikB;dze ds varxZr fu/kkZfjr x| ,oa i| dks NksMdj
vU; ikB;
lkexzh ls dqy ikWap vfr y?kqRrjh vfuok;Z iz’u iwNs
tk,Wxs
(izR;sd iz’u ij pkj vad gkssxs) 4 X 5=
20 vad

dqy vad foHkktu

x| foHkkx – 40 vad
i| foHkkx – 40 vad
vU; ikB; lkeqxzh – 20 vad
__________
daqy vad – 100 vad

PAPER III
FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING - II

37
Unit – I

 Flotation of Joint Stock Companies and their Capital Structure. 

 Accounting for Issue, Forfeiture of shares & reissue of forfeited shares. 

Unit – II
 Annual or Final Accounts of Joint Stock Companies.
(Excluding Managerial Remuneration)

Unit – III
 Final Accounts of Banking Companies 
(Preparation of Annual accounts as per Banking Companies Regulation Act
1949 as per amendment by RBI)

Unit - IV
 Final Accounts of General Insurance Companies. 

Unit - V
 Profit Prior to Incorporation. 
 Liquidation of Company. 
 (Preparation of Liquidator's Final Statement of Account only) 

Reference Books:
  
Corporate Accounting:-Maheshwari S N, Vikas Publishing house Pvt. Ltd.
  
Gupta R. L. – Advanced Financial Accounting – S. Chand & Sons

  
Kumar, Anil S. – Advanced Financial Accounting – Himalaya Publication House
  
Shukla and Grewal : Advanced Accounts (S. Chand & Ltd. New Delhi)
  
Jain and Narang : Advanced Accounts (Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana)

  
Sr. K. Paul : Accountancy, Volume –I and II (New Central Book Agency, Kolkata)
  
R. K..Lele and Jawaharlal : Accounting Theory (Himalaya Publishers)
  
Dr. L. S. Porwal : Accounting Theory (Tata McGraw Hill)

  D. F. Hawkins & K. A. Merchant : Accounting Text & Cases (Tata
Robert Anthony,
McGraaw Hill)

Dr. S. 
N. Maheshwari : Corporate Accounting (Viakas Publishing House Pvt. Lit. New
 Heldi)
 
 Dr. Ashok Sehgal& Dr. Deepak Sehgal : Advanced Accounting (Taxmann, New Delhi)


Dr. R. D. Mehta, Prof. PradeepWath& Dr. D. C. Gotmare :- Advanced Financial
Accointing (PayalPrakashan)

Paper - III
FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING - II
Question Paper Pattern

N.B. – 1) All Questions are compulsory.

2) All Questions carry equal marks.

Time :- 3 hours Marks-100

Question No. 1 – Unit I A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Problem 10 Marks
38
 OR
C) Problem 20 Marks

Question No. 2 – Unit II A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Problem 10 Marks
OR
C) Problem 20 Marks

Question No. 3 – Unit III A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Problem 10 Marks
OR
C) Problem 20 Marks

Question No. 4 – Unit IV A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Problem 10 Marks
OR
C) Problem 20 Marks

Question No. 5 – Unit V A) Problem on Profit Prior to Incorporation 10 Marks

B) Problem on Liquidation of Company 10 Marks
OR
C) Problem on Profit Prior to Incorporation/ 20 Marks
Problem on Liquidation of Company

*************

Paper - IV
COST AND MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING
Unit – I
- Cost Accounting :- Meaning, Importance, Element of Cost, Cost-
Absorption, Allocation of Overheads and Methods of costing,
Difference between Cost Accounting and Financial Accounting.
- Management Accounting :- Meaning, Scope, Importance, and Limitations
of Management Accounting. Difference between Cost Accounting and
Management Accounting, Role of Management Accounting

Unit – II
- Cost Sheet, Tender and Quotations. Reconciliation of Profit /Loss shown by
Cost and Financial Accounts.
Unit – III
- Process Cost Accounting (Including Abnormal loss and
Abnormal effectives, Joint Process Accounts)
- Contract Cost Accounting (One years contract for complete & incomplete
contract)
Unit – IV
- Break -Even Point Analysis
- Ratio Analysis (Ratios related to Trading and Profit and Loss Account
and Current Ratio, Liquid Ratio, debtors Turnover Ratio, Creditors
Turnover Ratio, Working Capital Turnover Ratio)
Unit – V
39
 - Fund Flow Analysis
- Business Budget (Cash Budget and Flexible Budget Only)
Books Recommended -

 
S. N Maheshwari : Cost Accounting Theory and problems –ShriMahavir Book Depot, New
Delhi
 V.K. Saxena : Cost Accounting Text Book- Sultan Chand and Sons New Delhi


 M.C. Shukls – T.S. – Grewal, M.P. Gupta – Cost Accounting – S. Chand , New Delhi

 R. S. N. Pallai, V Bhagavathi – Cost Accounting – S. Chand, New Delhi

 S. M. Shukla :- Cost Accounts (Hindi)

 Nigam R. S. – Advanced Cost Accounting , S. Chand & Company

 Jain S. P. – Advanced Cost Accounting – Kalyani Publication

 Gawada, J Made – Advanced Cost Accounting – Himalaya Publication House

 Pillai R. S. N. – Management Accounting – S. Chand & Co. Pvt. Ltd.

 Agrawal N. K. – Managements Accounting – Galgotia Publication

 Singh, Jagwant - Managements Accountings – KitabMahal

 Rathnam P. V. - Managements Accountings – KitabMahal

 
Sharma R. K. - Managements Accountings – Kalyani Publication

PAPER - IV
COST AND MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING
Question Paper Pattern

N.B. – 1) All Questions are compulsory. 2)

All Questions carry equal marks.
Time :- 3 hours Marks-100

Question No. 1 –Unit I A) Theory on Cost Accounting 10 Marks

B) Theory on Management Accounting 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory on Cost Accounting 10 Marks
D) Theory on Management Accounting 10 Marks

Question No. 2 –Unit II A) Problem (Cost Sheet /Tender) 10 Marks

B) Problem (Reconciliation) 10 Marks
OR
C) Problem (Cost Sheet/Tender/Reconciliation) 20 Marks

Question No. 3 –Unit III A) Process Cost Accounts 10 Marks

B) Contract Cost Accounts 10 Marks
OR
C) Process / Contract Accounts 20 Marks

Question No. 4 –Unit IV A) B.E.P. 10 Marks

B) Ratio 10 Marks
OR
C) B.E.P. / Ratio 20 Marks

Question No. 5 –Unit V A) Fund Flow Analysis 10 Marks

B) Budget 10 Marks
OR

40
 C) Fund Flow / Budget 20 Marks

*************

PAPER - V
Business Communication
Unit I:

Business communication: concept, objective, elements, purpose & importance.

Salient features & principles of effective communication. Types of communication,
interpersonal, supervisory & grapevine communication, their characteristics. Public
speaking: concept, principles, qualities & role of manager as
Public speaker, importance of humor. Business writing: Elements, do‘s & don‘ts,
layout of business writing. Sales letter, enquiry, order, complaint letter, commercial
letter, interview letter, appointment letter & show cause notice.

Unit II:

Communication media: Types, characteristics, advantages & disadvantages of print

media, audio visual & internet. Organizational communication: Salient features,
benefits & effectiveness of Company manual, house journal, placement broacher,
leaflets. Public relations: Meaning, objectives, principles. Functions & qualities of
public relation officer, corporate image, communication with government.

Unit III: Word processing

Introduction, Creating document, Structure of Ms-word window and its application,

mouse & keyboard operations, designing a document; formatting-selection, cut,
copy, paste, Toolbars, Printing, Saving, Opening, Closing of document; creating a
template; Tables, borders, textbox operations; Spelling and Grammar check, Mail
merge, Envelope and label, protection of document, Change the view of document.

Unit-IV : Spreadsheet Package

Introduction To Ms-excel, Excel Toolbars and Operations, formatting Features,

Copying Data Between Worksheets; Entering and Editing Cell Entries, Creation of
Charts, Editing and Formatting Charts, Goal Seek, Auditing, Linking, Workbook,
Database in Excel (Auto Filter, Advanced Filter, Sort, Form), Mathematical,
Statistical and Financial Functions in Ms-Excel.

Unit- V : Power point

Working with Power point, Standard Toolbar, Formatting Toolbar, Drawing

Toolbar, Moving the Frame, Inserting Clip Art, Picture, Slide; Text Styling, Send
to Bank, Entering Data to Graph, Organization Chart, Table, design Template,
Master Slide, Animation Setting, show and Presentation, Auto Content Wizard,
Package for CD (pack & Go Feature).

41
Practical: (20 Marks)

The practical’s shall be evaluated by Subject teacher (Internal examiner),

moderated & certified by the Principal, marks shall be sent to University .

The practical’s shall be based on following:

Practical assignments in MS WORD, MS EXCEL & MS POWER POINT
(MS OFFICE 2007)

Practical marks shall be awarded as below :

a) Record of Practical Assignments 10 marks
b) Internal Viva-Voce 10 marks
------------
Total - 20 marks

Books Recommended:

A guide to Business Correspondence–Kapoor A.–S.Chand &Co.
  Basic Business Communications – Rober M. Archer

 
English Grammar – Wrenin & Martin

Effective Business Communication – Herta Murphy Chorles Perk – Tata Mcgraw Hill
  
Microsoft Office -2000/2007 - Gini Courter, Annelte Marquis BPB
  It Today (Encyclopaedia) - S.Jaiswal


  A First Course In Computers - Sanjay Saxena


 
First Text Book On Information Technology – Srikant Patnaik

PAPER - V
Business Communication
QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Total Marks : 80 Time: Three Hours

N.B.) a) All Questions are compulsory.

b) All Questions carry equal marks. (Sixteen each)

Question No. 1 Unit – I (a + b)

42
 OR
Unit-I ( c )

Question No. 2 Unit – II (a + b)

OR
Unit – II ( c )

Question No. 3 Unit – III (a + b)

OR
Unit – III ( c )

Question No. 4 Unit – IV (a + b)

OR
Unit – IV ( c )

Question No. 5 Unit— V (a + b)

OR
Unit—V ( c )

Paper - VI

MONETARY ECONOMICS

Total 100 Marks

  Level of knowledge‘s Basic Knowledge 


Objectives :- This course is meant to accountant the Students with the Monetary
Economies in which Money Banking and Public finance as are applicant in business
and also

Course Contents :-

Unit : I
Money
- Evolution, meaning, definition, nature and functions of money.
- Types of Money (Metal, paper Plastic)
- Quantity Theory of Money and Criticism.
- Inflation, deflation, meaning, nature, Causes, effects, impact, remedial
measures by RBI and role,
- Money Market Concept of Money market objective importance,
Monetary policy and fiscal policy Concept - meaning, objectives need,
importance, impact, recent charges/Trends

43
Unit : II
Banking
Commercial Bank – Evolution, Meaning, definition, functions, role, credit
creation, investment policy, Limitations.
- Assets and liabilities and Management – (ALM) – Meaning objectives,
balance sheet, importance, constituent, Ingredients of ALM
- Non-Performing Assest. – Meaning, Criteria and Causes.
- E-Banking & Core Banking – Meaning, nature, features, essential
factors, Advantage & dis-advantages. ATM – (Automated Teller
wachiues) Meaning, features. Merits and demerits credit cards (KCC)
Plastic cards small cards, cheque cards, e-purse, laser cards – Meaning,
features, Merits & demerits.
- Automated clearing Houses, online Banking, Advanced Ledger Posting
Machines, MICR Technology – Cheques – clearing EFT (Electron fund
Transfer) Internet Banking e-cheque ECS (Electronics clearing system)

Unit : III
Banks and Customers – Relationship and Services
- Introduction, meaning of customer, Bank & Customer relationship –
Debtor & creditors, Trustee and Beneficiary, Agent and Principal,
Baitec and Baitec special relationship.
- Opening, operating and closing of an Bank accounts, types – demat
account advantages, role of demat partner. Buying and selling of demat
securities.
- Methods of Calculating Interest Rates – on deposits, on loans advances,
on cash credits on overdraft facilities - Banker Right & obligations.
Unit : IV
Central Bank
- Introduction, Meaning, objectives, functions, role – professional &
regulatory organization & Management
- Credit Control – Meaning objectives methods :- Quantitative – Bank
rate, open market operation, varying reserve requirement, credit
rationing. Qualitative – Varying margin requirement, regulation of
consumer‘s credit, Issuing directives to restrict bank advances and
limitation.
- Monetary Policy and Reserve Bank – Meaning, objectives function,
role, measures, impact discrete actions and rules cash Reserve Ratio
(CRR) statutory liquidity Ratio (SLR)
Unit : V
Public Finance –
- Concept, Meaning, scope, importance – Principles of Public
- finance Theory of Maximum Social Advantages & their criticism.
- Taxation – Definition – Characteristics, cannons of taxation,
- Taxable capacity – Meaning, importance, theory of ability to pay tax &
criticism factors influcing taxable capacity. Types of taxation –
proportional, progressive and regressive taxation system Direct and in
directs tax concept, meaning, objectives merits & demerits.
- Information Monetary fund – (IMF) Concept, meaning, objectives, need
function, impact on economy.
Books Recommended:-

 
Mankiw, N. Gregory. Macroeconomics. Macmillan worth Publishers New York,
Himpshire U.K.
  
Dornbusch, Rudiger, and Stanley. Fischer. Macroeconomics. McGraw-Hill.

 Dornbusch, Rudiger., Stanley.  Fischer and Richard Startz. Macroeconomics.
Irwin/McGraw-Hill, Singapore.
  
Deepashree, ―Macro Economics‖, ANE Books Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
 
Barro, Robert J. Macroeconomics. MIT Press, Cambridge MA.

44
 
 Burda, Michael,and Wyplosz. Macroeconomics A European Text. Oxford University
Press, Oxford.
  
Salvatore, Dominick. International Economics. John Wiley & Sons Singapore.
 
Branson, William H. Macroeconomic Theory and Policy. Harper Collins India Pvt. Ltd.

Paper - VI
Question Paper Pattern

Tmie – Three Hours Maximum Marks - 100

Note : 1) All Question are compulsory

2) All Questions carry equal marks.

Question No. 1 – Unit I A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 2 – Unit II A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 3 – Unit III A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 4 – Unit IV A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 5 – Unit V A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

PAPER – VII

45
 Business and Industrial Law
Level of Knowledge- Basic knowledge.
Objectives :- 1) To develop conceptual knowledge regarding various laws related to
business and industry.

2) To impart knowledge regarding to procedure of various laws

related to business and industries.
Unit – 1
- Indian Contract Act 1872- Definition, Kinds and concepts of contracts.
Offer and Acceptance Consideration -Capacity of parties -Free consent -
Legality and objects of consideration -Void Agreements-Performance of
Contact -Discharge of Contract and Remedies.

- Patent Act- 2002- Meaning, Objective and important Definition -

Inventions not patentable -Patent office and power controller - Penalties.
Unit-2
- The Indian Partnership Act, 1932 -Concept of partnership -Test for
determination of existence for partnership -Kinds of partnership -
Registration, Effects of Non- Registration -Rights and duties of partners
towards other partners -Authority of partner and liabilities towards third
parties -Admission, retirement, expulsion of partners and their liabilities -
Dissolution of the firm

- The Sale of Goods Act- 1930 -Contract of sale of Goods -Conditions and
Warranties -Transfer of Property -Performance of contract of sale -Rights of
unpaid seller

Unit -3

- Information Technology Act- 2000 -Meaning, objective and scope, offences

and penalties adjudicating -Digital Signature and Electronic Governance -
Offences and penalties

- Right to Information Act-2005 -Important Definition, aims and objects of

Right to information Act -Request for acquiring Information and procedure
regarding information -Charges for supply of information -Appeal Officers -
Consequences of non supply of information -Format of complaint application
Unit-4
- The Consumer Protection Act -Salient Features of Act -Definition-
Consumer, Complaint, Services, -Defect and Deficiency, complaints -Rights
and relief‘s available to consumers -Procedure to file complain -Consumer
Disputes Redresser Agencies -Procedure followed by Redresser Agencies

- Environment Protection Act- 1986 -Meaning, objective and scope -Power

of Central Government to protect and improve Environment -Location of
Industries, Process and Operations -Offences and penalties
Unit- 5
- The Indian Factories Act- 1948 -Important Definitions -Provisions regarding
workers Health -Provisions regarding safety of workers -Rules regarding Labor
welfare -Provisions regarding Adults, Women workers and young workers
- The Industrial Disputes Act-1947 -Important Definition -Authorities for the
settlement of Industrial Disputes -Work procedure of different authorities and
their powers and responsibilities -Duties of Conciliation officer and board -
Duties of court of enquiry -Strikes and Lock out

46
 - Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923 -Important Definitions -Rules
regarding Workmen‘s compensation -Amount of Compensation -Notice and
claim for compensation ,Workmen‘s compensation commissioners
Books Recommended:-
 
Dr. V. K. Jain: Mercantile Law, Seth Publications, Nagpur
 
 M.C. Shukla: Company Law, S. Chand & Company, Nagpur
 
 Sen & Mitra: Cinnercuak Kawn, The World Press Pvt. Ltd., Kolkata
 
 M.C. Kuchhal: Mercantile Law, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi
 
 C.K. Kapoor: Lectures on Business and Corporate Laws, Vidya Sadan, Delhi
 
 V.S. Datey: Business and Corporate Laws, Taxman, New Delhi
 
 K.R. Bulchandani, Business Law for Management, Himalaya P. House, Mumbai-2006
 
 Right to Information Act, 2005- Bare Act

Right to Information Act, 2005-Books Published by Yashada (Yashwantrao Chavan, Vikas
Prakashan Prabhodini- Rajhans Prakashan) 
 
Information Manual: By Advocate, U.P. Deopujari, Nagpur Laws House
 
 Cyber Laws: By Justice Yatindra Singh, Universal Law Publishing Co., New Delhi
 
 N.D. Kapoor: Mercantile Law, Sultan Chand & Sons, Educational Publishers, New Delhi.

Business Laws: Dr.  Kiran Nerkar, Dr. Anant Deshmukh, Prof. Shantanu Jog, Sai Jyoti
Publication,Nagpur
 
O;kolkf;d dk;ns&MkW- es/kk dkusVdj] Jh lkbZukFk izdk’ku] ukxiwj

PAPER – VII
Business and Industrial Law
QUESTION Paper Pattern
Tmie – Three Hours Maximum Marks - 100
N. B. ---- (1) All questions are compulsory
(2) All questions carry equal Marks
Question No. 1 – Unit I A) Theory 10 Marks
B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 2 – Unit II A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 3 – Unit III A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
47
 D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 4 – Unit IV A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 5 – Unit V A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Detailed Syllabus for B. Com. Part-III

PAPER - I
FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING -III
Unit – I
Amalgamation and Absorption of Companies.
Unit – II
Reconstruction of Companies.
(Internal and External Reconstruction of Companies)
Unit – III
Accounts of Holding Companies.
(Excluding Right Issue & Bonus Issue)
Unit - IV
Valuation of Goodwill and Valuation of Share
Unit - V
- Fire Insurance Claims.
- (Excluding Computation of Loss of Profit)
- Accounts of Public Utility Companies (Electricity, Gas and Water Supply
Companies) According to Double Accounting System.

Books Recommended
  Gupta R. L. – Advanced Financial Accounting – S. Chand & Sons 
  Kumar, Anil S. – Advanced Financial Accounting – Himalaya Publication House

  Shukla and Grewal : Advanced Accounts (S. Chand & Ltd. New Delhi)

  Jain and Narang : Advanced Accounts (Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana)

  Sr. K. Paul : Accountancy, Volume –I and II (New Central Book Agency, Kolkata)

  R. K..Lele and Jawaharlal : Accounting Theory (Himalaya Publishers)


  Dr. L. S. Porwal : Accounting Theory (Tata McGraw Hill)



  D. F. Hawkins & K. A. Merchant : Accounting Text & Cases (Tata
Robert Anthony,
McGraaw Hill)
 
 Dr. S. N. Maheshwari : Corporate Accounting (Viakas Publishing House Pvt. Lit. New Heldi)
 
Dr. Ashok Sehgal& Dr. Deepak Sehgal : Advanced Accounting (Taxmann, New Delhi)

48
 Paper - I
FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING - III
Question Paper Pattern

N.B. – 1) All Questions are compulsory. 2)

All Questions carry equal marks.

Time :- 3 hours Marks-100

Question No. 1 – Unit I A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Problem 10 Marks
OR
C) Problem 20 Marks

Question No. 2 – Unit II A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Problem 10 Marks
OR
C) Problem 20 Marks

Question No. 3 – Unit III A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Problem 10 Marks
OR
C) Problem 20 Marks

Question No. 4 – Unit IV A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Problem 10 Marks
OR
C) Problem 20 Marks

Question No. 5 – Unit V A) Problem on Fire Insurance Claim. 10 Marks

B) Problem on Public Utility Concern 10 Marks
OR
C) Problem on Fire Insurance Claim / 20 Marks
Public Utility Concern
*************

Paper - II

Income Tax and Auditing

Objectives:-
To understand the basic concept and definition of Income Tax Act, 1961.

49
 To Acquire knowledge about Computation of Income under different heads of
Income of Income Tax Act, 1961 and Direct Tax code 2012.
To Acquire Knowledge about the submission of Income Tax Return, Tax deducted
at Source.
To prepare student Competent enough to take up employment in Tax planner.

Unit – I:

- Auditing: Nature of Auditing, Meaning & Definition, Objectives, Advantages,

Principles, scope and Limitations of Auditing .Types of Auditing—Continuous
Audit, Annual, Periodical Audit, Internal Audit - Definition, objectives,
Advantages, Basic Principles of Internal Audit, and Auditor.

- Audit Planning and Documentation: Commencement of New Audit,

Preparation for Audit programme, Objectives, Types of Audit programme,
Advantages and Disadvantages of Audit programme.

Unit – II :

- Auditing Techniques: - Vouching- Meaning, Need for Vouching, Procedure

of Vouching, Vouching of Cash Book, vouching of subsidiary book, Vouching
of Ledgers.

- Basic Concepts of Income Tax

Assessment Year, Previous Year, Meaning & Definitions, GTI, Difference
between Exemption & deduction, Capital & Revenue Expenditure. Due Dates
of Filing return by different Assessee.

- Introduction of Five Heads of Income Tax & theory

Salary, House Property, Income from Business & Profession, Capital Gains &
Income from Other Sources.

- Residential Status and its effects on Tax incidence

(Residential status of Individual, HUF, Firm & Association of Person,
Company, Basic Conditions & Additional Conditions. (Theory)

Unit-III :

- Income from Salary

Types of allowances (Taxable & Tax free), perquisites, and Tax treatment of
P.F, E.P.F., Superannuation Fund, Allowances & Perquisites, Computation of
Income from Salary and Calculation of Tax Liability. (Problems)

- Deduction under section 80C, 80CCC, 80CCD, 80D, 80DDB, 80E, 80G,
80GG, 80U.

Unit-IV:

- Income from Business and profession

Definition & Meaning of Business, Business deduction and allowances,
maintenance of accounts by certain persons, Special provisions under section
44 AD and 44 AE, Depreciation U/S 32, Computation of income from business.
Computation of Total Income of Individuals. (Theory/Problems).

50
 - Tax Return Preparers Scheme 2006 (section 139 B)
Definition of Tax Return Preparers (TRP), Educational Qualification, Duties
and Responsibilities of Tax Return Preparer, Preparation and Submission of
Return of Income by TRP, Remuneration of TRP, and Information related to
TRP, Function and Restriction of assesses in relation to Tax Return Preparers
scheme. (Theory)

Unit-V:
- Income House Property -Meaning & Definition, Gross Annual Value Net
Annual Value , Arrears of Rent ,Unrealized Rent, Interest on Loan Pre-
construction & Post Construction, Composite Rent etc. Computation of Income
from house property.
- Income from Other Source – Basis of Charge, Chargeable Incomes, Exempt
Incomes, Computation of Income from other sources.

- (Income Tax Calculation – Rates applicable for respective Assessment year*

Education Cess.)
( * N. B.- Current Academic year will be the Assessment. year )

Books Recommended :



Ahuja G. K. and Ravi Gupta :- Systematic Approach to Income and
 Central Sales tax, Bharat law house, New Delhi.

Singhania V. K.  :- Direct taxes :- Law and Practice, Taxman‘s
 publication, Delhi.

 Jain K.
C., Gour V. P., Narang D. B. :- Direct taxes Kalyani Publishers,
Delhi.
 
 Jain Dr. V. K. :- Income tax for beginners—Seth publishers, Mumbai.

Datey V. S. :- Indirect taxes law and Practice,
Taxman, New Delhi,
 customs and excise Law Time :- various issues.

 :-
Sonegaonkar Dr. Shripad, Sontakke Dr. Ravindra, Patil Dr. Milind
 Auditing and Income Tax- Himalaya publishing House, Nagpur.

 Upgade Dr. V. and  Shende Dr. A. K. :- Direct taxes – Anuradha
publication, Nagpur.
 
 Auditing principles – Jagdish Prasad.
 
Practical Auditing – Spicer and Peglar

51
 Paper - II
Income Tax and Auditing
Pattern of Question Paper
Time : - 3 hrs} { Max. marks :- 100}

Question No. 1 – Unit I A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 2 – Unit II A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 3 – Unit III (A) Practical 10marks

(B) Practical 10 marks
OR
(C) Practical 20 marks

Question No. 4 – Unit IV (A) Practical 10marks

(B) Theory 10 marks
OR
(C) Practical 20 marks

Question No5 – Unit V (A) Practical 10 marks

(B) Practical 10 marks
OR
(C) Practical 10 marks
(D) Practical 10 marks

52
 PAPER – III
Functional Management
Unit-I
Human Resource Function:-
- Human Resource Philosophy (Concept Scope Role and functions of HR)
Human Resource planning , Recruitment , Selection, placement , Induction
Training and deployment, Compensation, Job evaluation .
Unit-II
Marketing Function:-
- Evolution of Modern concept of Marketing Market Segmentation, Basis for
Segmenting consumer and industrial market, Product planning and
deployment, pricing policies and strategies. Channels of Distribution.

Unit-III
Finance Function:-
- Scope and Importance of Financial Management, Functions and Role of
Financial manager, Sources of capital, cost of capital.

Unit-IV
Production Function:-
- Meaning Nature scope and Importance of production Management.
Production process, production planning and control, product Design and
product Research.
Unit-V

International Business Environment:-

- Globalization – Introduction, Significance, Nature and Scope of Global
Business, Social Cultural Economic, Political and Ecological factors of
Global Business Environment.

Books Recommended:

 
Personnel and Human Resource Management-- David A Decenzo & Stephen Robbins.
  Human Resource Management -- Garry Dersler , prentice Hall 
  Human Resource Management Treat and cores -- V.S.P. Rao, Excel Books Delhi.

  4) M.Y. Khan & P.K.Jain: Financial Management


  Financial Management- I M Pandey



 Marketing Management  planning, Implementation control- Ramaswamy and Hamakumaris ,
prentice Hall, Delhi
 
International Business Environment, The Text and cases – Prentice Hall of India.

PAPER – III

Functional Management

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Total Marks : 100 Time:Three Hours

N.B.) a) All Questions are compulsory.

b) All Questions carry equal marks. (Twenty each)
53
 Question No. 1 Unit – I (a + b)
OR
Unit-I ( c )

Question No. 2 Unit – II (a + b)

OR
Unit – II ( c )

Question No. 3 Unit – III (a + b)

OR
Unit – III ( c )

Question No. 4 Unit – IV (a + b)

OR
Unit – IV ( c )

Question No. 5 Unit— V (a + b)

OR
Unit—V ( c )

Paper - IV

INDIAN ECONOMICS
Marks 100
  Level of knowledge’s Basic Knowledge 

 is meant to acquaint the Students with the Indian Economics as are
Objectives :- This course
applicable in Business

Unit I

Indian Economy & Planning

- Economic Planning:- Characteristics Rational features, Objectives,

evaluation of the objectives of economic planning and recent five year
plan.
th th
- Strategy of India‘s development plans: 10 , 11 plan
th
- The employment perspectives in 11 plan.
- Resources allocation and financing of five years plan :- way to Increase
revenue and control expenditure.
- Regional planning in India – aspects of regional planning –
conceptualization, Magnitude, Regional and lack of gerunie regional
planning in India.
54
 - Assessment of India planning – Basic approach, targets and achievement an
appraisal.
- Achievement and short comings of Economics planning.

Unit II

Indian Economy & policy

- Concept of economic growth of Economic Development Characteristics of

underdeveloped/Developing countries
- Broad features of Indian economy
- Natural resources – Land, soil, water, forest, mineral.
- Infrastructure – sources of energy in India. Power, coal, oil and Gas, Atomic,
Non-conventional, Energy strategy. Transport system in India – Railways,
Road, Water, Air Transport.
- India‘s population: Size and Growth trends future, causes and consequences on
economic development, Explosion, remedies, population policy.
- Employments and unemployment :- Trends, structure, employment in India,
Nature and estimates of unemployment – urban, rural, agricultural
unemployment, causes, government policy for removing unemployment and
Sectoral Issues

Unit III

Indian Agriculture
- Nature, Role of Agriculture in India economy
- Cropping pattern in India and its determining factors. Crop insurance and live
stock insurance – problem and Remedies
- Progress of Land reform, cooperative farming
- Green resolution: impact and constraints.
- Trends in Agricultural Production and Productivity law levels and causes of
law productivity, measures to increase production and productivity.
- Agriculture marketing and finance – Need and sources, agriculture finance, co-
oprative credit societies. NABARD ( National Bank for Agriculture and Rural
Development) Financial inclusion.
- Agriculture Marking Concept Meaning Advantage, Disadvantages, problems,
remedies, and Government measures to improve the system of agriculture
Marking co-operative marketing.
- Agricultural price policy – Trends, Need, Agriculture, subsidies, Public
distribution system in India. Targeted public distribution system (TPDS)
- Agricultural Labour :- Definition, conditions and problems, Measures adopted
by the Government, Measures for improvement.

Unit IV

Indian Industry
- Industrial policy 1991 some major Industries - Iron and steel, jute, Textile,
sugar, cement
- Small scale and cottage industries – Definition, role, performance, importance
problems, and remedies
- Public sector industries : Role, Performance, importance, Problems, and
remedies
- Privatization of Public sector industries: meaning, methods, Evolution of
privatization policy in India. Process from disinvestment and methodologies
adopted and a critique of privatization and disinvestment
- Private sector industries Meaning Role importance, problems and remedies.

55
 - Industrial sickness in India – Definition, causes, consequences, remedial
measures
- Service sector: Growth, contribution of services sector in India, rapid service
growth share services in employment.
- Indian trade union movement: Concept and Meaning, Role and functions,
strength and weakness.

Unit V

India’s International Trade

- Foreign Trade and foreign capital :- Concept and Meaning, advantages,
disadvantages, Composition and direction export policy and import policy.
- Special Economic Zones:- Concept history, benefits, arguments against SEZS,
EGOM, Decision on SEZS and impact on Economics.
- Foreign capital and Aid:- Need, role, problems , non – resident deposits,
India‘s external debt.
- Multinational corporation, Concept:- Role, importance, advantages and
disadvantages of MNC‘s and control over MNC‘s, impact on economy.
- Liberalization, privatization, Globalization meaning, importance, Role and
steps forwards LPG, effects, and impact on Indian economy.
- World Trade Organization (WTO) :- Objective, working and functions and
Role
- Public Expenditure – classification, Role, increasing causes of Public
Expenditure.
- Public debt Meaning, Concept Meaning, Classification, Role, problem and
remedies.

Books Recommended:
  
Agarwal, A.N. – Indian Economy
  
Datta and Sundaram – Indian Economy
  
Misra S.K. and Puri V.K. – Indian Economy
  
Gupta N.S. – Industrial Economy of India
  
Mishra R.P. – Rural Development
  
Government of India – Five year plans
  
Government of India – Economy Survey
 
Reserve Bank of India – Annual Reports on Currency and finance.

56
 Paper - IV

Question Paper Pattern

Tmie – Three Hours Maximum Marks - 100

Note : 1) All Question are compulsory

2) All Questions carry equal marks.

Question No. 1 – Unit I A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 2 – Unit II A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 3 – Unit III A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 4 – Unit IV A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 5 – Unit V A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

PAPER - V
BUSINESS FINANCE
Unit – I
- Meaning, Nature, Significance, Objects and Scope of Business Finance,
Recent Development and Reform in Finance Sector. Sources of Business

57
 Finance, Long- Medium and Short Term, Capital Market, Primary Market
and Secondary Market.
Unit – II
- Role and Functions of Stock Exchange and SEBI. Project Financing,
Venture Capital Financing, International Finance, Euro Issue,
External Commercial Borrowings, Financing and Management of
Small and Medium Enterprises.
Unit – III
- Meaning of Working Capital, Types, Determinants, Assessment of
Working Capital Requirement, Operating Cycle. Inventory Management,
Debtors Management and Creditors Management.
Unit - IV
- Dividend Policy, Essentials of Sound Dividend Policy, Determination of
Dividend Policy and its types. Surplus and Reserve Policy. Cash Flow
for Investment Analysis.
Unit - V
- Capital Budgeting :- Meaning, Nature and Types of Capital Budgeting,
Investment Appraisal Techniques, Pay Back Period Method, Rate of
return method, Net Present Value Method, Discounted Cash Flow Method,
- Leverages -Concept of Leverages, Operating and Financial Leverages.

Books Recommended:

 
Financial Management Problems &Solutions :- Kishore Ravi M (Taxman Allied
Service (p) Ltd.)


Fundamentals of Financial  Management :- Chandra Prasanna (Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.)

 
Management Accounting & Financial Management :-Arora M N (Himalaya Publishing
House Pvt. Ltd.)
  
Financial Management :- M R Agrawal (Garima Publication, Jaipur)

 Management :- P V Kulkarni , B G Sathyaprasad (Himalaya Publishing
Financial
House)

Financial Management :- Dr. R. S. Kulshrestha, Prof.
 
SanjaykumarShrivastava,Dr. Ghanshyam Mishra (S B P D Publishing
House)
  
Business Finance :- Shashi K Gupta, R K Sharma (Kalyani Publishers)
 
Business Finance :- N P Agrawal, B K Mishra (Ramesh Book Depot)

PAPER - V
BUSINESS FINANCE
Question Paper Pattern

N.B. – 1) All Questions are compulsory. 2)

All Questions carry equal marks.

Time :- 3 hours Marks-100

Question No. 1 –Unit I A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 2 –Unit II A) Theory 10Marks

58
 B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Theory 10 Marks
D) Theory 10 Marks

Question No. 3 –Unit III A) Theory 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Problem 10 Marks
D) Problem 10 Marks

Question No. 4 –Unit IV A) Theory. 10 Marks

B) Theory 10 Marks
OR
C) Problem 10 Marks
D) Problem 10 Marks

Question No. 5 –Unit V A) Problem 10 Marks

B) Problem 10 Marks
OR
C) Problem 10 Marks
D) Problem 10 Marks
*************

PAPER - VI
COMPUTERIZED ACCOUNTING

Unit-I

- Introduction to Accounting, Advantages of accounting, Books of accounts,

Classification of Accounts, Financial Statements, Inventory management,
Computerized Accounting, Need of Computerized Accounting, Accounts
Organization, Accounts group, Loans Liabilities, Assets and Budget.

Unit-II

- Accounting Software‗s Introduction to tally Software, Features of Tally Screen,

Company information, Creating new Company, Gateway, Selection of Company,
selection of Options, Buttons at Gateway, Working with multiple Companies,
Company Features.

Unit-III

- Configuration- General, Numeric Symbols, Voucher Entry, Creation of Voucher

Screen, invoice Order Entry, Printing. Accounts info menu, Account Groups-create
new group, creation of primary group. Normal and advance information, Ledger
Accounts, cost categories, Cost Centers. Creation of Budget, Types of budget.

Unit-IV

59
 - Voucher- Voucher Entry, creation of Vouchers Screen, types of Voucher, Selection
of Voucher types, Post Dated Voucher, printing of Vouchers, Cheque Printing,
advance Features of account Voucher. Inventory info, Features of Inventory info.
Configure- Inventory Info, balance Sheet, Audit Trail, Ratio Analysis.

Unit-V

- Display-Accounting Report Display, Inventory report Display, and MIS Report

Display. Printing Reports, Export of Data. Maintenance- Bank Reconciliation,
House Keeping, Data Maintenance. Security- Users and Password, Security
Controls, Types of Security, Creation New Security Levels and Tally Audit.

Practical: (20 Marks)

The practical’s shall be evaluated by Subject teacher (Internal examiner),
moderated & certified by the Principal, marks shall be sent to University .

The practical’s shall be based on following:

Practical assignments in TALLY software based on syllabus.

Practical marks shall be awarded as below :

a) Record of Practical Assignments 10 marks
b) Internal Viva-Voce 10 marks
------------
Total - 20 marks

Books Recommended:
 
 Accounting with Tally : K.K. Nadhani, BPB Publication
 
 Tally Tutorail : K.K. Nadhani and A.K. Nadhani, BPB Publication
 
 Advances Accounts Vol-I: M.c. Shukla, T.S.Grewal and S.G,Gupta, S.Chand &
 
 Company, Delhi.
 
 Accounting Principles: Anthony R.N. and J.S. Richard, Irwin Inc.
 
 Advanced Accountancy By P.C. Tulsian, Tata McGraw HILL Publication.
 
 Microsoft Office -2000/2007- Gini Courter, Annelte Marquis BPB
 
 It Today (Encyclopaedia) - S.Jaiswal
 
 A First Course In Computers - Sanjay Saxena
 
First Text Book On Information Technology – Srikant Patnaik

60
 PAPER - VI
COMPUTERIZED ACCOUNTING
QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Total Marks : 80 Time: Three Hours

(N.B.) a) All Questions are compulsory.

b) All Questions carry equal marks. (Sixteen each)

Question No. 1 Unit – I (a + b)

OR
Unit-I ( c )

Question No. 2 Unit – II (a + b)

OR
Unit – II ( c )

Question No. 3 Unit – III (a + b)

OR
Unit – III ( c )

Question No. 4 Unit – IV (a + b)

OR
Unit – IV ( c )

Question No. 5 Unit— V (a + b)

OR
Unit—V ( c )

VOCATIONAL COURSES

Vocational subjects: The various vocational courses (mainly sponsored by UGC) which
can be chosen by the students are given below. As per the UGC letter no. F.9-3/95 (Desk-
61
VE) dated 23.12.1999 a course for Entrepreneurial Development is compulsory for
students opting for vocational subjects. Thus with every vocational subject there will be
one paper of Entrepreneurship Development & these papers shall be common for all
vocational subjects.

Internal (30 Marks) in all Vocational Subjects except (Group IV) computer
application subjects shall be evaluated by Subject teacher (Internal examiner),
moderated & certified by the Principal, marks shall be sent to University.

Practical/Internal marks shall be awarded as below :

a) Record of Practical Assignments 15 marks
b) Internal Viva-Voce 15 marks
------------
Total - 30 marks

B.Com - I
(Same syllabus for all vocational group subjects in B.Com -
I) Entrepreneurial Development-I
Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours
Internal Assessment : 30
 Level of knowledge: basic knowledge 

 Objective: To provide an introduction to entrepreneurship and its development
process, environment and current scenario in India. It also enables the student to
learn about project formulation, appraisal, financial and implementations. Further it
attempts to provide conceptual clarification to small scale industry and the stages
involved in the establishment of small business. 

Contents
Unit-I

62
 - Entrepreneurship - Introduction, Types of Entrepreneurship, Classification of
Business ,Theories of Entrepreneurship, Definitions of Entrepreneurship,
Entrepreneur, Entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurial process & event, Theory of
Achievement Motivation, McClelland‘s Experiments, Women Entrepreneur‘s
Entrepreneurship and sociological theories,
Unit-II
Concept of Entrepreneurship - Entrepreneurship and environment-Policies governing
entrepreneurs, entrepreneurial development programs (EDP) - Institutions for -
entrepreneurship development. Role of government in organizing EDPs. Entrepreneurship
development in other countries. Entrepreneurship and the role of innovation. Identifying &
Developing Entrepreneurial Potential, Business Ideas Generation Process, Evaluation of
Business Idea.
-

Unit-III
- Institutions for Entrepreneurial Development - Ancillarization in India, Ancillaries
& Industrial Development, Ancillary Opportunities in different Economic Sectors,
Role of consultancy organizations - Role of financial institutions -Bank finance to
entrepreneurs, Entrepreneurship development: Role of developmental financial
institutions.
Unit-IV
- Concept of project and classification of project identification project formulation -
project report - project design - project appraisal - profitability appraisal - project
planning - social cost benefit analysis - project financing.
UNIT- V:
- Financial analysis - Ratio analysis - Investment process; Break even analysis -
Profitability analysis, - Budget and planning process.

Books Recommended:

GN Pandey : A complete guide to successful entrepreneurship
(Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi)

Vasanta Desai :Dynamics of entrepreneurial development and management;

Vasanta Desai : Entrepreneurial development;

Peter F. Drucker : Innovation and development;

M.V. Deshpande : Entrepreneurship of small scale industries;

Balakrishnan, G : Financing of small scale industries.

63
 B.Com - II
(Same syllabus for all vocational subjects in B.Com - II)
Entrepreneurial Development - II
Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

Internal Assessment : 30

 Level of knowledge: Basic knowledge 


 Objectives: to develop entrepreneurship amongst students as an effective
alternative to ―white-collar job‖. To gain an insight into the various concepts
of entrepreneurship development. 

Unit-I
1. Entrepreneurship-Enterprise: Conceptual issues. Entrepreneurship vs.
Management. Roles and functions of Entrepreneurship in relation to the
enterprise and in relation to the economy. Entrepreneurship- interactive process
between individual & economic environment. Small business as seedbed of
Entrepreneurship. Career Planning, Choice of entrepreneurship as a career.
Business Ideas: Process of generating business ideas. Evaluation of business
ideas. Preparation of feasibility reports, ancillary opportunities in Agro
Industries, Transportation, distribution, service industries.

Unit-II
- Entrepreneurial Support System -District Industry Centers (DICs) -Commercial
Banks - State Financial Corporations - Small Industries Service Institutes
(SISIs), Small Industries Development Bank of India (SIDBI), National Bank for
Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD), National Small Industries
Corporation (NSIC) and other relevant institutions/organizations at State level.

Unit-III
- Market Survey and Opportunity Identification (Business Planning) - How to start
a small scale industry- Procedures for registration of small scale industry - List of
items reserved for exclusive manufacture in small scale industry - Assessment of
demand and supply in potential areas of growth - Understanding business
opportunity - Considerations in product selection - Data collection for setting up
small ventures.

64
Unit-IV
- Legal Aspects of Small Business – Major provisions of Income Tax, Sales Tax,
Patent Rules, Excise Rules - Factory Act and Payment of Wages Act.

Unit-V
- Environmental considerations -Concept of ecology and environment-Factors
contributing to Air, Water, Noise pollution - Air, water and noise pollution
standards and control – regulatory bodies. Personal Protection Equipment (PPEs)
for safety at work places.

Books Recommended:


A Handbook of Entrepreneurship,Edited by BS Rathore and Dr JS Saini; Aapga
 Publications, Panchkula (Haryana)

  Development by CB Gupta and P Srinivasan, Sultan Chand and Sons,
Entrepreneurship
New Delhi

 
Environmental Engineering and Management by Suresh K Dhamija, SK Kataria and
Sons, New Delhi 99
 
 Environmental and Pollution Awareness by Sharma BR, Satya Prakashan , New Delhi

Environmental Protection Law and policy in India: Thakur Kailash, Deep and Deep
Publications, New Delhi
  Handbook of Small Scale Industry by PM Bhandari 
  Marketing Management by Philip Kotler, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi

 
 Total Quality Management by Dr DD Sharma, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi.
 
Principles of Management by Philip Kotler TEE Publication

B.Com - III

(Same syllabus for all vocational subjects in B.Com - III)

Entrepreneurial Development - III

Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

65
Internal Assessment : 30
Level of knowledge: Basic Knowledge
Objectives: To gain an insight into the various aspects of Entrepreneurship
development. To study the practical aspects of organization and management of
small industries and village industries.
CONTENTS
Unit-I
- Role of Entrepreneur, Factors affecting Growth of Entrepreneurship,
generation of employment opportunities, complementing and
supplementing economic growth, bringing about social stability and
balanced regional development of industries, role in export promotion
and import substitution, forex earnings and augmenting & meeting local
demand.
- Entrepreneurial behavior and psycho-theories, critical evaluation.

Unit-II
- Promotion of a venture – opportunities analysis, economic, social and
technological, competitive factors, legal requirements for establishment
of new unit, raising of funds, venture capital sources and documentation
required.
- Organizing rural business, rural marketing potential marketing of
agricultural inputs-warehousing, cold storage-importance and
problems, governing policy.

Unit-III
- Organizing and management of agro-based industries and small
scale industries, khadi and village industries – importance, problems,
government policy and schemes for setting up these industries,
financing schemes for khadi and village industries, small scale
industries.
- WTO and small & village industries.

Unit-IV

- Indian Business Environment – Role of government in economic

development, fiscal policy, industrial policy, industrial licensing,
privatization, foreign trade policy, concept of cyber space and internet –
importance of cyber marketing, internet usage applications. Technology as
driver for entrepreneurship.

Unit-V
- Project Report Preparation - Preliminary Project Report -Techno-Economic
feasibility report- Project Viability, silent features of DPR.
Specific formats for bank.

Books Recommended:
 
 Rajgopal, organizing Rural business (Sage Publications, New Delhi)
 
Tandon BC, Environment and Entrepreneur (Chugh Publications, Allahabad)

66
  
 SS Khanka, Entrepreneurial development (S Chand & Co )

A practical guide to industrial entrepreneurs (Sultan Chand & Sons,
Srivastava SB,
 New Delhi)

 preparation, Appraisal, implementation (Tata
Prasanna Chandra, Project
 McGraw Hill, New Delhi)

Pandey IM, Venture Capital – The Indian Experience (Prentice Hall of

India) [Hindi/Marathi Books as per B.Com., part I syllabus]

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN FOR

Entrepreneurial Development SUBJECTS OF
BCom – I, BCom –II, BCom – III

Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

N.B.) a) All questions are compulsory
b) All Questions carry equal marks. (Fourteen marks each)

Q. 1 : EITHER
[a] Unit-I 7 Marks
[b] Unit-I 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-I 14 Marks
Q. 2 : EITHER
[a] Unit-II 7 Marks
[b] Unit-II 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-II 14 Marks
Q. 3 : EITHER
[a] Unit-III 7 Marks
[b] Unit-III 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-III 14 Marks
Q. 4 : EITHER

67
 [a] Unit-IV 7 Marks
[b] Unit-IV 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-IV 14 Marks
Q. 5 :
[a] Unit-V 7 Marks
[b] Unit-V 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-V 14 Marks

VOCATIONAL COURSES
Group - I
Tax Procedures & Practice
B.COM - I
Tax Procedures & Practice – I
Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

Internal Assessment : 30

Unit I
Indian Income Tax Act, 1961
- Definitions – Person, Assesses, Assessment, Assessment Year, previous
year Income, Agricultural Income, Company, Indian Company, Business,
Capital Asset,. Short Termcapital Asset.

- Capital and Revenue: capital ; Expenditure, Revenue Expenditure, Capital

loss and revenue loss Residential Status & Tax Liability:Residential Status
of the Assessee- Individuals, Hindu undivided families, Firm & Association
of persons, Companies, other persons. Scope of total Income, Classification
of Income problems on Residence and Tax Liability
Unit II
Computation of Income Under the head of :
- Income form salaries including Retired persons
- Income form House Property.
Unit III
Computation:
- Capital gains
- Income form other sources
- Deductions u/s- 80C, 80CCC, 80D, 80DD, 80DDB, 80E, 80G, 80U
- Computation of total and Tax liability an Individual.
Unit IV
- Income –tax authorities- their appointment, Jurisdiction and power.
- Permanent Account Number
- Payment of advance tax; filing of return of income; assessment;
collection and
- recovery of tax .
- Offences, prosecutions, penalties .
Unit V
- Refunds of Tax
- Appeals, Revision & References
68
 - Agricultural Income
- Interest payable by to Assessee.

Books Recommended:
 
 V.K. Singhania ,Students Guide to income Tax ( Taxman, New Delhi)
 
 Dr. V.K. Jain, Income Tax for beginners ( Sheth Publishers, Mumbai )
 
 Girish Ahuja, Ravi Gupta, Systematic Approach to Income Tax (Bharat, New Delhi)
 
 K.C. Jain, V.P.Gaur, D.B. Narung Direct Taxes ( Kalyani Publisher, Delhi )
 
 Dr. V. Upgade and Dr. A.K. Shende Direct Taxes ( Anuradha publication, Nagpur)


 Milind Patil Auditing
Dr. Shripad Sonegaonkar, Prof. Ravindra Sontakke, Prof.
and Income Tax ( Himalaya publishing House, Nagpur )

B.COM - I

Tax Procedures & Practice – I

PATTERN OF QUESTIONS PAPER

Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

Internal Assessment : 30
69
Question No. 1 –Unit I [a] Theory 07 Marks
[b] Practical (Problem) 07 Marks
OR
[c] Theory 07 Marks
[d] Practical (Problem) 07 Marks

Question No. 2 –Unit II [a] Problem 07 Marks

[b] Problem 07 Marks
OR
[c] Problem 14 Marks

Question No.3 –Unit III [a] Problem 07 Marks

[b] Problem 07Marks
OR
[c] Problem 14 Marks

Question No.4 –Unit IV [a] Theory 07 Marks

[b] Theory 07 Marks
OR
[c] Theory 07 Marks
[d] Theory 07Marks

Question No.5 –Unit V [a] Theory 07 Marks

[b] Theory 07Marks
OR
[c] Theory 07 Marks
[d] Theory 07 Marks

B.COM.- II
Tax Procedures & Practice – II

Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

Internal Assessment : 30

CONTENTS
Unit I
- Profits and Gains of Business and Professions.
- Assessment of Firms
Unit II
- Assessment of Hindu Undivided Family
- Taxation of Co-Operative Societies
Unit III
- Taxation of Trusts & Charitable and religious institutions
- Set off and carry forward of losses
- Deduction and Collection of Tax at Source.
Unit IV

70
 - Assessment of Companies
- Assessment of Association of Persons

Unit V

- Tax Evasion, Tax Avoidance

- Tax Planning
- Tax Management
- Self – Assessment, Regular Assessment
- National Tax Tribunal
- Credit for advance Tax

Books Recommended:
  K.C. Jain, V.P. Gaur, D.B. Narang, Aykar Direct Taxex ( Kalyani Publisher, Delhi) 
  Dr. V. Upgade & Dr. A.K. Shende Direct Taxes ( Anuradha publication, Nagpur )

  Sonegaonkar, Prof. Sontakke, Prof. Patil, Auditing and Income Tax

  ( Himalaya Publishing House, Nagpur )

  Sundarbahu : Income Tax Law & Practice ( S. chand & company, New Delhi)

  V.K. Singhania : Students Guide to Income Tax ( Taxmann, New Delhi)

 
B.B. Lal : Direct Taxes ( Konark publishers pvt.Ltd. , Delhi )

( B.COM.II )

Tax Procedures & Practice – II

PATTERN OF QUESTIONS PAPER

Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

Internal Assessment : 30
Question No. 1 –Unit I [a] Problems 14 Marks
OR
[b] Problems 14 Marks

Question No. 2–Unit II [a] Problems 14Marks

OR
[b] Problems 14 Marks

Question No. 3 –Unit III [a] Problems 07 Marks

[b] Problems 07 Marks
OR
[c] Problems 14 Marks

Question No. 4 –Unit IV [a] Problems 14 Marks

OR
[b] Problems 14 Marks

Question No. 5 –Unit V [a] Theory 07 Marks

[b] Theory 07 Marks
71
 OR
[c] Theory 07 Marks
[d] Theory 07 Marks

B.COM - III
Tax Procedures & Practice – III
Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

Internal Assessment : 30

CONTENTS
Unit I

CENTRAL EXCISE DUTY

Unit II

Customs Act 1962

Unit III

Central Sales Tax Act 1956 & MSVAT

Unit IV

Service Tax

Unit V

Wealth Tax : Computation of Taxable net wealth of person & company

Books Recommended:


Dr. H.C. Mehrotra and Dr. S.P. Goyal Direct & Indirect Taxes ( Sahitya Bhawan,
Agra)
 
 V.S. Datey : Indirect Taxes law and practice ( Taxman, New Delhi)
 
 V. Balchandran : Indiect Taxes ( Sultan chand & Sons , Delhi )
 
Girish Ahuja , Ravi Gupta , Indirect Taxes ( Bharat, New Delhi)

72
 Tax Procedures & Practice – III

PATTERN OF QUESTIONS PAPER

Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

Internal Assessment : 30

Question No. 1 –Unit I [a] Theory 07 Marks

[b] Problem 07 Marks
OR
[c] Theory 07 Marks
[c] Problem 07 Marks

Question No. 2 –Unit II [a] Theory 07 Marks

[b] Problem 07 Marks
OR
[c] Theory 07 Marks
[c] Problem 07 Marks

Question No. 3 –Unit III [a] Theory 07 Marks

[b] Problem 07 Marks
OR
[c] Theory 07 Marks
[c] Problem 07 Marks

Question No. 4 –Unit IV [a] Theory 07 Marks

[b] Problem 07 Marks
OR
[c] Theory 07Marks
[d] Problem 07 Marks

Question No. 5 –Unit IV [a] Theory 07 Marks

[b] Problem 07Marks
OR
[c] Theory 07 Marks
[d] Problem 07 Marks

Group II.
Office Management and Secretarial Practice
B.COM - I
Office management & Secretarial practice - I
Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

Internal Assessment : 30
Objective:

73
The subject of office procedure and Management occupies an important place in the course
contents for industrial and personnel management as well as for other different
professional examination. The latest knowledge of this discipline is indispensable for the
in-depth understanding of modern business world which has becoming highly professional
and dynamic. The office is the most significant part of any organizations as being the nerve
centre of it.
Unit-I
- Secretarial/officials functions of PA/PS: Secretarial/ Official functions of Personal
Assistant/ Personal Secretary, Personal and professional qualities of Personal
Assistant/ Personal Secretary and Telephone conduct.
Unit-II
- Sources of information: Telephone Directories, Railway time table, Year Books,
Government reports, Encyclopedia, Travel information, Rail, Air, Sea
Unit-III
- Public relations of PA/PS: Receptionist duties, message book recording messages,
visitors diary.

Unit-IV

- Office machines & equipments: Office machines and equipments - need and
importance.
- Function and operation of the following office machines and appliances.
o Electronic calculator,

o Cyclo-Styling machine, Electronic Stencil cutter o

(Scanner), Zerox machine, Electronic photocopier. o
Billing machine, Time recorder, Cash register.
o Tape recorder, Dictaphone, Intercom, PBX, EPABX.
o Desktop Computer and Laptop Pc.

o Functioing of FAX machine

o Sending and receving E-mail.

Unit-V

- Development of M.I.S. (Management Information System): Meaning,

Objectives, Need & Importance, Principle of Management Information System.

Recommended books:



Office Management and Procedure by RK Sharma, Shashi Gupta and Sushil Nayar;
Kalyani Publication, Ludhiana
  Office Management by PK Gupta 
 
 Office Management by Ghosh and Aggarwal
 
 Office Management by Gupta, Bansal, Jain and Malik
 
 Modern Office Management by Dr. IM Sahai

Office
Management and Procedure by Singh and Chhabhria; Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New
 Delhi


Manual of Office Management and Correspondence by BN Tondon; S Chand and Co.,
Ram Nagar, New Delhi

74
 B.COM - II

Office management & Secretarial practice - II

Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

Internal Assessment : 30
UNIT – 1

- Typing of letters, blocked, semi blocked and NOMA simplified with open closed
and mixed punctuations. Typing of short letters (small and/or full size letter papers)
one page letter and letter running into more than one page.
- Typing on printed forms like invoices, bills, quotations, tenders index cards,
telegrams, etc. Composing at the typewriter (using typewriting as a writing tool,
drafting the subject matter at the typewriter directly. Typing from recorded tapes.

UNIT – 2

- Typing of addresses on envelopes, inland and postcards including window display

chain feed. Typing of annexure and appendices to letters.
- Production typing, typing of simple and confused manuscripts. Typing of
orders, circulars, notices, memoranda, notes, advertisements, interview letters,
appointment letters etc. Typing of bibliography, Typing of graph papers.

UNIT – 3

- Tabular typing, two columns table and multiple column table box, etc. display
of tabulation work. Typing of financial and costing statements, use of carbon
paper for taking out more than one copy. Methods using carbon, machine
assembly method and desk assembly method.

75
 - Care and maintenance of the typewriter. Oiling and cleaning of the
machine. Change of ribbon, Minor repair work.

UNIT – 4

- Correction of errors on the carbon copies (paper being in the machine and taken out
of the machine).
- Calculation of speed, straight copy typing (GWAM, CWAM and NWAM) and
production typing (G-PRAM and N-PRAM) and MWAM. Speed competition,
Indian and world records in typing.

UNIT – 5

- Stencil cutting : Its insertion in the machine change of ribbon setter or removal
of ribbon. Placement of subject matter, use of different materials like, styles
scales, slate, signature pad etc.
- Personal habits and work habits, personal appearance, willingness, promptness,
initiative, trustworthiness, punctuality, etc. Following instructions/directions.

Recommended books:



Office Management and Procedure by RK Sharma, Shashi Gupta and Sushil Nayar;
Kalyani Publication, Ludhiana
  Office Management by PK Gupta 
  Office Management by Ghosh and Aggarwal


  Office Management by Gupta, Bansal, Jain and Malik


 
 Modern Office Management by Dr. IM Sahai

Office
Management and Procedure by Singh and Chhabhria; Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New
 Delhi


Manual of Office Management and Correspondence by BN Tondon; S Chand and Co.,
Ram Nagar, New Delhi

76
 B.COM - III
Office management & Secretarial practice - III
Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

Internal Assessment : 30
Unit-I
- Office communication: principles of business communication – means of
communication – oral, written, visual, audio-visual, the internet; electronic mail,
video-conferencing – essential of good business letter.
- Business correspondence:
o Personnel – Drafting of interview letters, call letters and offer of
appointment; provisional appointment orders; final order of appointment,
employee disciplinary matters – show causes notices, charge sheets,
letter of dismissal, discharge and other punishments.
o Purchase – request for quotations, tenders, samples and drawings,
test order, complaints and follow-up.
o Sales – drafting of sales letters, circular letters, preparation of sales notes
with condition of sale; status inquires, preparation of market survey reports,
reports of sales manager such as sales promotion matters, drafting of
advertisements.
o Accounts – correspondents with various agencies: customers – regarding
dues, follow up letters, banks – regarding over-drafts, cash credits and
account current; insurance companies – regarding payments, renewal of
insurance premium claims and their settlement; public authorities like
provident fund commissioner, post and telegraph authorities, regarding
payment of provident fund contributions; installation of new connections
and payment of telephone bills; payment of sales tax.
o Miscellaneous: Resume, letter of application, goodwill
messages, condolence letters.

Unit-II

- Administration and Miscellaneous: Drafting of telegraphic and facsimile messages,

messages through electronic media; public notices and invitations, representations to
Trade Associations, Chambers of Commerce and Public authorities.
- Interdepartmental communication: Internal memos, office circulars, office orders,
office notices, representation of chief executive and replies thereto,
communication with regional/branch offices.
- Preparation of press releases

Unit-III
- Company Secretarial Practice – Nature and meaning of company, promotion and
incorporation of a company, familiarization with the concept of board of
directors, shareholders and company meetings, company secretary.
- Secretarial correspondence with the shareholders and debenture holders pertaining
to dividend and interest, transfer and transmission.

77
 - Company meetings – kinds of meetings and resolutions, law practice and procedure
relating to general meetings and other meetings, recording and signing of minutes,
drafting of resolutions, notice, agenda and minutes.
Unit-IV

- Drafting of directors report, chairman speech, statutory registers and statutory

returns – maintaining and monitoring the statutory registers, preparing and filling
with Registrar of Companies, annual returns, reports and accounts, returns of
allotment, notices of and changes to registered office and appointment in respect of
directors, secretary and auditors.
- Art of conducting negotiations; art of public relation; drafting of corporate
notices and advertisements, corporate image building.

Unit-V
- Centering, horizontal and vertical mathematical and judgement placement. Proof
reading and correcting of error, proof correction marks, use of different types of
erasing materials, erasers (rubber, pencial) chemical tape, chemical liquid,
correction tape within the machine squeezing and superseding. Key board
operation : Need for proper type and size of tables and chairs for use of typist,
sitting postures materials required.

Recommended books:



RC Sharma & Krishna Mohan: Business Correspondence and Report Writing – Tata
 McGraw Hill Publication Co. Ltd., New Delhi.

Pink & Thomas: EnglishGrammar, Composition and Correspondence –
 Donnington Press, Berks.


Tickoo, Champa & Sasikumar, Jay: Writing with purpose, Delhi – Oxford
 University Press, 1979
 
 Hill LA: Letter writing for students of English, London - Oxford University Press, 1963

AroraVN & Chandra, Laxmi: Improve your writing, Delhi – Oxford University Press,
1981
 
 VK Jain: Company law & Practice, Seth Publishers, New Delhi

ML Sharma: Secretarial practice withregistrar of companies – Taxmann Allied
 Services Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi – 110005

K Mujumdar, GK Kapoor,company Law and Practice, Taxmann Allied Services Pvt.
Ltd. New Delhi – 110005

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN FOR

Office management & Secretarial practice
SUBJECTS OF
BCom – I , BCom –II, BCom – III
Total Marks : 70
N.B.) a) All questions are compulsory
b) All Questions carry equal marks. (Fourteen marks each)

Q. 1 : EITHER
[a] Unit-I 7 Marks
[b] Unit-I 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-I 14 Marks
Q. 2 : EITHER
78
 [a] Unit-II 7 Marks
[b] Unit-II 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-II 14 Marks
Q. 3 : EITHER
[a] Unit-III 7 Marks
[b] Unit-III 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-III 14 Marks
Q. 4 : EITHER
[a] Unit-IV 7 Marks
[b] Unit-IV 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-IV 14 Marks
Q. 5 :
[a] Unit-V 7 Marks
[b] Unit-V 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-V 14 Marks

Group III.
Advertising, Sales Promotion and Sales Management

B.COM - I

Advertising, Sale Promotion and Sales Management – I

Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

Internal Assessment : 30

Objectives: The aim of the paper is to acquaint the students with concepts, techniques and
give experience in the application of concepts for developing an effective advertising
programme.

Unit-1

- Advertising Role in the Marketing Process: Legal Ethical and social Aspects of
Advertising. Functions and types of advertising. Integrated Marketing
communication .Brand management , Brand Image, Brand Equity and Brand
Building. Ethics of advertising

Unit- 2

- The major players in advertising, Advertising agency, Brand manager, market

research firms, Media, Type of agencies. Structure of an agency and its
functions. The process of developing an ad.

79
Unit- 3

- Objective Setting and market Positioning; Dagmar Approach in Determination of

Target Audience and understanding them. Assumptions about consumer behavior
an advertiser makes. Building of Advertising Programme-Message, Headlines,
Copy, Logo, Illustration, Appeal, layout Campaign Planning. Creative
Strategies. Production and execution of TVCs and print ads
-
Unit-4

- Sales Promotion – Introduction to Sales Promotion; Role and growth of Sales

Promotion; its Features and Purpose; Tools and Techniques of Sales promotion,
Sales promotion campaign, Developing a logic for sales promotion programmes.

Unit-5

- Role of selling in planed economy, selling as a career, Acquiring skills and

developing new qualities for salesmen and to improve growth chances, Tips
and suggestions to improve personal ability, skills for salesmen, product
knowledge, planned selling system.

Recommended books:


  and Modern
Luick, John F and Siegler, William Lee, Sales promotion
Merchandising (McGraw Hill Book Co., New York, 1968)


Still, Richard, Edward W & Govoni Norman AP, Sales management  Decisions,
Strategies and cases (Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1981)

Stanton, William J& Buskrit, management of Sales Force ( Richard D, Irwin, Inc.
 Homewood, 1987)


Russell, Frederic A. Beach, Frank H & Buskrit, Richard H, Selling principles and
Practices (Mcgraw Hill, International Book Co.1982)
  David Aaker, Advertising management (Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi) 
  Kazmi & Batra, Advertising & Sales Promotion – Excel Books.


  Belch & Belch, Advertising & Promotion – Tata McGrow Hill.


 
Jethwaney & Jain – Advertising Management, Oxford Univ. Press

80
 B.COM - II
Advertising, Sales Promotion and Sales Management – II

Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

Internal Assessment : 30

 Level of knowledge: basic knowledge 


 Objectives: to acquaint students with the theory and practice of
advertising as well also management of a firm‘s sales operation. 

CONTENTS

Unit-I
- Introduction: meaning of advertising, importance of advertising from the
viewpoint of marketing and communication, role of advertising in the
marketing mix – inter- relationship with product decisions, Pricing Decision,
Channels Decision. Personal Selling, Sales Promotion and Publicity.
- Scope of advertising: How advertising works (a few case studies),
Stimulating, Expanding and sustain scale: secure sales lead, Increasing
profits, Demarketing, Supporting other promotion tools etc.

Unit – II
Various forms of advertising: National, Retail, Trade, Cooperative,
Industrial, Corporate/Institutional, Financial, Public Service, Political, Primary
and Selective demand Ad; Push and Pull Ad.

- Advertising objectives: Meaning and importanc4e, Difference between

objective, goals and strategy, possible Ad objectives, Sales as an objective,
communication objectives, DAGMAR Approach of RH Colley.

Unit-III
- Advertising Budget: Consideration to be kept in mind while deciding the
budget, different methods. The budget-making process.

- Media planning: Importance of the exercise, Evaluation of important media-

print, audio-visual, outdoor, direct mail, advertising on internet misc. media,
the media planning process, important considerations- cost, coverage,
flexibility, impact etc. computerized media selection, current Ad, Media
scene in India.

Unit-IV

- Role of selling in planed economy, selling as a career

- Acquiring skills and developing new qualities for salesmen and to improve
growth chances.
81
 - Tips and suggestions to improve personal ability, skills for salesmen,
product knowledge, planned selling system.
- Practical suggestions to improve day to day field working, customer
psychology, buying motives, trade relations, effective distribution network.
- Sales organizations- types, principles, aims and objectives.

Unit-V
- Selection and training of sales force, latest techniques in training.
- Motivation and compensation plans
- Sales planning (forecasting) methods, budgets, implementation, review
techniques.
- Communication, how to develop skills for effective
communication, principles, objectives and methods.
- Sales mangers/supervisors – their role, authority and responsibility

Recommended books:


  and Modern
Luick, John F and Siegler, William Lee, Sales promotion
Merchandising (McGraw Hill Book Co., New York, 1968)


Still, Richard, Edward W & Govoni Norman AP, Sales management  Decisions,
Strategies and cases (Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1981)

Stanton, William J& Buskrit, management of Sales Force ( Richard D, Irwin, Inc.
 Homewood, 1987)


Russell, Frederic A. Beach, Frank H & Buskrit, Richard H, Selling principles and
Practices (Mcgraw Hill, International Book Co.1982)
  David Aaker, Advertising management (Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi) 

 David Aaker, Advertising Management (Prentice Hall India Pvt.
Rajiv BAtra, Myers,
Ltd., New Delhi)

B.COM - III
Advertising, Sales Promotion and Sales Management – III

Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

Internal Assessment : 30

OBJECTIVES:
 To expose students to the principles and practices of advertising and sales
 promotion and develop the conceptual abilities in this functional area of marketing. 
 To develop the skills of the students, which will help them to prepare effectively
for a career in the advertising and sales promotion function of any company or
in the advertising agency. 

CONTENT:

Unit-I
82
 - Communication Process - Communication models for rural communication and
urban communication
- Advertising - Organizational structure of advertising agency and its functions.
Evaluation of agency functioning, Creativity in Advertising including Message
development, copy righting, layout; Media selection

Unit-II

- Advertising Research. Effectiveness of advertising- methods of measurement.

Rationale of testing Opinion and Attitude Tests, Recognition, Recall

Unit-III

- Message Strategy: Attention and comprehension, Associating Feelings with the

Brand, Brand Equity, Image and Personality and Group Influence and word of
month advertising

Unit-IV

- Sales Territories - Concept of Sales territory - Procedures for setting up Sales

territories - Deciding assignment of sales personnel to territories - Sales Budget and
Sales Quota - Sales budget - Purpose, form and content of sales budgets, Sales
Quota - Concept, Types of quota, Quota setting procedures, Administering the
quota system.

Unit-V

- Consumer Promotions and Trade Promotions – Their purpose and types How to plan
and evaluate a successful promotion, The relationship between advertising and
promotions, Introduction to Global Marketing, Advertising and sales promotion

Recommended books:


 Management – Concepts and Cases, Manendra Mohan (Tata McGraw
Advertising
Hill)
 
 Sales Promotion and Advertising Management (6thEd.)Himalaya Publishing House
 
 Advertising Excellence by Bovee, Thill, Dovel and Wood (McGraw Hill)


Advertising Management –Shelekar, Victor & Nirmala Prasad
(Himalaya Publishing House)
 
 Foundations of Advertising – Theory & Practice – S.A. Chunawala
 
 Brand Positioning – Subroto Sengupta, Tata McGraw Hill
 
 Cases in Marketing Management – M.L. Bhasin, Excell Books



Sales & Distribution Management (Units 12-16 for Sales Promotion) F.L. Lobo,
Global Business Press
 
 Successful Sales Promotion – Choudhry, Elliot & Toop, Orient Longman
 
 Advertising Management by Batra, Myers and Aakar(5th Ed.) PHI
 
Promotion Management by S.A. Chunawalla (2nd Ed.) Himalaya

83
 QUESTION PAPER PATTERN FOR
Advertising, Sales Promotion and Sales Management
SUBJECTS OF
BCom – I , BCom –II, BCom – III

Total Marks : 70
N.B.) a) All questions are compulsory
b) All Questions carry equal marks. (Fourteen marks each)
Q. 1 : EITHER
[a] Unit-I 7 Marks
[b] Unit-I 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-I 14 Marks
Q. 2 : EITHER
[a] Unit-II 7 Marks
[b] Unit-II 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-II 14 Marks
Q. 3 : EITHER
[a] Unit-III 7 Marks
[b] Unit-III 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-III 14 Marks
Q. 4 : EITHER
[a] Unit-IV 7 Marks
[b] Unit-IV 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-IV 14 Marks
Q. 5 :
[a] Unit-V 7 Marks
[b] Unit-V 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-V 14 Marks

84
 Group-IV
Computer Applications
B.Com. Part-I
Information Technology & MIS (IT & MIS)
Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

Practical : 30
Unit –I
Word Processing
- Introduction, Starting word, Creating document, Structure of Ms-word window and
its application, Mouse & keyboard operations, designing a document; formatting-
selection, cut, copy, paste, Toolbars, operating on text; Printing, Saving, Opening,
Closing of document; creating a template; Tables, borders, textbox operations;
Spelling and Grammar check, Mail merge, Envelope and Label, Protection of
document, Change the view of document.
Unit-II
Spreadsheet Package
- Introduction To Ms-Excel, Navigating, Excel Toolbars and Operations, Formatting
Features- Copying Data Between Worksheets; Entering and Editing Cell Entries,
Creation of Charts, Editing and Formatting Charts, Goal Seek, Auditing, Linking,
Workbook, Database in Excel (Auto Filter, Advanced Filter, Sort, Form),
Mathematical, Statistical and Financial Functions in Ms-Excel.
Unit-III
PowerPoint Presentation
- Working with PowerPoint Window, Standard Toolbar, Formatting Toolbar,
Drawing Toolbar, Moving the Frame, Inserting Clip Art, Picture, Slide; Text
Styling, Send to Back, Entering Data to Graph, Organization Chart, Table, Design
Template, Master Slide, Animation Setting, Saving and Presentation, Auto Content
Wizard, Package for CD (Pack & Go Feature).

Unit-IV

MS-Access

- Introduction to database management system, DBMS vs RDBMS, Database

Administrator (DBA) and its role.

- Introduction to Microsoft Access, creating a database in access, using database

wizards and blank database, creating table, database view and design view, creating
queries, forms, reports and macros in ms-access.

Unit-V
MIS
- Systems Concepts - Systems approach, characteristics, Types of Systems;
Elements – input, Output, environment, Boundary Interface, Feedback &
Control; Systems Life Cycle; MIS, TPS, OAS,DSS,KWS, Value of
information, information life cycle, data Vs information, Components of
MIS, characteristics of MIS.
- System Analysis : System development life cycle.
- Modeling the required system, E-R diagrams, ELHs, ECDs, user view of
processing, modeling input output data.

85
Recommended books:
 
 Microsoft Office –2000 – Gini Courter , Annelte Marquis BPB
 
 It Today (Encyclopaedia) – S.Jaiswal
 
 A First Course In Computers – Sanjay Saxena
 
 First Text Book On Information Technology – Srikant Patnaik
 
 Guide To Microsoft Access – Carl Townsand


 
An Introduction To Database Management System – Bipin C. Desai (Galgotia
Pub.)
 
 Database Management Design – CSV Murthy ( Himalaya)
 
 Management Information System - Goyal
 
Management Information System : Jawadekar (TMH)

Practical: (30 Marks)

The practical’s shall be evaluated by Internal & External examiner appointed by
university.
The practical’s shall be based on following:
Practical assignments in MS WORD, MS EXCEL & MS POWER POINT
(MS OFFICE 2007
Practical marks shall be awarded as below :
a) Record of Practical Assignments 05 marks
b) Writing & execution of two
practical assignments 15 marks
c) External Viva-Voce 10 marks
------------
Total - 30 marks
B.Com. Part-II
Visual Basic & DBMS (VB & DBMS)
Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

Practical : 30
Unit –I
- Introduction to Visual Basic, Event driven programming, Programming
constructs - Variables, Types of Variables, Data Types, Scope of Variables,
Constants, system defined functions, Operators (Precedence and Associatively),
Creating User Interface, VB Controls (Label, Text box, Command button, Frame,
Check box, Option button, List box, Combo box, Timer, Drive list box, Directory
list box, File list box, Horizontal and vertical scroll bars, Image, Picture box,
Shape, Line, Data, OLE container)
Unit –II
- Working with Procedure, Function and Modules (Form, Class, Standard Modules)
Scope of Procedures, Calling Procedures, Calling Functions, Passing Arguments,
- Control Structures : If-Then, If-Then-Else, Select Case, Loops Structures : Do-
While, While -Wend, For-Next, For-Each, With-End With.
- Arrays : Declaring an Array, Types of Array (Fixed arrays, Single-dimensional
arrays, Multidimensional arrays, Dynamic arrays), Control Array.
86
Unit – III
- Menus : Creating Menus, Adding Menu Items, Adding Code for the Menus,
Modifying menus at run time, Creating Pop-Up Menus.
- Use of data control, creating database using Visual data manager
- Data Reports, Data Environment designer adding connection & commands Data
report controls creating & printing reports.
- Error handling : Types of errors, Debugging , tools for debugging, break mode,
break points, watch window, immediate window. Handling runtime errors.

Unit –IV
- Database environment, Data processing, Traditional and DBMS
environment, Database system, Introduction to DBMS, Database Approach
- Objectives, benefits, characteristics, Advantages of DBMS, data
abstraction, data models, logical model physical models, E-R relationship
model, relational model, network model, hierarchical model, DBMS
Languages, Database Administrator.
- Relational data base management system (RDBMS)
- Structure of relational database, relational algebra tuple relational calculus,
domain relational calculus.
- Relational database design : normalization using functional dependencies.

Unit – V
ORACLE
- Introduction to Oracle as RDBMS, Oracle as a multi-user system, logging in and
logging out of Oracle, database administrator (DBA) and its role, creation of user
and passwords.
- SQL ; STRUCTURED QUERY LANGUAGE
- History and Standardization of SQL, benefits of SQL, elements of SQL, languages
: Database objects, reserve words, key words, literals, variables, data type :
number, date, long, raw and long raw, var, varchar data types.

- COMMANDS TO BE COVERED - Create table, drop table, modify, alter table,

Insert, update, delete, select

Recommended books:
 
 Paul Sheriff Teaches VB-6 : Sheriff (PHI)
 
 Learn VB6 : Halvarson ( Microsoft/PHI)
 
 VB Programming for a Absolute Beginner – Michael Vine (PHI)
 
 Visual Basic: Stephen Solosky (PHI)
 
 Complete Reference Visual Basic – Tata McGrow Hill
 
 DBMS : Korth and Sudarshan
 
 DBMS : Desai
 
 Database Management System : R. Panneerselvam (phi)
 
Oracle : IT Today (encyclopedia)

Practical: (30 Marks)

The practical’s shall be evaluated by Internal & External examiner appointed by
university.
The practical’s shall be based on following:
The Practical should be based on the Visual Basic 6 and Oracle 8i
87
Practical marks shall be awarded as below :
a) Record of Practical Assignments 05 marks
b) Writing & execution of two
practical assignments 15 marks
c) External Viva-Voce 10 marks
------------
Total - 30 marks

B.Com. Part-III

E-Commerce & Web Development (EWD)

Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

Practical : 30
Unit –I

- Introduction to Internet, History & Development of Internet, WWW, Information

retrieval on the web, Client, Server, URL, ISP,

- E-Mail, e-learning, e-book, e-advertisement, e-governance, E-Banking

- Introduction, Different forms of E-banking, Global scenario of e-banking, e-

banking in India, security issues, benefits of e-banking.

- E-Commerce : Introduction, Definition, Benefits of E-Commerce, Impact of E-

Commerce on business models, Traditional Commerce Vs E-Commerce,
Advantages and Disadvantages of E-Commerce, Electronic Commerce and the
Trade Cycle.

Unit-II
- Electronic Market : Usage, Advantages and Disadvantages and its future.
- Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) : Introduction, Benefits, Trade Cycle and
Example.
- Internet Commerce : Introduction, Internet Trade Cycle and example, Internet
Security : Secure Transaction, Privacy issues, computer crimes and its type,
Security Issues : Security threats like damage to data, loss of data and
unauthorized use of data, Security Procedure : Firewall, Encryption, Password,
Access Control List, Digital Certificate.

Unit –III
-
- HTML : Introduction, Designing web site, Advantages and Disadvantages of
HTML, Flow of Web Information, Role of Web Browser and Web Server, Process
of Web Publishing,

- Creating a Simple Static Web Page : About HTML, Basic elements : <html>,
<head>, <title>, <p>, <br>, <h1> to <h6>, <ol>, <ul>, <li>, <dl>, <pre>,
<marquee>, <hr>, Physical and Logical tags Path : Relative and Absolute path,
Comments, Special Characters, Text Formatting tags, <center>

88
Unit –IV
- Hyperlinks <a href …>, Creating links to web pages and URLs, Creating links
within the same page, various types of URLs that can be used in links, Image tag
and their related attributes, Inline images, Links to (external) images, Using Inline
images, Using images as hyperlinks, Popular images formats for internet and
HTML.
- Tables : Basic table tags and their related attributes.

Unit –V

- Frames, Image Map and Web Font Creator : Frames and their creation, the
<Frame> and <Frameset> tags, Frame linking, Floating or Inline Frames, Image
Maps <map> and <area> tags, Client – Side and Server – Side image maps.

- Embedding Multimedia : Introduction, Embedding Multimedia, Inserting

sound/audio formats, video file formats. Introduction to CSS.

Recommended books:

Electronic Commerce : Greenstein and Feinman (TMH)

E-Commerce : Bhushan Dean – S. Chand

Web Publishing : Monic D‘souza and J D‘souza

Complete HTML : BPB

E-Commerce : Bhushan Dean – S. Chand

Practical: (30 Marks)

The practical’s shall be evaluated by Internal & External examiner appointed by

university.
The practical’s shall be based on following:
Practical assignments in HTML & Ecommerce.

Practical marks shall be awarded as below :

a) Record of Practical Assignments 05 marks
b) Writing & execution of two
practical assignments 15 marks
c) External Viva-Voce 10 marks
------------
Total - 30 marks

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN FOR

COMPUTER APPLICATIONS SUBJECTS OF
BCom – I , BCom –II, BCom – III

Total Marks : 70
N.B.) a) All questions are compulsory
b) All Questions carry equal marks. (Fourteen marks each)

Q. 1 : EITHER
89
 [a] Unit-I 7 Marks
[b] Unit-I 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-I 14 Marks
Q. 2 : EITHER
[a] Unit-II 7 Marks
[b] Unit-II 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-II 14 Marks
Q. 3 : EITHER
[a] Unit-III 7 Marks
[b] Unit-III 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-III 14 Marks
Q. 4 : EITHER
[a] Unit-IV 7 Marks
[b] Unit-IV 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-IV 14 Marks
Q. 5 :
[a] Unit-V 7 Marks
[b] Unit-V 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-V 14 Marks

Vocational Group V

Principles & Practice of Insurance

B.COM. – I
Principles & Practice of Insurance - I

Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

Internal Assessment : 30

Level of knowledge - Basic knowledge.

Objective - To create awareness regarding basic knowledge about

Principles & Practice of Insurance.

Unit – I

- Concept of Risk, meaning, definition, classification of Risk.

90
 - Risk management : Meaning and definition, features of Risk management,
importance of Risk Management, objectives of Risk Management, Principles of
risk Insurance Management, Process of Risk Insurance Management.

Unit – II

- Insurance Basics : Definition of Insurance, Kinds of insurance, functions,

importance / role / benefits of insurance.

- Essentials of Contract of Insurance : Principles of contract of insurance.

- Reinsurance : Important concepts, characteristics, types of reinsurance, double

cover, external and internal insurance.

Unit – III

- Privatization of Insurance Business in India: meaning, background of

privatization performance of public sector.

- Contribution of private sector, liberalization required for privatization, effect of

globalization on insurance sector.

- General Insurance Corporation of India : Background main provisions of

General Insurance Act, GIC of India, Establishment & objects, functions of
subsidiary company.

Unit – IV

- Insurance document – Proposal form, policy form, cover note, certificate of

Insurance, endorsement, co-insurance and renewal receipt.

- Insurance Laws – Insurance Act, 1938, Life Insurance Corporation Act, 1956,
General Insurance Business (Nationalization) Act, 1972, Definitions only.

Unit – V

- Role of Insurance Agent – Meaning and definition of agents, recruitment,

training, duties, rights, code of conduct for agents, essential qualities for a
successful agent.

- Role of IRDA – Insurance regulatory and development authority – Constitution,

objectives, duties and powers, Role of IRDA in appointing agents.

Recommended books:
 
 Fundamental Of Insurance, R.K. Gupta, Himalaya Publishing House.
 
 Principles & Practice of Insurance, Dr. P. Periasamy, Himalaya Publishing House


chek ds fl/nkar ,oa O;ogkj  & Hkxorh izdk”k “kekZ] jktho tSu] iq:’kksRre
n;ky& fgeky;k ifCyf”kax gkÅl

91
 B.COM. – I
QUESTION PAPER PATTERN FOR
Principles & Practice of Insurance - I

Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

N. B. :- 1] All questions are compulsory.

2] All questions are carry equal marks.

Q. 1 : EITHER
[a] Unit-I 7 Marks
[b] Unit-I 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-I 7 Marks
[d] Unit-I 7 Marks
Q.2 : EITHER
[a] Unit-II 7 Marks
[b] Unit-II 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-II 7 Marks
[d] Unit-II 7 Marks
Q.3 : EITHER
[a] Unit-III 7 Marks
[b] Unit-III 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-III 7 Marks
[d] Unit-III 7 Marks
Q. 4 : EITHER
[a] Unit-IV 7 Marks
[b] Unit-IV 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-IV 7 Marks
[d] Unit-IV 7 Marks
Q. 5 : EITHER
[a] Unit-V 7 Marks
[b] Unit-V 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-V 7 Marks
[d] Unit-V 7 Marks

92
 B.COM. – II

Principles & Practice of Insurance - II

Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

Internal Assessment : 30

Level of knowledge - Basic knowledge.

Objective - To create awareness regarding basic knowledge about Principles &

Practice of Insurance.

Unit – I

Life Insurance

- Organization, management, regulation, role and functions of life insurance,

incorporation, essential features of life insurance.

- Marketing of life insurance product, insurance funds, investment of life,

insurance funds, classification of life insurance policies.

Unit – II

- Concept of trust in life insurance policy, settlement of life insurance claims on

the maturity of policy.

- Accounting procedure in life insurance business, analysis and interpretation of

financial statement of life insurance organization.

Unit – III

Marine Insurance

- Nature of Marine Insurance, Marine insurance contract, Marine insurance policies,

policy conditions premium calculation, kinds of Marine insurance policies.

- Marine losses, payment of claims, proximity clause, voyage warranties, progress of

Marine insurance, business in India.

Unit – IV

Fire Insurance

- Nature of fire insurance, fire insurance policies, policy conditions, premium

calculation, fire insurance contracts.

- Policies, rate of fixation in fire insurance, kinds of fire insurance, payment of

claims, reinsurance, progress of fire insurance.

Unit – V

Miscellaneous Insurance

93
 - Introduction to miscellaneous insurance, nature and utility of miscellaneous insurance,
progress of miscellaneous insurance, general insurance business in India.

- Introduction to National Agricultural Insurance Scheme, property, motor vehicle,

health, cattle and engineering insurance, public liability insurance.

Recommended books:

- Fundamental Of Insurance, R.K. Gupta, Himalaya Publishing House.

- Principles & Practice of Insurance, Dr. P. Periasamy, Himalaya Publishing House
- chek ds fl/nkar ,oa O;ogkj & Hkxorh izdk”k “kekZ] jktho tSu] iq:’kksRre
n;ky& fgeky;k ifCyf”kax gkÅl

B.COM. – II
QUESTION PAPER PATTERN FOR
Principles & Practice of Insurance - II

Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

N. B. :- 1] All questions are compulsory.

2] All questions are carry equal marks.

Q. 1 : EITHER
[a] Unit-I 7 Marks
[b] Unit-I 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-I 7 Marks
[d] Unit-I 7 Marks
Q.2 : EITHER
[a] Unit-II 7 Marks
[b] Unit-II 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-II 7 Marks
[d] Unit-II 7 Marks
Q.3 : EITHER
[a] Unit-III 7 Marks
[b] Unit-III 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-III 7 Marks
[d] Unit-III 7 Marks
94
Q. 4 : EITHER
[a] Unit-IV 7 Marks
[b] Unit-IV 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-IV 7 Marks
[d] Unit-IV 7 Marks
Q. 5 : EITHER
[a] Unit-V 7 Marks
[b] Unit-V 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-V 7 Marks
[d] Unit-V 7 Marks

B.COM. – III

Principles & Practice of Insurance - III

Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

Internal Assessment : 30

Level of knowledge - Basic knowledge.

Objective - To create awareness regarding basic knowledge aboutPrinciples

& Practice of Insurance.

Unit – I
- Mathematical application of insurance – probability and its use in insurance
pooling in insurance.
- Morality Table – various columns of life table, ultimate, aggregate, truncated
aggregate tables, calculation of life insurance premium.
- Theory of Indices, Arithmetic‘s and Geometric Progress, Bionomical
Expansion, contracted method of multiplication and division.
Unit – II
- Compound Interest – Accumulated value and present value, nominal and
effective rates of interest, discount and discounted value, nominal and effective
rates of discount, equation of value equated time.
- Annuities – Deferred annuities, perpetuities, immediate annuities, annuities
due, redemption of loans, sinking funds, capital redemption assurance.
Unit – III
- Methods of payment of amount insured, premium as consideration for
insurance benefits, equation of values of insured benefits and premiums in
consideration, nature of installment premiums.
95
 - Probability – Two important theorems of probability.
Unit – IV
- Nature of insurance benefits, insurers liability, resources to life and general
table, value of benefits, basic plan of assurance.
- Temporary assurance and pure endowment.

Unit – V
Meaning of policy values, retrospective policy value, prospective policy
value, symbols of policy value, calculation of policy value, progress of policy
value, equality of prospective and retrospective values.
- Treatment of incidence in premium income, outstanding premium claim,
acceleration reserve, reserve of laps‘ policy.

Recommended books:
 
 Fundamental Of Insurance, R.K. Gupta, Himalaya Publishing House.
 
 Principles & Practice of Insurance, Dr. P. Periasamy, Himalaya Publishing House


chek ds fl/nkar ,oa O;ogkj  & Hkxorh izdk”k “kekZ] jktho tSu] iq:’kksRre
n;ky& fgeky;k ifCyf”kax gkÅl

B.COM. – III
QUESTION PAPER PATTERN FOR
96
 Principles & Practice of Insurance - III

Full Marks : 70 Time : 3 Hours

N. B. :- 1] All questions are compulsory.
2] All questions are carry equal marks.
Q. 1 : EITHER
[a] Unit-I 7 Marks
[b] Unit-I 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-I 7 Marks
[d] Unit-I 7 Marks
Q.2 : EITHER
[a] Unit-II 7 Marks
[b] Unit-II 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-II 7 Marks
[d] Unit-II 7 Marks
Q.3 : EITHER
[a] Unit-III 7 Marks
[b] Unit-III 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-III 7 Marks
[d] Unit-III 7 Marks
Q. 4 : EITHER
[a] Unit-IV 7 Marks
[b] Unit-IV 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-IV 7 Marks
[d] Unit-IV 7 Marks
Q. 5 : EITHER
[a] Unit-V 7 Marks
[b] Unit-V 7 Marks
OR
[c] Unit-V 7 Marks
[d] Unit-V 7 Marks

Absorption Scheme
Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com)
It is notified for general information of all concerned that the failure students of
Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com) OLD course shall be absorbed in the
New course introduced from the session 2014-2015 examination with
the following scheme.
1. Those who have completed & passed B.Com Part - I as per Old
course are eligible for admission in the B.Com Part - II New
course.
2. Failure students of B.Com Part - I old course and having ATKT
as per rules are eligible to take admission in B.Com Part-II New
course.

97
 They should clear their B.Com Part - I old course backlog papers in
next three attempts (Last Chance Winter 2016). If they fail to pass in
Winter-2016 attempt they will have to appear in parallel papers of New
course scheme as per absorption scheme indicated in Appendix- I.
Note: The students who will appear in parallel papers of New
course scheme paper with maximum theory marks 80, will get
proportional marks out of 100 updated in old course marksheet of
B.Com Part - I.

3. Those who have completed & passed B.Com Part - I & B.Com
Part - II as per Old course are eligible for admission in the B.Com
Part - III New course.
4. Failure students of B.Com Part - II old course and having ATKT
as per rules are eligible to take admission in B.Com Part-III New
course.
They should clear their B.Com Part - II old course backlog papers in
next three attempts (Last Chance Winter 2017). If they fail to pass in
Winter-2017 attempt they will have to appear in parallel papers of New
course scheme as per absorption scheme indicated in Appendix- II.
Note: The students who will appear in parallel papers of New
course scheme paper with maximum theory marks 80, will get
proportional marks out of 100 updated in old course marksheet of
B.Com Part - II.

5. Failure students of B.Com Part-III old course are having

chances upto Winter 2018 examination (Last Chance). So they
should appear B.Com Part-III old course examination & are
required to clear their backlog.
After that those who will have backlog in the B.Com Part-III old
course will have to appear in parallel papers of New course
scheme as per the absorption scheme indicated in Appendix- III.
Note: The students who will appear in parallel papers of New
course scheme paper with maximum theory marks 80, will get
proportional marks out of 100 updated in old course marksheet of
B.Com Part-III.
6. The students opted for UGC vocational subjects in B.Com (old
course) & failed will have to appear in respective vocational paper
of B.Com (new course) as indicated in Appendix – IV.

Appendix- I
B.Com Part- I
Sr.N Old course Max. Sr.No. New Course Max.
o. Marks Marks

Theory Theory
1 Compulsory English 100 1 Compulsory English 100
nd nd
2 II Language (Other 100 2 II Language (Other 100
Indian language as per Indian language as per
syllabus) (Hindi, syllabus) (Hindi, Marathi,

98
 Marathi, etc.) etc.)

3 Financial Accounting – I 100 3 Financial Accounting – I 100

4 Basics of Computer & 100 4 Fundamentals of Statistics 100
Statistical Techniques & Computer
5 Principles of business 100 5 Principles of Management 100
Management
6 Business Economics 100 6 Business Economics 100
7 Optional Paper - I 100 7 Company Law & 100
(Any Group) Secretarial Practice
(CLSP)

Appendix- II
B.Com Part-II
Sr.N Old course Max. Sr.No. New Course Max.
o. Marks Marks

Theory Theory
1 Compulsory English 100 1 Compulsory English 100
nd nd
2 II Language (Other 100 2 II Language (Other 100
Indian language as per Indian language as per
syllabus) (Hindi, syllabus) (Hindi, Marathi,
Marathi, etc.) etc.)
3 Financial Accounting - II 100 3 Financial Accounting – II 100
4 Cost & Management 100 4 Cost & Management 100
Accounting Accounting
5 Company Law & 100 5 Business and Industrial 100
Secretarial Practice Law
6 Monetary Economics 100 6 Monetary Economics 100
7 Optional Paper – II 100 7 Business Communication 80
(Any Group)

Appendix- III
B.Com Part-III
Sr.No. Old course Max. Sr.No. New Course Max.
Marks Marks

Theory Theory
1 Financial Accounts & 100 1 Financial 100
Auditing - III Accounting – III
2 Income Tax 100 2 Income Tax & 100
Auditing
3 Business Law 100 3 Business Finance 100

99
 4 Business Communication 100 4 Functional 100
& Management Management

5 Indian Economics 100 5 Indian Economy 100

6 Optional Paper – III 100 6 Computerized 80

(Any Group) Accounting

Appendix- IV
B.Com Part- I ( Vocational Subjects )
Sr Old course Max. Sr New Course Max.
No. Marks No. Marks

Theory Theory
1 Group I. Tax Procedures & Practice 70 1 Group I. Tax Procedures & Practice 70
Tax Procedures & Practice - I Tax Procedures & Practice - I

2 Group II. Office management 70 2 Group II. Office management 70

and Secretarial Practice and Secretarial Practice
Office Management & Secretarial Office Management & Secretarial
Practice- I Practice- I

3 Group III. Advertising, Sales 70 3 Group III. Advertising, Sales 70

Promotion and Sales Promotion and Sales
Management. Management.
Advertising, Sales Promotion and Sales Advertising, Sales Promotion and Sales
Management - I Management - I
4 Group IV. Computer 70 4 Group IV. Computer 70
Applications Applications
MIS & IT - I Information Technology & MIS
(IT & MIS)

5 Group V. Principles and 70 5 Group V. Principles and 70

Practice of Insurance Practice of Insurance
Principles and Practice of Principles and Practice of
Insurance - I Insurance - I
70 70
6 Entrepreneurship 6 Entrepreneurship
Development - I Development - I

B.Com Part- II ( Vocational Subjects )

Sr Old course Max. Sr New Course Max.
No. Marks No. Marks

Theory Theory
1 Group I. Tax Procedures & Practice 70 1 Group I. Tax Procedures & Practice 70
Tax Procedures & Practice - II Tax Procedures & Practice - II

2 Group II. Office management 70 2 Group II. Office management 70

and Secretarial Practice and Secretarial Practice
Office Management & Secretarial Office Management & Secretarial
Practice- II Practice- II

3 Group III. Advertising, Sales 70 3 Group III. Advertising, Sales 70

Promotion and Sales Promotion and Sales

100
 Management. Management.
Advertising, Sales Promotion and Sales Advertising, Sales Promotion and Sales
Management - II Management - II
4 Group IV. Computer 70 4 Group IV. Computer 70
Applications Applications
MIS & IT - II Visual Basic & DBMS (VB & DBMS)

5 Group V. Principles and 70 5 Group V. Principles and 70

Practice of Insurance Practice of Insurance
Principles and Practice of Principles and Practice of
Insurance - II Insurance - II
70 70
6 Entrepreneurship 6 Entrepreneurship
Development - II Development - II

B.Com Part- III ( Vocational Subjects )

Sr Old course Max. Sr New Course Max.
No. Marks No. Marks

Theory Theory
1 Group I. Tax Procedures & Practice 70 1 Group I. Tax Procedures & Practice 70
Tax Procedures & Practice - III Tax Procedures & Practice - III

2 Group II. Office management 70 2 Group II. Office management 70

and Secretarial Practice and Secretarial Practice
Office Management & Secretarial Office Management & Secretarial
Practice- III Practice- III

3 Group III. Advertising, Sales 70 3 Group III. Advertising, Sales 70

Promotion and Sales Promotion and Sales
Management. Management.
Advertising, Sales Promotion and Sales Advertising, Sales Promotion and Sales
Management - III Management - III
4 Group IV. Computer 70 4 Group IV. Computer 70
Applications Applications
MIS & IT - III E-Commerce & Web Development
(EWD)

5 Group V. Principles and 70 5 Group V. Principles and 70

Practice of Insurance Practice of Insurance
Principles and Practice of Principles and Practice of
Insurance - III Insurance - III
70 70
6 Entrepreneurship 6 Entrepreneurship
Development - III Development - III

101
 RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY, NAGPUR

NOTIICATION
No. Acad/138. Date :4th June, 2014

To,

The Principal

of all the affiliated Science Colleges

of Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj

Nagpur University, Nagpur

Subject:- Direction No. 2 of 2014.

Sir/Madam,

I am forwarding herewith a copy of the Direction No. 2 of 2014 issued by the Hon’ble Vice-
Chancellor under Section 14(8) of Maharashtra Universities Act, 1994 ‘Direction governing
examination leading to the Bachelor of Science (Information Technology) (Three
Years Degree Course – Semester Pattern)” and Examination Scheme to be implemented from
Academic Session 2014-2015.

You are requested to kindly bring it to the notice of all teachers and students of your college.

Thanking you,

Yours faithfully,

Encl: As above. Sd/-

(Dr. A.V. Gomashe)

Registrar,

Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj

Nagpur University, Nagpur.

No. Acad/138 Nagpur dated the 4thJune, 2014

Copy for information and necessary action along with the Direction and Scheme as mentioned above to :-

1. The Dean, Faculty of Science, Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur
2. The Chairman, Board of Studies in Computer Science, Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur
University, Nagpur.
3. The Controller of Examinations, Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur
4. The Director, B.C.U.D., Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur
5. The Deputy Registrar (Examinations) Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur.
6. The Deputy Registrar (Coll. Sec.) Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur
7. The Asstt. Registrar (Prof. Exam.), Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur
8. The Asstt. Registrar (Conf.), Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur.
9. The Asstt. Registrar (Exams & Enqury.), Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur
10. The Asstt. Registrar University’s Sub-Centre at Gadchiroli, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur.
11. The Officer-in-Charge, Publication Section, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur.
12. The Asstt. Registrar, Ordinance Section, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur
13. The P. A. to the Hon’ble Vice-Chancellor, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur
14. The P. A. to the Hon’ble Pro-Vice-Chancellor, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur
15. The P. A. to the Registar, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur
16. Mrs. Veena Prakashe, Information Scientist, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur

Sd/-

(Puran Meshram)

Deputy Registrar(Acad.)

Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj

Nagpur University, Nagpur.

 RASHTRASANT TUKDOJI MAHARAJ
NAGPUR UNIVERSITY,
NAGPUR

FACULTY OF SCIENCE

BOARD OF STUDIES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE

SYLLABUS FOR

Bachelor of Science (Information Technology) [B.Sc. (IT) ]

Three Years (SIX SEMESTERS) DEGREE COURSE

(FROM SESSION 2014-15)

 RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY,
NAGPUR
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
DIRECTION NO. 2 OF 2014
DIRECTION GOVERNING THE EXAMINATION LEADING TO THE
DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY)
(THREE YEARS DEGREE COURSE – SEMESTER PATTERN)
(Issued under Section 14(8) of the Maharashtra Universities Act, 1994)
Whereas, Maharashtra Universities Act No. XXXV has come into force with effect from 22nd July, 1994 and
further amended by Maharashtra Universities (Amendment and Continuance)Act, 2003, hereinafter referred as
‘Act’ has come into force from 8th August 2003.
AND
Whereas, the University Grants Commission, New Delhi vide letter No.D.O.No.F 1-2/2008/(XI Plan),
dated.31 Jan.2008 regarding new initiatives under the XIth Plan – Academic Reforms in the University has
suggested for improving quality of higher education and to initiate the Academic Reforms at the earliest.
AND
Whereas, the Board of Studies in all the Science subjects in their meeting held during 28/06/2013 prepared
the syllabi and scheme of examination for the B.Sc. (I T) degree course and recommended for starting of the
semester pattern in Faculty of Science from the academic session 2014-15,
AND
Whereas, the recommendations of various Board of Studies in the faculty of Science regarding Up-gradation
and Revision of various syllabi and introduction and implementation of Semester Pattern Examination System
at under graduate level was considered by the faculty of Science in its meeting held on 9/07/2013 and
constituted a Committee to decide the policy decision regarding semester pattern examination system.
AND
Whereas, the Dean, Faculty of Science has consented to the syllabi and the scheme of examination for the
award of B.Sc. (I T) degree in Faculty of Science,
AND
Whereas, the faculty of Science in its meeting held on 9/07/2013 vide item No. 35, has considered, accepted
and recommended to Academic Council, the policy decision regarding introduction of Semester pattern and
the draft syllabi of B.Sc. (I T) Semester-I & VI along with draft direction and other details.
AND
Whereas, the new scheme of examination as per semester pattern is to be implemented from the Academic
Session 2014-15 for B.Sc. (I T) First Year & onwards which is to be regulated by this direction and as such
there is no direction issued and in existence and framing of an Ordinance for the above examination is a time
consuming process.

AND
Whereas, the admission of students in the semester pattern at B.Sc. (I T) First Year are to be made in the
Academic Session 2014-15.
Now, therefore, I, Anoop Kumar, Vice Chancellor of Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, in
exercise of powers conferred upon me under sub-section (8) of section 14 of the Maharashtra Universities
Act., 1994, do hereby direct as under:

1. This Direction may be called, "Examination leading to the Degree of BACHELOR OF

SCIENCE (INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY) (Three Year Degree Course-Semester Pattern).

2. This direction shall come into force with effect from the date of its issuance.
3. (i) The following shall be the examination leading to the Degree of BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
(INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY) in the faculty of Science namely:
a. The B.Sc. (I T) Semester-I Examination;
b. The B.Sc. (I T) Semester-II Examination;
c. The B.Sc. (I T) Semester-III Examination;
d. The B.Sc. (I T) Semester-IV Examination;
e. The B.Sc. (I T) Semester-V Examination; and
f. The B.Sc. (I T) Semester-VI Examination.
(ii) The period of Academic Session shall be such, as may be notified by the University.
4. The theory examination of Semester-I, II, III, IV, V and VI shall be conducted by the University and
shall be held separately at the end of each semester at such places and dates as may be decided by the
University and shall be held as per the schedule given in Table 1.

Table 1
Sr. No Name of the Examination Main Examination Supplementary Examination
1 Semester I, III and V Winter Summer
2 Semester II, IV, and VI Summer Winter

5. Subject to compliance with the provisions of this Direction and of other Ordinances in-force
from time to time, the following persons shall be eligible for admission to the examinations:-
(a) A student who has prosecuted a regular course of study for not less than one academic year prior to that
examination;
(b) A teacher in an Educational Institution eligible under the provisions of Ordinance No. 18, and
(c) A women candidate who has not pursued a regular course of study.
Provided that in the case of the persons eligible under clauses (b) and (c), an applicant to the examination shall
have attended a full course of laboratory instructions in a College in the subject in which laboratory work is
prescribed. The candidate shall submit a Certificate to that effect signed by the Principal of the college.
6. Eligibility of every applicant for admission to B.Sc. (I T) Semester course shall:-
A)In case of the B.Sc. (I T) Semester I examination:-
The candidate should have passed the 12th Standard Examination of the Maharashtra State Board of
Secondary and Higher Secondary Education with English and other Modern Indian Languages together with
mathematics or an examination recognized as equivalent thereto in such subjects and with such standards of
attainments as may be prescribed.

Provided that students passing the 12th Standard Examination of the Maharashtra State Board of Secondary
and Higher Secondary Education and offering Vocational Stream with mathematics shall be eligible for
admission to the B.Sc. (I T) Semester I course.

B) In case of the B.Sc. (I T) Semester II, III, IV, V and VI Examinations:- The student should have
attended a minimum of 90 days in the respective semester and passed the previous semester examination as
per the rules of ATKT as mentioned in Para 7 of this direction.
7) The ATKT rules for admission for the B.Sc. (I T) Course (Theory and Practical as separate passing
head and on calculation fraction, if any, shall be ignored) shall be as given in the following Table- 2.
Table 2

Admission to Semester The student should have Candidates should have passed at least
attended the Session / one half of the passing heads of the
term satisfactorily following examinations (Theory and
Practical as separate passing head and
on calculation fraction, if any, shall be
ignored)
1 2 3
B.Sc. (I T) Semester I Semester I and admitted As ---------
per para 6 of this Direction
B.Sc. (I T) Semester II Semester II ---------
B.Sc. (I T) Semester III Semester III One half of the total head prescribed for
Sem I and Sem II examination
B.Sc. (I T) Semester IV Semester IV ---------
B.Sc. (I T) Semester V Semester V a) Passed Sem I & II examination
and
b) One half of the total head prescribed
for Sem III & IV examination
B.Sc. (I T) Semester VI Semester VI ---------
8. a) Without prejudice to the other provisions of Ordinance No. 6 relating to the Examinations in General, the
provisions of Paragraph 5, 8, 10 and 31 of the said ordinance shall apply to every candidate.
b)The students admitted to this Degree course shall be governed by the general Ordinances /
Directions of the University which are applicable to all the regular or ex-students. These Ordinances includes
complete as well as relevant provision of Ordinance No. 1, 2, 6, 7-A, 9, 10, 19, 109, Ordinance No. 30 of
2006, (amended Ordinance No. 4 of 2006), Direction 9 of 2008, Direction 5 of 2004 wherever applicable
accordingly AND Direction / Ordinance of ATKT as well as reassessment / provisional admission as issued
from time to time.
9. The fee for each Semester examination shall be as prescribed by the University from time to time.
10. Every examinee for the B.Sc. (I T) Semester I & II examination shall be examined in:

i)Compulsory English
ii)Any one of the following Languages
Marathi, Hindi, Urdu, Supplementary English, Gujarati, Bengali, Telugu, Sanskrit, French, German, Russian,
Persian, Arabic, Pali and Prakrit or Latin
iii) six papers and three practicals at respective semester.

11. The Scope of the subjects of all semesters of B.Sc. (I T) examination shall be as indicated in the
respective syllabi in force from time to time. The medium of instruction and examination shall be English,
except for the courses in Languages.
12. The maximum marks allotted to each subject and the minimum marks which an examinee must obtain in
order to pass the examination shall be as per the Appendix A appended to this Direction.
13. The practical examination of all semesters shall be conducted at the end of each semester as indicated in
Table 3 given below.

Table 3

S. No
Name of the Examination Main Examination Supplementary Examination
1
Semester I, III and V Winter Summer
2
Semester II, IV, and VI Summer Winter
14. The scheme of awarding internal marks shall be as per Appendix- B appended with this Direction.
15. Successful examinees at the B.Sc. (I T) Sem-VI Examination who obtained not less than 60% marks
(aggregate of Sem-I, II, III, IV, V & VI Examinations taken together, excluding Languages) shall be placed in
First Division, those obtaining less than 60% but not less than 45% in Second Division, and all other
successful examinees in the Third Division.
Explanation :
Division at the B.Sc. (I T) Examination shall be declared on the basis of the marks obtained only in the
Subjects other than languages at the Sem-I, II, III, IV, V & VI Examinations taken together.
16. There shall be no classification of successful examinees at the Sem-I to Sem-V Examinations.
17. An examinee successful in the minimum period prescribed for the examination, obtaining not less than
75% of the maximum marks prescribed in the subject shall be declared to have passed the examination with
Distinction in that subject.
Explanation :
(1) Distinction shall be awarded only in the Science Subjects.
(2) Distinction at the B.Sc. (I T) Examination shall be awarded on the basis of the marks obtained at the
B.Sc. (I T) Semester - I, II, III, IV, V and Semester VI Examination taken together.
(3) Distinction shall not be awarded to an examinee availing of the provision of the exemptions and
compartments at any of the examination.
18. Provisions of Ordinance No 7-A relating to the Condonation of Deficiency of Marks for passing an
examination and compartment as amended up-to-date vide ordinance No. 45 of 1983 shall apply to the
examinations under this Direction.
19. As soon as possible after the examinations, the Board of Examinations shall publish a list of successful
examinees at the B.Sc. (I T) Sem-I & II; B.Sc. (I T) Sem-III & IV and B.Sc. (I T) Sem-V & VI
Examinations. Such list at the B.Sc. (I T) Semester VI Examination shall be arranged in three Divisions. The
names of the examinees passing the examination as a whole in the minimum prescribed period and obtaining
the prescribed number of places in First or Second Division shall be arranged in Order of Merit as provided in
the Examinations in General Ordinance No. 6. While preparing the Merit list for the B.Sc. (I T) Examination
the marks secured by the candidate in the compulsory languages at their Semester I & II Examination will be
taken into consideration in addition to the marks scored by them in their optional subjects.
20. No Person shall be admitted to B.Sc. (I T) Sem-I, II, III, IV, V and VI Examinations, if he/she has already
passed the corresponding or an equivalent examination of any other Statutory University.
21. Successful examinees at the B.Sc. (I T) Sem I, II, III, IV, and V Examinations shall be entitled to receive a
Certificate signed by the Registrar and successful examinees at the end of B.Sc. (I T) Sem VI examination
shall, on payment of prescribed fees, receive a Degree in the prescribed format, signed by the Vice-
Chancellor.
22. The provisions of direction no. 3 of 2007 for the award of grace marks for passing an examination,
securing higher grade in subject(s) as updated from time to time shall apply to the examination under this
direction.

23. Absorption Scheme:

 a) While switching over to semester pattern, the failure students of annual pattern will be given three
chances to clear the examination.
b) The candidates who have cleared first year annual pattern examination in the subject shall get
admission to third semester directly by matchable scheme. However, candidates who are allowed to
keep term will not be eligible for admission to third semester unless they clear all the papers and
practicals of first year annual pattern examination.
c) The candidates who have cleared second year annual pattern examination in the subject shall get
admission to fifth semester directly by matchable scheme.. However, candidates who are allowed to
keep term will not be eligible for admission to fifth semester unless they clear all the papers and
practicals of second year annual pattern examination.
d) The unsuccessful students of old course (Yearly pattern) shall be permitted to appear for higher class
as per the new course (Semester Pattern) examination of the BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
(INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY) programme (Semester Pattern) provided that they submit a
certificate from the Head of the Department/Principal of the College stating that they have
satisfactorily undergone a course of study in all the subjects of the new course.
e) The absorption scheme of the BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY)
programme (Semester Pattern) will be effective till the introduction of new syllabus with the new
absorption scheme.
f) For other Statutory University candidates with similar yearly pattern program point No. 23 ‘a’, ‘b’ and
‘c’ shall be applicable.
g) For other Statutory University candidates with Semester pattern BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
(INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY) program the Candidates shall be admitted to next higher
semester provided that he/she shall have cleared previous semester and a R.T.M. Nagpur University
Committee constituted form time to time for the purpose shall scrutinize and clear the case on the
basis of subject and syllabus contents of his / her previous semester exam of the other Statutory
University.

Sd/-
Nagpur (Anoop Kumar)

Date : 16.5.2014. Vice-Chancellor

 Appendix - B:
Guidelines for Internal Assessment, Theory paper pattern and Practical
1. Each semester shall comprise of minimum 90 teaching days.
2. Each semester will comprise
a. six theory papers – 50 Marks each
b. internal assessment for each paper - 10 Marks each.
c. three practicals –30 marks each
3. In addition to the above, Semester I and II will have
a. One compulsory English paper of 60 marks with 15 marks internal assessment, Total 75 marks.
b. One second language paper (Marathi, Hindi, Urdu, Supplementary English, Gujarati,
Bengali,Telugu, Sanskrit, French, German, Russian, Persian, Arabic, Pali and Prakrit or Latin) of 60
Marks with 15 marks internal assessment, Total 75 marks.

Internal Assessment:
4. The internal assessment shall be done by the College at least 15 days prior to the final examination of each
semester. The Marks shall be sent to the University immediately after the Assessment in the prescribed
format.
5. Guidelines for Internal Assessment are appended herewith.
a) The internal assessment marks assigned to each theory paper as mentioned in Appendix - A shall be
awarded on the basis of assignments like class test, attendance, project assignments, seminar, study tour,
industrial visits, visit to educational institutions and research organizations, field work, group discussions or
any other innovative practice / activity.
b) There shall be one / two assignments (as described above) per Theory paper.
c) There shall be no separate / extra allotment of work load to the teacher concerned. He/ She shall conduct
the Internal assessment activity during the regular teaching days / periods as a part of regular teaching activity.
d) The concerned teacher / department / college shall have to keep the record of all the above activities until
six months after the declaration of the results of that semester.
e) At the beginning of each semester, every teacher shall inform his / her students unambiguously the method
he / she proposes to adopt and the scheme of marking for internal assessment.
f) Teacher shall announce the schedule of activity for internal assessment in advance in consultation with
HOD / principal.
g) Final submission of internal marks to the University shall be before the commencement of the University
Theory examinations.

Theory Papers:
6. All Theory papers shall be divided into four units.
7. The theory question papers shall be of 3 hours duration and comprise of 5 questions with equal weightage
to all units.
8. The pattern of question papers is appended herewith.
Each theory paper will be of 50 marks each. All questions are compulsory and will carry equal marks.
Question paper for any theory paper will comprise of five questions of 10 marks each. Question No. 1 to 4
will be will be from four units each with an internal choice. The questions can be asked in the form of long
answer type for 10 marks.
Question No. 5 shall be compulsory with three questions / notes of very short answer type from
each of the four units having 1 mark each. The student shall have an option of answering any 10
questions out of the 12 questions.

Practical:
9. Practical exam shall be of 4 hours duration.
10. The Practical Record of every student shall carry a certificate as shown below, duly signed by the teacher-
in-charge and the Head of the Department.
11. If the student fails to submit his / her certified Practical Record duly signed by the Teacher-In-Charge and
the Head of the Department, he / she shall not be allowed to appear for the Practical Examination and no
Marks shall be allotted to the student.
12. The certificate template shall be as follows:

CERTIFICATE
Name of the college / institution _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Name of the Department: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

This is to certify that this Practical Record contains the bonafide record of the Practical work of Shri / Kumari
/
Shrimati _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Semester _ _ _ _ _ _
_ _ _ during the academic year _ _ _ _ _ _ _. The candidate has satisfactorily completed the experiments
prescribed by Rashtrasant Tukdoji Maharaj Nagpur University for the subject _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Dated _ _ _ / _ _ _ / _ _ _ _ _

Signature of the teacher who taught the examinee

1. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
2. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Head of the Department

 Appendix-A
Teaching & Examination Scheme
Bachelor of Science ( Information Technology) [ B.Sc. (IT) ]
Three Year (SIX SEMESTER) DEGREE COURSE
B.Sc. (IT) Part I (Semester I)

Sr.No. Papers Title of Paper Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

Theory Practical
Total

Marks
Max Marks Th.

Passing

Passing
Duration Hours

Duration Hours
Max. Marks IA
(Th,Pr,AI)

Total periods
Pr (Periods)
(Periods)

Practical
Th+Tu

Papers

Marks

Marks
Total

Max
Min

Min
1. - English 4+1 - 4+1 3 60 15 75 30 - - 75

- Marathi/Hindi/Ur 3 - 3 3 60 15 75 30 - - 75
2. du/Gujarati/
Sanskrit / Suppl.
English
Paper-I Fundamentals of 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
3. Information
Technology
Paper-II Programming 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
4. Methodology in
’C’
Paper-III System Analysis 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
5. And Design

Paper-IV Web 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
6. Technologies

Paper-V Multimedia 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
7. Application
Development
Paper-VI Applied 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
8.
Mathematics-I

Pactical-I Practical I – based 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30

9. on paper I &
paper II
Pactical-II Practical II – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
10. based on paper III
& paper IV
Pactical-III Practical III – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
11. based on paper V
& paper VI
Note:
1. Th = Theory; Pr = Practical; Tu = Tutorial; IA = Internal Assessment.
2. Minimum marks for passing will be 40% of the total marks allotted to that paper / practical.
3. Candidate has to pass theory papers and practical separately.
Grand Total of Semester I: 450 + 150 = TOTAL = 600 Marks.

 The strength of Batch of Practical and Tutorial for Under Graduates classes shall be 16 with an additional; of
10% with the permission of Hon’ble Vice-Chancellor.
 Details of Course of Languages shall be as per B.Sc. I

Teaching & Examination Scheme

Bachelor of Science ( Information Technology) [ B.Sc. (IT) ]
Three Year (SIX SEMESTER) DEGREE COURSE
B.Sc. (IT) Part I (Semester II)

Sr.No. Papers Title of Paper Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

Theory Practical
Total

Marks
Max Marks Th.

Passing

Passing
Duration Hours

Duration Hours
Max. Marks IA
(Th,Pr,AI)

Total periods
Pr (Periods)
(Periods)

Practical
Th+Tu

Papers

Marks

Marks
Total

Max
Min

Min
1. - English 4+1 - 4+1 3 60 15 75 30 - - 75

- Marathi/Hindi/Ur 3 - 3 3 60 15 75 30 - - 75
2. du, Gujarati,
Sanskrit / Suppl.
English
Paper-I Fundamentals of 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
3. Digital
Electronics

Paper-II Object Oriented 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60

4. Programming
using ‘C++’
Paper-III Operating 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
5.
Systems

Paper-IV Web 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
6.
Programming

Paper-V Database 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
7. Management
System
Paper-VI Applied 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
8. Mathematics-II

Pactical-I Practical I – based 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30

9. on paper I &
paper II
Pactical-II Practical II – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
10. based on paper III
& paper IV
Pactical-III Practical III – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
11. based on paper V
& paper VI
Note:
1. Th = Theory; Pr = Practical; Tu = Tutorial; IA = Internal Assessment.
2. Minimum marks for passing will be 40% of the total marks allotted to that paper / practical.
3. Candidate has to pass theory papers and practical separately.
Grand Total of Semester II : 450 + 150 = TOTAL = 600 Marks.

 The strength of Batch of Practical and Tutorial for Under Graduates classes shall be 16 with an additional; of
10% with the permission of Hon’ble Vice-Chancellor.
 Details of Course of Languages shall be as per B.Sc. I

Teaching & Examination Scheme

Bachelor of Science ( Information Technology) [ B.Sc. (IT) ]
Three Year (SIX SEMESTER) DEGREE COURSE
B.Sc. (IT) Part II (Semester III)
Sr.No. Papers Title of Paper Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
Theory Practical
Total

Marks
Max Marks Th.

Passing

Passing
Duration Hours

Duration Hours
Max. Marks IA
(Th,Pr,AI)

Total periods
Pr (Periods)
(Periods)

Practical
Th+Tu

Papers

Marks

Marks
Total

Max
Min

Min
Paper-I Microprocessor & 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
1.
ALP

Paper-II Data Structures 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60

2.

Paper-III Data 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
3. Communication
& Network - I

Paper-IV Linux Operating 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60

4. System

Paper-V E-Commerce 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
5.

Paper-VI Statistical 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
6. Methods

Pactical-I Practical I – based 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30

7.
on paper I &
paper II
Pactical-II Practical II – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
8. based on paper III
& paper IV
Pactical-III Practical III – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
9. based on paper V
& paper VI
Note:
1. Th = Theory; Pr = Practical; Tu = Tutorial; IA = Internal Assessment.
2. Minimum marks for passing will be 40% of the total marks allotted to that paper / practical.
3. Candidate has to pass theory papers and practical separately.

Grand Total of Semester III: 450

 The strength of Batch of Practical and Tutorial for Under Graduates classes shall be 16 with an additional; of
10% with the permission of Hon’ble Vice-Chancellor.
 Teaching & Examination Scheme
Bachelor of Science ( Information Technology) [ B.Sc. (IT) ]
Three Year (SIX SEMESTER) DEGREE COURSE
B.Sc. (IT) Part II (Semester IV)
Sr.No. Papers Title of Paper Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
Theory Practical
Total

Marks
Max Marks Th.

Passing

Passing
Duration Hours

Duration Hours
Max. Marks IA
(Th,Pr,AI)

Total periods
Pr (Periods)
(Periods)

Practical
Th+Tu

Papers

Marks

Marks
Total

Max
Min

Min
Paper-I Software 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
1.
Engineering

Paper-II Java 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
2.
Programming

Paper-III Data 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
3. Communication
& Network - II

Paper-IV Oracle 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
4.

Paper-V Compiler 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
5. Construction

Paper-VI Numerical 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
6. Methods

Pactical-I Practical I – based 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30

7.
on paper I &
paper II
Pactical-II Practical II – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
8.
based on paper III
& paper IV
Pactical-III Practical III – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
9. based on paper V
& paper VI
Note:
1. Th = Theory; Pr = Practical; Tu = Tutorial; IA = Internal Assessment.
2. Minimum marks for passing will be 40% of the total marks allotted to that paper / practical.
3. Candidate has to pass theory papers and practical separately.

Grand Total of Semester IV: 450

 The strength of Batch of Practical and Tutorial for Under Graduates classes shall be 16 with an additional; of
10% with the permission of Hon’ble Vice-Chancellor.
 Teaching & Examination Scheme
Bachelor of Science ( Information Technology) [ B.Sc. (IT) ]
Three Year (SIX SEMESTER) DEGREE COURSE
B.Sc. (IT) Final (Semester V)
Sr.No. Papers Title of Paper Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
Theory Practical
Total

Marks
Max Marks Th.

Passing

Passing
Duration Hours

Duration Hours
Max. Marks IA
(Th,Pr,AI)

Total periods
Pr (Periods)
(Periods)

Practical
Th+Tu

Papers

Marks

Marks
Total

Max
Min

Min
Paper-I Software Project 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
1. Management

Paper-II Dot Net 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60

2. Framework and
C#

Paper-III Network Security 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60

3.

Paper-IV Data Warehousing 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60

4.

Paper-V VB Programming 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
5.

Paper-VI Graph Theory 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60

6.

Pactical-I Practical I – based 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30

7.
on paper I &
paper II
Pactical-II Practical II – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
8. based on paper III
& paper IV
Pactical-III Practical III – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
9. based on paper V
& paper VI
Note:
1. Th = Theory; Pr = Practical; Tu = Tutorial; IA = Internal Assessment.
2. Minimum marks for passing will be 40% of the total marks allotted to that paper / practical.
3. Candidate has to pass theory papers and practical separately.

Grand Total of Semester V: 450

 The strength of Batch of Practical and Tutorial for Under Graduates classes shall be 16 with an additional; of
10% with the permission of Hon’ble Vice-Chancellor.
 Teaching & Examination Scheme
Bachelor of Science ( Information Technology) [ B.Sc. (IT) ]
Three Year (SIX SEMESTER) DEGREE COURSE
B.Sc. (IT) Final (Semester VI)
Sr.No. Papers Title of Paper Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
Theory Practical
Total

Marks
Max Marks Th.

Passing

Passing
Duration Hours

Duration Hours
Max. Marks IA
(Th,Pr,AI)

Total periods
Pr (Periods)
(Periods)

Practical
Th+Tu

Papers

Marks

Marks
Total

Max
Min

Min
Paper-I Enterprise 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
1. Resource
Planning

Paper-II Advanced Java 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60

2. Programming

Paper-III Cloud Computing 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60

3.

Paper-IV Data Mining 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60

4.

Paper-V Animation 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
5. Techniques

Paper-VI Operation 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
6. Research

Pactical-I Practical I – based 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30

7. on paper I &
paper II
Pactical-II Practical II – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
8. based on paper III
& paper IV
Pactical-III Practical III – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
9. based on paper V
& paper VI
Note:
1. Th = Theory; Pr = Practical; Tu = Tutorial; IA = Internal Assessment.
2. Minimum marks for passing will be 40% of the total marks allotted to that paper / practical.
3. Candidate has to pass theory papers and practical separately.

Grand Total of Semester VI: 450.

 The strength of Batch of Practical and Tutorial for Under Graduates classes shall be 16 with an additional; of
10% with the permission of Hon’ble Vice-Chancellor.

Valuation Pattern for practical examination:-

 The valuation scheme of practical examination will be as under.
Record - 06
Viva - 06
Writing - 09
Execution - 09
TOTAL - 30

B. Sc. (IT) Part I Semester-I

Paper I
Fundamentals of Information Technology

UNIT - I :
Basic Components of Digital Computers: Block Diagram. CPU: Functions of Each Unit: Primary
Memory, ALU and CU, Instruction format. Bus: Data, Control and Address Bus Number Systems:
Binary, Octal, Decimal, HexaDecimal, Their Conversions, Binary Arithmetic. ASCII, BCD,
EBCDIC.
Language Evolution : Generation of Languages : Machine, Assembly, High Level Languages.
Characteristics of Good Language Translators : Compiler, Interpreter and Assembler. Source and
Object Program.

UNIT - II :
Memory: Static & dynamic, RAM, ROM, PROM, EPROM, EEPROM, flash and Cache.
Storage Devices: Hard Disk, Zip Disk and Optical Disk. Pen Drive, Blue Ray

UNIT - III :
Input Devices: Keyboard, Mouse, Light Pen, Touch Screen, Voice Input , MICR, OCR, OMR,
Barcode Reader and Flatbed Scanner.
Output Devices: VDU, Printers: Dot Matrix, Laser and Inkjet.
Plotters: Drum, Flat-Bed and Inkjet.
UNIT - IV :
Network: Network terminology, Topologies : Linear, Circular, Tree and Mesh. Types of Networks:
LAN, WAN, MAN. Repeaters, Bridge, Routers, Brouters and Gateway. Modem for Communication
between pc’s, wi-fi network, Introduction of Bluetooth and Infrared devices. Network protocols.
Architecture : Peer-to-Peer, Client/Server.

Reference Books:
1. Information technology concepts by Dr. Madhulika Jain, Shashank & Satish Jain, [BPB
Publication, New Delhi.]
2. Fundamentals of Information Technology By Alexis And Mathews Leon
[Leon Press, Chennai & Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd, New Delhi]
 B. Sc. (IT) Part I Semester-I
Paper II
Programming Methodology in C

UNIT- I :

Programming Structure : Sequence, Selection, Iteration and Modular. Problem Solving

techniques: Development Tools: Algorithm, Flowcharts and Pseudo code (Definition and its
characteristics) Developing Algorithm and Drawing flowcharts

UNIT- II :
C Character set, Tokens, Identifier, Keywords, Variables, Data types, Qualifiers. Operators and
Expressions: Arithmetic, Relational, Logical, Bit-Wise, Increment, Decrement, Conditional and
Special operators. typedef, Type Conversion, Constants, Declaring Symbolic Constants, Character
Strings, Enumerated Data Types, Operator Precedence and Associativity. Library functions. : Maths,
string handling Functions. Control Structure: Compound Statement, Selection Statement: if, if-else,
Nested if, switch. Iteration statement: for, while, do..while, Nested loops, Jump statement: break,
continue, goto. (Special emphasis on problem solving)

UNIT- III :
Arrays: Need, Types: Single and Two Dimensional Array. Strings: Strings Manipulation, Arrays of
Strings, Evaluation order Function: Function Components, Return Data type, Parameter Passing,
Return by Reference, Default Arguments, Recursive Functions, Arrays with Functions, Storage
Classes. (Special emphasis on problem Solving )

UNIT- IV:

Structure: Declaration, Definition, Accessing structure members, Initialization, Nesting of

Structures. Union: Unions, Differences between Structure and Union Pointer: Introduction, Address
Operator (&), Pointer variables, Void pointers, Pointer Arithmetic, Pointers to Pointers.
File handling: Hierarchy of File Stream Classes, Opening & closing a file, Testing for errors, File
Modes, File pointers and their manipulations, Sequential Access, Random Access, Command Line
arguments.

Reference Books:
1. The Art of programming through flowcharts & algorithm by Anil B. Chaudhari
Firewall Media, Laxmi publication, New Publication.

2. Programming in C by E. Balagurusamy TMH Publications.

3. C Programming - Kernighen Ritche
4. Programming with C – Y. Kanetkar.
5. C Programming – Holzner, PHI Publication.
6. Programming in C – Ravichandran.
 B. Sc. (IT) Part I Semester-I
Paper III
System Analysis and Design

UNIT - I :
Introduction : System, Subsystems, Components of Computerized Information System, Systems
Analysts, SDLC, Prototyping. Feasibility Study and Analysis: Identifying Problems, Organizing
Feasibility Analysis: Economic, Financial, Organizational and Technological. Feasibility Decision,
Choice of a solution. Data Collection: Interviews, Brain Storming, Questionnaires, Document
Search, Observation.

UNIT - II :
Structured tools and techniques of Data analysis : Structured English, Process Charts, SOP,
Decision Tables and Decision Trees, Data Flow Diagram, Data Dictionary.
(Special emphasis on problem solving )
System Design : Input design: Input Validation, Human factor Consideration, Messages, System
Tolerance. Output design: Categories of output, Design Principles, Control of Output. Forms:
Principles of Form Design, Ways to ensure Quality Forms.
Codes: Types, Physical Representation of Codes, Principle of Code Design.
UNIT - III :
Implementation: Training, Operational Training and Related Activities, Planning to Implement
Change, Change Strategies.
Testing: Preparation for Testing, Test Execution: Levels of Testing, Component, Function,
Subsystem, System, Test Evaluation, Acceptance.
Conversion: Cold Turkey, Parallel, Pilot, Modular and Sequential Methods. Conversion Period
Length. System Evaluation.

UNIT - IV :
Project Planning, Metrics for Project Size Estimation, Project Estimation Techniques, Scheduling:
Work Breakdown Structure, Activity Networks and CPM, Gantt Charts, PERT Charts, Project
Monitoring and Control. Risk Management, Software Configuration Management: Necessity,
Configuring Management Activities
Software Reliability and Quality Management: Software Reliability, Software Quality, ISO 9000.
Software Maintenance: Characteristics of Software Maintenance, Maintenance Process Models,
Estimation of Maintenance Cost.
Software Reuse: What can be reused, Why no reuse so far, Basic Issues.

Reference Books:
1. Information Systems Analysis, Design and Implementation By K. M. Hussain Donna
Hussain [Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd, New Delhi]
2. Fundamentals of Software Engineering by Rajib Mall [PHI Publication]
3. Workbook on Systems Analysis & Design by V. Garg [PHI Publication]
4. System Analysis and Design- Don Yeates, shiebls, Helmy (M).
5. System Analysis & Design - Edward –TMH
6. System Analysis and Design – Satzinger, Robert Jackson and Stephen Burd, Thomson
Learning
7. Introduction to Systems Analysis Design, Igor Hawryszkiewycz, PHI
 B. Sc. (IT) Part I Semester-I
Paper IV
Web Technologies

UNIT I
Introduction to Internet, Requirement for connecting to internet, Basic internet term, Introduction
to World Wide Web (WWW), Evaluation of world wide web, basic features of www, web browsers,
web server. Internet Security: Secure Transaction, Privacy issues, computer crimes and its type.
Security Issues: Security threats like damage to data, loss of data and unauthorized use of data.
Security Procedure: Firewall, Encryption, Password, Access Control List, Digital Certificate.

UNIT – II
Introduction to HTML, Features of HTML , Advantage and Disadvantage of HTML, Basic structure
of HTML documents. Creating web pages with HTML Tags : <HTML>, <HEAD>, <TITLE>,
<BODY>,Heading tags, Paragraph tags, Alignment, Font tag and its attributes, line break, Pre-
formatted text tag, list element (Unordered lists, ordered list, Definition list, Marquee tags and its
attribute. Character formatting tags: Logical verses physical style, logical and physical tags.
Changing the colors of the fonts. Linking :Relative pathnames verses absolute pathnames, URLs,
Linking within a web page, linking to a different web page, linking to external web page, linking to
an image by image, linking to document located in different directory, types of URLs .

UNIT – III
Images: IMG element and its attributes, Images as a Hyperlink, Image map, Image Formats,
Frames. Tables: TABLE element and its attributes, Creating simple tables, Row element, Data
element, Spanning rows and columns. Form designs: Form Controls, Text controls, password
fields, radio buttons, checkboxes, reset and submit buttons, select element, option , Image and
textarea. Embedding Multimedia: Introduction, Embedding Multimedia, Inserting sound/audio
formats, video file formats. DHTML: using DHTML in internet explorer, heading and horizontal
line, hidden message, the message at the center of the page, moving boxes , changeable box.

UNIT – IV
Cascading Style Sheets (CSS): advantage of CSS, Disadvantage of CSS, Defining a Style, Inline
style sheet, Embedded Style sheet, External style sheets. Style sheet Properties: Font, color,
background, creating group, text, Box properties, span tag.
Scripting Language: JAVA SCRIPT – Introduction, Advantages, Disadvantages, Working of
JavaScript, Structure of JavaScript program, Variable, Data types, Operators & Expression, Decision
Making- if—else, switch, loops(for, for…in, while, do…while), break & continue, , Arrays

BOOKS:
1. Complete HTML by BPB
2. HTML – 4 Unleashed (SAMS)
1. Dynamic HTML by O‘RELLY (SPD)
2. Java Script Programming for the absolute beginner by Harris (PHI)
 B. Sc. (IT) Part I Semester-I
Paper V
Multimedia Application Development

Unit I
Fundamental concepts in Text and Image: Multimedia and hypermedia, world wide web,
overview of multimedia software tools. Graphics and image data representation
graphics/image data types, file formats, Color in image and video: color science, color
models in images, color models in video.

Unit II
Fundamental concepts in video and digital audio: Types of video signals, analog video,
digital video, digitization of sound, MIDI, quantization and transmission of audio.

Unit III
Action Script I: ActionScript Features, Object-Oriented ActionScript, Datatypes
and Type Checking, Classes, Authoring an ActionScript Class.
Action Script II: Inheritance, Authoring an ActionScript 2.0 Subclass, Interfaces,
Packages, Exceptions.

Unit IV
Application Development: Application Frame work, Using Components
with ActionScript MovieClip Subclasses.
Multimedia data compression: Lossless compression algorithm: Run-Length Coding,
Variable Length Coding, Dictionary Based Coding, Arithmetic Coding, Lossless Image
Compression, Lossy compression algorithm: Quantization, Transform Coding, Wavelet-
Based Coding, Embedded Zerotree of Wavelet Coefficients Set Partitioning in
Hierarchical Trees (SPIHT).

Text Books:
1. Fundamentals of Multimedia by Ze-Nian Li and Mark S. Drew PHI/Pearson Education.
2. Essentials Action Script 2.0, Colin Moock, SPD O,REILLY
 B. Sc. (IT) Part I Semester-I
Paper VI
Applied Mathematics-I

UNIT- I:

Propositional Calculus:
Connectives, Negation, conjunction, Disjunction, statement formulas and truth tables, conditional
and Bi-conditional, well formed formulas, Tautologies, Equivalence of formulas, duality law,
Tautologies implications, Functionally complete set of, other connectives,

UNIT- II:

Disjunctive normal forms, connective normal forms, Principal disjunctive normal form, Principal
conjunctive normal form.

UNIT- III:

Predicate Calculus:
The theory of Inference for statement Calculus, validity using truth tables, Rules of inference,
consistency of premises and indirect method of Proof

UNIT- IV:

The statement function, variables and quantifier, Predicate formulas, Free and Bound variables, The
universe of Discourse, Theory of inference for predicate calculus.

Reference Books:
1. Discrete Mathematical Structures with applications to computer Science By J,P.Tremblay &
R. Manohar, (TMH)
2. Discrete Mathematical Structures by Kolman Busby and Ross (pearson)
3. Discrete Mathematics By Norman Biggs. (Oxford).
4. Logic and Discrete Mathematics : Grassmann, Tremblay (Pearson)
5. Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages, and computation :Hopcroft, Motwani and
Ullman(Pearson)
6. An introduction to the theory of computer science , languages and machines : Sudkamp
7. Kenneth H Rosen Discrite Mathematics & it’s Applications TMH
 B. Sc. (IT) Part I Semester-II
Paper I
Fundamentals of Digital Electronics

Unit – I
Data and Information: Features of Digital Systems, Number Systems: Decimal, Binary, Octal,
Hexadecimal & their inter conversions, Representation of Data: Signed Magnitude, one’s
complement & two’s complement, Binary Arithmetic, Fixed point representation and Floating point
representation of numbers.
Codes: BCD, XS-3, Gray code, hamming code, alphanumeric codes (ASCII, EBCDIC, UNICODE),
Error detecting and error correcting codes.

Unit- II
Boolean Algebra: Basic gates (AND, OR, NOT gates), Universal gates (NAND and NOR gates),
other gates (XOR, XNOR gates). Boolean identities, De Morgan Laws.
Karnaugh maps: SOP and POS forms, Quine McClusky method.

Unit –III
Combinational Circuits: Half adder, full adder, code converters, combinational circuit design,
Multiplexers and demultiplexers, encoders, decoders, Combinational design using mux and demux.
Sequential Circuit Design:
Flip flops (RS, Clocked RS, D, JK, JK Master Slave, T, Counters, Shift registers and their types,
Counters: Synchronous and Asynchronous counters.

Unit- IV
Computers: Basic Organization, Memory: ROM, RAM, PROM, EPROM, EEPROM, Secondary
Memory: Hard Disk & optical Disk, Cache Memory, I/O devices

Books:
1. Modern Digital Electronics by R. P. Jain, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill
2. Digital Design and Computer Organisation by Dr. N. S. Gill and J. B. Dixit, University
Science Press
 B. Sc. (IT) Part I Semester-II
Paper II
Object Oriented Programming Using ‘C++’

UNIT - I :
Object Oriented Methodology: Elements of Object Oriented programming, Objects, Classes, OOPs
features. Classes & Objects: Specifying a Class, Creating Objects, Accessing Class members,
Defining member function, Outside Member Functions as inline, Accessing Member Functions
within the class, Static data member, Access Specifiers: Private, Protected and Public Members.

UNIT - II :
CONSTRUCTORS & DESTRUCTORS: Introduction, Parameterized Constructors, Constructor
Overloading, Constructors with Default Arguments, Copy Constructor, Destructor, Order of
Construction and Destruction, Static data members with Constructor and Destructors. OPERATOR
OVERLOADING: Definition, Overloadable Operators, Unary Operator Overloading, Unary &
Binary overloading, Rules for Operators Overloading.

UNIT - III :
DYNAMIC OBJECTS: Pointers to Objects, Creating and Deleting Dynamic Objects: New and
Delete operators, Array of Objects, Array of Pointers to Objects, Pointers to Object Members, this
Pointer. INHERITANCE: Defining, Abstract classes, Single, Multilevel, Multiple, Hierarchical,
Hybrid Inheritance, Constructor and Destructor in Derived Classes.

UNIT - IV :
VIRTUAL FUNCTIONS: Need for Virtual Functions, definition, Pure Virtual Functions, Abstract
Classes, Rules for Virtual Functions. EXCEPTION HANDLING: Exception Handling Model, List
of Exceptions, Handling Uncaught Exceptions, Fault Tolerant Design Techniques, Memory
Allocation Failure Exception, Rules for Handling Exception Successfully.

Reference Books:
1. Mastering C++ by K R Venugopal Tata McGraw-Hill , New Delhi.
2. The C++ Programming Language –Bjarne Stroustrup
3. Programming with C++ - Ravichandran
4. Programming with C++ - Robert Lafore
5. Object Oriented Programming with C++ by E. Balagurusamy, McGraw Hill
 B. Sc. (IT) Part I Semester-II
Paper III
Operating System

UNIT - I:
Structure of Operating System, Operating System functions, Characteristics of Modern OS. Process
Management: Process states, Creation, Termination, Operations on Process, Concurrent process,
Processes Threads, Multithreading, Micro Kernels CPU Scheduling: Schedulers, Scheduling
Methodology, CPU Scheduling Algorithm: FCFS, SJF, RR, Priority Scheduling.
UNIT – II:
Performance comparison : Deterministic Modeling , Queuing analysis, Simulators. Deadlock and
Starvation: Resource Allocation Graph, Conditions for Dead Lock, Dead Lock Prevention, Dead
Lock Detection, Recovery from Deadlock.

UNIT - III:
Memory Management: Logical Vs. Physical Address Space, Swapping, Memory Management
Requirement, Dynamic Loading and Dynamic Linking, Memory Allocation Method: Single Partition
allocation, Multiple Partitions, Compaction, paging, segmentation, Segmentation with paging.
Protection.
UNIT - IV:
I/O Management: I/O hardware, I/O Buffering, Disk I/O, Raid, Disk Cache. File Management:
File Management system, File Accessing Methods, File Directories, File Allocation Methods,
File Space Management, Disk Space Management, Record blocking. Protection Mechanisms:
Cryptography, Digital Signature, User Authentication.

Reference Books:
1. Operating Systems by P. Balakrishna Prasad [Scitech Publication]
2. Operating System Concept : Silbershaz (Addision Education)
3. Operating Systems - H.M. Deitel - Addision Wesley.
4. Operating Systems- John J. Donoven.
5. Operating System : A.S.Godbole (TMH)
6. Modern Operating Systems : Tenenenbaum (Pearson Education)
7. Operating System : Peterson.
 B. Sc. (IT) Part I Semester-II
Paper IV
Web Programming

Unit I
Internet, Internet users and working, Information on Internet, Requirements for connecting to
Internet, Basic Internet Terms, Introduction to world wide web, Evaluation of world wide web, basic
features, web browsers, popular web browsers, web servers, HTTP, URL, Search Engines, Search
Engines categories, how to use Search Engines, Searching criterion, Introduction to browsers,
Working with e-mail, Parts of e-mail text, working with messages.

Unit II
Java Script -Introduction , values and variables, operators, loops and various statements in java script, Date
object, Math object, string object, window events, working with forms, document object, screen object,
navigator object, images and animation, java script objects
Declaration, definition, and referencing. Identifiers scope rules. Recursion. Arrays; declaration,
allocation & accessing, sorting of arrays, JavaScript objects : Math, String, Date, Number and
Boolean.
Documents, forms, Statements, Functions, Objects in Java scripts, events and event handling, arrays,
FORMS, Buttons, Checkboxes, Text fields and text areas.

Unit-III
Introduction to active server pages (ASP) : working of ASP, setup, ASP objects, file system object,
session tracking & cookies. Accessing databases using ASP.
XML: Introduction, Document type definition, XML Schemas, Document Object model, Presenting
XML, Using XML Processors: DOM and SAX

Unit IV
XML displaying an XML Document, Data interchange with an XML Document, advantages of
integrating ASP & XML. Introduction to Java Server Pages (JSP): scripting standard actions,
Directives. Custom tag libraries. JSP & XML case study: advantages of integrating JSP & XML.

References:
1. Deitel, Deitel & Nieto, Internet and Worldwide Web how to Program, Pearson Education
2. Techmedia : The Complete Java Script
3. Eddy et. al. : "Teach Yourself Active Server Pages" (IDG)
4. R Bangia, Second edition Internet and web design, firewall media
5. R Bangia Multimedia and Wed technology
6. Internet and web designing, Macmillan
7. Ivan Bayross Web Enabled Commercial Application Development Using HTML, DHTML,
JS, Perl
8. Kathhleen Kalata, Internmet Programming with VBScript and Java Script. Thomson
Publication
9. Robert W. Sebesta, Programming the World Wide Web Pearson
10. Pekowsky : "Java Server Pages" (Pearson Education)
 B. Sc. (IT) Part I Semester-II
Paper V
Database Management System

UNIT- I :
DBMS : Definition: Databases, DBMS, Problems with traditional file processing system, Objectives
of the database systems, Three level architectures of DBMS, Component of DBMS, Database
Administrator, Database Users, Data model, Different types of data models, Concepts of
Hierarchical, Network Models.
UNIT-II :
E-R Models : Basic Concepts, Entity, Attributes, Relation Ship, Mapping, Keys, Weak and Strong
Entity Set, Problems on E-R Diagrams, Extended E-R Features: Specialization, Generalization,
Aggregation, Problems on Reduction of an E-R Schema to Tables, Tabular representation of Strong,
Weak entity Sets and Relationship Sets.

UNIT-III :
Relational Model: Structure, Relational Algebra, Fundamental Operations, Set –Intersection,
Natural Join, Division and Assignment Operation. Extended Relational Algebra Operations,
Aggregate Functions.
UNIT–IV :
Functional Dependency: Functional Dependency, Fully Functional Dependency, Partial
Dependency, Transitive Dependency, Multi Valued Dependency. Normalization, Normal Forms (
1NF, 2NF, 3NF, BCNF, 4NF, 5NF). Problems on Normal forms.

Reference Books:
1. Data Base System Concepts By A SilbersChatz By Henry Korth And S.Sudarshan [Mcgraw-
Hill ltd. New Delhi] 3rd Edition.
2. Introduction to Data Base Management by NAVEEN PRAKASH [Tata McGrawHill ltd.]
3. Bipin C. Desai, An Introduction to Database Systems, Galgotia Publications.
4. Raghu Ramakrishnan & Johannes Gerhrke, "Data Base Management Systems", Mc Graw
Hill International Edition, 2000
5. Muzumdar, Introduction to Database Management Systems. TMH
 B. Sc. (IT) Part I Semester-II
Paper VI
Applied Mathematics-II

UNIT - I :
Set Theory: Set, Subsets operations on set, Venn diagram, algebra on sets, Cartesian product of sets,
Binary relations, Properties of binary relation, Relation matrix and the graph of relation, Partial order
relations, Equivalence relations, Equivalence Classes, Composition of relations.

UNIT - II :
Functions - definition, types of function, Invertible functions composition of functions.
Counting - Permutation, Combinations, The pigeonhole principle, recurrence relation, Mathematical
Induction.

UNIT - III :
Algebraic Structures Semi groups & groups: Binary operations, Semi groups, isomorphism and
Homomorphism, Product and Quotient of semi groups, Groups, subgroups, products and Quotient of
groups.
Lattices: - Lattice concepts, isomorphic Lattices, Properties of lattices, Finite Boolean algebras.

UNIT - IV :
Graph Theory: Basic concepts, types of graphs, Representation of graph in memory, Euler path and
circuits, Hamiltonian Path and circuits.
Trees:- Basic concepts, Libeled trees, Undirected trees.

Reference Books:
1. Discrete Mathematical Structures with applications to computer Science By J,P.Tremblay &
R. Manohar, (TMH)
2. Discrete Mathematical Structures by Kolman Busby and Ross (pearson)
3. Discrete Mathematics By Norman Biggs. (Oxford).
4. Logic and Discrete Mathematics : Grassmann, Tremblay (Pearson)
5. Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages, and computation :Hopcroft, Motwani and
Ullman(Pearson)
6. An introduction to the theory of computer science , languages and machines : Sudkamp
7. Kenneth H Rosen Discrite Mathematics & it’s Applications TMH
 B. Sc. (IT) Part II Semester -III
Paper I
Microprocessor and ALP

UNIT-I
An over view of 8085, Architecture of 8086 Microprocessor. Special functions of General purpose
registers. 8086 flag register and function of 8086 Flags. Addressing modes of 8086. Instruction set
of 8086. Assembler directives, simple programs, procedures, and macros.
Assembly language programs involving logical, Branch & Call instructions, sorting, evaluation of
arithmetic expressions, string manipulation.

UNIT-II
Pin diagram of 8086-Minimum mode and maximum mode of operation. Timing diagram. Memory
interfacing to 8086 (Static RAM & EPROM). Need for DMA. DMA data transfer Method.
Interfacing with 8237/8257.
8255 PPI – various modes of operation and interfacing to 8086. Interfacing Keyboard, Displays,
8279 Stepper Motor and actuators. D/A and A/D converter interfacing.

UNIT-III
Interrupt structure of 8086. Vector interrupt table. Interrupt service routines. Introduction to DOS
and BIOS interrupts. 8259 PIC Architecture and interfacing cascading of interrupt controller and its
importance.
Serial data transfer schemes. Asynchronous and Synchronous data transfer schemes. 8251 USART
architecture and interfacing. TTL to RS 232C and RS232C to TTL conversion. Sample program of
serial data transfer. Introduction to High-speed serial communications standards, USB.

UNIT-IV
Advanced Micro Processors - Introduction to 80286, Salient Features of 80386, Real and Protected
Mode Segmentation & Paging, Salient Features of Pentium, Branch Prediction, Overview of RISC
Processors.

TEXT BOOKS :
1. Advanced microprocessor and Peripherals - A.K.Ray and K.M.Bhurchandi, TMH, 2000.
2. Micro Controllers – Deshmukh, Tata McGraw Hill Edition.
 B. Sc. (IT) Part II Semester -III
Paper II
Data Structures

UNIT - I :
LINKED LIST : Linked List, Representation of Single, Double, Header, Circular Single and
Double Linked list, All possible operations on Single and Double linked List using Dynamic
representation, Polynomial Representation and its Manipulation.
UNIT - II :
STACKS : Stacks terminology, Representation of Stacks in Memory, Operation on Stacks, Polish
Notations, Translation of infix to postfix & prefix expression, Infix to Postfix Conversion,
Evaluation of Postfix Expression, Recursion, Problems on Recursion, Quick Sort and Tower of
Hanoi Problem.

UNIT - III :
QUEUE : Representation of Queues in Memory, Circular Queue. Dequeue and Priority Queue.
Operations of above Structure using Array and Linked Representation.
SORTING AND SEARCHING: Selection Sort, Insertion Sort, Merge Sort, Efficiency of Sorting
Methods, Big-O Notations.
Hash Tables, Hashing Technique, Collision Resolution Technique.
UNIT - IV :
TREES : Basic Terminologies, Representation of Binary Trees in Memory, Traversing of Binary
tree, Binary Search Tree, Operation on Binary Search Tree, Heap Tree, Operation on Heap Tree,
Heap Sort Method
GRAPHS : Basic Terminologies, Definition and Representation of Graphs in Memory: Linked List
and Matrix Representation. Traversing graphs : BSF, DFS Method.

Reference Books:
1. Classical Data Structures : D. Samanta. PHI, New Delhi.
2. DATA STRUCTURE : LIPSCTUZ SCHUM OUTLINE SERIES
3. Data structure Using C++ : Y. Kanetkar
4. Data Structures Using C++: Tennenbaum
5. Data structures by Tremblay Sorenson
6. Data structures by Bhagat singh Naps
 B. Sc. (IT) Part II Semester -III
Paper III
Data Communication & Network-I

Unit-I:-
Introduction to data communications and Networking:- Introduction, history, data communication
and network architecture, protocols and standards, standards organization , layered network
architecture, open systems interconnection , data communications circuits, serial and parallel data
transmission, circuit arrangements and data communication networks , alternate protocol suite.
Signal , Noise , Modulation and Demodulation:- Introduction, signal analysis, Electrical Noise and
Signal to Noise ratio, analog modulation systems , Information capacity, bits, Bit rate, Baud and M-
ary Encoding , digital modulation.

Unit –II:
Transmission Media:- Introduction , Metallic cable Metallic transmission lines, transverse
electromagnetic waves, characteristics , transmission line classifications, M.T line types, M.T. line
equivalent circuit , Wave propagation on metallic transmission lines , metallic transmission line
losses. Optical fiber Transmission media:- Introduction, Advantages and Disadvantages of optical
fiber cables , Electromagnetic spectrum , O.F. Communication system block diagram, Optical fiber
Construction , the physics of light, velocity of propagation, propagation of light through an Optical
fiber cable, Optical fiber modes and classifications , O.F. Comparison , losses in optical fiber cables,
light sources, light detectors , lasers Digital transmission:- Introduction, Pulse modulation, pulse
code modulation, dynamic range, Signal Voltage-to-quantization Noise Voltage Ratio, Linear Versus
Nonlinear PCM Codes, Companding, PCM Line Speed, Delta Modulation PCM & Differential
PCM.

Unit –III
Wireless Communication Systems:- Introduction, Electromagnetic Polarization, Rays & Wavefronts,
Electromagnetic Radiation, Spherical wavefronts & the Inverse Square law, Wave Attenuation &
Absorption, Optical Properties of Radio Waves, Terrestrial Propagation of Electromagnetic Waves,
Skip Distance, free-Space Pathloss, Microwave Communication Systems, Satellite Communication
Systems. Data Communication Codes, Error Control & data Formats:- Introduction, Data
Communication Character Codes, Barcodes, Error Control, Error Detection, Error Correction,
Character Synchronization. Data Communication Hardware, Data Communications Circuit, Line
Control Unit, serial Interfaces.

Unit – IV
Network Topologies & Connectivity Devices:- Introduction, Transmission Formats, Topologies,
Collision & Broadcast Domains, Connectivity Devices, Standard Connectivity Device Logic
Symbols Local Area Networks:- Introduction, IEEE Project 802, Access Control Methodologies,
Medium access Control, LAN Data Link Layer, Logic Link Control Sublayer, MAC Sublayer,
Ethernet.

References:
1. Godbole Data Communication and Networking .- (TMH)
2. P.C. Gupta – Data Communications and Computer Networks, PHI, New Delhi 2006
3. Comer Internetworking with TCP/IP Vol-1, PHI Publication.
4. Wayne Tomasi Introduction to Data Communications & Networking ( Pearson Education)
5. Kenneth C. Mansfield, Jr; James L.Antonakos An Introduction to Computer Networking
(Pearson Education)
6. W. Stallings - Data and Computer Communications, 7th Edn., Pearson Edn./ PHI, New Delhi,
7. Forouzan Data Communication and Networks, Tata McGraw Hill.
8. Tanenbum Computer Networks, 3ed edition,PHI Publication.
 B. Sc. (IT) Part II Semester -III

Paper IV
Linux Operating System

UNIT - I :
Logging In and Logging Out, Anatomy of Linux OS, Directory Structure, /usr Directory, File Types:
User datafiles, System data files, Executable files. Naming files and directories, Spawning Processes.
Shell: Creating User Account, Shell Program, bash shell, Changing shell prompt. Commands: Basic
Syntax for a command, Exploring the Home Directory, ls, mkdir, rmdir, stat, cat, rm, mv, cp
UNIT - II :
Editor: Vi editor. Hooking up Hardware Devices: Formatting a Floppy Disk, Gathering important
system information. Backing Up and restoring the File System: Simple Backup, gzip, gunzip, tar.
Printing files: Print Spool directory, Sending files to Printer.
UNIT - III :
Sharing Files with other Users: Maintaining User Accounts, Changing Password, Creating Group
Accounts, Granting Access to files, Changing File Ownership, Protecting Files, Making a File Read-
Only. Working with Processes: Types of processes, ps Command, Creating process, killing process,
free command and top utility.
UNIT - IV :
Managing Disk Space: df, du commands, Creating Additional Free Disk Space, Locating Unused
Files, Setting System Clock. Communication Utilities: who, who am i, finger, mesg, write, wall, talk,
Creating a message of the day. X Window System, Graphical User Interfaces: KDE and GNOME
Desktop Environment.

Reference Books:
1. SAMS Teach Yourself Linux by Craig and Coletta Witherspoon [Techmedia]
2. LINUX complete reference by Richard Peterson
 B. Sc. (IT) Part II Semester -III
Paper V
E-Commerce

UNIT - I :
Introduction to e-Commerce, Scope of electronic commerce, definition, e-Commerce and Trade
Cycle, e- Markets, Internet e-Commerce in perspective. Value chain, Supply chain, Porters value
chain model, Inter organizational value chains.
UNIT - II :
Business strategy in electronic age: Competitive advantages, Strategy, Porters model, First Movers
advantages, Advantages using e-Commerce. Introduction to business strategy, Strategic implications
of IT, Technology, Business environment, Business capability, Existing business strategy, Strategy
formulation and implementation planning, e-Commerce implementation, e-Commerce evaluation.

UNIT - III :
Business to Business e-Commerce: Inter organizational transactions, The credit transaction trade
cycle, A variety of transaction, Pens and things, Electronics Market, Usage of e-Market, Advantages
and disadvantages of e-Market, Future of e-Market, EDI, introduction, EDI and Business.
UNIT - IV :
Business to Consumer Electronic Commerce: Consumer trade transaction, Internet e-Commerce, e-
Shop, Other e-Commerce technologies, Advantages and disadvantages of comsumer e-Commerce.
Elements of e-Commerce: elements, e-Visibility, e-Shop, Online payments, Internet e-Commerce
security.

Reference Books:

01. E-Commerce, Strategy, Technologies and Applications By: David Whiteley Tata McGraw-
Hill Edition.
 B. Sc. (IT) Part II Semester -III
Paper VI
Statistical Methods

UNIT- I:
Introduction - Definition of Statistics, Importance and scope of Statistics, Limitations of statistics,
Distrust of Statistics. Statistical Data Collection - Primary and Secondary data, Methods of
Collecting Primary data, Sources and Secondary Data, Census and Sample Investigation.
Presentation of statistical Data - Classification, Tabulation, Frequency Distribution, Diagrams and
Graphs. Frequency Distributions and

UNIT- II :
Measures of Central Tendency - Frequency Distribution, Continuous Frequency Distribution,
Graphic Representation of a Frequency Distribution Average or Measures of Central Tendency or
Measures of Locations, Requisites for an ideal Measure of Central Tendency Arithmetic: Mean
Median, Mode, Geometric Mean and Harmonic Mean, Weighted Average, Relationship amongst
different Averages.

UNIT- III:
Measures of Dispersion, Skewness and Kurtosis - Meaning and Significance of
Dispersion, Methods of Measuring Dispersion - Range, Quartile, Mean Deviation, Standard
Deviation, Coefficient of Skewness, Kurtosis, Coefficient of Dispersion, Coefficient of Variation.

UNIT- IV:
Correlation and Regression - Definition of Correlation, . Scatter Diagram, Karl Pearson Coefficient
of Correlation, Limits for Correlation Coefficient, Definition of Regression, Lines of Regression,
Regression Curves, Regression coefficients, properties of Regression coefficients, Correlation
Analysis vs. Regression Analysis.

Reference Books:
1.S Sastry Introduction to Numerical Analysis
2.Y. Rajaraman, Computer Oriented Numerical Methods - Prentice Hall Publication
3.Gupta and Kapoor Fundamental of Mathematical Statistics
4.Brian Flowers Introduction to Numerical Methods in C++ By. (Oxford)
5.E. Balaguruswamy, Numerical Methods - Tata McGraw Hill Publication
6.Srimanta Pal Numerical Methods (Oxford)
7.K Sankara Rao Numerical Methods for Scientists & Engineers [PIlI].
8.Manish Goyal Computer Based Numerical And Statistical Techniques (Laxmi)
 B. Sc. (IT) Part II Semester -IV
Paper I
Software Engineering

Unit I
Introduction to Software Engineering : The evolving role of software, Changing Nature of
Software, Software myths.
A Generic view of process : Software engineering- A layered technology, a process framework, The
Capability Maturity Model Integration (CMMI), Process patterns, process assessment, personal and
team process models.

Unit II
Process models : The waterfall model, Incremental process models, Evolutionary process models,
The Unified process. Software Requirements : Functional and non-functional requirements, User
requirements, System requirements, Interface specification, the software requirements document.

Unit III
Requirements engineering process : Feasibility studies, Requirements elicitation and analysis,
Requirements validation, Requirements management.
System models : Context Models, Behavioral models, Data models, Object models, structured
methods.

Unit IV
Design Engineering : Design process and Design quality, Design concepts, the design model.

BOOKS :
1. Software Engineering, A practitioner’s Approach- Roger S. Pressman, 6th
edition.McGrawHill International Edition.
2. Software Engineering- Sommerville, 7th edition, Pearson education.
3. Software Engineering- K.K. Agarwal & Yogesh Singh, New Age International Publishers
4. Software Engineering, an Engineering approach- James F. Peters, Witold Pedrycz, John
Wiely.
5. Systems Analysis and Design- Shely Cashman Rosenblatt,Thomson Publications.
6. Software Engineering principles and practice- Waman S Jawadekar, The McGraw-Hill
Companies.
 B. Sc. (IT) Part II Semester -IV
Paper II
Java Programming

UNIT - I :
Introduction to Java: -History of Java, features of Java, getting started with Java. Java programs:-
Introduction of Application & Applets. Variables: -Variable naming, variable initialization, assign values,
Rules of variables, Scope of variable. Operators: -Arithmetic, Assignment, Unary, Comparison, Shift, Bit-
Wise, Logical, Conditional, New, Special, Relational. Data types:-Integers, Char, String, Float etc.
Typecasting: Tokens: -Java tokens Order of precedence of operators Streams: - Input and output.

UNIT - II :
Creating a class & subclass: -Declaring a class, Naming class, Rules to assign Class & Subclass, Creating a
new object, Class of an object. Data members: -Declaring data member, Naming variables, using class
members. Methods: -Using data members, Invoke a method, passing arguments to a method, calling method.
Access Specifier & Modifiers: -Public, Private, Protected, Static & Final. Overloading: -Method
overloading, Constructor overloading. Java class library: - Different types of classes. Decision making &
loops:-If-then-else, Switch,? : operator, While-loop, do-while loop, for. Array: -Creating an array, one-
dimensional array, two-dimensional array. String: -String array, string methods. Inheritance: -Single &
multiple inheritances Interfaces: -Defining interfaces, extending interfaces, implementing interfaces.

UNIT - III :
Packages: -Java API packages, creating packages, accessing packages, adding a class to packages. Import
statement: - Introduction & implementation of import statement. Applets:-Introduction to Applets &
Application, how applets application are different creating An applet. Applets life cycle, designing a web
page, creating an executable applet, running the applet, applet tags, passing a parameter to applet, HTML tag,
Converting applet to application. Threads:-Overview of threads, single & multiple threads, lift cycle of
threads, stopping & blocking threads, working with threads, priority to thread, synchronization. Exceptions
& Errors:-Introduction, types of error, exception, syntax of exception, handling techniques, exception for
Debugging.

UNIT - IV :
Event: -Event driven programming, handling an (AWT) events. Graphic class:-Introduction, the graphic
classes, drawing & filling of lines, rectangle, circle & ellipse, arcs, polygons, text & fonts, creating a font
class, font objects, text, coloring object. Streams:-Introduction, Abstract stream classes, file input & output.
AWI Applications: -Creating a GUI using AWT toolkit, using component class, frames. Components &
Control: -Textfield, textarea class, label, button, choice, list, checkbox, class, and combo. Menus: -Creating a
popup menus. Image: - Type of image, Properties of an image, Displaying an image. Layouts: -Using
Window Listener interface, Different types of Layout, Layout manager, Flow manager, Grid manager.
Container: -Different types of container (Frame, Dialog, Panel)

Reference Books:
1. Programming with Java a primer II edition:-E Balaguruswamy(Tata McGraw-Hill)
2. Java Programming (For absolute beginners) Russell PHI
3. Black Book on Java
4. Java-Complete References
 B. Sc. (IT) Part II Semester -IV
Paper III
Data Communication & Network-II

Unit-I
Communication Architecture, Protocols & Architecture: Protocols, The Layers Approach, OSI
Model, TCP/IP protocol suite, System Network Architecture.
Internetworking: Principles of Internetworking, Bridges, Routers, Repeaters, Gateways, Connection
Oriented Internetworking, Connectionless Internetworking, Connectionless Internetwork Protocol,
Router-level protocol.

Unit II
Transport Protocols- Transport services, Protocol Mechanism, Network services, ISO Transport
Standards, TCP, UDP, TCP and UDP Packet format, Lightweight Transport Protocol.

Unit III
Session Services & Protocols- Session Characteristics, OSI Session Services, Definition, OSI
Session Protocol definition. DNS, FTP, HTTP.

Unit IV
Digital Network, ISDN & Broadband ISDN : Overview of ISDN, Architecture and Interfaces of
ISDN, Transmission structure, User Access, ISDN protocols, Broadband ISDN(B-ISDN).

Books
1. William Stalling, Data and Computer Communication, PHI Publication.
2. Forouzan, Data Communication and Networks, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. Godbole, Data Communication and Network, TMH
4. Tanenbum, Computer Networks , ,PHI Publication.
5. Comer Internetworking with TCP/IP Vol-1, PHI Publication
6. Data and Computer Communication by William Stalling, PHI Publication.
7. Data Communication and Network by Forouzan, Tata McGraw Hill.
 B. Sc. (IT) Part II Semester -IV
Paper IV
Oracle

Unit I
Introduction to Oracle - Relational database management system (RDBMS), Codd’s Rules for
RDBMS, Oracle as multiuser system, Logging and Logging out of Oracle, Database Administrator
(DBA) and its Role, Creation of user and Password.
Introduction to Structured Query language (SQL) – History and standardization of SQL, benefits
of SQL, elements of SQL, Languages, Database objects, Reserve words, Keywords.
Data types – Char, Varchar, Date, Number, Long, Raw and Long raw.

Unit II
SQL Command – DDL command, DML command, DRL command, Aggregate function, Clauses,
Set operator, Predicates, Join, Sub queries, Views. Simple reports commands.
PL/SQL - Introduction to PL/SQL, Advantages of PL/SQL, PL/SQL block structure, Character Set,
Literals, PL/SQL data type, Variables, Control and loop statements, Loops and Labels.

Unit III
Cursor – PL/SQL Cursor, Explicit Cursors, Implicit Cursors. Exception Management - User
defined, predefined exceptions, subprograms and packages - procedures, functions, package
specification, body, calling sub programs, advantages of packages, cursers in packages.

Unit IV
Database Triggers & Built in Packages - Database triggers-syntax, parts, statement, body,
restriction, types. Built in packages – DBMS standard. DBMS OUTPUT - Collection, member
functions and procedures, PL/SQL table and records, declaration, referring, maintaining row count,
insertions, deletions, nested tables, varying, arrays, initialization, declaration, varrays, member
functions and procedures.

Books:-

1. ORACLE 9i PL/SQL PROGRAMMING, SCOTT URMAN, : ORACLE PRESS

2. ORACLE PL/SQL : PL/SQL IN 21 DAYS (TECHMEDIA) SAMS
3. ORACLE 9i THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
4. ORACLE : I.T. TODAY (ENCYCLOPEDIA)
5. Database System Using Oracle: A Simplified Guide to SQL & PL-SQL: Nilesh Shah, PHI
Publication.
6. Database Management Systems (Complete practical approach) by Sharad Maheshwari &
Ruchin Jain, Firewall media
7. Dr. P.S.Deshpande SQL & PL/SQL for Oracle 10g Black Book
 B. Sc. (IT) Part II Semester -IV
Paper V
Compiler Construction

UNIT - I :
Compilers and translators, need, the structure of a compiler, Lexical Analysis, Syntax analysis,
Intermediate code Generation, Optimization, Code Generation, Book keeping, Error Handling

UNIT - II :
High Level programming languages, Definitions of programming languages, The lexical and
syntactic structure of a language, Data elements, structures, Operators, Assignment Statements, Data
Environments, Parameter transmission, Storage management.

UNIT - III :
The role of the lexical analyzer, Approach to the design of lexical analyzer, Implementation of
lexical analyzer, Context free grammars, Derivations and parse trees, Ambiguous grammar.

UNIT - IV :
Parsers, Shift-reduce parsing, Operator precedence parsing, Top-down parsing, predictive
parsers, Symbol Table , Code Optimization: The principal source optimization, Loop optimization,
The DAG representation of basic blocks, Code Generation : A machine model, a simple code
generator, Register Allocation and assignment.

Reference Books:
1. Principles of Compiler Design - A.V. Aho, J. D.Ullman : Pearson Education.
2. Modern Compiler Design- Dick Grune, Henry E. Bal, Cariel T. H. Jacobs, Wiley dreamtech.
3. Engineering a Compiler-Cooper & Linda, Elsevier.
4. Compiler Construction, Louden, Thomson.
 B. Sc. (IT) Part II Semester -IV
Paper VI
Numerical Methods

UNIT - I :
Roots of Non-Linear Equations : Algebraic equation, Polynomial equation, Transcendental equation,
Iterative method, Starting & Stopping Iterative method, Bisection Method, False Position method,
Newton Raphson Method: Secant Method, Determining all possible roots, Multiple roots of
polynomial, Complex Roots using Muller's Method.

UNIT - II :
Solution to Linear Equations Existence of solution, Gauss Elimination Method, Gauss elimination
with pivoting, Gauss Jordan Method, Round off errors and refinement, m Conditioned system,
Matrix inversion method.

UNIT - III :
Linear interpolation, Lagrange Interpolation, Spline Interpolation, Interpolation with equidistant
points, Least Square regression Fitting, Transcendental equations, Multiple linear regression, m
conditioning in Least square

UNIT - IV :
Integration & Differentiation : Trapezoidal Rule, Simpson 1/3 Rule, Simpson 3/8 rule, Gaussian
Integration, Solution to differential equation (using Runge-Kutta second and fourth order methods,
Multistep method for differential equations (Milne-Simpson method, Adams-bashforth-

Reference Books:
1.S Sastry Introduction to Numerical Analysis
2.Y. Rajaraman, Computer Oriented Numerical Methods - Prentice Hall Publication
3.Gupta and Kapoor Fundamental of Mathematical Statistics
4.Brian Flowers Introduction to Numerical Methods in C++ By. (Oxford)
5.E. Balaguruswamy, Numerical Methods - Tata McGraw Hill Publication
6.Srimanta Pal Numerical Methods (Oxford)
7.K Sankara Rao Numerical Methods for Scientists & Engineers [PIlI].
8.Manish Goyal Computer Based Numerical And Statistical Techniques (Laxmi)
 B. Sc. (IT) Final Semester -V
Paper I
Software Project Management

Unit I
Managing Software Project: Process & Project Management, Project Management and the CMM,
Project Management at Infosys, Introduction to CMMI, PCMM, The Project Planning Infrastructure:
The process data base, process capability Baseline, Process Assets and the Body of Knowledge
System.

Unit II
Process Planning: The Information System Development Process, Requirement Analysis,
Requirement Change Management, Effort Estimation & Scheduling: Estimation and Scheduling
Concepts, Effort – Estimation, Scheduling.

Unit III
Quality Planning: Quality Concepts, Quantitative quality Management Planning, Defect Prevention
Planning. Risk Management: Concepts of Risks and Risk Management, Risk Assessment, Risk
Control.

Unit IV
Measurement and Planning: Concepts in measurement, Measurements, Project tracking. Project
Management Plan: Team Management, Customer Communication and Issue Resolution, Structure of
the Project Management Plan.

Text Book:
1. Pankaj Jalote – Software Project Management in Practice, Pearson Education, New Delhi
2. B.Huges and M.Cotterell – Software Project Management, 3/e, TMH, New Delhi
3. Pankaj Jalote – CMM in Practice, Pearson Education, New Delhi
4. W. Humph Grey – Managing the Software Process, Addition – Wesley
5. R. T. Futrell, D. F. Shafer, L. I. Safer, “Quality Software Project Management”, Pearson
Education
 B. Sc. (IT) Final Semester -V
Paper II
Dot Net Framework and C#

Unit-1
The .Net framework: Introduction, The Origin of .Net Technology, Common Language Runtime
(CLR), Common Type System (CTS), Common Language Specification (CLS), Microsoft
Intermediate Language (MSIL), Just-In –Time Compilation, Framework Base Classes.

Unit-II
C -Sharp Language (C#): Introduction, Data Types, Identifiers, Variables, Constants, Literals, Array
and Strings, Object and Classes, Inheritance and Polymorphism, Operator Overloading, Interfaces,
Delegates and Events. Type conversion.

Unit-III
C# Using Libraries: Namespace- System, Input-Output, Multi-Threading, Networking and sockets,
Managing Console I/O Operations, Windows Forms, Error Handling.

Unit-IV
Advanced Features Using C#: Web Services, Window Services, Asp.net Web Form Controls,
ADO.Net. Distributed Application in C#, Unsafe Mode, Graphical Device interface with C#. .Net
Assemblies and Attribute: .Net Assemblies features and structure, private and share assemblies,
Built-In attribute and custom attribute. Introduction about generic.

Books:-
1. Wiley,” Beginning Visual C# 2008”,Wrox
2. Fergal Grimes,” Microsoft .Net for Programmers”. (SPI)
3. Balagurusamy,” Programming with C#”, (TMH)
4. Mark Michaelis, “Essential C# 3.0: For .NET Framework 3.5, 2/e, Pearson Education
5. Shibi Parikkar, “ C# with .Net Frame Work” , Firewall Media.
 B. Sc. (IT) Final Semester -V
Paper III
Network Security

Unit I
Introduction, Security Concepts, Threats and Risks, Attacks – Passive and Active, Security Services,
Confidentiality, Authentication, Non-Repudiation, Integrity, Access Control, Availability, Model for
Internetwork Security, Internet Standards and RFCs Access Control Mechanisms ,Access Matrix,
HRU, TAM, ACL and capabilities

Unit II
Access Control Models, Chinese Wall, Clark-Wilson, Bell-LaPadula, Non- Interference and Role
Base Model. Cryptography, Secret Key and Public Key Cryptosystems, Symmetric Ciphers, Block
Ciphers and Stream Ciphers, DES, IDEA and Key Escrow, RSA and ElGamal.

Unit III
Secure Hash and Key management, Digital Signature and Non-repudiation, cryptanalysis. Network
Security, Objectives and Architectures, Internet Security Protocols, IP encapsulating Security
Protocol, Network and Transport Layer Security.

Unit IV
Network Security Applications, Authentication Mechanisms: a) Passwords, b) Cryptographic
authentication protocol, c) Smart Card, d) Biometrics,e) Digital Signatures and seals, f) Kerberos, g)
X.509 LDAP Directory. Web Security : a) SSL Encryption b) TLS, SET, E-mail Security, PGPs /
MIME, IP Security, Access and System Security , Intruders, Intrusion Detection and Prevention ,
Firewall a) Hardware Firewall b) Software Firewall c) Application Firewall d) Packet Filtering. e).
Packet Analysis, Proxy Servers, Firewall setting in Proxy, ACL in Proxy

BOOKS
1. William Stallings, "Network Security Essentials", Prentice-Hall.
2. Edward Amoroso, "Fundamentals of Computer Security Technology", Prentice-Hall.

References :
1. 3 Dorothy E. Denning, "Cryptography and Data Security", Addison-Wesley.
2. 4 Peter J. Denning, "Computers under Attack", Addison-Wesley.
3. 5 Douglas R. Stinson, "Cryptography: Theory and Practice", CRC Press.
4. 6 D. Brent Chapman and Elizabeth D. Zwicky, "Building Internet Firewalls",
5. O'Reilly and Associates
 B. Sc. (IT) Final Semester -V
Paper IV
Data Warehousing

Unit I
Introduction, Definition, Components, Warehousing databases, Users, Advantages, Features, Data
Granularity, Information Flow Mechanism, Metadata, Classes of Data, Lifecycle of Data, Data
Flow. Architecture of Data Warehouse, characteristics, Goals, Data Marts, Building Data Marts,
Pushing and Pulling Data,

Unit II
Data Warehousing Schema, Dimensional Modeling, Star Schema, Snowflake Schema, Aggregate
Tables, Fact Constellation Schema, Data Modeling, Dimensional Modeling: Dimension Table, Fact
Tables, Fatless Fact Tables, Updates to Dimension Tables, other types of dimension table,
Performance of Data Warehouse. ELT Process: Data Extraction, Data Transformation, Data
Loading, Data Quality

Unit III
Data warehousing design Review, Developing data warehouse, Testing, Monitoring, Tuning,
Feedback Loops. OLAP in Data warehouse: OLAP, ROLAP, HOLAP, Multidimensional Analysis,
OLAP Functions, OLAP Application\s, OLAP Models, OLAP Considerations, Tools and Products,
Data Design, Administration and Performance, OLAP Platforms

Unit IV
Building Data Warehouse: Problem Definition, Success Factors, Requirement Analysis, Planning,
Design Stage, Building and Implementation of Data Marts, Building Data Warehousing, Backup and
Recovery, quality Frameworks, Operating warehouse, Recipe for Successful Warehouse, Pitfalls,
factor,

Text Books
1. Rema Thareja Data Warehousing Oxford University Press
2. Alex Berson, S. J. Smith, Data Warehousing, Data Mining & OLAP, TMH
3. George M Marakas, Modern Data Warehousing, Mining and Visualization, Pearson
Education
 B. Sc. (IT) Final Semester -V
Paper V
VB Programming

UNIT-I :
Working with Visual Basic Window Components: Menu Bar, Tool Bar, Project Explorer
Window, Form Layout Window, properties Window, Toolbox, Code Editor Window Working with
Forms: Properties, Events, Methods Working with Basic Controls:Label, CommandButton,
TextBox, OptionButton, Frame, CheckBox, ListBox, ComboBox, Image, Scroll, Picture, Timer,
DriveListBox, DirListBox, FileListBox and Shape Controls. Basic Programming Fundamentals:
Variables, Data types, Constant, Conversion Function. Scope of Variable: Public, Private Static.
Operators: Logical, Arithmetic, Concatenation, Comparison. Decision Structure: If.. Then,
If..Then..Else, Select Case.. End Case. Loop Structure: Do..While, While.. Wend, For.. Next,
With..EndWith. DoEvents()
UNIT-II :
Arrays: Dynamic Array, Preserve and Control arrays. Procedure: General procedure, General
Methods for Passing Arguments to a Procedure, Functions: User-Interaction, String, Math, Date,
Conversion Functions. Modules: Form, Standard.

UNIT-III :
Menus: Creating, Adding Menu Items, Creating Shortcut, Adding Separators Bars, Submenus, Code
for Menus. Creating Popup Menu: System, Custom. Database Handling: Database Concepts,
Creating and Accessing Database, Using Data Control. Using DAO: Creating Search Programs,
Numeric Search and Complex Search Programs.
UNIT-IV :
Using ADO Data Control, Data Link, ODBC Data Source name, Using Connection String, Creating
Navigating buttons. Working with Advanced Data Controls : DataList Control, DataCombo Control,
DataGrid Control and Msflexgrid Control. Handling Errors : Run Time, Trapping and Handling
Error, ERR Object. Data Environment and Data Reports.

Reference Books:
1. VISUAL BASIC – to Advance by Soma Dasgupta [BPB Publication]
2. Evangelos Petroutsos, Mastering Visual Basic 6.0 BPB Publication.
3. VISUAL BASIC 6 COMPLETE REFRENCE (TMH PUB)
4. Visual Basic 6 Deitel & Deitel (Pearson Education)
5. Mastering VB 6.0 Black Book -Peter - Norton-Techmedia.
 B. Sc. (IT) Final Semester -V
Paper VI
Graph Theory

Unit 1 : Graphs and operations on graphs

Definition and elementary results, Types of graphs, Isomorphism, Matrix representation of graphs:
Adjacency matrix and incidence matrix, Subgraphs and induced graphs, Complement of a graph,
Self complementary graphs, Union, intersection of graphs, Ring sum of two graphs.

Unit 2 Connected Graphs

Definitions: walk, trail, tour, path and circuit, Definitions of connected, disconnected graphs,
Dijkstra’s shortest path algorithm, Connectivity: cut-vertex, vertex connectivity.

Unit 3 : Tree Graphs

Tree : Definition, Theorem : A tree with n vertices has n -1 edges, Theorem : A connected graph G
with n vertices and n – 1 edges is a tree, Theorem : A graph with n vertices is a tree if and only if it is
circuit free and has n – 1 edges, Theorem : A graph G is a tree if and only if it is minimally
connected, Center of a tree, Spanning tree: Definition and examples, Fundamental circuit and cut –
set : Definition, Binary trees and elementary results, Kruskal’s algorithm.

Unit 4 : Directed Graphs

Definition, types of directed graphs, Directed (rooted) trees, arborescence and Polish notation,
Isomorphism of digraphs, Connectedness in digraphs, Euler digraph, Network and flows: Definition,
examples, Maximal flow algorithm.

Reference Books:
1. Elements of Discrete Mathematics by C.L. Liu
2. Discrete Mathematics by Olympia Nicodemi
3. Discrete Mathematical Structure for Computer Science by Alan Doer and K. Levasicur.
4. Discrete and Combinatorial Mathematics by R.M. Grassl
5. Discrete Mathematics by Kenneth Rosen, Tata McGraw Hill
6. Graph Theory with Applications to Computer Science and Engineering by
7. Narsing Deo, Prentice Hall, India.
8. A First Step in Graph Theory by Raghunathan, Nimkar and Solapurrkar
9. Discrete mathematics by S.R.Patil and others, NIRALI Prakashan.
10. Discrete mathematics by Bhopatkar, Nimbkar, Joglekar, VISION
11. Publication.
12. Discrete mathematics by Naik and Patil, PHADAKE Prakashan.
 B. Sc. (IT) Final Semester -VI
Paper I
Enterprise Resource Planning

Unit I
INTRODUCTION Business needs and ERP, ERP as an overview, entries as an overview, Benefits
of ERP, ERP and related technologies, ERP architecture, business process reengineering, data
warehousing, data mining, on line analytical processing supply choice management.

Unit II
ERP: Client server architecture and ERP, ERP implementation life cycle,
implementation m~hodologies, ER? implementation – The hidden cost, organizing implementations,
vendors, consultants and users, contracts with vendors, consultants and employees, project
management and monitoring. After ERP implementation.

Unit III
THE BUSINESS MODULE : Business models in an ER? package, finance, manufacturing human
resource, plant maintenance, materials management, quality management sales and distribution.

Unit IV
Selection of ERP, SWOT analysis of various ER? products supply chain enabled ERP.
ER? and Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) integration, ERP in manufacturing and non
manufacturing industries.

BOOKS:
1. ERP Demystifled by Aleris Leon (TMH Pub.)
2. Enterprise Resource Planning by Parag Diwan and Sunil Sharma (Pentageon Pren.)
 B. Sc. (IT) Final Semester -VI
Paper II
Advance Java Programming

Unit I
Core Java: Introduction, Operators, Data types, Variables, Arrays, Control Statements, Methods &
Classes, Inheritance, Package and Interface, Applets
Java swing: Creating a swing Applet and Application, Programming using Panes, Pluggable Look
and feel, Labels, Text fields, Buttons, Toggle Buttons, Checkboxes, Radio Buttons, View Ports,
Scroll Panes, Scroll Bars, List, Combo Box, Progress bars, Menus and Toolbars, Layered Panes,
Tabbed Panes, Split Panes, Layouts, Windows, Dialog Boxes, Inner frame.

Unit II
JDBC: The connectivity Model, JDBC/ODBC Bridge, Java.sql package, connectivity to remote
database, navigating through multiple rows retrieved from a database.

Unit III
Java Beans: Application Builder tools, The bean developer kit(BDK), JAR files, Introduction,
Developing a simple bean, using bound properties, The java Beans API, Session Beans, Entity
Beans, Introduction to Enterprise Java Beans(EJB), Introduction to RMI(Remote Method
Invocation): A simple client-server application using RMI.

Unit IV
Java Servlets: Servlet basic, Servlet API basic, Life cycle of a Servlet, Running Servlet, Debugging
Servlet, Thread-safe Servlet, HTTP Redirects, Cookies, Introduction to Java server pages(JSP).

References:
1. Margaret Levine Young, “The Complete Reference Internet”, TMH.
2. Naughton, Schidt, “The Complete Reference JAVA2”, TMH.
3. Balagurusamy E., “Programming in Java”, TMH.
4. Dustin R. Callway, “Inside Servlets”, Addison Wesley.
5. Mark Wutica, “Java Enterprise Edition”, QUE.
6. Setven Holzner, “Java2 Black Book”, dreamtech.
 B. Sc. (IT) Final Semester -VI
Paper III
Cloud Computing

Unit I
Introduction to Cloud Computing, The Evolution of Cloud Computing, Hardware Evolution, Internet
Software Evolution, Server Virtualization, Web Services Deliver from the Cloud, Communication-
asa-Service, Infrastructure-as-a-Service, Monitoring-as-aService, Platform-as-a-Service, Software-
as-aService, Building Cloud Network

Unit II
Federation in the Cloud, Presence in the Cloud, Privacy and its Relation to Cloud-Based Information
Systems, Security in the Cloud, Common Standards in the Cloud, End-User Access to the Cloud
Computing

Unit III
Introduction, Advancing towards a Utility Model, Evolving IT infrastructure, Evolving Software
Applications, Continuum of Utilities, Standards and Working Groups, Standards Bodies and
Working Groups, Service Oriented Architecture, Business Process Execution Language,
Interoperability Standards for Data Center Management, Utility Computing Technology,
Virtualization, Hyper Threading, Blade Servers, Automated Provisioning, Policy Based Automation,
Application Management, Evaluating Utility Management Technology, Virtual Test and
development Environment, Data Center Challenges and Solutions, Automating the Data Center

Unit IV
Software Utility Application Architecture, Characteristics of an SaaS, Software Utility
Applications,Cost Versus Value, Software Application Services Framework, Common Enablers,
Conceptual view to Reality, Business Profits, - Implementing Database Systems for Multitenant
Architecture

Books:
1. John W. Rittinghouse and james F. Ransome, “Cloud Computing Implementation,
Management and Security”, 2010, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group, Boca Raton London New
York
2. Alfredo Mendoza, “Utility Computing Technologies, Standards, and Strategies”, Artech
House INC,
3. 2007. [Unit -11I to Unit V]
4. Bunker and Darren Thomson, “Delivering Utility Computing”, 2006, John Wiley & Sons
Ltd.
5. George Reese, “Cloud Application Architectures”, O’reilly Publications, 2009.
 B. Sc. (IT) Final Semester -VI
Paper IV
Data Mining

Unit I
Data Mining: Introduction, Definitions, KDD Vs Data Mining, DBMA Vs Data Mining, Data
Mining Problems, Data Models, OLAP, User Perspectives, Issues, Challenges, Trends, Application
Areas and Applications
Frequent Pattern Mining: Basic Problem Definition, Association Rule, Mining Association Rule,
Applications, Variations, Interestingness, Methods of Discovering Association Rule, Priori
Algorithm, Frequent Itemset Mining (FIM) Algorithm, Comparison of FIM Algorithm, Optimal
FIM Algorithm, Incremental Mining, Conciseness of Results, Sequential Rule

Unit II
Classification, Definition, Applications, Evaluations of Classifiers, Issues, Classification Techniques,
Optimal Classification Algorithm, Regression
Decision Tree, Tree Construction Principal, Best Split, Speliting Indices, Splitting Criteria, Decision
Tree Construction Algorithm

Unit III
Clustering, Definition, Applications, Measurement of Simplicity, Evaluation of Clustering
Algorithm, Classification of Clustering Algorithm, Partition Method, Hierarchical Method, Density
Base Method, Grid Base Method, Outlier Detection,

Unit IV
Partition Discovery, Relational Data, Transactional Data, Distributed Data, Spatial Data, Data
Stream, Time Series Data, Text and Web Data, Multidimensional Data

Books
1. Vikram Pudi, Data Mining Oxford University Press
2. Arun K Pujari Data Minig Technique, University Press (India) Private Limited
3. Alex Berson, S. J. Smith, Data Warehousing, Data Mining & OLAP, TMH
 B. Sc. (IT) Final Semester -VI
Paper V
Animation Techniques

Unit I
What is mean by Animation, Why we need Animation, of Animation, Uses of Animation, Types of
Animation, Principles of Animation, Some Techniques of Animation, Animation on the WEB, 3D
Animation, Special Effects, Creating Animation.

Unit II
Creating Animation in Flash: Introduction to Flash Animation, Introduction to Flash, Working with
the Timeline and Frame-based Animation, Working with the Timeline and Tween-based
Animation, Understanding Layers, Actionscript.

Unit III
3D Animation & its Concepts, Types of 3D Animation, Skeleton & Kinetic 3D Animation –
Texturing & Lighting of 3D Animation, 3D Camera Tracking, Applications & Software of 3D
Animation.

Unit IV
Motion Caption, Formats, Methods, Usages, Expression, Motion Capture software’s, Script
Animation Usage – Different Language of Script Animation Among the Software.
Concept Development, Story Developing, Audio & Video, Color Model, Device Independent Color
Model, Gamma and Gamma Correction, Production Budgets, 3D Animated Movies.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Ranjan Parekh, PRINCIPLES OF MULTIMEDIA, TMH
2. Ashok Banerji, Ananda Mohan Ghosh, Multimedia Technologies, McGraw Hill Publication
 B. Sc. (IT) Final Semester -VI
Paper VI
Operation Research

Unit 1
Overview of operations Research: OR models, OR Techniques
Linear Programming : Introduction, Graphical solution; Graphical sensitivity analysis, The
standard form of linear programming problems, Basic feasible solutions, unrestricted variables,
simplex algorithm , artificial variables, Big M and two phase method, Degeneracy, alternative
optima, unbounded solutions, infeasible solutions.

Unit 2
Dual problems: Relation between primal and dual problems – Dual simplex method
Transportation model: starting solutions. North West corner Rule, lowest cost method, Vogels
approximation method – Transportation algorithms – Assignment problem – Hungarian Method.

Unit 3
Network Models: Definitions, CPM and PERT, Their Algorithms Integer Programming : Branch
and Bound Algorithms cutting plan algorithm.
Dynamic Programming: Recursive nature of dynamic programming, Forward and Backward
Recursion.

Unit 4
Assignment Problem – Zero-One Programming Model for Assignment Problem, Types of
Assignment Problem, Hungarian Method, Branch and Bound Technique for Assignment Problem.

Text Books:

1. Operation Research by Kanti Swarup, P. K. Gupta, Man Mohan [Sultan]

2. Operation Research by R. Panneerselvam [PHI}
3. Introduction to Operation Research by Billy E. Gillet [TMH]
4. Operation Research by Hira Gupta
5. Operation Research Problems and Solutions by Sharma J. K. [MacMillan]
6. Operation Research Theory and Application by Sharma J. K., [MacMillan]
 RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY, NAGPUR

NOTIFICATION
No. Acad/171.
Date :12th June, 2014
To,
The Principal
of all the affiliated Commerce Colleges
of Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj
Nagpur University, Nagpur

Subject:- Direction No. 15 of 2014.

Sir/Madam,

I am forwarding herewith a copy of the Direction No. 15 of 2014 issued by the Hon’ble Vice-
Chancellor under Section 14(8) of Maharashtra Universities Act, 1994 “Direction Governing
The Examinations Leading To The Degree of Bachelor of Business
Administration (BBA) (Credit Based Semester Pattern) In The Faculty Of
Commerce” along with the scheme to be implemented from Academic Session 2014-2015.
You are requested to kindly bring it to the notice of all teachers and students of your college.
Thanking you,
Yours faithfully,

Encl: As above. Sd/-

(Dr. A.V. Gomashe)
Registrar,
Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj
Nagpur University, Nagpur.

No. Acad/171. Nagpur dated the 12th June, 2014

Copy for information and necessary action along with the Direction and Scheme as mentioned
above to :-

1) The Dean, Faculty of Commerce, Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur
2) The Chairman, All Board of Studies in Commerce Faculty, R.T.M. Nagpur University.
3) The Controller of Examinations, Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur
4) The Director, B.C.U.D., Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur
5) The Deputy Registrar (Exam.) Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur.
6) The Deputy Registrar (Coll. Sec.) Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur
7) The Asstt. Registrar (Prof. Exam.), Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur
8) The Asstt. Registrar (Conf.), Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur.
9) The Asstt. Registrar (Exams & Enqury.), R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur
10) The Asstt. Registrar University’s Sub-Centre at Gadchiroli, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur.
11) The Officer-in-Charge, Publication Section, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur.
12) The Asstt. Registrar, Ordinance Section, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur
 13) The P. A. to the Hon’ble Vice-Chancellor, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur
14) The P. A. to the Hon’ble Pro-Vice-Chancellor, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur
15) The P. A. to the Registar, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur
16) Mrs. Veena Prakashe, Information Scientist, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur

Sd/-
(Puran Meshram)
Deputy Registrar(Acad.)
Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj
Nagpur University, Nagpur.

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 2 of 50

 RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY
“(Established by Government of Central Provinces Education Department by Notification No. 513 dated the
1st of August, 1923 & presently a State University governed by Maharashtra Universities Act, 1994.)”

Directions, Subject Scheme and Syllabus

For
Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations

FACULTY OF
COMMERCE
Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations
2014-15 and Onwards
(Three Years Degree Course)

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 3 of 50

 RASHTRASANT TUKDOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY, NAGPUR

Direction No. 15 of 2014

DIRECTIONS GOVERNING THE EXAMINATION LEADING TO THE

DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (BBA)

WHEREAS the Maharashtra Universities Act No. XXXV of 1994 has come into force
with effect from 22nd July, 1994.

AND

WHEREAS the amendment to the said Act came to be effected from 12th May, 2000.
WHEREAS the Board of Studies in Business Administration & Business
Management in its meeting held on 20-05-2013 restructured the existing syllabi and
recommended the new scheme of examination.

AND

WHEREAS the Faculty of Commerce at its meeting held on 01-07-2013 have

decided to restructure the syllabus for the award of the degree of Bachelor of
Business Administration commensurate with the curricula existing in the various
Universities in India and with a view to include the latest trends in the commerce
stream as well as to design it to suit to the needs of the industries and corporate
houses as provided under Section 38(a) of the Act.

AND

WHEREAS the recommendations made by the Board of studies in Business

Administration and Business Management and Faculty of Commerce were approved
by the Academic Council, in its meeting held on ___________.

AND

WHEREAS it is expedient to provide and Amend Ordinance for the purpose of

prescribing examinations leading to the degree of Bachelor of Business
Administration in the Faculty of Commerce.

Now, therefore, I, Anoop Kumar, Vice-Chancellor, Rastrasant Tukdoji Maharaj

Nagpur University, Nagpur in exercise of the powers vested in me under Section
14(8) of the Maharashtra University Act of 1994 do hereby issue the following
direction.

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 4 of 50

 Scheme of Examination

1. This Ordinance may be called ‘Examination leading to the degree of Bachelor of

Business Administration( B.B.A.) in the Faculty of Commerce (Amendment)
Ordinance, 2010’

2. This Ordinance shall come into force with effect from the date of its approval by the
Management Council.

3. There shall be three examinations leading to the degree of Bachelor of Business

Administration namely :
(1) The Bachelor of Business Administration Part – I Examination,
(2) The Bachelor of Business Administration Part – II Examination and
(3) The Bachelor of Business Administration Final Examination.

4. The duration of the Degree Course under this shall be of three academic years with the
BBA Part – I Examination at the end of the first academic year, the BBA Part – II
Examination at the end of the second year and the BBA Final Examination at the end of
the third year.

5. The Examinations Specified in paragraph 3 above shall be held twice a year at such
places and on such dates as may be fixed by the University.

6. The details of the procedure for admission as well as eligibility for examination of :

(A) For the Bachelor of Business Administration Part – I Examination shall have Passed the
12th Standard Examination of the Maharashtra State Board of Secondary and Higher
Secondary Education, with English at Higher or Lower level and Modern Indian Language
at higher or lower level with any combination of optional subjects;
OR
XII Standard Examination of Maharashtra State Board of Secondary and Higher Secondary
Education in Vocational Stream with one language only; OR any other examination

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 5 of 50

recognized as equivalent thereto; in such subjects and with such standards of attainments as
may be prescribed Minimum Competition vocation course (MCVC).

(B) For the Bachelor of Business Administration Part – II Examination the student shall have
Passed Bachelor of Business Administration Part – I Examination of the University.

(C) For the Bachelor of Business Administration Final Examination shall have Passed
Bachelor of Business Administration Part – II Examination of the University.

7. A collegiate candidate shall have pursued a regular course of study for not less than one
academic year before being admitted to Bachelor of Business Administration Part – I or the
Bachelor of Business Administration Part – II or the Bachelor of Business Administration
Final Examination in any recognized institution and or college affiliated to Rashtrasant
Tukdoji Maharaj Nagpur University where the course is conducted.

8. An applicant for the Bachelor of Business Administration Part – I or the Bachelor of

Business Administration Part – II or the Bachelor of Business Administration Final
Examination shall have passed an examination specified in Clauses ( A ), ( B ) and ( C ) of
paragraph 6 respectively, not less than one academic year prior to his admission to the
respective examination.

9. Without prejudice to the other provisions of Ordinance No. 6 relating to the

Examinations in General, the provisions of Paragraphs 5, 7, 8, 10, 26 and 31 of the said
Ordinance shall apply to every collegiate candidate.

10. The fees for the examination shall be as prescribed by the University from time to time
and whenever any change is made in the fees prescribed for any particular examination that
shall be notified through a notification for information of the examinees concerned.

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 6 of 50

11. (A) An examinee for the Bachelor of Business Administration Part – I Examination shall
examined in the following subjects, namely
1. Principles of Management
2. English and Business Communication
3. Business Economics
4. Foundation course in Organization Behavior
5. Financial & Cost Accounting
6. Computer Applications for Business
7. Business Organization & Systems
(B) An examinee for the Bachelor of Business Administration Part – II Examination shall be
examined in the following subjects:
1. Principles of Marketing Management
2. Human Resource Management
3. Management Accounting & Financial Management
4. Business and Industrial Laws
5. Statistical Methods for Business
6. Research Methodology
7. Environmental Management
(C) An Examinee for Bachelor of Business Administration Final Examination shall be
examined in the following subjects:
1. Entrepreneurship Development
2. Production & Operations Management
3. Office Management
4. Business Ethics
5. Elective I - Paper I
6. Elective II - Paper II

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 7 of 50

Elective Subject (Any One of Following)
(a) Financial Management,
(b) Human Resource Management,
(c) Marketing Management,
(d) Service Sector Management
AND
7. Project Work.
Project shall carry 100 marks as follows-
Marks
# Project work (Evaluation by external 50
And internal examiner)
# Presentation and Open Defence by 50
external and internal examiner --------
100
12. Each paper B.B.A. Part – I, II and Final Examination shall carry 100 marks and shall be
distributed as under:
Marks
a. Written Examination 80
b. Internal Assessment 20
Internal Assessment marks shall be awarded by the Head of the Institution / Principal in
consultation with the faculty members subject to moderation by H.O.D./Director and shall
be based on:
a. Participation in seminars, case discussions & group work activities: 5 marks
b. Class tests, quizzes, individual and group oral presentations: 5 marks
c. Submission of written assignments, term papers and viva-voce: 5 marks
d. Class-room participation and attendance: 5 marks
The weightage given to each of these factors shall be decided and announced at the
beginning of the session by individual faculty member responsible for the paper.
The result for these examinations should be declared within time limit as per University
norms and communicated to the University within stipulated time.
The record of conduct of such examination, evaluation and results should be maintained for
a period of at least One year by the respective Institute / Department for the verification by
the competent authority.

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 8 of 50

13. (A) The scope of the subjects and pattern of examination shall be as indicated in
Syllabi.
(B) The Medium of instructions and examinations shall be in ENGLISH only. The Maximum
and Minimum marks which each subject carries in Bachelor of Business Administration
Part- I, Part- II and Final Examination shall be as indicated in Appendices “A”, “B”, and “C”
respectively.
C) All subjects of BBA Part – I, II & Final (other than Project work) should have 4 periods a
week of 45 minutes duration each.

14. Project Work compulsory for each student appearing at the Final Examination.
(i) The Project work (Printed or Type Written) shall be made available to external examiner
for evaluation purpose at the time of Presentation and open Defense.”
(ii) A Candidate shall submit with his/her project work, a certificate from the Supervisor to
the effect –
(a) that the candidate has satisfactorily completed the Project work for not less than one
session and
(b) that the Project work is the result of the candidate’s own work and is of sufficiently high
standard to warrant its presentation for examination.
(iii) Candidate shall submit his/her declaration that the Project is the result of his own
research work and the same has not been previously submitted to any examination of this
University or any other University. The Project shall be liable to be rejected and / or
cancelled if found otherwise.
(iv) The evaluation of Project work shall be done jointly by internal and external examiners
during Presentation and open Defence before/after the theory examination.
(v) A student appearing for final examination will have to pay an additional fee as
prescribed for project in addition to usual examination fees. The fees may be revised by the
university from time to time.

15. The scope of the subject, percentage of passing in Theory and Project and Internal
Assessment will be governed as per following rules:
(i) In order to pass at the Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.) Part – I, II and Final
Examinations an examinee shall obtain not less than 40 % marks in each paper, that is to say
combined in the written Examination and in internal assessment and in two heads of
passing of project Work.

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 9 of 50

(ii) An examinee who is unsuccessful at the examination shall be eligible for admission to
the subsequent examinations on payment of a fresh fee prescribed for the examination
together with the conditions of the ordinance in force from time to time.
(iii) An examinee who has failed at the Sessional examination only shall required to register
himself afresh for doing the sessional work again in the Department / College in the
subject/subjects/project work in which he has failed on payment of fresh annual sessional
fee of Rs. 50/- per paper. Such registration shall be done on or before the beginning of the
respective Session. The Director / Principal shall on being satisfied about the completion of
the sessional work of such a candidate send the fresh sessional marks to the University and
these fresh sessional marks shall be taken into consideration for computing his / her result
at the examination.

16 (a) There shall be no classification of examinees successful at the Bachelor of Business

Administration Part- I and Bachelor of Business Administration Part- II Examinations.
Division at the Bachelor of Business Administration Final Examination shall be declared on
the basis of the aggregate marks at the Bachelor of Business Administration Part-I
Examination , the Bachelor of Business Administration Part- II Examination and the
Bachelor of Business Administration Final Examination taken together.
(b) Successful examinees at the Bachelor of Business Administration Part – I,
Bachelor of Business Administration Part – II and the Bachelor of Business
Administration Final Examinations taken together and obtaining 75% or more in the
aggregate shall be placed in the distinction, 60 % or more in the aggregate shall be placed in
the first division, those obtaining less than 60 % but not less than 45 % in the Second
Division.
c) Successful examinees in the Bachelor of Business Administration Part – I , Bachelor of
Business Administration Part – II and Bachelor of Business Administration Final
Examination shall be awarded Distinction in each subject of the respective group in which
examinees obtain 75 % or more marks in that subject at the respective Examination.

17. Unsuccessful examinees at the above examinations can be readmitted to the same
examination on payment of a fresh fee and such other fees as may be prescribed.

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 10 of 50

18. Provisions of Ordinance No. 3 of 2007 relating to the award of Grace Marks for
passing an examination, securing higher division / class and for securing distinction in
subject(s).

19. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Direction, no person shall be

admitted to an examination under this Ordinance, if he/ she has already passed the same
examination or an equivalent examination of any other University.

20. Examinees passing the Bachelor of Business Administration Examination shall on

payment of the prescribed fees receive a Degree in the prescribed form signed by the Vice-
Chancellor.

21. The aforesaid Amendment shall come into force from the date of its issuance and shall
remain in force till the relevant Ordinance come into being in accordance with the provisions
of the Maharashtra University Act, 1994.

22. The A.T.K.T. rules shall be as under (Theory and Internal assessment shall be
considered as separate passing heads)

Admission to Candidate should have Candidate should have

Next academic year passed in following passed in all heads except
examinations of RTM FOUR or less number of
Nagpur University passing heads of the
following examination
I Year H.S.S.C -------
II Year - Ist year
Final Year* Ist year IInd year

Note: (*) A candidate admitted to Final Year can appear for Final year examination however the result
of the Final year examination will be withheld unless the candidate clears all the lower examinations
of the BBA program.

23. Pattern of Question Papers of BBA year end Examination:

a. The question paper should be set in such a manner so as to cover the complete syllabus
as prescribed by the University.
b. The Year wise End examination shall be held as per the schedule notified by the
University.

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 11 of 50

c. The question paper shall be of 80 marks & the time duration of the Year End
examination would be 3 hours.
d. The question paper shall have 6 long answers questions corresponding to Six Units of
each course. Each long answer question shall carry 10 marks. There will be internal choice
for each question for these long answer questions which means that the student has to
mandatorily attempt one question from each unit of the syllabus. Hence there would be 12
questions in the question paper but the student has to attempt 6 questions with an
internal choice for each question from each unit of the syllabus. The students shall get due
credit for precise answers as per Marking Scheme given by the paper setters/ moderators.
e. Question no. seven shall include Four compulsory questions from any of the six units
carrying 5 marks each.

Sd/-
Nagpur: ( Anoop Kumar )
Dated : 4.6.2014 Vice-Chancellor

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 12 of 50

 Format of Question Paper for BBA program:

Question from Units Internal Choice questions(A or B) Max.Marks

Q1. From Unit I A or B 10 marks
Q2. From Unit II A or B 10 marks
Q3. From Unit III A or B 10 marks
Q4. From Unit IV A or B 10 marks
Q5. From Unit V A or B 10 marks
Q6. From Unit VI A or B 10 marks

Four questions are compulsory of 5

Q7. From any of the 20 marks
marks each from any of the six
six unit ( 4 questions x 5 marks )
units.

Total Marks 80 marks

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 13 of 50

 Bachelor of Business Administration Subjects for three years

Note: Each paper shall carry 100 marks; 80 marks shall be for written university examination
and 20 marks shall be internal assessment by respective College.

First Year Paper I Principles of Management

Paper II English and Business Communication
Paper III Business Economics
Paper IV Foundation course in Organization behavior
Paper V Financial & Cost Accounting
Paper VI Computer Applications for Business
Paper VII Business Organization & Systems

Second Year Paper I Principles of Marketing Management

Paper II Human Resource Management
Paper III Management Accounting & Financial Management
Paper IV Business and Industrial Laws
Paper V Statistical Methods for Business
Paper VI Research Methodology
Paper VII Environmental Management

Third Year Paper I Entrepreneurship Development

Paper II Production & Operations Management
Paper III Office Management
Paper IV Business Ethics
Paper V Elective I - Paper I
Paper VI Elective I – PapeII
Paper VII Project Work

Elective subjects available:

1) Financial Management 2) Marketing Management
3) Human Resource Management 4) Service Sector Management

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 14 of 50

 APPENDIX – A
Bachelor of Business Administration Part – I Examination
Subject Paper Maximum Minimum
Marks Marks
(1) Principles of Management Paper 80 32
100 40
Internal
Assessment 20 08

(2) English and Business Paper 80 32

Communication Internal 100 40
Assessment 20 08

(3) Business Economics Paper 80 32

Internal 100 40
Assessment 20 08

(4) Foundation course in Paper 80 32

Organization behavior Internal 100 40
Assessment 20 08

(5) Financial & Cost Accounting Paper 80 32

100 40
Internal
Assessment 20 08

(6) Computer Application for Paper 80 32

Business Internal 100 40
Assessment 20 08
(7) Business Organization & Systems Paper 80 32
Internal 100 40
Assessment 20 08

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 15 of 50

 APPENDIX – B
Bachelor of Business Administration Part – II Examination
Subject Paper Maximum Minimum
Marks Marks
(1) Principles of Marketing Management Paper 80 32
100 40
Internal
Assessment 20 08

(2) Human Resource Management Paper 80 32

100 40
Internal 20 08
Assessment

(3) Cost & Management Accounting Paper 80 32

Internal 100 40
Assessment 20 08

(4) Business and Industrial Laws Paper 80 32

Internal 100 40
Assessment 20 08

(5) Statistical Methods for Business Paper 80 32

100 40
Internal 20 08
Assessment
(6) Research Methodology Paper 80 32
Internal 100 40
Assessment 20 08
(7) Environmental Management Paper 80 32
Internal 100 40
Assessment 20 08

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 16 of 50

 APPENDIX – C

Bachelor of Business Administration Part – III Examination

Subject Paper Maximum Minimum
Marks Marks

(1) Entrepreneurship Development Paper 80 32

Internal 100 40
Assessment 20 08

(2) Production & Operations Management Paper 80 32

Internal 100 40
Assessment 20 08

(3) Management Accounting & Financial Paper 80 32

Management Internal 100 40
Assessment 20 08

(4) Business Ethics Paper 80 32

Internal 100 40
Assessment 20 08
(5) Elective I - Paper I Paper 80 32
Internal 100 40
Assessment 20 08
(6) Elective I - Paper II Paper 80 32
Internal 100 40
Assessment 20 08
(7) Final Project Project Work 50 20
(From the Elective Subject offered) (Assessment) 100 40
Presentation
& Open Defense 50 20

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 17 of 50

 BBA FIRST YEAR

Paper I
Principles of Management

Unit I: Introduction - Nature, function, definition and importance of management, Definition, nature,
purpose and scope of management, Functions of a manager, an overview of planning, organizing and
controlling, is management a science or art?

Unit II: Development of Management Thought - Scientific management; Contribution of Taylor,

Fayol, Mary Follet, Elton Mayo; Hawthorne experiments, Contingency approach, Indian heritage in
production and consumption.

Unit III: Management and Administration - Management and administration, Management as a

profession, Professionalism of management in India, Management ethics and management culture,
Skills required of manager, Classification of skills, Methods of skills development.

Unit IV: Management Planning - Concept of planning, objectives, Nature, Types of plan, Stages
involved in planning, Characteristics of a good plan, Importance, Limitations of planning, Making
planning effective, Strategic planning in Indian Industry.

Unit V: Decision Making - Concept, characteristics of decisions, Types of decisions, Steps Involved in
decision making, Importance of decision making, Methods of decision making, Committee Decision
Making.

Unit VI: Organisation - Concepts, Principle of organization, Importance, Features of good

organization structure, Types of Organisation structure.

Reference Books:
1. Essential of Business Administration - K.Aswathapa Himalaya Publishing House
2. Management: Concept and Strategies By J. S. Chandan, Vikas Publishing
3. Principles of Management, By Tripathi, Reddy Tata McGraw Hill
4. Principles of Management By Ramasamy T, Himalaya Publishing House
5. Principles of Business management By Sherlekar, Himalaya Publishing House

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 18 of 50

 Paper II
English and Business Communication

Unit I: Comprehension, Enriching Vocabulary, Single Word For a Group of Words, Words Frequently
Misspell.

Unit II: Business Letter Writing, Getting to the point, Choice of Words, Punctuation, E-mail etiquette.
Enquiries and replies - Placing and fulfilling orders - Complaints and follow-up - Sales letters -
Circular letters - Application for employment and resume.

Unit III: Nature, Scope, and Functions of Communication: Definition, Objectives, Purpose of
Communication, Communication Process, Sender’s Thoughts, Encoding, Decoding, Feedback Loop,
Noise Channels of Communication, Informal Channels Of Communication, Barriers to Effective
communication.

Unit IV, V, VI: Textbook entitled ‘Prism: Spoken and Written Communication, Prose & Poetry’
published by Orient Longman
1) The Bet – Anton Chekov
2) Socrates and the Schoolmaster – F. L. Brayne
3) An Astrologer’s Day – R. K. Narayan
4) The Gift of the Magi – O’ Henry
5) With the Photographer – Stephen Leacock

Reference Books:
1. Oxford Practice Grammar – John Eastwood (Oxford)
3. Basic Business Communications – Rober M. Archer
4. English Grammar – Wren in & Martin
5. Effective Business Communication – Herta Murphy Chorles Perk (Tata McGraw Hill)
6. Business Communication: Urmila Rai, S.M. Rai- (Himalaya Publishing House)
7. Business Correspondence & Communication Skill- Kapur (S. Chand Co.)
8. A Guide to Business Correspondence – Kapoor A. (S. Chand & Co.)

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 19 of 50

 Paper III
Business Economics

Unit I: Nature and fundamental concepts and basis techniques of Business economics - Analysis of
Demand, Significance, estimation of demand; Elasticity of Demand, Techniques and Importance of
Demand forecasting; Basic Mathematical Problems related to demand estimation and elasticity of
demand.

Unit II: Production & Cost Analysis - Production & Production Function: Concept, Forms of
production function, Law of variable Proportions, Returns to scale. Cost concept, Short term and long
term cost output relationship, Cost curves, Economies of scale.

Unit III: Objectives & Equilibrium of the Firm - Market Structures- Perfect Competition, Monopoly,
Monopolistic Competition & Oligopoly - kinked demand curve and cartels, Mathematical Problems
on profit maximization and Price & Output determination under various market structures.

Unit IV: National Income Accounting - Concept & measurement; Determination of Income &
Employment; Concept of multiplier; Inflation and Deflation, types, causes and control of inflation.

Unit V: Macroeconomic policy - Monetary and fiscal- objectives and Instruments; Effectiveness of
Monetary & Fiscal Policy with respect to Indian Economy.

Unit VI: Business cycles - Concept, Causes & Impact, Measures to control Business cycles.

Reference Books:
1. Managerial Economics, P. L. Mehta, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi
2. Managerial Economics, Dwidevi, TMH
3. Managerial economics in a Global economy, Dominick Salvatore, 2006, Thomson learning Press
4. Managerial Economics, Suma Damodran, 2006, Oxford University Press, New Delhi
5. Indian Economy, Mishra & Puri, 2007, Himalaya Publishing House

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 20 of 50

 Paper IV
Foundation Course in Organization behavior

Unit I: Organizational Behaviour - The nature of organisations: Why do organisations

exist? Components of organisations; Organisations as open systems, Managers in organisations,
Productivity and managerial performance, Value-added managers, The manager's challenge,
Organisational behaviour and the new workplace.

Unit II: Foundations of Individual Behaviour - biographical characteristics, ability, and learning,
Perception: Introduction, Halo effect, Stereotyping, pigeonholing and compartmentalisation; Self-
fulfilling prophecy; Perceptual mythology; other influences on perception.

Unit III: Attitudes and values - Attitudes, Components of attitudes, Attitudes and
behaviour, Attitudes and cognitive consistency, Job satisfaction as an attitude; development Values,
Sources and types of values, Patterns and trends in values, Managing values and attitudes.

Unit IV: Motivation- Concepts, Theories of Maslow, Herzberg, McClelland, Porter & Lawler Model,
Application of Motivation concept, Individual motivation and motivation in the organization,
Cultural Differences in Motivation, Intrinsic and Extrinsic Motivation, Role of motivation in human
behaviour.

Unit V: Foundations of group behaviour - The nature of groups: groups and teams, informal and
formal groups, purpose of teams, Teams and team building: selecting team members, team roles,
stages in team development, team building, team identity, team loyalty, commitment to shared
beliefs, multi-disciplinary teams.

Unit VI: Organizational Development - Goals of organisational development: Principles underlying

organisational development, Ethical aspects of organisational development, The process of
organisational development.

Reference Books:
1. Organisation Behaviour, Luthans 8th Tata McGraw Hill
2. Organisation Behaviour, Robbins, 9th Pearson Education Asia
3. Principal of Organizational Behaviour 4th Ed. By R. Fincham –Oxford
4. Prentice Hall India Organisational Behaviour: Human Behaviour at Work Newstrom & Davis, 10th, Tata
McGraw Hill
5. Brooks I — Organisational Behaviour: Individuals, Groups and Organisation Second Edition (Prentice
Hall, 2002)

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 21 of 50

 Paper V
Financial & Cost Accounting

Unit –I: Introduction - Meaning, Scope and importance of Financial Accounting. Financial
Accounting - concepts and conventions, classification of accounts, Rules and principles governing
Double Entry Book-keeping system. Accounting Books & Record - Meaning, Preparation of Journal,
Ledger & Trial balance. Accounting Standards - introduction, Need & Objectives, AS 1 to AS 10,
Accounting Policies and their Discloser.

Unit II: Final Account of Joint Stock Companies - Final Accounts of Joint Stock Companies –
contents, and preparation of Trading and Profit and Loss Account, Profit and Loss Appropriation
Account and Balance sheet with adjustment, Closing Entries (Simple entries).

Unit III: Accounting for Non-profit making institutions: Introduction for non-profit making
institutions, receipt and payment account, income and expenditure account, preparation of final
accounts of non-profit making institutions.

Unit IV: Issue of Shares: Entries for issue of shares, Issue of shares at discount and premium,
forfeiture and re-issue of forfeited shares.

Unit V: Meaning, Definition, Scope, and Importance of Cost Accounting – Elements of Cost, Cost
Classification, Preparation of Cost Sheets, Tenders, and Quotations. Methods of Cost Allocation and
Absorption (Simple Problems on Operating Costing - Transportation only).

Unit VI: Reconciliation of Profits Shown by Cost and Financial books. Marginal Costing - Break
Even Analysis, Concept and Applications. Process Costing(Up to Abnormal Loss and Abnormal
Effectiveness).
Simple Numerical will be based on all Units.

Reference Books:
1) S. N. Maheshwar :- Financial Accounting – Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi
2) Gupta R. L. – Advanced Financial Accounting – S. Chand & Sons
3) Kumar, Anil S. – Advanced Financial Accounting – Himalaya Publication House
4) Shukla and Grewal : Advanced Accounts (S. Chand & Ltd. New Delhi)
5) Jain and Narang : Advanced Accounts (Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana)
6) Sr. K. Paul : Accountancy, Volume –I and II (New Central Book Agency, Kolkata)
7) R. K.. Lele and Jawaharlal : Accounting Theory (Himalaya Publishers)
8) M. A. Arulnandam :- Advance Accounting – Himalay Publication
9) S. N Maheshwari : Cost Accounting Theory and problems –Shri Mahavir Book Depot, New Delhi
10) V.K. Saxena : Cost Accounting Text Book- Sultan Chand and Sons New Delhi
11) M.C. Shukls – T.S. – Grewal, M.P. Gupta – Cost Accounting – S. Chand , New Delhi
12) R. S. N. Pallai, V Bhagavathi – Cost Accounting – S. Chand, New Delhi
13) S. M. Shukla :- Cost Accounts (Hindi)
14) Nigam R. S. – Advanced Cost Accounting , S. Chand & Company
15) Jain S. P. – Advanced Cost Accounting – Kalyani Publication

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 22 of 50

 Paper VI
Computer Application for Business

Unit I: Introduction to Computers - Generation of Computers, Block Diagram, Working of

Computer, Hardware and Software, Programming and Flow Charts concepts, Operating systems
(MSDOS, Windows, UNIX, Linux), Networking concepts.

Unit II: Working with Computers - Introduction to Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Internet and Web
(Working with Google, Yahoo, Rediff, Amazon, e-bay etc.), e-Commerce, e-Learning and e-Business.

Unit III: Multimedia - Introduction, Components of Multimedia: Graphics, Audio & Animation,
Using Multimedia at Home, Business, Education and Entertainment, Applications in Games and
Animation Industry.

Unit IV: Introduction to HTML - Basics, Text, Lists, Images, Links, Backgrounds, Tables, Frames,
Forms, Meta-tags and Hexa-colors, Preparing simple web pages.

Unit V: IT Consulting – Basic concepts of business, strategy and operation; Business / Strategic
Consulting: Reengineering, BPR; Operations Consulting: domain knowledge concept, domain-
consulting.

Unit VI: IT Enabled Services (ITES) – Processes, Outsourcing Function, Call Centers; BPO’s: Captive
BPO’s (GE and Dell) and Third Party BPO’s (Infosys BPO, Wipro BOP, Mphasis, Daksh and EXL etc).

Lab Activity would be based on the following topics:

a. MS Word
b. MS Excel
c. MS PowerPoint

Reference Books:
1. Management Information systems. By M. Jaiswal – (Oxford)
2. Oz- Management Information Systems 3rd Edn. ( Thomson Learning Books)
3. Harry – Information & Management Systems (A.H. Wheeler)
4. A.K. Gupta - Management Information System (S. Chand & Col)
5. D. Yeats – System Analysis and Design ( Macmillan)
6. E-Commerce- Parag Dewan (Excel Books)

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 23 of 50

 Paper VII
Business Organization & Systems

Unit I: Introduction: Meaning, scope & Evolution of Commerce & Industry, Concept Of Business As
a System; Alternative Business Objectives. Small Business Organization: Scope and Role Government
Policies.

Unit II: Forms of Business Organization: Business Sectors & Forms of Business Organizations-
Private sectors, cooperative sectors, Public sectors, Joint sectors, service sectors, various forms of
Business Organizations- Sole Proprietorship, Partnership Firms, Joint Stock Companies-Their Feature,
Relative Merits, Demerits and Suitability.

Unit III: Multinationals- Concept and Role of MNCs, Transactional corporations (TNCs);
International Business Risks, Emergence of Indian MNCs & Transactional corporation- Globalization
& Challenges for Indian Business in New Millennium.

Unit IV: Organization of Wholesale & Retail Trade-Recent Trends in Wholesale & Retailing, Malls
and Supermarkets-Their Effect of Economy- Organization of Finance, Transport, Insurance
Communication & Other Utilities (services) to Trade.

Unit V: Business Combinations: Concept and causes of business combinations, Government and
Business Interface: Rationale, Forms of Government and Business Interface, Chambers of Commerce
and Industry in India; FICCI, CII.

Unit VI: Business and Society: Changing Concepts and Objectives of Business, Business and Culture,
Technological Development and Social Change, Social Responsibility of Business, Social Audit.

Reference Books -
1. Business Organization and Management - Dr. C. B. Gupta (Publisher Sultan Chand & Co.)
2. Modern Business Organization - Gupta, C. B. (Mayoor Paper Works, 2001)
3. Modern Business Administration – Robert (McMillan India, 1999)
4. Business Organization and Management – Basu C. R. (Tata McGraw Hill, 1998)
5. Modern Business Organization Management - S. A. Sherlekar (Himalaya Publishing House)

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 24 of 50

 BBA SECOND YEAR
Paper I
Principles of Marketing Management

Unit-I: Concepts & Application - Core Concepts of Marketing, Company Orientation towards
Market place, New Concepts – E Business, Relationship Marketing; Database Marketing, Functional
areas of Marketing.

Unit-II: Marketing Plan - Steps in the Marketing Process, Nature and contents of a marketing plan,
marketing mix.

Unit-III: Product Management - Meaning of product, product classification, product levels, product
policies, Product life cycle and new product development, Branding & packaging.

Unit-IV: Pricing Strategies - Pricing objectives, methods and pricing policies; adopting the price;
Initiating and responding to price changes.

Unit-V: Distribution Strategies - Channel design and management, Channel dynamics and market
logistics, Channels of distribution, Types of channels, Importance of Retailing and wholesaling.

Unit-VI: Promotion Strategies- Promotion decisions and promotion mix, advertising, sales
promotion, public relations personal selling, Channel management- selection, Emergence of new
channels.

Case studies on the topics on unit III, IV, V and VI shall constitute an important part of internal
assessment.

Reference Books:
1. Marketing Management By Philip Kotler
2. Marketing Management BY Sherlekar, Himalaya Publishing House
3. Marketing Management: Text & Cases, By Rajagopal, Vikas Publishing House
4. Marketing Management: Czinkota, Cengage Learning
5. Marketing Management: Text & Cases by Chandrashekar, McGraw Hill

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 25 of 50

 Paper II
Human Resource Management

Unit I: The Strategic Role of HRM - Nature, scope, objectives, importance and functions, Human
resource as an asset in organization, Evolution of the concept of HRM, Human resource management
in India

Unit II: Job Analysis & Design - Job Analysis – Meaning, Uses, Process and methods of collecting
data for job analysis, Competency approach to job analysis, Job Description, Job Specifications & Role
Analysis, Factors affecting Job Design, Techniques of Job Design, Cases and Exercises in
understanding Job Analysis.

Unit III: Human Resources Planning & Recruitment Policy - Human Resources Planning; Need for
Human Resources Planning; Process of Human Resources Planning; Human Resource Planning
System; Responsibility for Human Resource Planning.

Unit IV: Selection, Induction & Placement - Selection Process, New tools /Methods of selection –
Interviews, Tests and assessment of effectiveness of selection tools. Induction Programme, Problems
in Induction, Requisites of effective Induction, Typical Induction Programme – Do’s & Don’ts,.

Unit V: Employee Growth & Development Training - Introduction of Training; Objectives and
Importance of Training; Training Needs Identification, Organization Analysis; Task Analysis; Man
Analysis; Training Areas Identified by Trainers; Responsibility for Training; Types and Techniques of
Training and Development.

Unit VI: Performance Appraisal - Nature, Objectives, limitations–various methods – Modern &
Traditional, Multiple Person Evaluation Methods; Performance Tests & Field Review Techniques;
Appraisal, Praise and Recognition; Rewards and Incentives; Promotions. HR Records, MIS HR
Reports, HR Formats – Personnel Files, Attendance, Leave, Medical Records.

Reference Books:
1. A Text book of Human Resource Management – C. B. Mamoria & S. V. Gankar. Publication - Himalaya
Publishing House
2. Personnel and human Resource management - Text & cases, P Subba Rao, Publication - Himalaya
Publishing House
3. Human resource Management – P. Jyothi, Publication – Oxford University Press.
4. Human Resource Management , Ninth Edition, R.Wayne Mondy, Robert M, Noe, Publication- Pearson
Education
5. Human Resource and Personnel Management – Text and cases, K. Aswathappa, Publication - McGraw-
Hill Publishing co. ltd.

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 26 of 50

 Paper III
Management Accounting & Financial Management

Unit I: Introduction - Management Accounting - Meaning, Scope, Importance, and Limitations of

Management Accounting, Difference between Cost Accounting and Management Accounting, Role of
Management Accountant.

Unit II: Sources of financing - LONG TERM: shares, debentures, term loans, lease & hire purchase,
retained earnings, public deposits, bonds (Types, features & utility). (a) SHORT TERM: bank finance,
commercial paper & trade credit & bills discounting. (b) INTERNAL: Retained earnings, Depreciation
policies.

Unit III: Dividend policies - Concept, determinants and factors affecting, relevance and irrelevance
concept, dividend valuation models – Gordon, Walter and Modigliani-Miller models.

Unit IV: Working capital - Concept, significance, types. Adequacy of working capital, Factors
affecting working capital needs, Financing approaches for working capital, Methods of forecasting
working capital requirements.

Unit V: Ratio Analysis – Introduction, Meaning of Ratio, Importance of Ratio Analysis, Limitations of
Ratio analysis, Classification of Ratios: Ratios related to Trading and Profit and Loss Account, Current
Ratio, Liquid Ratio, debtors Turnover Ratio, Creditors Turnover Ratio, Working Capital Turnover
Ratio.

Unit VI: Financial Analysis – Statement of Changes in Working Capital, Preparation of Funds Flow
Statement.

Numericals will be based on Unit III, V and VI

Reference Books:
1. Gawada, J Made – Advanced Cost Accounting – Himalaya Publication House
2. Pillai R. S. N. – Management Accounting – S. Chand & Co. Pvt. Ltd.
3. Agrawal N. K. – Managements Accounting – Galgotia Publication
4. Singh, Jagwant - Managements Accountings – Kitab Mahal
5. Rathnam P. V. - Managements Accountings – Kitab Mahal
6. Sharma R. K. - Managements Accountings – Kalyani Publication
7. Financial Management Problems & Solutions: - Kishore Ravi M (Taxman Allied Service (p) Ltd.)
8. Fundamentals of Financial Management: - Chandra Prasanna (Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.)
9. Management Accounting & Financial Management: - Arora M N (Himalaya Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.)
10. Financial Management :- M R Agrawal (Garima Publication, Jaipur)
11. Financial Management :- P V Kulkarni , B G Sathyaprasad (Himalaya Publishing House)
12. Financial Management :- Dr. R. S. Kulshrestha, Prof. Sanjaykumar Shrivastava, Dr. Ghanshyam Mishra
(S B P D Publishing House)

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 27 of 50

 Paper IV
Business and Industrial Laws

Unit I: Administration of law & legal system in India - Introduction to legal aspects of Business in
general; Freedom of Trade, Profession and Occupation (Constitutional Provisions).

Unit II: The Companies Act (1956) - Definition & characteristics of a company, Company
distinguished from partnership, Kinds of Companies, Provisions relating to incorporation, lifting the
Corporate Veil.

Unit III: Memorandum of Association, Doctrine of ultra-vires, Articles of Association, Doctrine of

indoor management & constructive notice, Concept of Prospectus.

Unit IV: Indian Contract Act (1872) - a) Definition (Sec.2) b) Essential elements of a valid contract c)
Competency to enter in contracts (Sec. 11 & 12).d) Consent – Free consent, Coercion, undue influence,
fraud, misrepresentation, mistake (sec 13-23).Void Agreement (sec 24-30) f) Consequences of breach
of contract (sec73-75).

Unit V: Labour Legislations & ILO - Nature, Scope, character growth & development of labour
legislation In India, Legislation & the constitution of India; Constitution, working & impact of ILO on
Labour Legislations in India, ILO convention & recommendations

Unit VI: Normative Labour Legislations - Factories Act, 1948, Bombay shop & Establishment Act
1948, Wage Legislation - Minimum wages Act, Industrial Relations Legislations - Trade Union Act
1926, Industrial Dispute Act 1947.

Suggested Readings
1. Bare Acts- Govt. or Private publication
2. Mercantile Law – Shukla – 30th Ed. – S. Chand & Co.
3. Business Law- N. D. Kapoor – S. Chand & Co.
4. Company Law – Singh Avtar, 11th Ed., Estern Book Co., Lukhnow
5. Business Law – M. C. Kuchhal, 2nd Ed., Vikas Publication House, New Delhi
6. Industrial Jurisprudence & Labour Legislation by A.M. Sarma, 9 th revised edition – Publisher:
Himalaya Publishing House
7. Labour Laws --- Taxman’s

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 28 of 50

 Paper V
Statistical Methods for Business

Unit I: Descriptive statistics – Definition, functions, scope and role of statistics in business,
Importance of statistics, distrust and limitations of statistics.

Unit II: Presentation of statistical data – classification; tabulation; frequency distribution; diagrams &
graphs.

Unit III: Statistical average - importance and requisites of a good statistical average; types of
averages – arithmetic mean, median, mode, geometric mean and harmonic mean, weighted average,
relationship amongst different averages.

Unit IV: Dispersion - meaning and significance of dispersion; methods of measuring dispersion –
range, quartile; mean deviation, standard deviation, Co-efficient of Skewness, Lorenz Curve.

Unit V: Correlation and Regression (Simple)- Types of correlation, Calculation of Co-efficient of

Correlation for Simple Series, Calculation of Co-efficient of Correlation for Continuous Series;
Regression Equation of X on Y, Regression Equation of Y on X

Unit VI: Quantitative Techniques – An introduction: Classifications of quantitative techniques;

applications of quantitative techniques to business and industry; limitations of quantitative
techniques.

Numerical shall be based on Unit II, Unit III, Unit IV and V.

Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals of statistics : D. V. Elhance & Veena Elhance
2. Statistices : V. K. Kapoor – S. Chand & Sons
3. Statistics : B. New Gupta – Sahitya Bhavan Agra
4. Statistics Methods : S.P. Gupta – S. Chand & Sons
5. Fundamental of Statistics : S. C. Gupta – Himalaya Publishing House
6. Business Mathematics & Statistics : NEWK Nag & S.C. Chanda – Kalyani Publishers

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 29 of 50

 Paper VI
Research Methodology

Unit I: Introduction - Meaning, Objectives and Types of research, Research Approach, Research
Process, Relevance & scope of research in management.

Unit II: Research Design - Features of good Design, Types of Research Design, Sampling Design -
Steps in sample Design, Characteristics of a good sample Design, Probability & Non Probability
sampling.

Unit III: Measurement & scaling techniques - Errors in measurement. Test of sound measurement,
Scaling and scale construction technique.

Unit IV: Methods of data collection - Primary data – questionnaire and interviews; Collection of
secondary data;

Unit V: Processing of data - Data coding; Editing and Tabulation. Use of computer and Information
technology in data collection,

Unit VI: Interpretation of data - Techniques of Interpretation, Report writing, Layout of a project
report, preparing research reports.

Suggested Readings:
1. Zikmund : Business Research Methods, (Thomson Learning Books)
2. Marketing Research, G C Beri third edition (McGraw Hill)
3. Dwivedi – Research Methods in Behaviourial Science (Macmillan)
4. Bennet, Roger : Management Research, ILO, 1993
5. Salkind, Neil J. : Exploring Research, (Prentice – Hall, 1997)

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 30 of 50

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 31 of 50
 Paper VII
Environmental Management

Unit I: Introduction to Environment Management - Definition, Scope & importance, Need for public
awareness- institution in environment, People in environment, Fundamentals– sustainable
development, Unsustainable to sustainable development.

Unit II: Natural resources - Renewable and non renewable resources, and associated problems, Role
of an individual in conservation of natural resources; equitable use of resources for sustainable life
cycles; Preserving resources for future generation, the rights of animals.

Unit III: Air Pollution:- Definition Air pollution, causes, effects & control, Green house effect,
pollution: Vehicles, Industry households, Global warming, Ozone layer depletion, effects & remedies,
Role of individual and institution in preventions of Air pollution.

Unit IV: Water and marine Pollution - Definition water pollution, causes, effects & control;
Management of water: Hard & Soft water, contaminants, Acid Rains; Pollution by sewerage, industry
runoff degradation due to biological changes; Sea water pollution & degradation of Marine; Role of
individual and institution in preventions of water & marine pollution.

Unit V: Human population & environment - Global population growth, variations among nations.
Population explosion, Family welfare Programmes-methods of sterilization; Urbanization,
Environment & human health-climate and human health, infectious diseases, water related diseases,
risk due to chemicals in food, Cancer and environment.

Unit VI: Social issues and environment - Construction of dams: problems and concerns of
resettlement, rehabilitation of affected people; Conservation: energy, water, forest, soil, strategies for
conservation; Environmental ethics– issues and possible solutions.

Suggested Readings
1. A text book of environmental by K M Agrawal, P K Sikdar, S C Deb”, published by Macmillan
2. Environment management by N K Uberoi”, published by Excel Books
3. Environment management by Dr. Swapan Deb”, published by Jaico Publishing House.
4. Environmental Management by S K Agrawal”, published by A.P.H. publishing Corporation.
5. Environmental Studies by Rajagopalan- Pub. By Oxford.

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 32 of 50

 BBA THIRD YEAR

Paper I
Entrepreneurship Development

Unit I: Entrepreneurship - Creativity and Innovation, Relationship with the Economic Development,
Barriers to Entrepreneurship (Factors affecting Growth of Entrepreneurship), Theory of Achievement
Motivation, McClelland’s Experiments, Women Entrepreneur’s.

Unit II: Entrepreneurship Trends - Strategic Management, Forms of Ownerships, Franchising,

Mergers and Acquisitions, Types of Entrepreneurship.

Unit III: Business Idea - Identifying & Developing Entrepreneurial Potential, Business Ideas
Generation Process, Evaluation of Business Idea.

Unit IV: Location and Layout Decisions - Location decisions for Manufacturing, Retail and Services
Business, Layout and Design Considerations, Build, Buy or Lease Decisions.

Unit V: The Industry and Ancillarization Entrepreneurship & Industry, Ancillarization,

Ancillarization in India, Ancillaries & Industrial Development, Ancillary Opportunities in different
Economic Sectors: Agro Industries, Global Aspect of Entrepreneurship.

Unit VI: Entrepreneurial behaviour - Techno economics innovation and entrepreneurship, Socio-
psychological factors influencing entrepreneurship development.

Suggested Readings:
1. Entrepreneurship 6th edition. Robert D Hisrich , Tata McGraw-Hill.
2. Kuratko- Entrepreneurship – A Contemporary Approach, (Thomson Learning Books)
3. Small-Scale Industries and Entrepreneurship. Desai, Vasant (2003). Himalaya Publishing House, Delhi.
4. Chary – Business Gurus speaks ( Macmillan)
5. S.S. Khanka – Entrepreneurial Development (S. Chand & Co.)

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 33 of 50

 Paper II
Production and Operations Management

Unit I: Introduction- Nature, Scope, Importance and Functions Evolution from manufacturing to
operations management - Evolution of the factory system - manufacturing systems–quality–mass
customization, Contribution of Henry Ford, Deming, Crossby, Taguchi.

Unit II: Production Design- Definition, Importance, Factors affecting location & layout, Principles
and Types of Facilities Layout, Layout and its objectives for manufacturing operations, warehouse
operations, service operations, and office operations, principles and types of plant layouts – product
layout, process layout, fixed position layout, cellular manufacturing layouts, hybrid layouts, Factors
influencing layout changes.

Unit III: Production Planning and Control- Importance and Functions of Production Planning &
Control.
Capacity Planning : Concept and overview of aggregation demand and capacity options and
strategies in production and services, capacity and value, financial impact of capacity decisions,
aggregate planning types and procedure, capacity requirement planning.

Unit IV: Material Management - Materials Planning Budgeting and Material Requirement Planning;
Purchase Management; Stores Management- Functions, Centralized Vs Decentralized stores, role of
codification; Maintenance Management concepts – factors affecting design of material handling
system,

Unit V: Material Planning and Inventory Control - Objectives, basic concepts, p-system, q-system,
EOQ, maxima, minima, reorder point, buffer stocks, selective inventory classification models,

Unit VI: Latest Concepts- Modern concepts in Production & Materials management and Japanese
contribution to world class quality manufacturing like single piece flow, JIT, KANBAN, SMED, CAD,
CAM, KAIZEN, POKA YOKE, Right First Time, Zero Defects.

Numerical shall be based on Unit III and Unit IV.

Suggested Readings:
1. Operations Management by Shridhar, Himalaya Publishing House
2. Operations Management Nair : TMH
3. Production and Operations Management, Adam & Ebert , Prentice Hall India
4. Operations Management by Chary ,Mcgraw Publications, 4 th edition.
5. Warehouse Management and Inventory Control, JP Saxena, Vikas Publications

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 34 of 50

 Paper III
Office Management

Unit I: Office Management - Meaning, Functions and importance of office management, principles of
office management, Functions and relations of office with other departments. Poor and good
organization Departments -Flow of Work -Organization Charts and manual.

Unit II Office Managers: Qualifications and Qualities, authorities and responsibilities, meanings and
types of secretaries, qualifications, qualities, duties of secretaries.

Unit III: Administrative arrangements and physical conditions - Centralization and

Decentralization of Office services - Office Accommodation and Layout -Office Furniture - Meaning
of Various terms - Basic pattern of work -Sub-division - Standardization and Standards - Work
Measurement and control

Unit IV: Office equipments - Reproduction equipments - Typewriter - Duplicators - Photo Copier -
Franking Machine - Communication Equipments - Dictaphone - Intercom - Telephone - Telex -
Teleprinters - PABX - PBX - STD - Storage equipments - Filling Cabinets - Time Clocks - Use of
Computers in Office Management

Unit V: Office System - Procedure - Routine - And methods - Paper work in office Filling functions -
essentials of good filling systems - Central vs. Departmental Filling classification - Methods of filling
Old and Modern - Micro filing - Indexing Types.

Unit-VI: Mail service and communication - Office Correspondence - Central vs. Departmental
Correspondence - Handling Mail - Postal Services - Postbag and Post Box Numbers - Registered and
Insured Posts - VPP Communications - Oral written - Internal and external communication - Records
Management Types.

Suggested Readings:
1. Office Management and procedure by RK Sharma and shashi gupta, sushil nair, Kalyani Publications
2. Manual of Office Correspondence by BN Tandon, S.chand
3. Office Management by PK Gupta
4. Pillai R.S.N, Bhagwathi. V - Office Management, S.chand
5. Denyer JC - Office Management
6. Hicks CB and Place L - Office Practice and Management
7. Littlefield CL and Peterson RL - Modern Office Management

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 35 of 50

 Paper IV
Business Ethics

Unit I: Ethics - An introduction, Concept of ethics, Values & Ethics – Meaning & Types of Values,
Ethical Action–Morals, Morality, Moral development pyramid, Beliefs, Religiousness and Law.

Unit II: Ethical Decision Making - Normative Framework –Principle of personal benefit, Principle of
Social Benefit, Principle of Neutralization, Categorical Imperative, Principle of Duty, Principle of
Justice and Principle of Lawfulness.

Unit III: Business Ethics - Ethics in Business – Myth & Reality, The Indian Business scene, Ethical
Concerns, LPG & Global trends in business ethics, Business ethics rating in India.

Unit IV: Organizational Ethics - Organizations& Organisation culture, Types of Organization,

Corporate code of ethics – Formulating, Advantages, implementation Professionalism and
professional ethics code.

Unit V: Business & Society - Business & its stakeholders, Social Responsibility – Concept of CSR,
Public Policy approach & role of NGO, Environmental Ethics – concerns and issues.

Unit VI: Corporate Governance - Objectives, issues, features, Corporate Governance codes – Cadbury
report, CII recommendations, Corporate Governance for public sector, Corporate Governance &
Investment – ethical investing, Insider trading.

Suggested Readings:
1. Business Ethics – Concept & Practice - B. H. Agalgatti & R. P. Banerjee – (Nirali Publication)
2. Ethics in Business & Management - R. P. Banerjee (Himalaya Publication)
3. Business Ethics. by Crane – Pub. By Oxford Press
4. Corporate Governance & Business Ethics – (Text & Cases), U. C. Mathur, Macmillan India Ltd.
5. Business Ethics, C S V Murthy, Himalaya Publishing House

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 36 of 50

 ELECTIVE: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

Paper I:
Indian Financial System

Unit I: Components of formal financial system, Functions, Financial system design, Nature and role
of financial institutions and financial markets, financial system and economic growth, Pre and post
reform scene in financial markets.

Unit II: Money Markets - Treasury Bills and types, Commercial papers, Commercial bills, Certificate
of deposit, Call / Notice money market, Money market intermediaries, Money markets and monitory
policies in India, overview of money markets.

Unit III: Capital Markets - History of Indian capital markets, Capital market scams, Reforms in
capital markets, Primary Markets – free pricing, book building, Private placements, Secondary
Markets – Organization, membership, and management of stock exchanges, Listing, trading, clearing
and settlement mechanism, Listing categories, BSE, NSE, OTCEI, ICSEI, measures to boost liquidity in
the secondary market, reforms in secondary markets and its impact, Internet trading.

Unit IV: Debt Markets - Introduction, History of Indian debt market, Debt market participants,
Primary and secondary segment, The private Corporate debt market, The public sector undertaking
bond market, The government securities Market, Issuance mechanism – auction, sale, private
placement; Trading system, SGL A/c, PD system, steps to develop debt markets.

Unit V: Financial Regulation - SEBI – Management, powers and functions, Investor protection
measures, achievements, JPC on SEBI; RBI – objectives, organization, role.

Unit VI: Financial Services - Meaning, need and importance, Miscellaneous Financial services:
Factoring, Securitization of debt, Plastic money, Venture Capital, Credit rating.

Suggested Readings
1. Financial Markets & Services E. Gordon & K.Natarajan 2007 Himalaya Publishing House
2. Banks & Institution Management (A new Orientation), 2006, Vasant Desai, Himalaya Publishing House
3. Indian Financial System by M Y Khan Tata McGraw Hill
4. Indian Financial System by Bharti V. Pathak, Pearson education
5. Capital management, V.A.Avadhani, 2007, Himalaya Publishing House

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 37 of 50

 Paper II

Principles & Practice of Banking and Insurance

Unit I: Principles of Banking - Definition of bank, creation of money, Present structure of commercial
banking system in India, Brief history; functions, Working during 1947-1990 and thereafter, Forms of
banking – unit banking, branch banking, Group banking, Chain banking, Satellite and affiliate
banking, Correspondent banking, Managerial functions in banks.

Unit II: Management of deposits and Advances - Deposit mobilization, Classification and nature of
deposit accounts, advances, Lending practices, types of advances, principles of sound bank lending,
preparation of reports, credit plans, Planning customers, Limits of credit, Security.

Unit III: Investment management - Nature of bank investment, Liquidity and profitability,
preparation of cheques, bills, endorsements, government securities, Documents of title off goods
railway receipt, bill of lading, Book debts, securities government and commercial.

Unit IV: Insurance Basics - Insurance Vs. other savings and investment options, tax benefits under
insurance policies, life cycle needs including solutions, matching of customer needs and requirements
to available products, Comparison between different products offered vis-à-vis chargeable premium
and coverage, Including proposal form and other relevant forms, policy contract.

Unit VI: Life Insurance Products - Traditional and Unit linked policies, individual and group
policies, with profit and without profit policies, Different type of insurance products – whole life
products, interest sensitive products, term assurance annuities, endowment, assurance.

Unit VI: Medi-Claim and health insurance products - Different types of products available in the
market, Salient features, Tax treatment, Operations and other procedures involved in claim
settlement.

Suggested Readings
1. Principles of Bank Management by Vasant Desai, Himalaya Publishing house, Delhi
2. Basics of Banking & Finance, Dr.K.M.Bhattacharya, Himalaya Publishing House
3. Banking Theory, Law & Practice, Gorden & Natrajan, Himalaya Publishing House
4. Banking Theory & Practice, Dr.P.K.Shrivastava, Himalaya Publishing house, Delhi
5. Insurance & Fisk Management , Dr.P.K.Gupta Himalaya Publishing House

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 38 of 50

 ELECTIVE SUBJECT: MARKETING MANAGEMENT

PAPER I
Integrated Marketing Communication

Unit I: Marketing Communication - Introduction to Marketing Communication Concept; Elements

of Marketing Communications; Unifying the Appeal and the Message across the promotion-mix
components.

Unit II: Integrated Marketing Communication - Role of IMC in Marketing and Brand Management;
How Marketing Communication Work; Setting IMC objectives.

Unit III: Communication and Branding - Marketing Communications Functions, Brands, and
Integrated Marketing Communication, Integrated Marketing Communication Partners and Industry,
Organisations; Using Advertising and Promotion to Build Brands; Brands and Stakeholder
Relationships; Basic Marketing Communication Strategies for Building Brands; Integrating the Brand
Communication Process; Customer Brand Decision Making.

Unit IV: Research Methods and Applications - Role and Relevance of Research in Communication;
Types of Research and the Research Process; Advertising Research; Positioning Research, Target
Market Research, Pre-test Research and Audience Research.

Unit V: Integrated Marketing Communication and Micro-Marketing - Segmenting, Targeting, and

Positioning. Data-Driven Communication; fostering word-of-mouth; Opinion Leaders, Reference
Groups

Unit VI: Creating, Sending, and Receiving Brand Messages-Integrated Marketing, Communication
Creative Concept and Messages; Message Execution; Integrated Marketing Communication,
Broadcast, Out-of-Home, Product Placement Media; Internet and e-Commerce Media; Integrated
Marketing Communication Media Planning.

Suggested Readings:
1. Integrated Marketing Communications, Pickton, D. and Broderick, A. - Prentice Hall.
2. Principles of Advertising and IMC, Duncan, Tom. - McGraw Hill.
3. Using advertising and promotion to build brands, Blyth, J. –Pearson
4. Advertising management by Jethwaney –Pub by Oxford.
5. Building the Indian Brand, Kapoor –MacMillan

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 39 of 50

 Paper II
Retail Marketing Management

Unit I: Introduction to Retail Management - Retail & Retailing – definitions, Meaning of Retail Mix,
Growth of Retail Industry, Factors responsible for changes in retailing, Challenges & Opportunities to
Retail Industry.

Unit II: Store Retail Formats - Independent/ Stand alone outlet, Convenience Store, Supermarket,
Discount Store, Off-price retailer, Department Store, Corporate chains, Consumer co-operatives,
Shopping malls, Hypermarkets, Catalogue showroom, Franchising.

Unit III: Non-store Retail Formats - Multi-Level marketing, e-tailing, Tele-shopping, Automatic
Vending Machines, Direct Mail Marketing.

Unit IV: Retail Planning - Retail Planning Process, Retail Finance, Location Selection Decision, Lay-
out Planning.

Unit V: Studying Consumer Behaviour & Other Related Issues in Retailing -Understanding
Consumer Behaviour, Cultural & Social Group influence on Consumer Purchase Behaviour,
Consumerism & Ethics in Retailing.

Unit VI: Strategic Issues in Retailing - Development of Retail Brand, Implementation of CRM, Retail
Pricing, Financial Implications of Retail Strategy, Retail Supply Chain.

Suggested Readings -
1. Retailing Management Text & Cases - Swapna Pradhan (Tata McGraw-Hill Publication)
2. 3. Retail Management - Burman, Evans (A strategic approach , 9th edition PHI)
4. Managing Retailing - P.K. Sinha (Oxford)
5. Retail Management - C. Bajaj (OUP)
6. Information Technology for Retail, - Joshi (Oxford)
7. Retail Management – Suja Nair ( Himalaya Publishing)

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 40 of 50

 ELECTIVE SUBJECT: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

Paper I
Performance Management & Compensation

Unit I: Compensation Planning - Concepts, Nature and objectives of Compensation, Wages, Wage
Fixation, Wage differentials, legal Status of Wages (basics), Wage Plans – Rowan /Halsey.
Wages – Variable Compensation and Supplementary Compensation – Perks, Fringe Benefits, Pay
for Performance – Incentives.

Unit II: HR Accounting - Introduction, Cost of Recruitment, Remuneration, Investments in

Organizational HR, Return on Investment in HR.
Competency Mapping / Workflow Mapping - Concept, Practical Application, Implementation

Unit III: Performance Management System - Introduction, Objectives, Tools, Methods of PA,
Graphic Rating Scales, BARS, Alternation Ranking, Forced Distribution Method, Critical Incident
Method, MBO, Assessment Centers, Group Appraisal; 360 deg Feedback, Appraisal Interview;
Performance Planning and Potential Appraisal – Trait Based, Behavior Based and Result Based,
Pitfalls.

Unit IV: Career Management - Career Development Plan - Employee’s and Employer’s Role, Career
Anchors, Nature of Careers, Career Problems – Low ceiling Careers, Career Mapping, Career
Counseling, Succession Planning.

Unit V: HR Scorecard / Balanced Scorecard - Introduction, Concept, Structure, Practical Application.

Unit VI: Ancillary Topics - Goal Setting, Promotions and Transfers; Separations- Retirement, VRS,
Deputation, Death, Retrenchment, Pink Slips, Competency Mapping, Employee Manual / PPP
Handbook.

Suggested Readings
1. Human Resource Management, by Snell / Bohlander Publication – Thomson
2. Compensation by Milkovich & Neman, 8 th edition. Publication – McGraw –Hill
3. Human Resource Management, by Gary Dessler Publication – Thomson
4. Accounting Practices in HRM by M. Kolay
5. Managing Human Resources by Monappa Publication – Macmillan

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 41 of 50

 Paper II:
Training & Development Practices

Unit I: Human Resource Demand & Supply - Demand Analysis, Models & Techniques of manpower
demand forecasting, Status of existing manpower, Requirement of manpower in relation to
Technological advancement, Sources of supply of manpower.

Unit II: Training and Development - What is training? Nature of training, Significance of training,
Importance of training, Scope & Objectives of training, Benefits of training, Philosophy of training.

Unit III: Training Need Analysis - Identification of training needs, Environment for training, Areas
of training, Responsibilities for providing training, Training Calendar, Facilities for training.

Unit IV: Training Design - Perspectives for Designing Training, Designing a training programme,
Objectives, components and methods of training designs, Training Process, Training of trainers
(TOT).

Unit V: Training Methods and Techniques - Approaches to Training, On the Job Training & Off the
Job Training, Training Methodology – Case Study, Management Games, Brain Storming, Role Play,
In- Basket exercises, Group Discussion; Teaching aids and techniques, Audio-visual aids, Cross
cultural training.

Unit VI: Skills of an Effective Trainer - Communication skills, Knowledge, Training styles, Power of
Body Language, Developing creativity.

Suggested Readings
1. Personnel Management and Human Resources – N.C. Jain & Saakshi (Allied Publisher)
2. Effective Human Resource Training and Development Strategy – Dr. B. Rathan Reddy Publication –
Himalaya Publication House
3. Human Resource and Personnel Management – Text and cases, K. Aswathappa, Publication - McGraw-
Hill Publishing co. ltd
4. Human Resource Management , Tenth Edition, Gary Dessler, Publication- Pearson Education
5. Human Resource Management , Ninth Edition, R.Wayne Mondy, Robert M, Noe, Publication- Pearson
Education

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 42 of 50

 ELECTIVE: MANAGEMENT OF SERVICE SECTOR

Paper I
Introduction to Service Sector

Unit I: Concept of services - What is services, Reasons for the growth of service economy, Goods Vs
Services, Competitive trend in new millennium, Future of service sector.

Unit II: Service - Nature & characteristics and strategies, Characteristics of services, Intangibility,
Inseparability, Variability, Perishability, Heterogeneity, Ownership, Marketing Mix and strategies in
Service Marketing, Product decisions, pricing strategies, Promotion of services, Placing or
Distribution methods of services, People Physical Evidence, Process, Service vision & Strategies:
Includes Advertisements, Branding, Packaging of Services.

Unit III: Service Quality - Impact of service Quality, Approaches to service Quality, Ten original
dimensions of Service Quality, How to improve service Quality, Service quality information systems,
Benchmarking and certification.

Unit IV: Service Consumer Behavior/Customer Retention & Relationship Marketing - CB-Services,
Facts & Importance of CB in services, Evolution of Relationship Marketing, Enhancement of Internal
& External relationships, Customer Retention (Operations, Delivery System).

Unit V: International Marketing of Services - Elements of Global Transnational, International

Branding & Advertising, Industry Globalization drivers, Problems connected to Marketing, 10-P
models of Global Strategies Management.

Unit VI: Elements of customer services and identifying them - Marketing challenges in services
business; Classification of services; End user, Profit orientation, Services tangibility, People based
services, Expertise.

Suggested Readings –
1. Services Marketing and Management - B. Balaji (S. Chand and Co. Ltd. New Delhi)
2. Service Marketing – Vasnti Venugopal Raghu V. N. (Himalaya Publishing House)
3. Service Marketing - S.M. Jha (Himalaya Publishing House)
4. Customer Driven Service Management - S. Balchandran (Sage Publications India Pvt. Ltd.
5. Services Marketing Operations & Management – V. Jauhari (Oxford)
6. Marketing of Services - G. Apte (OUP)
7. Services Marketing – Ravi Shankar (Excel Books)

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 43 of 50

 Paper II
Management in Service Industry

Unit I: Hotel Industry: Marketing of Hotel & Tourism Services, Concept of Hotel & Tourism Services;
Market mix of Hotel & Tourism services, Hotel & Tourism marketing in Indian perspective;

Unit II: Hospital Management - Hospital: Introduction, Concepts of Healthcare, Types of Hospital,
Various aspects of Management in Hospitals: Planning, Organizing, Recruitment, Marketing, Finance,
Quality Management, and Accreditation of Hospital: Need and Importance of various bodies
involved.

Unit III: Marketing of Transport services - Introduction, Concept, Users, Consumer Profile,
Marketing Mix elements for marketing of Transport.

Unit IV: Rural Marketing - Rural India as an untapped market, Characteristics of rural marketing
(Large in size, Scattered, Seasonal, Irregular demand, Backwardness, Low exposure to modern world
etc.) Product mix for rural market – Marketing of manufactured consumer goods as well agricultural
inputs in rural market.

Unit V: Marketing of Insurance & Banking Services- Concepts of Insurance & Banking Services,
Marketing mix of Insurance & banking services, Insurance & bank marketing in Indian perspective,

Unit VI: Role of IT in Services- Introduction to ITES (Captive / Third Party BPO’s and KPO’s) and
CRM (e-CRM, CRM in Banking and Financial Services)

Suggested Readings:
1. Services management & Marketing – D.Balajee -S.Chand and company
2. Services Marketing by Govind Apte Jha –Publisher: Oxford University Press.
3. Services Marketing by S.M.Jha –Publisher Himalaya Publishing Company.
4. Services Marketing integrating customer Focus acrbyoss the firm by Valarie A. Zeithaml –Publisher:
McGraw Hill.
5. Marketing Management:-S V Ramaswamy & S Namkumari - Macmillan India Ltd.
6. Hotel Front Office - Tewari Jatashankar (Oxford)
7. Hotel Housekeeping - G. Raghubalan, 2 Ed. (OUP)
8. Tourism Operations & Management - S. Roday (Oxford)
9. Hospital Management – S.M. Jha ( Himalaya Publishing House)
10. Hospital Supportive Services – Sangeetha Natrajan (Excel Books)
11. Travel & Tourism Management – V.V. Vara Prasad (Excel Books)

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 44 of 50

 Guidelines for Project Work

Objective
Every student will be assigned a project in BBA-III and it will be pursued by him/her under the
supervision of an internal supervisor The objective of the Project Course is to help the student
develop his/her ability to apply multi-disciplinary concepts, tools and techniques to solve
organizational problems and/or to evolve new/innovative theoretical frame work.

Type of Project
The Project may take any one of the following forms:
i) Comprehensive case study (covering single organization/multifunctional area problem,
formulation, analysis and recommendations)
ii) Inter-organisational study aimed at inter-organisational comparison/ validation of theory/survey
of management services.
iii) Evolution of any new conceptual / theoretical framework.
iv) Field study (Empirical study).
v) Software analysis, Design and solutions for organisational achievement ( Applicable to IT)

Selection of Project Topic:

o Project topic has to be selected with respect to the programme of study and area elected by the
student.
o Title of the project should clearly specify the objective and scope of the study. It should be specific
and neither too vague nor centralistic. The topics should be designed meticulously. It can be
designed like “Employee Welfare Measures” – A case study of XYZ Ltd.
o Project selection has to be made in consultation with the supervisor who will act as a Project
guide for the student.

Scope of Work
The student is expected to carry out following activities in the project:
1) Prepare a synopsis and get it approved by the supervisor as assigned by the respective
Institutes.
2) Undertake a detailed literature survey on the subject matter.
3) Make relevant data collection/observation.
4) Consult experts of the field.
5) Visit related organizations/institutions/industries.
6) Compile data in proper format.
7) Make proper conclusion/recommendations.

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 45 of 50

 8) Prepare a Project Report.
9) The volume of the project-report should be ranging from 60-80 pages.
10) Obtain approval of Project Report by project supervisor
11) Submit two hard bound copies of the Project Report at the Institute.
12) Submission of the Project Report shall be one month prior to the date of the commencement
of the Examinations for BBA-III

General Format of the Report

The project report should preferably be written in the following format:
a) Executive Summary
b) Introduction to topic
c) Research Methodology
d) Analysis and Findings of the study
e) Conclusions and Recommendations of the study
f) Bibliography
g) Appendices – to include questionnaire, if any

Examination and Evaluation

Project is to be treated as a paper of study of the BBA-III comprising of 100 marks. The external
assessment shall be done on the basis of the project report and Viva Voce.
The Project shall be evaluated by an External faculty for 100 marks and of which 50 marks will be
allocated to the Written Report Content and Presentation and 50 marks for Viva Voce. The Project
work shall be evaluated by internal and external examiners approved in the list of the University
for 100 marks (as mentioned above) at the respective institute / college as per the scheduled fixed
by the university.

The evaluation shall be made by the examiner on the following criteria:

For Written Report:
 Relevance of topic and the study undertaken 30%
 Theoretical depth and support 20%
 Quality of work undertaken 30%
 Preparation of Project Report 20%
For Viva Voce:
 Viva-Voce 50%

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 46 of 50

Absorption scheme for examinees of BBA old course
1. The students of the course immediately preceding the new course under this direction
shall be given chance to appear for three more consecutive examination according to old
syllabus.
The University shall conduct the examination of old course for three more
consecutive examinations after the new scheme of examination is introduced as per
following table:
BBA Examination Attempt-1 Attempt-2 Attempt-3
Year 1 Winter 2014 Summer 2015 Winter 2015
Year 2 Summer 2016 Winter 2016 Summer 2017
Year 3 Winter 2017 Summer 2018 Winter 2018

The students are required to clear all their papers within the stipulated time. The
students clearing all the papers of old scheme of Examination shall be awarded
Degree according to old scheme of Examination.
Those students who are required to clear their course in three consecutive attempts
as per this clause but failed to do so will be required to appear afresh in the course
provided under this direction.
2. The absorption of the students of old course referred above shall be made to the
new course in the following manner:
Absorption to BBA
Condition
Course
Year I Candidate is unable to clear one or more papers or subjects of Year I
examination of the old course in the number of attempts as per this
direction. The student shall be required to appear afresh in all the
subjects of Year I of the new scheme of examination. The student can
claim exemption from only equivalent papers or subject in which
they may have passed as per the scheme given in this direction.
Year II Candidate should have cleared all papers of Year I of the old
syllabus. The student shall be required to appear afresh in all the
subjects of Year II of the new scheme of examination. The student
can claim exemption from only equivalent papers or subject in which
they may have passed as per the scheme given in this direction.

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 47 of 50

To Year III Candidate should have cleared all papers of Year II of the old
syllabus. The student shall be required to appear afresh in all the
subjects of Year III of the new scheme of examination. The student
can claim exemption from only equivalent papers or subject in which
they may have passed as per the scheme given in this direction.

3. The equivalence & exemption of subjects for the students absorbed in the new
course shall be as follows:
Sr.No. Year Name of Papers as Name of the paper as Equivalence &
per old course per new course exemption
1. English English and Business Yes
Communication
2. Principles of Principles of Yes
Management
Management

3. Business Business Economics Yes

Economics

4. Year I Foundation of Foundation course in Yes

organization
Human Skills and
Behaviour
Cultural Heritage

5. Financial and Cost Financial and Cost Yes

Accounting
Accounting

6. Computer Computer Application Yes

for Business
Application for
Business
7. Principles of Principles of Yes
Marketing
Marketing
Management
Management
8. Human Resources Human Resource Yes
Management
Management

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 48 of 50

9. Management Management Yes
Accounting &
Accounting and
Financial
Financial Management
Year II Management
10. Business and Business and Yes
Industrial Laws
Industrial Laws

11. Environment Environmental Yes

Management
Management
12. Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship Yes
Development
Development

13. Elective Subject: Elective Subject: Yes

Financial Financial
Management Management

14. Year III Elective Subject: Elective Subject: Yes

Human Resource
Human Resource
Management Management

15. Elective Subject: Elective Subject: Yes

Marketing Marketing
Management Management

16. Project Work Project Work Yes

The University examination & Internal examination marks awarded in the

equivalent subjects of the BBA old course shall be carried in the mark sheet of the
BBA new scheme of examination.
4. The above absorption scheme of B.B.A. shall be effective till the introduction of
new Syllabus.

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 49 of 50

Syllabus for Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) Examinations ▐ Page 50 of 50
 RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY,
NAGPUR
NOTIFICATION
No. Acad/140.
Date :4th June, 2014
To,
The Principal
of all the affiliated Science Colleges
of Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj
Nagpur University, Nagpur

Subject:- Direction No. 4 of 2014.

Sir/Madam,

I am forwarding herewith a copy of the Direction No. 4 of 2014 issued by the

Hon’ble Vice-Chancellor under Section 14(8) of Maharashtra Universities Act, 1994
‘Direction governing examination leading to the Degree Of Bachelor
of Computer Application (Three Years Degree Course – Semester
Pattern)” and Examination Scheme to be implemented from Academic Session 2014-
2015.
You are requested to kindly bring it to the notice of all teachers and students of
your college.
Thanking you,

Yours faithfully,

Encl: As above. Sd/-

(Dr. A.V. Gomashe)
Registrar,
Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj
Nagpur University, Nagpur.

No. Acad/140 Nagpur dated the 4th June, 2014

Copy for information and necessary action along with the Direction and Scheme as
mentioned above to :-
1. The Dean, Faculty of Science, Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur
2. The Chairman, Board of Studies in Computer Science, Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj
Nagpur University, Nagpur.
3. The Controller of Examinations, Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University,
Nagpur
4. The Director, B.C.U.D., Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur
5. The Deputy Registrar (Examinations) Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University,
Nagpur.
6. The Deputy Registrar (Coll. Sec.) Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University,
Nagpur
7. The Asstt. Registrar (Prof. Exam.), Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University,
Nagpur
8. The Asstt. Registrar (Conf.), Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur.
9. The Asstt. Registrar (Exams & Enqury.), Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur
University, Nagpur
10. The Asstt. Registrar University’s Sub-Centre at Gadchiroli, R.T.M. Nagpur University,
Nagpur.
11. The Officer-in-Charge, Publication Section, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur.
12. The Asstt. Registrar, Ordinance Section, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur
13. The P. A. to the Hon’ble Vice-Chancellor, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur
14. The P. A. to the Hon’ble Pro-Vice-Chancellor, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur
15. The P. A. to the Registar, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur
16. Mrs. Veena Prakashe, Information Scientist, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur

Sd/-
(Puran Meshram)
Deputy Registrar(Acad.)
Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj
Nagpur University, Nagpur.
 RASHTRASANT TUKDOJI MAHARAJ
NAGPUR UNIVERSITY,
NAGPUR

FACULTY OF SCIENCE

BOARD OF STUDIES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE

SYLLABUS FOR

B.C.A. Three Years (SIX SEMESTER) DEGREE COURSE

(FROM SESSION 2014-15)

 RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY, NAGPUR

FACULTY OF SCIENCE
DIRECTION NO. 4 OF 2014
DIRECTION GOVERNING THE EXAMINATION LEADING TO
THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF COMPUTER APPLICATIONS
(THREE YEARS DEGREE COURSE – SEMESTER PATTERN)
(Issued under Section 14(8) of the Maharashtra Universities Act,1994)
Whereas, Maharashtra Universities Act No. XXXV has come into force with effect from
22nd July, 1994 and further amended by Maharashtra Universities (Amendment and
Continuance)Act, 2003, hereinafter referred as ‘Act’ has come into force from 8th August
2003.
AND
Whereas, the University Grants Commission, New Delhi vide letter No.D.O.No.F 1-
2/2008/(XI Plan), dated.31 Jan.2008 regarding new initiatives under the XIth Plan –
Academic Reforms in the University has suggested for improving quality of higher
education and to initiate the Academic Reforms at the earliest.
AND
Whereas, the Board of Studies in all the Science subjects in their meeting held during
28.6.2013 prepared the syllabi and scheme of examination for the B.C.A. degree course
and recommended for starting of the semester pattern in Faculty of Science from the
academic session 2014-15,
AND
Whereas, the recommendations of various Board of Studies in the faculty of Science
regarding Up-gradation and Revision of various syllabi and introduction and
implementation of Semester Pattern Examination System at under graduate level was
considered by the faculty of Science in its meeting held on 9.7.2013 and constituted a
Committee to decide the policy decision regarding semester pattern examination system.
AND
Whereas, the Dean, Faculty of Science has consented to the syllabi and the scheme of
examination for the award of B.C.A. degree in Faculty of Science,
AND
Whereas, the faculty of Science in its meeting held on 9.7.2013 vide item No. 35, has
considered, accepted and recommended to Academic Council, the policy decision
regarding introduction of Semester pattern and the draft syllabi of B.C.A. Semester-I &
VI along with draft direction and other details.
AND
Whereas, the new scheme of examination as per semester pattern is to be implemented
from the Academic Session 2014-15 for B.C.A. First Year & onwards which is to be
regulated by this direction and as such there is no direction issued and in existence and
framing of an Ordinance for the above examination is a time consuming process.

AND
Whereas, the admission of students in the semester pattern at B.C.A. First Year are to be
made in the Academic Session 2014-15.
Now, therefore, I, Anoop Kumar, Vice Chancellor of Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj
Nagpur University, in exercise of powers conferred upon me under sub-section (8) of
section 14 of the Maharashtra Universities Act., 1994, do hereby direct as under:

1. This Direction may be called, "Examination leading to the Degree of Bachelor

of Computer Applications (Three Year Degree Course-Semester Pattern).

2. This direction shall come into force with effect from the date of its issuance.
3. (i) The following shall be the examination leading to the Degree of Bachelor of
Computer Applications in the faculty of Science namely:
a. The B.C.A. Semester-I Examination;
b. The B.C.A. Semester-II Examination;
c. The B.C.A. Semester-III Examination;
d. The B.C.A. Semester-IV Examination;
e. The B.C.A. Semester-V Examination; and
f. The B.C.A. Semester-VI Examination.
(ii) The period of Academic Session shall be such, as may be notified by the
University.
4. The theory examination of Semester-I, II, III, IV, V and VI shall be conducted by
the University and shall be held separately at the end of each semester at such places and
dates as may be decided by the University and shall be held as per the schedule given in
Table 1.
Table 1
Sr. Name of the
No Examination Main Examination Supplementary Examination
Semester I, III and
1 V Winter Summer
Semester II, IV, and
2 VI Summer Winter

5. Subject to compliance with the provisions of this Direction and of other Ordinances in
force from time to time, the following persons shall be eligible for admission to the
examinations:-
(a) A student who has prosecuted a regular course of study for not less than one academic
year prior to that examination;
(b) A teacher in an Educational Institution eligible under the provisions of Ordinance No.
18, and
(c) A women candidate who has not pursued a regular course of study.
Provided that in the case of the persons eligible under clauses (b) and (c), an applicant to
the examination shall have attended a full course of laboratory instructions in a College in
the subject in which laboratory work is prescribed. The candidate shall submit a
Certificate to that effect signed by the Principal of the college.
6. Eligibility of every applicant for admission to B.C.A. Semester course shall:-
A)In case of the B.C.A. Semester I examination:-
The candidate should have passed the 12th Standard Examination of the Maharashtra
State Board of Secondary and Higher Secondary Education with English and other
Modern Indian Languages together with mathematics or an examination recognized as
equivalent thereto in such subjects and with such standards of attainments as may be
prescribed.
Provided that students passing the 12th Standard Examination of the Maharashtra State
Board of Secondary and Higher Secondary Education and offering Vocational Stream
with mathematics shall be eligible for admission to the B.C.A. Semester I course.

B) In case of the B.C.A. Semester II, III, IV, V and VI Examinations:- The student
should have attended a minimum of 90 days in the respective semester and passed the
previous semester examination as per the rules of ATKT as mentioned in Para 7 of this
direction.
7) The ATKT rules for admission for the B.C.A. Course (Theory and Practical as
separate passing head and on calculation fraction, if any, shall be ignored) shall be as
given in the following Table- 2.
Table 2
Admission to Semester The student should have Candidates should have passed at least
attended the Session / one half of the passing heads of the
term satisfactorily following examinations (Theory and
Practical as separate passing head and
on calculation fraction, if any, shall be
ignored)
1 2 3
B.C.A. Semester I Semester I and admitted As ---------
per para 6 of this Direction
B.C.A. Semester II Semester II ---------
B.C.A. Semester III Semester III One half of the total head prescribed for
Sem I and Sem II examination
B.C.A. Semester IV Semester IV ---------
B.C.A. Semester V Semester V a) Passed Sem I & II examination
and
b) One half of the total head prescribed
for Sem III & IV examination
B.C.A. Semester VI Semester VI ---------
8. a) Without prejudice to the other provisions of Ordinance No. 6 relating to the
Examinations in General, the provisions of Paragraph 5, 8, 10 and 31 of the said
ordinance shall apply to every candidate.
b)The students admitted to this Degree course shall be governed by the general
Ordinances / Directions of the University which are applicable to all the regular or ex-
students. These Ordinances includes complete as well as relevant provision of Ordinance
No. 1, 2, 6, 7-A, 9, 10, 19, 109, Ordinance No. 30 of 2006, (amended Ordinance No. 4 of
2006), Direction 9 of 2008, Direction 5 of 2004 wherever applicable accordingly AND
Direction / Ordinance of ATKT as well as reassessment / provisional admission as issued
from time to time.
9. The fee for each Semester examination shall be as prescribed by the University from
time to time.
10. Every examinee for the B.C.A. Semester I & II examination shall be examined in:

i)Compulsory English
ii)Any one of the following Languages
Marathi, Hindi, Urdu, Supplementary English, Gujarati, Bengali, Telugu, Sanskrit,
French, German, Russian, Persian, Arabic, Pali and Prakrit or Latin
iii) six papers and three practicals at respective semester.

11. The Scope of the subjects of all semesters of B.C.A. examination shall be as
indicated in the respective syllabi in force from time to time. The medium of instruction
and examination shall be English, except for the courses in Languages.
12. The maximum marks allotted to each subject and the minimum marks which an
examinee must obtain in order to pass the examination shall be as per the
Appendix A appended to this Direction.
13. The practical examination of all semesters shall be conducted at the end of each
semester as indicated in Table 3 given below.

Table 3
S. No
Name of the Examination Main Examination Supplementary Examination
1
Semester I, III and V Winter Summer
2
Semester II, IV, and VI Summer Winter
14. The scheme of awarding internal marks shall be as per Appendix- B appended with
this Direction.
15. Successful examinees at the B.C.A. Sem-VI Examination who obtained not less than
60% marks (aggregate of Sem-I, II, III, IV, V & VI Examinations taken together,
excluding Languages) shall be placed in First Division, those obtaining less than 60% but
not less than 45% in Second Division, and all other successful examinees in the Third
Division.
Explanation :
Division at the B.C.A. Examination shall be declared on the basis of the marks obtained
only in the Subjects other than languages at the Sem-I, II, III, IV, V & VI Examinations
taken together.
16. There shall be no classification of successful examinees at the Sem-I to Sem-
V Examinations.
17. An examinee successful in the minimum period prescribed for the examination,
obtaining not less than 75% of the maximum marks prescribed in the subject shall be
declared to have passed the examination with Distinction in that subject.
Explanation :
(1) Distinction shall be awarded only in the Science Subjects.
(2) Distinction at the B.C.A. Examination shall be awarded on the basis of the marks
obtained at the B.C.A. Semester - I, II, III, IV, V and Semester VI Examination taken
together.
(3) Distinction shall not be awarded to an examinee availing of the provision of the
exemptions and compartments at any of the examination.
18. Provisions of Ordinance No 7-A relating to the Condonation of Deficiency of Marks
for passing an examination and compartment as amended up-to-date vide ordinance No.
45 of 1983 shall apply to the examinations under this Direction.
19. As soon as possible after the examinations, the Board of Examinations shall publish a
list of successful examinees at the B.C.A. Sem-I & II; B.C.A. Sem-III & IV and
B.C.A. Sem-V & VI Examinations. Such list at the B.C.A. Semester VI Examination
shall be arranged in three Divisions. The names of the examinees passing the examination
as a whole in the minimum prescribed period and obtaining the prescribed number of
places in First or Second Division shall be arranged in Order of Merit as provided in the
Examinations in General Ordinance No. 6. While preparing the Merit list for the B.C.A.
Examination the marks secured by the candidate in the compulsory languages at their
Semester I & II Examination will be taken into consideration in addition to the marks
scored by them in their optional subjects.
20. No Person shall be admitted to B.C.A. Sem-I, II, III, IV, V and VI Examinations, if
he/she has already passed the corresponding or an equivalent examination of any other
Statutory University.
21. Successful examinees at the B.C.A. Sem I, II, III, IV, and V Examinations shall be
entitled to receive a Certificate signed by the Registrar and successful examinees at the
end of B.C.A. Sem VI examination shall, on payment of prescribed fees, receive a Degree
in the prescribed format, signed by the Vice-Chancellor.
22. The provisions of direction no. 3 of 2007 for the award of grace marks for passing an
examination, securing higher grade in subject(s) as updated from time to time shall apply
to the examination under this direction.
23. Absorption Scheme:
a) While switching over to semester pattern, the failure students of annual pattern
will be given three chances to clear the examination.
b) The candidates who have cleared first year annual pattern examination in the
subject shall get admission to third semester directly by matchable scheme.
However, candidates who are allowed to keep term will not be eligible for
admission to third semester unless they clear all the papers and practicals of first
year annual pattern examination.
c) The candidates who have cleared second year annual pattern examination in the
subject shall get admission to fifth semester directly by matchable scheme..
However, candidates who are allowed to keep term will not be eligible for
admission to fifth semester unless they clear all the papers and practicals of
second year annual pattern examination.
d) The unsuccessful students of old course (Yearly pattern) shall be permitted to
appear for higher class as per the new course (Semester Pattern) examination of
the Bachelor of Computer Applications programme (Semester Pattern) provided
that they submit a certificate from the Head of the Department/Principal of the
College stating that they have satisfactorily undergone a course of study in all the
subjects of the new course.
 e) The absorption scheme of the Bachelor of Computer Applications programme
(Semester Pattern) will be effective till the introduction of new syllabus with the
new absorption scheme.
f) For other Statutory University candidates with similar yearly pattern program
point No. 23 ‘a’, ‘b’ and ‘c’ shall be applicable.
g) For other Statutory University candidates with Semester pattern Bachelor of
Computer Applications program the Candidates shall be admitted to next higher
semester provided that he/she shall have cleared previous semester and a R.T.M.
Nagpur University Committee constituted form time to time for the purpose shall
scrutinize and clear the case on the basis of subject and syllabus contents of his /
her previous semester exam of the other Statutory University.

Sd/-
Nagpur (Anoop Kumar)

Date : 16.5.2014 Vice-Chancellor

 Appendix - B:
Guidelines for Internal Assessment, Theory paper pattern and Practical
1. Each semester shall comprise of minimum 90 teaching days.
2. Each semester will comprise
a. six theory papers – 50 Marks each
b. internal assessment for each paper - 10 Marks each.
c. three practicals –30 marks each
3. In addition to the above, Semester I and II will have
a. One compulsory English paper of 60 marks with 15 marks internal assessment,
Total 75 marks.
b. One second language paper (Marathi, Hindi, Urdu, Supplementary English,
Gujarati, Bengali,Telugu, Sanskrit, French, German, Russian, Persian, Arabic,
Pali and Prakrit or Latin) of 60 Marks with 15 marks internal assessment, Total 75
marks.

Internal Assessment:
4. The internal assessment shall be done by the College at least 15 days prior to the final
examination of each semester. The Marks shall be sent to the University immediately
after the Assessment in the prescribed format.
5. Guidelines for Internal Assessment are appended herewith.
a) The internal assessment marks assigned to each theory paper as mentioned in
Appendix - A shall be awarded on the basis of assignments like class test, attendance,
project assignments, seminar, study tour, industrial visits, visit to educational institutions
and research organizations, field work, group discussions or any other innovative practice
/ activity.
b) There shall be one / two assignments (as described above) per Theory paper.
c) There shall be no separate / extra allotment of work load to the teacher concerned. He/
She shall conduct the Internal assessment activity during the regular teaching days /
periods as a part of regular teaching activity.
d) The concerned teacher / department / college shall have to keep the record of all the
above activities until six months after the declaration of the results of that semester.
e) At the beginning of each semester, every teacher shall inform his / her students
unambiguously the method he / she proposes to adopt and the scheme of marking for
internal assessment.
f) Teacher shall announce the schedule of activity for internal assessment in advance in
consultation with HOD / principal.
g) Final submission of internal marks to the University shall be before the
commencement of the University Theory examinations.

Theory Papers:
6. All Theory papers shall be divided into four units.
7. The theory question papers shall be of 3 hours duration and comprise of 5 questions
with equal weightage to all units.
8. The pattern of question papers is appended herewith.
Each theory paper will be of 50 marks each. All questions are compulsory and
will carry equal marks.
Question paper for any theory paper will comprise of five questions of 10 marks each.
Question No. 1 to 4 will be will be from four units each with an internal choice. The
questions can be asked in the form of long answer type for 10 marks.
Question No. 5 shall be compulsory with three questions / notes of very short answer type
from
each of the four units having 1 mark each. The student shall have an option of answering
any 10
questions out of the 12 questions.

Practical:
9. Practical exam shall be of 4 hours duration.
10. The Practical Record of every student shall carry a certificate as shown below, duly
signed by the teacher-in-charge and the Head of the Department.
11. If the student fails to submit his / her certified Practical Record duly signed by the
Teacher-In-Charge and the Head of the Department, he / she shall not be allowed to
appear for the Practical Examination and no Marks shall be allotted to the student.
12. The certificate template shall be as follows:

CERTIFICATE
Name of the college / institution _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Name of the Department: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

This is to certify that this Practical Record contains the bonafide record of the Practical
work of Shri / Kumari /
Shrimati _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Semester _ _ _ _ _ _
_ _ _ during the academic year _ _ _ _ _ _ _. The candidate has satisfactorily completed
the experiments
prescribed by Rashtrasant Tukdoji Maharaj Nagpur University for the subject _ _ _ _ _ _
__________

Dated _ _ _ / _ _ _ / _ _ _ _ _

Signature of the teacher who taught the examinee

1. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
2. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Head of the Department

 Appendix-A
Teaching & Examination Scheme
Bachelor of Computer Application (B.C.A.)
Three Year (SIX SEMESTER) DEGREE COURSE
B.C.A. Part I (Semester I)

Sr.No. Papers Title of Paper Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

Theory Practical
Total

Marks
Max Marks Th.

Passing

Passing
Duration Hours

Duration Hours
Max. Marks IA
(Th,Pr,AI)

Total periods
Pr (Periods)
(Periods)

Practical
Th+Tu

Papers

Marks

Marks
Total

Max
Min

Min
- English 4+1 - 4+1 3 60 15 75 30 - - 75
1.
- Marathi/Hindi/U 3 - 3 3 60 15 75 30 - - 75
rdu/Gujarati/
2.
Sanskrit / Suppl.
English
Paper-I Computer 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
3. Fundamentals

Paper-II “C” Programming 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60

4.

Paper-III Statistical 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
5. Methods

Paper-IV Discrete 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
6. Mathematics – I

Paper-V Operating 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
7. Systems

Paper-VI Office 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
8. Automation

Pactical-I Practical I – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
9. based on paper I
& paper II
Pactical-II Practical II – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
10. based on paper
III & paper IV
Pactical-III Practical III – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
11. based on paper
V & paper VI
Note:
1. Th = Theory; Pr = Practical; Tu = Tutorial; IA = Internal Assessment.
2. Minimum marks for passing will be 40% of the total marks allotted to that paper / practical.
3. Candidate has to pass theory papers and practical separately.

Grand Total of Semester I: 450 + 150 = TOTAL = 600 Marks.

 The strength of Batch of Practical and Tutorial for Under Graduates classes shall be 16 with an additional; of
10% with the permission of Hon’ble Vice-Chancellor.
 Details of Course of Languages shall be as per B.Sc. I
 Teaching & Examination Scheme
Bachelor of Computer Application (B.C.A.)
Three Year (SIX SEMESTER) DEGREE COURSE
B.C.A. Part I (Semester II)

Sr.No. Papers Title of Paper Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

Theory Practical
Total

Marks

Passing
Max Marks Th.

Passing
Duration Hours

Duration Hours
Max. Marks IA
(Th,Pr,AI)

Total periods
Pr (Periods)
(Periods)

Practical
Th+Tu

Papers

Marks

Marks
Total

Max
Min

Min
- English 4+1 - 4+1 3 60 15 75 30 - - 75
1.
- Marathi/Hindi/U 3 - 3 3 60 15 75 30 - - 75
rdu, Gujarati,
2.
Sanskrit / Suppl.
English
Paper-I Programming 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
3. In ‘C++’
Paper-II System Analysis 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
4. And Design

Paper-III Numerical 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
5. Methods

Paper-IV Discrete 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
6. Mathematics –
II
Paper-V Linux Operating 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
7. System

Paper-VI E Commerce 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
8.

Pactical-I Practical I – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
9. based on paper I
& paper II
Pactical-II Practical II – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
10. based on paper
III & paper IV
Pactical-III Practical III – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
11. based on paper
V & paper VI
Note:
1. Th = Theory; Pr = Practical; Tu = Tutorial; IA = Internal Assessment.
2. Minimum marks for passing will be 40% of the total marks allotted to that paper / practical.
3. Candidate has to pass theory papers and practical separately.

Grand Total of Semester II : 450 + 150 = TOTAL = 600 Marks.

 The strength of Batch of Practical and Tutorial for Under Graduates classes shall be 16 with an additional; of
10% with the permission of Hon’ble Vice-Chancellor.
 Details of Course of Languages shall be as per B.Sc. I
 Teaching & Examination Scheme
Bachelor of Computer Application (B.C.A.)
Three Year (SIX SEMESTER) DEGREE COURSE
B.C.A. Part II (Semester III)
Sr.No. Papers Title of Paper Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
Theory Practical
Total

Marks
Max Marks Th.

Passing

Passing
Duration Hours

Duration Hours
Max. Marks IA
(Th,Pr,AI)

Total periods
Pr (Periods)
(Periods)

Practical
Th+Tu

Papers

Marks

Marks
Total

Max
Min

Min
Paper-I Visual Basic 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
1. Programming

Paper-II Data Base 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60

2. Management
System
Paper-III Data Structures 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
3.

Paper-IV Operations 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
4. Research – I

Paper-V Web 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
5. Technology - I

Paper-VI Digital 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
6. Electronics – I

Pactical-I Practical I – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
7. based on paper I
& paper II
Pactical-II Practical II – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
8. based on paper
III & paper IV
Pactical-III Practical III – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
9. based on paper
V & paper VI
Note:
1. Th = Theory; Pr = Practical; Tu = Tutorial; IA = Internal Assessment.
2. Minimum marks for passing will be 40% of the total marks allotted to that paper / practical.
3. Candidate has to pass theory papers and practical separately.

Grand Total of Semester III: 450

 The strength of Batch of Practical and Tutorial for Under Graduates classes shall be 16 with an additional; of
10% with the permission of Hon’ble Vice-Chancellor.
 Teaching & Examination Scheme
Bachelor of Computer Application (B.C.A.)
Three Year (SIX SEMESTER) DEGREE COURSE
B.C.A. Part II (Semester IV)
Sr.No. Papers Title of Paper Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
Theory Practical
Total

Marks
Max Marks Th.

Passing

Passing
Duration Hours

Duration Hours
Max. Marks IA
(Th,Pr,AI)

Total periods
Pr (Periods)
(Periods)

Practical
Th+Tu

Papers

Marks

Marks
Total

Max
Min

Min
Paper-I Software 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
1. Engineering-I
Paper-II Sql And Pl/Sql 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
2.

Paper-III Theory Of 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
3. Computation
Paper-IV Operations 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
4. Research - II
Paper-V Web 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
5. Technology - II

Paper-VI Digital 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
6. Electronics – II

Pactical-I Practical I – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
7. based on paper I
& paper II
Pactical-II Practical II – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
8. based on paper
III & paper IV
Pactical-III Practical III – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
9. based on paper
V & paper VI
Note:
1. Th = Theory; Pr = Practical; Tu = Tutorial; IA = Internal Assessment.
2. Minimum marks for passing will be 40% of the total marks allotted to that paper / practical.
3. Candidate has to pass theory papers and practical separately.

Grand Total of Semester IV: 450

 The strength of Batch of Practical and Tutorial for Under Graduates classes shall be 16 with an additional; of
10% with the permission of Hon’ble Vice-Chancellor.
 Teaching & Examination Scheme
Bachelor of Computer Application (B.C.A.)
Three Year (SIX SEMESTER) DEGREE COURSE
B.C.A. Final (Semester V)
Sr.No. Papers Title of Paper Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
Theory Practical
Total

Marks
Max Marks Th.

Passing

Passing
Duration Hours

Duration Hours
Max. Marks IA
(Th,Pr,AI)

Total periods
Pr (Periods)
(Periods)

Practical
Th+Tu

Papers

Marks

Marks
Total

Max
Min

Min
Paper-I Computer 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
1. Graphics - I

Paper-II Compiler 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
2. Construction
Paper-III VB.Net 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
3.

Paper-IV Software 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
4. Engineering - II

Paper-V PHP - I 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
5.

Paper-VI Data 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
6. Communication
And Network - I
Pactical-I Practical I – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
7. based on paper I
& paper II
Pactical-II Practical II – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
8. based on paper
III & paper IV
Pactical-III Practical III – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
9. based on paper
V & paper VI
Note:
1. Th = Theory; Pr = Practical; Tu = Tutorial; IA = Internal Assessment.
2. Minimum marks for passing will be 40% of the total marks allotted to that paper / practical.
3. Candidate has to pass theory papers and practical separately.

Grand Total of Semester V: 450

 The strength of Batch of Practical and Tutorial for Under Graduates classes shall be 16 with an additional; of
10% with the permission of Hon’ble Vice-Chancellor.
 Teaching & Examination Scheme
Bachelor of Computer Application (B.C.A.)
Three Year (SIX SEMESTER) DEGREE COURSE
B.C.A. Final (Semester VI)
Sr.No. Papers Title of Paper Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
Theory Practical
Total

Marks
Max Marks Th.

Passing

Passing
Duration Hours

Duration Hours
Max. Marks IA
(Th,Pr,AI)

Total periods
Pr (Periods)
(Periods)

Practical
Th+Tu

Papers

Marks

Marks
Total

Max
Min

Min
Paper-I Computer 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
1. Graphics - II

Paper-II Programming 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
2. In Java

Paper-III ASP.Net 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
3.

Paper-IV Software 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
4. Testing
Paper-V PHP - II 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
5.

Paper-VI Data 3 - 3 3 50 10 60 24 - - - 60
Communication
6. And Network -
II
Pactical-I Practical I – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
7. based on paper I
& paper II
Pactical-II Practical II – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
8. based on paper
III & paper IV
Pactical-III Practical III – 6 6 - - - - - 4 30 12 30
9. based on paper
V & paper VI
Note:
1. Th = Theory; Pr = Practical; Tu = Tutorial; IA = Internal Assessment.
2. Minimum marks for passing will be 40% of the total marks allotted to that paper / practical.
3. Candidate has to pass theory papers and practical separately.

Grand Total of Semester VI: 450.

 The strength of Batch of Practical and Tutorial for Under Graduates classes shall be 16 with an additional; of
10% with the permission of Hon’ble Vice-Chancellor.

Valuation Pattern for practical examination:-

The valuation scheme of practical examination will be as under.
Record - 6
 Viva - 6
Writing - 09
Execution - 09
TOTAL - 30

B.C.A. Part I Semester I (From 2014-2015)

B.C.A. Part I Semester I
Paper I
COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS

UNIT - I :
Basic Components of Digital Computers: Block Diagram. CPU: Functions of Each
Unit: Primary Memory, ALU and CU, Instruction format. Bus: Data, Control and
Address Bus Number Systems: Binary, Octal, Decimal, HexaDecimal, Their
Conversions, Binary Arithmetic. ASCII, BCD, EBCDIC.
Language Evolution : Generation of Languages : Machine, Assembly, High Level
Languages. Characteristics of Good Language Translators : Compiler, Interpreter and
Assembler. Source and Object Program.

UNIT - II :
Memory: Static & dynamic, RAM, ROM, PROM, EPROM, EEPROM, flash and Cache.
Storage Devices: Hard Disk, Zip Disk and Optical Disk. Pen Drive, Blue Ray

UNIT - III :
Input Devices: Keyboard, Mouse, Light Pen, Touch Screen, Voice Input , MICR, OCR,
OMR, Barcode Reader and Flatbed Scanner.
Output Devices: VDU, Printers: Dot Matrix, Laser and Inkjet.
Plotters: Drum, Flat-Bed and Inkjet.

UNIT - IV :
Network: Network terminology, Topologies : Linear, Circular, Tree and Mesh. Types of
Networks: LAN, WAN, MAN. Repeaters, Bridge, Routers, Brouters and Gateway.
Modem for Communication between pc’s, wi-fi network, Introduction of Bluetooth and
Infrared devices. Network protocols. Architecture : Peer-to-Peer, Client/Server.

Reference Books:
1. Information technology concepts by Dr. Madhulika Jain, Shashank & Satish Jain, [BPB
Publication, New Delhi.]
2. Fundamentals of Information Technology By Alexis And Mathews Leon
[Leon Press, Chennai & Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd, New Delhi]
 B.C.A. Part I Semester I
Paper II
‘C’ PROGRAMMING

UNIT- I :
Programming Structure : Sequence, Selection, Iteration and Modular. Problem Solving
techniques: Development Tools: Algorithm, Flowcharts and Pseudo code (Definition and
its characteristics) Developing Algorithm and Drawing flowcharts

UNIT- II :
C Character set, Tokens, Identifier, Keywords, Variables, Data types, Qualifiers.
Operators and Expressions: Arithmetic, Relational, Logical, Bit-Wise, Increment,
Decrement, Conditional and Special operators. typedef, Type Conversion, Constants,
Declaring Symbolic Constants, Character Strings, Enumerated Data Types, Operator
Precedence and Associativity. Library functions. : Maths, string handling Functions.
Control Structure: Compound Statement, Selection Statement: if, if-else, Nested if,
switch. Iteration statement: for, while, do..while, Nested loops, Jump statement: break,
continue, goto. (Special emphasis on problem solving)

UNIT- III :
Arrays: Need, Types: Single and Two Dimensional Array.
Strings: Strings Manipulation, Arrays of Strings, Evaluation order
Function: Function Components, Return Data type, Parameter Passing, Return by
Reference, Default Arguments, Recursive Functions, Arrays with Functions, Storage
Classes. (Special emphasis on problem Solving )

UNIT- IV:
Structure: Declaration, Definition, Accessing structure members, Initialization, Nesting
of Structures.
Union: Unions, Differences between Structure and Union
Pointer: Introduction, Address Operator (&), Pointer variables, Void pointers, Pointer
Arithmetic, Pointers to Pointers.
File handling: Hierarchy of File Stream Classes, Opening & closing a file, Testing for
errors, File Modes, File pointers and their manipulations, Sequential Access, Random
Access, Command Line arguments.

Reference Books:
1. The Art of programming through flowcharts & algorithm by Anil B. Chaudhari
Firewall Media, Laxmi publication, New Publication.
2. Programming in C by E. Balagurusamy TMH Publications.
3. C Programming - Kernighen Ritche
4. Programming with C – Y. Kanetkar.
5. C Programming – Holzner, PHI Publication.
6. Programming in C – Ravichandran.
 B.C.A. Part I Semester I
Paper III
STATISTICAL METHODS

UNIT- I:
Introduction - Definition of Statistics, Importance and scope of Statistics, Limitations of
statistics, Distrust of Statistics. Statistical Data Collection - Primary and Secondary data,
Methods of Collecting Primary data, Sources and Secondary Data, Census and Sample
Investigation. Presentation of statistical Data - Classification, Tabulation, Frequency
Distribution, Diagrams and Graphs. Frequency Distributions and

UNIT- II :
Measures of Central Tendency - Frequency Distribution, Continuous Frequency
Distribution, Graphic Representation of a Frequency Distribution Average or Measures of
Central Tendency or Measures of Locations, Requisites for an ideal Measure of Central
Tendency Arithmetic: Mean Median, Mode, Geometric Mean and Harmonic Mean,
Weighted Average, Relationship amongst different Averages.

UNIT- III:
Measures of Dispersion, Skewness and Kurtosis - Meaning and Significance of
Dispersion, Methods of Measuring Dispersion - Range, Quartile, Mean Deviation,
Standard Deviation, Coefficient of Skewness, Kurtosis, Coefficient of Dispersion,
Coefficient of Variation.

UNIT- IV:
Correlation and Regression - Definition of Correlation, . Scatter Diagram, Karl Pearson
Coefficient of Correlation, Limits for Correlation Coefficient, Definition of Regression,
Lines of Regression, Regression Curves, Regression coefficients, properties of
Regression coefficients, Correlation Analysis vs. Regression Analysis.

Reference Books:
1.S Sastry Introduction to Numerical Analysis
2.Y. Rajaraman, Computer Oriented Numerical Methods - Prentice Hall Publication
3.Gupta and Kapoor Fundamental of Mathematical Statistics
4.Brian Flowers Introduction to Numerical Methods in C++ By. (Oxford)
5.E. Balaguruswamy, Numerical Methods - Tata McGraw Hill Publication
6.Srimanta Pal Numerical Methods (Oxford)
7.K Sankara Rao Numerical Methods for Scientists & Engineers [PIlI].
8.Manish Goyal Computer Based Numerical And Statistical Techniques (Laxmi)
 B.C.A. Part I Semester I
Paper IV
DISCRETE MATHEMATICS – I

UNIT- I:
Propositional Calculus:
Connectives, Negation, conjunction, Disjunction, statement formulas and truth tables, conditional
and Bi-conditional, well formed formulas, Tautologies, Equivalence of formulas, duality law,
Tautologies implications, Functionally complete set of, other connectives,

UNIT- II:
Disjunctive normal forms, connective normal forms, Principal disjunctive normal form, Principal
conjunctive normal form.

UNIT- III:
Predicate Calculus:
The theory of Inference for statement Calculus, validity using truth tables, Rules of inference,
consistency of premises and indirect method of Proof

UNIT- IV:
The statement function, variables and quantifier, Predicate formulas, Free and Bound variables,
The universe of Discourse, Theory of inference for predicate calculus.

Reference Books:
1. Discrete Mathematical Structures with applications to computer Science By J,P.Tremblay
& R. Manohar, (TMH)
2. Discrete Mathematical Structures by Kolman Busby and Ross (pearson)
3. Discrete Mathematics By Norman Biggs. (Oxford).
4. Logic and Discrete Mathematics : Grassmann, Tremblay (Pearson)
5. Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages, and computation :Hopcroft, Motwani and
Ullman(Pearson)
6. An introduction to the theory of computer science , languages and machines : Sudkamp
7. Kenneth H Rosen Discrite Mathematics & it’s Applications TMH
 B.C.A. Part I Semester I
Paper V
OPERATING SYSTEMS

UNIT - I:
Structure of Operating System, Operating System functions, Characteristics of Modern
OS. Process Management: Process states, Creation, Termination, Operations on
Process, Concurrent process, Processes Threads, Multithreading, Micro Kernels
CPU Scheduling: Schedulers, Scheduling Methodology, CPU Scheduling Algorithm:
FCFS, SJF, RR, Priority Scheduling.

UNIT – II:
Performance comparison : Deterministic Modeling , Queuing analysis, Simulators.
Deadlock and Starvation: Resource Allocation Graph, Conditions for Dead Lock, Dead
Lock Prevention, Dead Lock Detection, Recovery from Deadlock.

UNIT - III:
Memory Management: Logical Vs. Physical Address Space, Swapping, Memory
Management Requirement, Dynamic Loading and Dynamic Linking, Memory Allocation
Method: Single Partition allocation, Multiple Partitions, Compaction, paging,
segmentation, Segmentation with paging. Protection.

UNIT - IV:
I/O Management: I/O hardware, I/O Buffering, Disk I/O, Raid, Disk Cache. File
Management: File Management system, File Accessing Methods, File Directories,
File Allocation Methods, File Space Management, Disk Space Management, Record
blocking. Protection Mechanisms: Cryptography, Digital Signature, User
Authentication.

Reference Books:
1. Operating Systems by P. Balakrishna Prasad [Scitech Publication]
2. Operating System Concept : Silbershaz (Addision Education)
3. Operating Systems - H.M. Deitel - Addision Wesley.
4. Operating Systems- John J. Donoven.
5. Operating System : A.S.Godbole (TMH)
6. Modern Operating Systems : Tenenenbaum (Pearson Education)
7. Operating System : Peterson.
 B.C.A. Part I Semester I
Paper VI
OFFICE AUTOMATION
UNIT – I
Introduction to windows Operating System
Advantages of windows operating system, using different windows applications
simultaneously, operating with windows, GUI, use of help features, starting an
application, essential accessories, creating shortcuts, windows explorer, control panel, my
computer, my documents, recycle bin, finding folders and files, changing system settings,
system tools, use of run command, setting peripherals, drivers, editing graphics in
windows, new features in windows XP/Vista versions.
UNIT - 2
Introduction, basics, starting Word, creating document, parts of Word window, mouse
and keyboard operations, designing a document; Formatting- selection, cut, copy, paste;
Toolbars, operating on text; Printing, saving, opening, closing of document; Creating a
template; Tables, borders, pictures, text box operations; Mail Merge.
UNIT - 3
Introduction to MS EXCEL, navigating, Excel toolbars and operations, Formatting;
copying data between worksheets; entering formula, chart creation; data forms, data sort;
Functions in ExcelROUND( ), SQRT ( ), MAX( ), MIN( ), AVERAGE( ), COUNT( ),
SUMIF( ), SUMIF( ), ABS( ), ROMAN( ), UPPER( ), LOWER( ), CELL( ), TODAY( ),
NOW( ).
UNIT – 4
Introduction to MS POWER POINT Working with Power Point Window, Standard Tool
Bar, Formatting tool bar, Drawing tool Bar, Moving the Frame, Inserting Clip Art,
Picture, Slide, Text Styling, Send to back, Entering data to graph, Organization Chart,
Table,Design template, Master Slide, Animation Setting, Saving and Presentation , auto
Content Wizard.

Reference Books:

1. MS Office XP for Everyone By Sanjay Saxena (Vikas Publi, Noida)

2. MS-Office 2000(for Windows) By Steve Sagman
3. A First Course in Computers – Sanjay Saxena
 B.C.A. Part I Semester II
Paper I
PROGRAMMING IN ‘C++’

UNIT - I :
Object Oriented Methodology:
Elements of Object Oriented programming, Objects, Classes, OOPs features.
Classes & Objects: Specifying a Class, Creating Objects, Accessing Class members,
Defining member function, Outside Member Functions as inline, Accessing Member
Functions within the class, Static data member, Access Specifiers: Private, Protected and
Public Members.

UNIT - II :
CONSTRUCTORS & DESTRUCTORS: Introduction, Parameterized Constructors,
Constructor Overloading, Constructors with Default Arguments, Copy Constructor,
Destructor, Order of Construction and Destruction, Static data members with Constructor
and Destructors.
OPERATOR OVERLOADING: Definition, Overloadable Operators, Unary Operator
Overloading, Unary & Binary overloading, Rules for Operators Overloading.

UNIT - III :
DYNAMIC OBJECTS: Pointers to Objects, Creating and Deleting Dynamic Objects:
New and Delete operators, Array of Objects, Array of Pointers to Objects, Pointers to
Object Members, this Pointer.
INHERITANCE: Defining, Abstract classes, Single, Multilevel, Multiple, Hierarchical,
Hybrid Inheritance, Constructor and Destructor in Derived Classes.

UNIT - IV :
VIRTUAL FUNCTIONS: Need for Virtual Functions, definition, Pure Virtual
Functions, Abstract Classes, Rules for Virtual Functions.
EXCEPTION HANDLING: Exception Handling Model, List of Exceptions, Handling
Uncaught Exceptions, Fault Tolerant Design Techniques, Memory Allocation Failure
Exception, Rules for Handling Exception Successfully.

Reference Books:
1. Mastering C++ by K R Venugopal Tata McGraw-Hill , New Delhi.
2. The C++ Programming Language –Bjarne Stroustrup
3. Programming with C++ - Ravichandran
4. Programming with C++ - Robert Lafore
5. Object Oriented Programming with C++ by E. Balagurusamy, McGraw Hill
 B.C.A. Part I Semester II
Paper II
SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

UNIT - I :
Introduction : System, Subsystems, Components of Computerized Information System,
Systems Analysts, SDLC, Prototyping.
Feasibility Study and Analysis: Identifying Problems, Organizing Feasibility Analysis:
Economic, Financial, Organizational and Technological. Feasibility Decision, Choice of a
solution.
Data Collection: Interviews, Brain Storming, Questionnaires, Document Search,
Observation.

UNIT - II :
Structured tools and techniques of Data analysis : Structured English, Process Charts,
SOP, Decision Tables and Decision Trees, Data Flow Diagram, Data Dictionary.
(Special emphasis on problem solving )
System Design : Input design: Input Validation, Human factor Consideration, Messages,
System Tolerance. Output design: Categories of output, Design Principles, Control of
Output. Forms: Principles of Form Design, Ways to ensure Quality Forms.
Codes: Types, Physical Representation of Codes, Principle of Code Design.

UNIT - III :
Implementation: Training, Operational Training and Related Activities, Planning to
Implement Change, Change Strategies.
Testing: Preparation for Testing, Test Execution: Levels of Testing, Component,
Function, Subsystem, System, Test Evaluation, Acceptance.
Conversion: Cold Turkey, Parallel, Pilot, Modular and Sequential Methods.
Conversion Period Length. System Evaluation.

UNIT - IV :
Project Planning, Metrics for Project Size Estimation, Project Estimation Techniques,
Scheduling: Work Breakdown Structure, Activity Networks and CPM, Gantt Charts,
PERT Charts, Project Monitoring and Control. Risk Management, Software
Configuration Management: Necessity, Configuring Management Activities
Software Reliability and Quality Management: Software Reliability, Software Quality,
ISO 9000. Software Maintenance: Characteristics of Software Maintenance, Maintenance
Process Models, Estimation of Maintenance Cost.
Software Reuse: What can be reused, Why no reuse so far, Basic Issues.

Reference Books:
1. Information Systems Analysis, Design and Implementation By K. M. Hussain
Donna Hussain [Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd, New Delhi]
2. Fundamentals of Software Engineering by Rajib Mall [PHI Publication]
3. Workbook on Systems Analysis & Design by V. Garg [PHI Publication]
4. System Analysis and Design- Don Yeates, shiebls, Helmy (M).
5. System Analysis & Design - Edward –TMH
6. System Analysis and Design – Satzinger, Robert Jackson and Stephen Burd,
Thomson Learning
7. Introduction to Systems Analysis Design, Igor Hawryszkiewycz, PHI
 B.C.A. Part I Semester II
Paper III
NUMERICAL METHODS

UNIT - I :
Roots of Non-Linear Equations : Algebraic equation, Polynomial equation,
Transcendental equation, Iterative method, Starting & Stopping Iterative method,
Bisection Method, False Position method, Newton Raphson Method: Secant Method,
Determining all possible roots, Multiple roots of polynomial, Complex Roots using
Muller's Method.

UNIT - II :
Solution to Linear Equations Existence of solution, Gauss Elimination Method, Gauss
elimination with pivoting, Gauss Jordan Method, Round off errors and refinement, m
Conditioned system, Matrix inversion method.

UNIT - III :
Linear interpolation, Lagrange Interpolation, Spline Interpolation, Interpolation with
equidistant points, Least Square regression Fitting, Transcendental equations, Multiple
linear regression, m conditioning in Least square

UNIT - IV :
Integration & Differentiation : Trapezoidal Rule, Simpson 1/3 Rule, Simpson 3/8 rule,
Gaussian Integration, Solution to differential equation (using Runge-Kutta second and
fourth order methods, Multistep method for differential equations (Milne-Simpson
method, Adams-bashforth-

Reference Books:
1.S Sastry Introduction to Numerical Analysis
2.Y. Rajaraman, Computer Oriented Numerical Methods - Prentice Hall Publication
3.Gupta and Kapoor Fundamental of Mathematical Statistics
4.Brian Flowers Introduction to Numerical Methods in C++ By. (Oxford)
5.E. Balaguruswamy, Numerical Methods - Tata McGraw Hill Publication
6.Srimanta Pal Numerical Methods (Oxford)
7.K Sankara Rao Numerical Methods for Scientists & Engineers [PIlI].
8.Manish Goyal Computer Based Numerical And Statistical Techniques (Laxmi)
 B.C.A. Part I Semester II
Paper IV
DISCRETE MATHEMATICS – 2

UNIT - I :
Set Theory:
Set, Subsets operations on set, Venn diagram, algebra on sets, Cartesian product of sets, Binary
relations, Properties of binary relation, Relation matrix and the graph of relation, Partial order
relations, Equivalence relations, Equivalence Classes, Composition of relations.

UNIT - II :
Functions - definition, types of function, Invertible functions composition of functions.
Counting - Permutation, Combinations, The pigeonhole principle, recurrence relation,
Mathematical Induction.

UNIT - III :
Algebraic Structures
Semi groups & groups: Binary operations, Semi groups, isomorphism and Homomorphism,
Product and Quotient of semi groups, Groups, subgroups, products and Quotient of groups.
Lattices: - Lattice concepts, isomorphic Lattices, Properties of lattices, Finite Boolean algebras.

UNIT - IV :
Graph Theory: Basic concepts, types of graphs, Representation of graph in memory, Euler path
and circuits, Hamiltonian Path and circuits.
Trees:- Basic concepts, Libeled trees, Undirected trees.

Reference Books:
1. Discrete Mathematical Structures with applications to computer Science By J,P.Tremblay
& R. Manohar, (TMH)
2. Discrete Mathematical Structures by Kolman Busby and Ross (pearson)
3. Discrete Mathematics By Norman Biggs. (Oxford).
4. Logic and Discrete Mathematics : Grassmann, Tremblay (Pearson)
5. Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages, and computation :Hopcroft, Motwani and
Ullman(Pearson)
6. An introduction to the theory of computer science , languages and machines : Sudkamp
7. Kenneth H Rosen Discrite Mathematics & it’s Applications TMH
 B.C.A. Part I Semester II
Paper V
LINUX OPERATING SYSTEM

UNIT - I :
Logging In and Logging Out, Anatomy of Linux OS, Directory Structure, /usr Directory,
File Types: User datafiles, System data files, Executable files. Naming files and
directories, Spawning Processes. Shell: Creating User Account, Shell Program, bash
shell, Changing shell prompt. Commands: Basic Syntax for a command, Exploring the
Home Directory, ls, mkdir, rmdir, stat, cat, rm, mv, cp

UNIT - II :
Editor: Vi editor. Hooking up Hardware Devices: Formatting a Floppy Disk, Gathering
important system information. Backing Up and restoring the File System: Simple
Backup, gzip, gunzip, tar. Printing files: Print Spool directory, Sending files to Printer.

UNIT - III :
Sharing Files with other Users: Maintaining User Accounts, Changing Password,
Creating Group Accounts, Granting Access to files, Changing File Ownership, Protecting
Files, Making a File Read-Only. Working with Processes: Types of processes, ps
Command, Creating process, killing process, free command and top utility.

UNIT - IV :
Managing Disk Space: df, du commands, Creating Additional Free Disk Space, Locating
Unused Files, Setting System Clock. Communication Utilities: who, who am i, finger,
mesg, write, wall, talk, Creating a message of the day. X Window System, Graphical
User Interfaces: KDE and GNOME Desktop Environment.

Reference Books:
1. SAMS Teach Yourself Linux by Craig and Coletta Witherspoon [Techmedia]
2. LINUX complete reference by Richard Peterson
 B.C.A. Part I Semester II
Paper VI
E COMMERCE
UNIT - I :
Introduction to e-Commerce, Scope of electronic commerce, definition, e-Commerce and
Trade Cycle, e- Markets, Internet e-Commerce in perspective. Value chain, Supply chain,
Porters value chain model, Inter organizational value chains.

UNIT - II :
Business strategy in electronic age: Competitive advantages, Strategy, Porters model,
First Movers advantages, Advantages using e-Commerce. Introduction to business
strategy, Strategic implications of IT, Technology, Business environment, Business
capability, Existing business strategy, Strategy formulation and implementation planning,
e-Commerce implementation, e-Commerce evaluation.

UNIT - III :
Business to Business e-Commerce: Inter organizational transactions, The credit
transaction trade cycle, A variety of transaction, Pens and things, Electronics Market,
Usage of e-Market, Advantages and disadvantages of e-Market, Future of e-Market, EDI,
introduction, EDI and Business.

UNIT - IV :
Business to Consumer Electronic Commerce: Consumer trade transaction, Internet e-
Commerce, e-Shop, Other e-Commerce technologies, Advantages and disadvantages of
comsumer e-Commerce. Elements of e-Commerce: elements, e-Visibility, e-Shop, Online
payments, Internet e-Commerce security.

Reference Books:

01. E-Commerce, Strategy, Technologies and Applications By: David Whiteley Tata
McGraw-Hill Edition.
 B.C.A. Part II Semester III
Paper I
VISUAL BASIC PROGRAMMING

UNIT-I :
Working with Visual Basic Window Components: Menu Bar, Tool Bar, Project
Explorer Window, Form Layout Window, properties Window, Toolbox, Code Editor
Window Working with Forms: Properties, Events, Methods Working with Basic
Controls:Label, CommandButton, TextBox, OptionButton, Frame, CheckBox, ListBox,
ComboBox, Image, Scroll, Picture, Timer, DriveListBox, DirListBox, FileListBox and
Shape Controls. Basic Programming Fundamentals: Variables, Data types, Constant,
Conversion Function. Scope of Variable: Public, Private Static. Operators: Logical,
Arithmetic, Concatenation, Comparison. Decision Structure: If.. Then, If..Then..Else,
Select Case.. End Case. Loop Structure: Do..While, While.. Wend, For.. Next,
With..EndWith. DoEvents()

UNIT-II :
Arrays: Dynamic Array, Preserve and Control arrays. Procedure: General procedure,
General Methods for Passing Arguments to a Procedure, Functions: User-Interaction,
String, Math, Date, Conversion Functions.
Modules: Form, Standard.

UNIT-III :
Menus: Creating, Adding Menu Items, Creating Shortcut, Adding Separators Bars,
Submenus, Code for Menus. Creating Popup Menu: System, Custom. Database
Handling: Database Concepts, Creating and Accessing Database, Using Data Control.
Using DAO: Creating Search Programs, Numeric Search and Complex Search Programs.

UNIT-IV :
Using ADO Data Control, Data Link, ODBC Data Source name, Using Connection
String, Creating Navigating buttons. Working with Advanced Data Controls : DataList
Control, DataCombo Control, DataGrid Control and Msflexgrid Control. Handling
Errors : Run Time, Trapping and Handling Error, ERR Object. Data Environment and
Data Reports.

Reference Books:

1. VISUAL BASIC – to Advance by Soma Dasgupta [BPB Publication]

2. Evangelos Petroutsos, Mastering Visual Basic 6.0 BPB Publication.
3. VISUAL BASIC 6 COMPLETE REFRENCE (TMH PUB)
4. Visual Basic 6 Deitel & Deitel (Pearson Education)
5. Mastering VB 6.0 Black Book -Peter - Norton-Techmedia.
 B.C.A. Part II Semester III
Paper II
DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

UNIT- I :
DBMS : Definition: Databases, DBMS, Problems with traditional file processing system,
Objectives of the database systems, Three level architectures of DBMS, Component of
DBMS, Database Administrator, Database Users, Data model, Different types of data
models, Concepts of Hierarchical, Network Models.

UNIT-II :
E-R Models : Basic Concepts, Entity, Attributes, Relation Ship, Mapping, Keys, Weak
and Strong Entity Set, Problems on E-R Diagrams, Extended E-R Features:
Specialization, Generalization, Aggregation, Problems on Reduction of an E-R Schema to
Tables, Tabular representation of Strong, Weak entity Sets and Relationship Sets.

UNIT-III :
Relational Model: Structure, Relational Algebra, Fundamental Operations, Set –
Intersection, Natural Join, Division and Assignment Operation. Extended Relational
Algebra Operations, Aggregate Functions.

UNIT–IV :
Functional Dependency: Functional Dependency, Fully Functional Dependency, Partial
Dependency, Transitive Dependency, Multi Valued Dependency.
Normalization, Normal Forms ( 1NF, 2NF, 3NF, BCNF, 4NF, 5NF). Problems on
Normal forms.

Reference Books:
1. Data Base System Concepts By A SilbersChatz By Henry Korth And
S.Sudarshan [Mcgraw-Hill ltd. New Delhi] 3rd Edition.
2. Introduction to Data Base Management by NAVEEN PRAKASH [Tata
McGrawHill ltd.]
3. Bipin C. Desai, An Introduction to Database Systems, Galgotia Publications.
4. Raghu Ramakrishnan & Johannes Gerhrke, "Data Base Management Systems",
Mc Graw Hill International Edition, 2000
5. Muzumdar, Introduction to Database Management Systems. TMH
 B.C.A. Part II Semester III
Paper III
DATA STRUCTURES

UNIT - I :
LINKED LIST : Linked List, Representation of Single, Double, Header, Circular Single
and Double Linked list, All possible operations on Single and Double linked List using
Dynamic representation, Polynomial Representation and its Manipulation.

UNIT - II :
STACKS : Stacks terminology, Representation of Stacks in Memory, Operation on
Stacks, Polish Notations, Translation of infix to postfix & prefix expression, Infix to
Postfix Conversion, Evaluation of Postfix Expression, Recursion, Problems on Recursion,
Quick Sort and Tower of Hanoi Problem.

UNIT - III :
QUEUE : Representation of Queues in Memory, Circular Queue. Dequeue and Priority
Queue. Operations of above Structure using Array and Linked Representation.
SORTING AND SEARCHING: Selection Sort, Insertion Sort, Merge Sort, Efficiency
of Sorting Methods, Big-O Notations.
Hash Tables, Hashing Technique, Collision Resolution Technique.

UNIT - IV :
TREES : Basic Terminologies, Representation of Binary Trees in Memory, Traversing of
Binary tree, Binary Search Tree, Operation on Binary Search Tree, Heap Tree, Operation
on Heap Tree, Heap Sort Method
GRAPHS : Basic Terminologies, Definition and Representation of Graphs in Memory:
Linked List and Matrix Representation. Traversing graphs : BSF, DFS Method.

Reference Books:
1. Classical Data Structures : D. Samanta. PHI, New Delhi.
2. DATA STRUCTURE : LIPSCTUZ SCHUM OUTLINE SERIES
3. Data structure Using C++ : Y. Kanetkar
4. Data Structures Using C++: Tennenbaum
5. Data structures by Tremblay Sorenson
6. Data structures by Bhagat singh Naps
 B.C.A. Part II Semester III
Paper IV
OPERATIONS RESEARCH – I

UNIT - I :
Introduction to Operation Research (OR) Origin and development of OR, Nature of OR,
Characteristics of OR, Classification of Problems in OR, Models in OR, Phases of OR,
Uses and Limitations of OR, Methodologies of OR, Applications in OR. Linear
Programming – Concepts of Linear Programming Model, Mathematical Formulation of
the Problem, Graphical solution methods.

UNIT - II :
Linear Programming Methods – Simplex Methods, Big M methods, Dual Simplex
Method, TwoPhase methods. Duality in Linear Programming – Formulation of Dual
Problem, Application of Duality.

UNIT - III :
Transportation Problem
Mathematical model for Transportation Problem, Types of Transportation Problem.

UNIT - IV :
Assignment Problem – Zero-One Programming Model for Assignment Problem, Types of
Assignment Problem, Hungarian Method, Branch and Bound Technique for Assignment
Problem.

Reference Books:
1. Operation Research by Kanti Swarup, P. K. Gupta, Man Mohan [Sultan]
2. Operation Research by R. Panneerselvam [PHI}
3. Introduction to Operation Research by Billy E. Gillet [TMH]
4. Operation Research by Hira Gupta
5. Operation Research Problems and Solutions by Sharma J. K. [MacMillan]
6. Operation Research Theory and Application by Sharma J. K., [MacMillan]
 B.C.A. Part II Semester III
Paper V
WEB TECHNOLOGY - I

UNIT - I :
Introduction to Internet, History of Internet, Internet users, Internet working, Information
on Internet, Requirements for connecting to Internet, Basic Internet Terms, Introduction
to world wide web, Evaluation of world wide web, basic features, web browsers, popular
web browsers, web servers, HTTP, URL, Search Engines, Search Engines categories,
how to use Search Engines, Searching criterion.

UNIT - II :
HTML: Introduction, Objective, HTML Browsers, Windows Switching, HTML
Command Tags, URLs, links, new web page creation, main body of the text, putting
headers, adding paragraph , formatting text in HTML and font mechanism, Color settings,
superscripts and subscripts and other manipulations on text and paragraphs, using
directory and menu lists, creation of links, inserting graphics, using images, all
manipulations on tables and its display, Detailed working with forms, allowing visitors to
upload files, active images ,working with frames & framesets, Frames handling, scroll
bars, alternatives to frames,

UNIT - III :
Introduction to browsers, Working with e-mail, Parts of e-mail text, working with
messages.
DHTML: using DHTML in internet explorer, heading and horizontal line, hidden
message, the message at the center of the page, moving boxes ,changeable box.

UNIT - IV :
Cascading style sheets
Introduction to css, creating style sheets, common tasks with CSS, Colors, the font -
family, font metrics ,length units ,absolute units ,relative units ,the pixel unit ,percentages
as values ,keywords as values, various properties such as the font -size property, font -
size property etc, Assigning classes ,tags and attributes for applying classes, applying
classes to an HTML tag, applying classes to other document parts ,the layer tag, CSS
Tags

Reference Books:
1. Internet and web design by R Bangia, Second edition , firewall media
2. Multimedia and Wed technology by R Bangia
3. Internet and web designing by ITELS (Macmillan)
4. Web Enabled Commercial Application Development Using HTML, DHTML, JS,
Perl by Ivan Bayross
5. Deitel, Deitel & Nieto, Internet and Worldwide Web how to Program, Pearson
Education, PHI.
6. Internmet Programming with VBScript and Java Script.
Kathhleen Kalata, (Thomsaon Publication)
7. Programming the World Wide Web By. Robert W. Sebesta. (Pearson )
8. Web Technology Theory and Practice By: M Srinivasan (Pearson Publication)
 B.C.A. Part II Semester III
Paper VI
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS – I

UNIT - I :
Number System and Data Representation
Number System : Binary, Octal, Decimal and Hexadecimal number system and their
interconvertion.
Binary Codes : BCD, Excess3 , Parity, Gray, ASCII, EBCDIC codes and their
advantages and disadvantages.

UNIT - II:
Binary Arithmetic
Data Representation: Positive, negative, maximum and minimum number representation
(related to 8 bit number), real number representation, underflow, overflow, range and
accuracy. Binary Arithmetic: Binary addition, binary subtraction using 1’s and 2’s
compliment.

UNIT - III:
Logic gates: Truth table, properties and symbolic representation of NOT, AND, OR,
NOR, NAND, EXOR, EXNOR gates. NOR and NAND gates as a universal gates.

UNIT - IV:
Boolean Algebra.
Laws and Identities of Boolean algebra, DeMorgan’s Theorem , use of Boolean Algebra
for simplification of logic expression, K-Map for 2,3,4 variables, simplification of SOP
and POS logic expression using K-Map.

Reference Books:
1. Digital Electronics by Gothman(PHI)
2. Digital and analogue technique by Navaneeth, Kale and Gokhale
3. Modern Digital Electronics by R. P. Jain
 B.C.A. Part II Semester IV
Paper I
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING - I

UNIT - I :
Introduction to Software Engineering : The evolving role of software, Changing
Nature of Software, Software myths.
A Generic view of process : Software engineering- A layered technology, a process
framework, The Capability Maturity Model Integration (CMMI), Process patterns,
process assessment, personal and team process models.

UNIT - II :
Process models : The waterfall model, Incremental process models, Evolutionary process
models, The Unified process. Software Requirements : Functional and non-functional
requirements, User requirements, System requirements, Interface specification, the
software requirements document.

UNIT - III :
Requirements engineering process : Feasibility studies, Requirements elicitation and
analysis, Requirements validation, Requirements management.
System models : Context Models, Behavioral models, Data models, Object models,
structured methods.

UNIT - IV :
Design Engineering : Design process and Design quality, Design concepts, the design
model.

Reference Books:
1. Software Engineering, A practitioner’s Approach- Roger S. Pressman, 6th
edition.McGrawHill International Edition.
2. Software Engineering- Sommerville, 7th edition, Pearson education.
3. Software Engineering- K.K. Agarwal & Yogesh Singh, New Age International
Publishers
4. Software Engineering, an Engineering approach- James F. Peters, Witold Pedrycz,
John Wiely.
5. Systems Analysis and Design- Shely Cashman Rosenblatt,Thomson Publications.
6. Software Engineering principles and practice- Waman S Jawadekar, The
McGraw-Hill Companies.
 B.C.A. Part II Semester IV
Paper II
SQL AND PL/SQL

UNIT - I :
CODD’S Rules, Oracle Database Objects, Sub Languages of SQL, Data types, Operators.
DDL Statement: Creating Tables, Deriving Table from existing table, Altering,
Dropping Tables. Integrity Constraints, Specifying Names for the Constraints, Viewing
Integrity Constraints, Adding and Dropping Constraints. DML Statements: SELECT
statement, Insert, Update, Delete, Working with Sequences and Synonyms. Built-in
functions: Arithmetic, Date, Character, Conversion, Single row, Aggregate, Decode.
Joins, Set Operators and Sub queries. DCL and TCL Statements: Grant, Revoke, Commit,
Rollback and Savepoints.

UNIT - II :
VIEWS: Creating Views, Dropping Views, Inserting, Updating and Deleting Data using
Views, Types of Views. PL/SQL Programming: PL/SQL Data Types, Identifiers,
Operators and Expressions, Iterative Statements, Conditional Statements, emphasis on
Problems

UNIT - III :
Exception Handling : Predefined Exceptions, User defined Exceptions. Cursors:
Declaring Cursors, Opening and Retrieving Records, Closing cursors. Attributes of
Explicit and Implicit Cursors, Parameter Passing in Cursors. Procedures : Create and
Drop Procedure, Creating Procedures with Parameters, Calling Procedures, Granting the
EXECUTE Permission Problems on Exception Handling, Cursors and Procedures.

UNIT - IV :
Function: Creating and Dropping Function, Purity Levels in Functions, Executing
Functions. Triggers: Create Triggers, Type of Triggers, Creating BEFORE and AFTER
Triggers, INSTEAD-OF Triggers, Trigger Predicates, Inserting, Updating and Deleting
Triggers, Enabling , Disabling and Dropping Triggers. Problems on Functions and
Triggers

Reference Books:

1. Understanding ORACLE By Ivan Bayross [ BPB Publication]

2. Database System Using Oracle: A Simplified Guide to SQL & PL-SQL: Nilesh
Shah, PHI Publication.
3. Database Management Systems (Complete practical approach) by Sharad
Maheshwari & Ruchin Jain, Firewall media
4. Dr. P.S.Deshpande SQL & PL/SQL for Oracle 10g Black Book
5. Scott Urman Programming PL/SQL TMH
 B.C.A. Part II Semester IV
Paper III
THEORY OF COMPUTATION

UNIT - I :
Finite Automation and Regular Expression : Finite State systems, Basic Definitions, Non
-deterministic finite Automata, Finite Automata with moves, Regular Expressions, Two
way finite automata, Finite automata with output, Application on Finite Automata.

UNIT - II :
Properties of Regular Sets : The pumping lemma for Regular Sets, Close properties of
Regular sets, Decision Algorithms for Regular Sets. Context Free Grammars, Context
Free Grammar, Derivation Tree,

UNIT - III :
Simplification of context Free Grammars, Chomsky Normal form, Greibach normal form,
The existence of inherently ambiguous context free languages. Properties of Context free
languages : The pumping lemma for CFL’s , Closure properties of CFL’s,

UNIT - IV :
Push Down Automata : Informal description, Definitions, Push – Down Automata &
Context free languages.

Reference Books:
1. Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages and Computation: John E. Hoperott
& Jeffery D. Ullman
2. Theory of Computer Science : E. V. Krishmamoorty. .
3. Theory of computer Science : K. L. P. Mishra.
 B.C.A. Part II Semester IV
Paper IV
OPERATIONS RESEARCH - II

UNIT - I :
Game Theory – Terminologies of Game Theory, Two Person Zero-Sum Games, The
Maximin-Minimax Principle, Games without Saddle points-Mixed Strategies, Graphical
Solution of 2x n and m x 2 games, Dominance Property. Introduction, Decision under
Certainty, Decision under Risk, Decision under Uncertainty,
Decision Tree.

UNIT - II :
Network Scheduling by CPM/PERT – Introduction, Basic Concept,
Constraints in Network, Critical Path Method (CPM), PERT Network, PERT
calculations, Time-Cost trade-off aspects in Network Technique, Advantage of Network
(PERT/CPM).

UNIT - III :
Inventory Control
Introduction, Inventory Control, Selective Control Techniques, Types of Inventory,
Economic Lot Size Problem, Problem of EOQ with shortage, Inventory Control
Techniques – Uncertainty Demand, Stochastic Problem, Inventory Control with Price
Breaks.

UNIT - IV :
Queuing Theory
Introduction, Terminologies in Queuing System, Characteristics of Queuing System,
Poisson Process and Exponential Distribution, Classification of Queues, Definition of
Transient and Steady states, Poisson Queues, Non-Poisson Queuing Systems, Cost-Profit
Models in Queuing, Queuing Control.

Reference Books:
1. Operation Research by Kanti Swarup, P. K. Gupta, Man Mohan [Sultan]
2. Operation Research by R. Panneerselvam [PHI}
3. Introduction to Operation Research by Billy E. Gillet [TMH]
4. Operation Research by Hira Gupta
5. Operation Research Problems and Solutions by Sharma J. K. [MacMillan]
6. Operation Research Theory and Application by Sharma J. K., [MacMillan]
 B.C.A. Part II Semester IV
Paper V
WEB TECHNOLOGY - II

UNIT - I :
Introduction, JSP lifecycles, Elements in JSP Pages , values and variables, operators,
loops and various statements in java script, Date object, Math object, string object,
window events, working with forms, document object, screen object, navigator object,
images and animation.

UNIT - II :
Java script objects, Implicit JSP Objects, JSP Object scopes, JSP Tags, Declarations,
Directives, JSP Tags, JSP Exceptions, Expressions, Scriptlet, Actions, Expression
Language, JSP Standard Tag library, JSP Custom Tag library, Java Script security.

UNIT - III :
VB Script:
Adding VB Script code to HTML, Adding script to your document, Data types, Arrays in
script, Messages, Subroutines, functions, if..then..else, for..next loop, do while or do until,
Select case construct, Manage your web site with Task and Reports : Keep track of work
eith tasks, Check your site with your web site report, Publishing web site to a WPP host
server.

UNIT - IV :
Web Services :
Ev0lution of the concept, Purpose, standards, Use cases, programming models, SOAP
Based web services, WSDL,, SOAP, Structure of SOAP messages, REST based Web
Services, REST principles, Resource Orientation, SOAP vs. REST.

Reference Books:
1. Internet and web design by R Bangia, Second edition , firewall media
2. Multimedia and Wed technology by R Bangia
3. Internet and web designing by ITELS (Macmillan)
4. Web Enabled Commercial Application Development Using HTML, DHTML, JS,
Perl by Ivan Bayross
5. Deitel, Deitel & Nieto, Internet and Worldwide Web how to Program, Pearson
a. Education, PHI.
6. Internmet Programming with VBScript and Java Script. Kathhleen Kalata,
(Thomsaon Publication)
7. Programming the World Wide Web By. Robert W. Sebesta. (Pearson )
8. Web Technology Theory and Practice By: M Srinivasan (Pearson Publication)
 B.C.A. Part II Semester IV
Paper VI
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS – II

UNIT - I :
Combinational / Sequential Circuits
Combinational circuits:Half adder, Full Adder, Parallel adder, Half subtractor, Full
Subtractor, 4-bit binary adder subtractor, Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, Decoder, Encoder,
Parity detector.

UNIT - II :
Sequential Circuits: Flip-Flops : Construction and working of RSFF, CkRSFF, DFF,
TFF, JKFF, and JKMSFF . Counters: Construction and working of asynchronous,
synchronous, up-down counter, shift registers and their types.

UNIT - III :
Architecture of 8086 and Assembly Language Programming Block diagram of 8086, Pin
diagram of 8086, Addressing modes,

UNIT - IV :
Instruction set: Data transfer, Arithmetic, Logical, String manipulations, Control
Transfer, Unconditional branch, Conditional branch, Flag, Processor control. Assembler
directives and operators, simple assembly programs.

Reference Books:
1. Digital Electronics by Gothman(PHI)
2. Digital and analogue technique by Navaneeth, Kale and Gokhale
3. Fundamental of Microprocessor by B Ram
4. Microcomputers Systems: The 8086/8088 family by Liu. Gibson
5. Introduction to Microprocessor by Duglas V Hall (McGraw Hill.)
 B.C.A. Final Semester V
Paper I
COMPUTER GRAPHICS - I

UNIT - I :
Introduction and Primitives
Introduction: Application areas of Computer Graphics, overview of graphics systems,
video-display devices, raster-scan systems, random scan systems, graphics monitors and
work stations and input devices

UNIT - II :
Output primitives : Points and lines, line drawing algorithms, mid-point circle and
ellipse algorithms. Filled area primitives: Scan line polygon fill algorithm, boundary-fill
and flood-fill algorithms .

UNIT - III :
2D Transformations
2-D geometrical transforms : Translation, scaling, rotation, reflection and shear
transformations, matrix representations and homogeneous coordinates, composite
transforms, transformations between coordinate systems.

UNIT - IV :
2-D viewing : The viewing pipeline, viewing coordinate reference frame, window to
view-port coordinate transformation, viewing functions, Cohen-Sutherland and Cyrus-
beck line clipping algorithms, Sutherland –Hodgeman polygon clipping algorithm.

Reference Books:
1. “Computer Graphics Principles & practice”, second edition in C, Foley, VanDam,
Feiner and Hughes, Pearson Education.
2. “Computer Graphics”, second Edition, Donald Hearn and M.Pauline Baker,
PHI/Pearson Education.
3. Procedural elements for Computer Graphics, David F Rogers, Tata Mc Graw hill,
2nd edition.
4. “Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics”, Neuman and Sproul, TMH.
5. Computer Graphics, Amrendra N Sinha,Arun D Udai TMH
6. Computer Graphics, Steven Harrington, TMH
 B.C.A. Final Semester V
Paper II
COMPILER CONSTRUCTION

UNIT - I :
Compilers and translators, need, the structure of a compiler, Lexical Analysis, Syntax
analysis, Intermediate code Generation, Optimization, Code Generation, Book keeping,
Error Handling

UNIT - II :
High Level programming languages, Definitions of programming languages, The lexical
and syntactic structure of a language, Data elements, structures, Operators, Assignment
Statements, Data Environments, Parameter transmission, Storage management.

UNIT - III :
The role of the lexical analyzer, Approach to the design of lexical analyzer,
Implementation of lexical analyzer, Context free grammars, Derivations and parse trees,
Ambiguous grammar.

UNIT - IV :
Parsers, Shift-reduce parsing, Operator precedence parsing, Top-down parsing, predictive
parsers, Symbol Table , Code Optimization: The principal source optimization, Loop
optimization, The DAG representation of basic blocks, Code Generation : A machine
model, a simple code generator, Register Allocation and assignment.

Reference Books:
1. Principles of Compiler Design - A.V. Aho, J. D.Ullman : Pearson Education.
2. Modern Compiler Design- Dick Grune, Henry E. Bal, Cariel T. H. Jacobs, Wiley
dreamtech.
3. Engineering a Compiler-Cooper & Linda, Elsevier.
4. Compiler Construction, Louden, Thomson.
 B.C.A. Final Semester V
Paper III
VB.NET

UNIT - I :
VB.NET
Introduction to .Net, The .NET framework, The .NET Programming Framework, .NET
Language, The Class .NET Library, Vb.NET, Windows Application using VB .NET
Class: Creating a New Class, defining and using a New Object, Constructor & Destructor
Inheritance: Inheritance Properties and Methods, Inheriting Constructors, Overriding
Methods, Creating a Derived Class

UNIT - II :
Interface Design & Implement: Abstraction & Interfaces on Object Oriented Software
Design, Interface & Inheritance, Realizing the benefits of Interfaces, Implicit Interface,
Explicit Interface – Abstract Class of Explicit Interface, Implementing Interfaces –
Interface Implementation Semantics, Implementing ICloneable, Implementing
IComparable, Accessing & using the Implement, Compound Interfaces

UNIT - III :
User Interface: Helper Forms, Message Process, Dialog Process, Owned Forms
Menus: Creating a Menu, Functionality to the Menu Items, Enhancing the Menu,
Disabling Items on the Windows Form Menus, Creating Context Menu – Step by Step,
Add Functionality to the Menu Items
Toolbar: Adding the Toolbar and buttons, Defining an Icon for the Toolbar and Buttons,
Defining an ICON for a Toolbar Button, Adding Functionality to the Toolbar
MDI Application: The Basics, Building an MDI Application, Building – In Capabilities
of MDI Applications, Accessing Child Forms, Ending an MDI Applications, A Scrollable
PictureBox

UNIT - IV :
Advanced Interface Patterns, Adapters, Delegates & Events: Adapters & Wrappers,
Interfaces Adaptation in Action – COM - .NET interop, The Adapter Pattern in .NET,
The Adapter Pattern Event – Model, Delegates – Understanding Delegates, Declaration of
the Delegates, Early Bound Delegates Declares, Late Bound Delegates Declares, Sorting
Data with Delegates, Multicast Delegates, .NET Framework Event Model – Delegates &
Events, Delegates Events verses Adapter Events, Delegates verses Function Pointers
Error Handling & Prevention: Types of Errors – Design Time Error, Runtime Error,
Logic Error
Structured Exception Handling: Exception Structured verses Unstructured Exception
Handling, Try……Catch…..Finally Statement, Exception Class.
Debugging: Break Mode, Starting Debugging, Controlling the Flow during Debugging,
Debugging Tools

Reference Books:
1. Evangelos Petroutsos, Mastering Visual Basic 6.0 BPB Publication.
2. John Smiley Learn Program with Visual Basic 6
3. Wallace Wang Visual Basic 6 for Dummies (for Windows)
4. VISUAL BASIC 6 COMPLETE REFRENCE (TMH PUB)
5. Deitel & Deitel Visual Basic 6 (Pearson Education)
6. Bradly, VB.Net TMH
 B.C.A. Final Semester V
Paper IV
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING - II

UNIT - I :
Creating an architectural design : Software architecture, Data design, Architectural
styles and patterns, Architectural Design.

UNIT - II :
Testing Strategies : A strategic approach to software testing, test strategies for
conventional software, Black-Box and White-Box testing, Validation testing, System
testing, the art of Debugging.

UNIT - III :
Product metrics : Software Quality, Metrics for Analysis Model, Metrics for Design
Model, Metrics for source code, Metrics for testing, Metrics for maintenance.
Metrics for Process and Products : Software Measurement, Metrics for software
quality.

UNIT - IV :
Risk management : Reactive vs. Proactive Risk strategies, software risks, Risk
identification, Risk projection, Risk refinement, RMMM, RMMM Plan.
Quality Management : Quality concepts, Software quality assurance, Software Reviews,
Formal technical reviews, Statistical Software quality Assurance, Software reliability,
The ISO 9000 quality standards.

Reference Books:
1. Software Engineering, A practitioner’s Approach- Roger S. Pressman, 6th
edition.McGrawHill International Edition.
2. Software Engineering- Sommerville, 7th edition, Pearson education.
3. Software Engineering- K.K. Agarwal & Yogesh Singh, New Age International
Publishers
4. Software Engineering, an Engineering approach- James F. Peters, Witold Pedrycz,
John Wiely.
5. Systems Analysis and Design- Shely Cashman Rosenblatt,Thomson Publications.
6. Software Engineering principles and practice- Waman S Jawadekar, The
McGraw-Hill Companies.
 B.C.A. Final Semester V
Paper V
PHP - I

UNIT - I :
Introduction to PHP: What Does PHP Do, A Brief History of PHP, Installing PHP, A
Walk Through PHP Language Basics: Lexical Structure, Data Types, Variables,
Expressions and Operators, Flow‐Control Statements, Including Code, Embedding PHP
in Web Pages, Installing and Configuring PHP on Windows and Linux Platforms

UNIT - II :
Functions: Calling a Function, Defining a Function, Variable Scope, Function
Parameters,
Return Values, Variable Functions, Anonymous Functions, Strings: Quoting String
Constants, Printing Strings, Accessing Individual Characters, Cleaning Strings, Encoding
and Escaping, Comparing Strings, Manipulating and Searching Strings, Regular
Expressions, POSIX‐Style Regular Expressions, Perl‐Compatible Regular Expressions,

UNIT - III :
Arrays: Indexed Versus Associative Arrays, Identifying Elements of an Array, Storing
Data in Arrays, Multidimensional Arrays, Extracting Multiple Values, Converting
Between Arrays and Variables, Traversing Arrays, Sorting, Acting on Entire Arrays,
Using Arrays

UNIT - IV :
Reading data in web pages: Setting Up Web Pages to Communicate with PHP,
Handling Text Fields, Text Areas, Check Boxes, Radio Buttons, List Boxes, Password
Controls, Hidden Controls, Image Maps, File Uploads. Handling Buttons: Making
Button Data Persist, Using Submit Buttons as HTML Buttons.

Reference Books:
1. PHP 5.1 for beginners by Evan Bayross and Sharman Shah, SPD Publications
2. PHP 5.2 The Complete Reference by Steven Holzner, Mc Graw Hill Edition
2008.
3. Programming PHP by Rasmus Lerdorf and Kevin Tatroe, Orilly Publications
 B.C.A. Final Semester V
Paper VI
DATA COMMUNICATION AND NETWORK - I

UNIT - I :
Data Communication
Data Transmission- Concept and Terminology, Analog & Digital Data Transmission,
Transmission Impairment, Transmission Media.
Data Encoding- Digital Data, Analog Data, Digital Signal, Analog Signal.

UNIT - II :
Digital Data Communication: Asynchronous and Synchronous transmission, Error detection
technique, Interfacing.
Data Link Control: Line configurations, Flow control, Error control, Data link control protocols.
Multiplexing-Frequency division multiplexing, Synchronous Time Division Multiplexing.

UNIT - III :
Circuit Switching: Communication Networks, Circuit switching, Single Node network, Digital
switching concept, Control Signaling.

UNIT - IV :
Packet Switching: Packet switching principles, Virtual circuits and diagrams, Routing, Traffic
control, X.25. LAN & MAN- LAN,MAN technology, Bus, Tree, Star and Hybrid Topologies,
Optical fiber Bus, Ring Topology, Medium Access Control Protocols, LAN/MAN standards.

Reference Books:
1. William Stalling, Data and Computer Communication, PHI Publication.
2. Forouzan, Data Communication and Networks, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. Godbole, Data Communication and Network, TMH
4. Tanenbum, Computer Networks , ,PHI Publication.
5. Comer Internetworking with TCP/IP Vol-1, PHI Publication
 B.C.A. Final Semester VI
Paper I
COMPUTER GRAPHICS - II

UNIT - I :
3D Transformations
3-D object representation : Polygon surfaces, quadric surfaces, spline representation,
Hermite curve, Bezier curve and B-Spline curves, Bezier and B-Spline surfaces. Basic
illumination models, polygon rendering methods.

UNIT - II :
3-D Geometric transformations : Translation, rotation, scaling, reflection and shear
transformations, composite transformations.
3-D viewing : Viewing pipeline, viewing coordinates, view volume and general
projection transforms and clipping

UNIT - III :
Visible surface detection methods : Classification, back-face detection, depth-buffer,
scan-line, depth sorting, BSP-tree methods, area sub-division and octree methods

UNIT - IV :
Computer animation : Design of animation sequence, general computer animation
functions, raster animation, computer animation languages, key frame systems, motion
specifications.

Reference Books:
1. “Computer Graphics Principles & practice”, second edition in C, Foley, VanDam,
Feiner and Hughes, Pearson Education.
2. “Computer Graphics”, second Edition, Donald Hearn and M.Pauline Baker,
PHI/Pearson Education.
3. Procedural elements for Computer Graphics, David F Rogers, Tata Mc Graw hill,
2nd edition.
4. “Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics”, Neuman and Sproul, TMH.
5. Computer Graphics, Amrendra N Sinha,Arun D Udai TMH
6. Computer Graphics, Steven Harrington, TMH
 B.C.A. Final Semester VI
Paper II
PROGRMMING IN JAVA
UNIT - I :
Introduction to Java: -History of Java, features of Java, getting started with Java.
Java programs:-Introduction of Application & Applets. Variables: -Variable naming,
variable initialization, assign values, Rules of variables, Scope of variable. Operators: -
Arithmetic, Assignment, Unary, Comparison, Shift, Bit- Wise, Logical, Conditional,
New, Special, Relational. Data types:-Integers, Char, String, Float etc. Typecasting:
Tokens: -Java tokens Order of precedence of operators Streams: - Input and output.

UNIT - II :
Creating a class & subclass: -Declaring a class, Naming class, Rules to assign Class &
Subclass, Creating a new object, Class of an object. Data members: -Declaring data
member, Naming variables, using class members. Methods: -Using data members,
Invoke a method, passing arguments to a method, calling method. Access Specifier &
Modifiers: -Public, Private, Protected, Static & Final. Overloading: -Method
overloading, Constructor overloading. Java class library: - Different types of classes.
Decision making & loops:-If-then-else, Switch,? : operator, While-loop, do-while loop,
for. Array: -Creating an array, one-dimensional array, two-dimensional array. String: -
String array, string methods. Inheritance: -Single & multiple inheritances Interfaces: -
Defining interfaces, extending interfaces, implementing interfaces.

UNIT - III :
Packages: -Java API packages, creating packages, accessing packages, adding a class to
packages. Import statement: - Introduction & implementation of import statement.
Applets:-Introduction to Applets & Application, how applets application are different
creating An applet. Applets life cycle, designing a web page, creating an executable
applet, running the applet, applet tags, passing a parameter to applet, HTML tag,
Converting applet to application. Threads:-Overview of threads, single & multiple
threads, lift cycle of threads, stopping & blocking threads, working with threads, priority
to thread, synchronization. Exceptions & Errors:-Introduction, types of error, exception,
syntax of exception, handling techniques, exception for Debugging.

UNIT - IV :
Event: -Event driven programming, handling an (AWT) events. Graphic class:-
Introduction, the graphic classes, drawing & filling of lines, rectangle, circle & ellipse,
arcs, polygons, text & fonts, creating a font class, font objects, text, coloring object.
Streams:-Introduction, Abstract stream classes, file input & output.
AWI Applications: -Creating a GUI using AWT toolkit, using component class, frames.
Components & Control: -Textfield, textarea class, label, button, choice, list, checkbox,
class, and combo. Menus: -Creating a popup menus. Image: - Type of image, Properties
of an image, Displaying an image. Layouts: -Using Window Listener interface, Different
types of Layout, Layout manager, Flow manager, Grid manager. Container: -Different
types of container (Frame, Dialog, Panel)

Reference Books:
1. Programming with Java a primer II edition:-E Balaguruswamy(Tata McGraw-
Hill)
2. Java Programming (For absolute beginners) Russell PHI
3. Black Book on Java
4. Java-Complete References
 B.C.A. Final Semester VI
Paper III
ASP.NET
UNIT - IV :
Introduction to XML
Introduction to XML, creating DTD,elements and attributes definitions.XML
schema.Defining simple and complex types.Namespaaces,Schemas and validation.
Cascading style sheets(CSS) L and XML, Anatomy of a style,creating and calling style
sheets for an XML/HTML document.Layout with CSS. Setting up various properties of
elements using CSS.Formatting text with CSS,XML schemas, writing Simple sheets
using XSLT,SAX and DOM Parsers, SOAP introduction.

UNIT - II :
Introduction to ASP .NET
Inroduction to ASP .Net, Types,Object and Namespaces, Setting up ASP .NET and
IIS,ASP .NET configuration, ASP .NET Application,Web form Fundamentals, Web
Controls,Global.asax Application File,Responding to PostBack Events in ASP .NET.

UNIT - III :
ASP .NET Validations and Rich Controls:Calendar Control,AdRotator,Advertisement
File and AdRotator Class, Server-side Validation,Client –side Validation,Validation
Controls,Validated Customer Form.Stat Management, Tracing,Logging and Error
Handling.

UNIT - IV :
Accessing Data with ADO.NET Relational Databases and SQL,ADO .NET Object
model, Working with Data –Bound Controls, Populating a DataGrid, DataList and
Repeater, Customizing DataSet and Combining Data Tables,Changing Database records
accessing,Updating,Deleting and Creating records, Difference between ADO .NET and
XML,Adding Controls, Data binding, Database Connectivity.

Reference Books:
1. Biginning XML By Wrox Press
2. XML how to program By Deitel and Deitel
3. Web Enabled Commercial Application Develeopement using HTML, DHTML, JAVA
Script, and PERL-CGI By Ivan Bayross
4. The Complete Reference By Thomas Powell Tata MacGraw Hill
5. ASP .NET-The Complete Reference Tata MacGraw Hill
 B.C.A. Final Semester VI
Paper IV
SOFTWARE TESTING
UNIT - I:
Introduction: Testing as an Engineering Activity, Testing as a Process, testing axioms, Basic
Definitions Software Testing Principles, The Tester’s Role in a Software Development
Organization, Origins of Defects, cost of defects, Defect Classes, The D e f e c t R e p o s i t o r y
a n d Test D e s i g n , Defect E x a m p l e s , Developer/Tester Support for Developing a Defect
Repository, Defect Prevention Strategies.

UNIT - II:
Test Case Design : Test Case Design Strategies, Using Black Box Approach to Test Case
Design, Random Testing, Requirements based testing, Boundary Value Analysis, Decision
tables, Equivalence Class Partitioning, State-based testing, Cause-effect graphing, Error
guessing, Compatibility testing, User documentation testing, Domain testing
Using White Box Approach to Test design, Test Adequacy Criteria, static testing vs.
structural testing, code functional testing, Coverage and Control Flow Graphs, Covering
Code Logic, Paths, Their Role in White–box Based Test Design, code complexity testing,
Evaluating Test Adequacy Criteria.

UNIT - III:
Levels Of Testing : The Need for Levels of Testing, Unit Test, Unit Test Planning, Designing
the Unit Tests, The Test Harness, Running the Unit tests and Recording results, Integration tests,
Designing Integration Tests, Integration Test Planning, Scenario testing, Defect bash
elimination.
System Testing, Acceptance testing, Performance testing, Regression Testing,
Internationalization testing, Ad-hoc testing - Alpha , Beta Tests, testing OO systems, Usability
and Accessibility testing, Configuration testing, Compatibility testing, Testing the
documentation, Website testing

UNIT - IV:
Test Management : People and organizational issues in testing, organization structures for
testing teams, testing services, Test Planning , Test Plan Components, Test Plan Attachments,
Locating Test Items – test management, test process, Reporting Test Results, The role of three
groups in Test Planning and Policy Development, Introducing the test specialist, Skills needed
by a test specialist, Building a Testing Group.

Reference Books:
1. Srinivasan Desikan and Gopalaswamy Ramesh, “Software Testing –
Principles and Practices”, Pearson education, 2006.
2. Ilene Burnstein, “Practical Software Testing”, Springer International Edition,
2003.
3. Ron Patton, “ Software Testing”, Second Edition, Sams Publishing,
Pearson education, 2007
4. Renu Rajani, Pradeep Oak, “Software Testing – Effective Methods, Tools
and Techniques”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.
5. Edward Kit, “Software Testing in the Real World – Improving the
Process”, Pearson Education, 1995.
6. Boris Beizer, “Software Testing Techniques” – 2nd Edition, Van Nostrand
Reinhold New York, 1990.
7. Aditya P. Mathur, “Foundations of Software Testing – Fundamental algorithms
and techniques”, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., Pearson Education, 2008
 B.C.A. Final Semester VI
Paper V
PHP - II
UNIT - I :
PHP Browser-Handling Power: Using PHP’s Server Variables, Using HTTP Headers,
Getting the User’s Browser Type, Redirecting Browsers with HTTP Headers, Dumping a
Form’s Data All at Once, Handling Form Data with Custom Arrays, Putting It All in One
Page.
Data Validation: Performing Data Validation, Checking if the User Entered Required
Data, Requiring Text, Persisting User Data, Client-Side Data Validation, Handling
HTML Tags In User Input.

UNIT - II :
Classes and Objects: Terminology, Creating an Object, Accessing Properties and
Methods, Declaring a Class, Introspection, Serialization, Web Techniques: HTTP Basics,
Variables, Server Variables, Server Information, Processing Forms, Setting Response
Headers, Session, cookies, files, Maintaining State, SSL.

UNIT - III :
Working With Database: Using PHP to Access a Database: Relational Databases and
SQL, Mysql database Basics, Execute SQL Queries In PHP, Accessing The Database In
PHP: Connecting To The Database, Reading, Displaying, Closing Connection, Database
Manipulation: Inserting, Updating, Sorting and Deleting Records. Advanced Database
Techniques.

UNIT - IV :
Setting a Cookie, Reading a Cookie, setting cookies Expiration, Deleting Cookies.
Working with FTP: Downloading with FTP, Uploading files with FTP, Deleting a file
with FTP, Creating and Removing Directories with FTP, Sending E-mail, Advanced E-
mail, Adding Attachments to E-mail, Storing Data in Sessions, Writing a Hit Counter
Using Sessions. PHP Code,
Shell Commands.

Reference Books:
1. PHP 5.1 for beginners by Evan Bayross and Sharman Shah, SPD Publications
2. PHP 5.2 The Complete Reference by Steven Holzner, Mc Graw Hill Edition
2008.
3. Programming PHP by Rasmus Lerdorf and Kevin Tatroe, Orilly Publications
 B.C.A. Final Semester VI
Paper VI
DATA COMMUNICATION AND NETWORK - II

UNIT - I :
Communication Architecture
Protocols & Architecture: Protocols, The Layers Approach, OSI Model, TCP/IP protocol
suite, System Network Architecture.
Internetworking: Principles of Internetworking, Bridges, Routers, Repeaters, Gateways,
Connection Oriented Internetworking, Connectionless Internetworking, Connectionless
Internetwork Protocol, Router-level protocol.

UNIT - II :
Transport Protocols- Transport services, Protocol Mechanism, Network services, ISO
Transport Standards, TCP, UDP, TCP and UDP Packet format, Lightweight Transport
Protocol.

UNIT - III :
Session Services & Protocols- Session Characteristics, OSI Session Services, Definition,
OSI Session Protocol definition. DNS, FTP, HTTP.

UNIT - IV :
Digital Network
ISDN & Broadband ISDN : Overview of ISDN, Architecture and Interfaces of ISDN,
Transmission structure, User Access, ISDN protocols, Broadband ISDN(B-ISDN).

Reference Books:
1. William Stalling, Data and Computer Communication, PHI Publication.
2. Forouzan, Data Communication and Networks, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. Godbole, Data Communication and Network, TMH
4. Tanenbum, Computer Networks, PHI Publication.
5. Comer Internetworking with TCP/IP Vol-1, PHI Publication
 RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY, NAGPUR

NOTIFICATION
No. Acad/168.
Date :12th June, 2014

To,

The Principal

of all the affiliated Commerce Colleges

of Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj

Nagpur University, Nagpur

Subject:- Direction No. 12 of 2014.

Sir/Madam,

I am forwarding herewith a copy of the Direction No. 12 of 2014 issued by the Hon’ble Vice-
Chancellor under Section 14(8) of Maharashtra Universities Act, 1994 “Direction Governing
The Examinations Leading To The Degree Of Bachelor Of Commerce
(Computer Application)(BCCA) In The Faculty Of Commerce” along with the scheme
to be implemented from Academic Session 2014-2015.

You are requested to kindly bring it to the notice of all teachers and students of your college.

Thanking you,

Yours faithfully,
Encl: As above. Sd/-

(Dr. A.V. Gomashe)

Registrar,

Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj

Nagpur University, Nagpur.

No. Acad/168. Nagpur dated the 12th June, 2014

Copy for information and necessary action along with the Direction and Scheme as
mentioned above to :-

1) The Dean, Faculty of Commerce, Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur
2) The Chairman, All Board of Studies in Commerce Faculty, R.T.M. Nagpur University.
3) The Controller of Examinations, Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur
 4) The Director, B.C.U.D., Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur
5) The Deputy Registrar (Exam.) Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur.
6) The Deputy Registrar (Coll. Sec.) Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur
7) The Asstt. Registrar (Prof. Exam.), Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur
8) The Asstt. Registrar (Conf.), Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur.
9) The Asstt. Registrar (Exams & Enqury.), R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur
10) The Asstt. Registrar University’s Sub-Centre at Gadchiroli, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur.
11) The Officer-in-Charge, Publication Section, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur.
12) The Asstt. Registrar, Ordinance Section, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur
13) The P. A. to the Hon’ble Vice-Chancellor, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur
14) The P. A. to the Hon’ble Pro-Vice-Chancellor, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur
15) The P. A. to the Registar, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur
16) Mrs. Veena Prakashe, Information Scientist, R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur

Sd/-

(Puran Meshram)

Deputy Registrar(Acad.)

Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj

Nagpur University, Nagpur.

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 Page2

 RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY
“(Established by Government of Central Provinces Education Department by Notification No. 513 dated the
1st of August, 1923 & presently a State University governed by Maharashtra Universities Act, 1994.)”

Directions, Subject Scheme and Syllabus

For

Bachelor of Commerce (Computer Application) (BCCA)

Examinations

FACULTY OF
COMMERCE
B.Com. (Computer Application) (BCCA) Examinations

2014-15 and Onwards

(Three Years Degree Course)

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 Page3

 RASHTRASANT TUKDOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY, NAGPUR

Direction No. 12 of 2014

DIRECTION GOVERNING THE EXAMINATION LEADING TO THE DEGREE

OF Bachelor of Commerce (Computer Application)

{B.Com. (Computer Application)}(BCCA)Examination

WHEREAS the Maharashtra Universities Act No. XXXV of 1994 has come into force with
effect from 22nd July, 1994.
AND
WHEREAS the amendment to the said Act came to be effected from 12th May,2000.
AND
WHEREAS the Faculty of Commerce at its meeting held on 01-05-2013 have
decided to restructure the syllabus for the award of the degree of Bachelor of
Commerce (B.Com(Computer Application))(BCCA) Examination commensurate with
the curricula existing in the various Universities in India and with a view to include
the latest trends in the commerce stream as well as to design it to suit to the needs of
the industries and corporate houses as provided under Section 38(a) of the Act.
AND
WHEREASall the Board of Studies in Faculty of Commerce in its meeting held on
20-07-2013 restructured the existing syllabi and recommended the new scheme of
examination.
AND
WHEREAS the recommendations made by the all four Board of studies under
Faculty of Commerce were approved by the Academic Council, in its meeting held
on ___________.

AND
WHEREAS it is expedient to provide and Amend Ordinance for the purpose of
prescribing examinations leading to the degree of B.Com(Computer
Application))(BCCA) in the Faculty of Commerce.

Now, therefore, I, Anoop Kumar, Vice-Chancellor, Rastrasant Tukdoji Maharaj

Nagpur University, Nagpur in exercise of the powers vested in me under Section

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 Page4

14(8) of the Maharashtra University Act of 1994 do hereby issue the following
direction.

Scheme of Examination
1. This Ordinance may be called ‘Examination leading to the degree of B.Com(Computer
Application))(BCCA) in the Faculty of Commerce (Amendment) Ordinance,--------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. This Ordinance shall come into force with effect from the date of its approval by the
Management Council.
3. There shall be three examinations leading to the degree ofB.Com(Computer
Application))(BCCA) namely :
(1) The B.Com(Computer Application)(BCCA) Part – I Examination,
(2) The B.Com(Computer Application)(BCCA) Part – II Examination and
(3) The B.Com(Computer Application)(BCCA) Final Examination.
4. The duration of the Degree Course under this shall be of three academic years with
theBCCAPart – IExamination at the end of the first academic year, theBCCAPart –
IIExamination at the end of the second year and theBCCAFinalExamination at the end
of the third year.
5. The Examinations Specified in paragraph 3 above shall be held twice a year at such
places and on such dates as may be fixed by the University.
6. The details of eligibility for B.Com(Computer Application)(BCCA) examinations:

(A) For the BCCAPart – I, Examinee shall have Passed the 12th Standard Examination of the
Maharashtra State Board of Secondary and Higher Secondary Education, with English at
Higher or Lower level and any Modern Indian Language at higher or lower level with any
combination of optional subjects;
OR
XII Standard Examination of Maharashtra State Board of Secondary and Higher Secondary
Education in Vocational Stream with one language only; OR any other
examinationrecognized as equivalent thereto; in such subjects and with such standards of
attainments as may be prescribed Minimum Competition vocation course (MCVC).
OR
Any other Equivalent Examination of any State in (10+2) pattern with
any combination of subjects

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 Page5

(B) For the BCCAPart – II Examination the student shall have appeared inBCCAPart – I
Examination of this University & should be eligible as per ATKT rules.
(C) For the BCCAFinalExaminationthe student shall have Passed BCCAPart – I& shall
have appeared in BCCAPart – II Examination of this University & should be eligible as per
ATKT rules.
7. A collegiate candidate shall have pursued a regular course of study for not less than one
academic year before being examined for BCCAPart – I or the BCCAPart – II or the
BCCAFinal Examination in any recognized institution and or college affiliated to
RashtrasantTukdojiMaharaj Nagpur University where the course is conducted.

8. Without prejudice to the other provisions of Ordinance No. 6 relating to the

Examinations in General, the provisions of Paragraphs 5, 7, 8, 10, 26 and 31 of the said
Ordinance shall apply to every collegiate candidate.

9. The fees for the examination shall be as prescribed by the University from time to time
and whenever any change is made in the fees prescribed for any particular examination that
shall be notified through a notification for information of the examinees concerned.

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 Page6

10. (A) Teaching and Examination Scheme
B.Com. (Computer Application)(BCCA)
Three Year Degree Course
B.Com. (Computer Application)(BCCA) Part-I w.e.f. 2014-15
Teaching
Examination Scheme
Scheme
Theory Practical Total

Theory Paper (TH)

Mark
Practical (Periods)
Sr.No
Theory (Periods)

Subjects Total (Periods) s (TH.

.

Practical (PR)
Max Internal
+ PR

Min Passing

Min Passing
Max Marks

Max Marks
Marks (IM)
+ IM)

Marks

Marks
Total
1 English &
Business 10
4 - 4 80 20 40 - - 100
Communicatio 0
n
2 Principles of
10
Business 4 - 4 80 20 40 - - 100
0
Management
3 Financial 10
4 - 4 80 20 40 - - 100
Accounting 0
4 Information 10
4 - 4 80 20 40 - - 100
Systems 0
5 Information 10
4 - 4 80 20 40 - - 100
Technology 0
6 Introduction to
10
Operating 4 - 4 80 20 40 - - 100
0
Systems
7 Practical-I :
Microsoft - 6 6 100 40 100
Office
8 Practical-II :
Operating - 6 6 100 40 100
System
Total 24 12 36 800
Note : 1. Theory/Practical period of 48 minutes per week.
2. TH = Theory, PR = Practical, IM = Internal Marks.
3. Minimum marks for passing will 40% of the total marks allotted to the theory
paper/Practical.
4. The candidate has to pass theory papers and practicals separately.
5. Practical Examination is to be conducted as follows:
a) Practical Record 20 marks
b) Writing two programs/theory 20 marks each
c) Program Execution 20 marks
d) External viva-voce 20 marks
------------
Total 100 marks

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 Page7

(B)
B.Com. (Computer Application) Part-IIw.e.f. 2015-16

Teaching
Examination Scheme
Scheme
Theory Practical
Total

Min Passing Marks

Min Passing Marks

Marks

Theory Paper (TH)

Practical (Periods)
Theory (Periods)

Max Marks (IM)

Sr.No. Subjects (TH. +

Total (Periods)

Practical (PR)
PR +

Max Marks

Max Marks
IM)

Total
1 Statistics &
Quantitative 4 - 4 80 20 100 40 - - 100
Techniques.
2 Business
Economics 4 - 4 80 20 100 40 - - 100

3 Cost &
Management 4 - 4 80 20 100 40 - - 100
Accounting
4 Programming
4 - 4 80 20 100 40 - - 100
Skills (C Prog.)
5 E-Commerce &
4 - 4 80 20 100 40 - - 100
Web Designing
6 MIS & System
4 - 4 80 20 100 40 - - 100
Analysis
7 Practical-I :
Programming - 6 6 100 40 100
Skills
8 Practical-II :
- 6 6 100 40 100
HTML
Total 24 12 36 800

Note : 1. Theory/Practical period of 48 minutes per week.

2. TH = Theory, PR = Practical, IM = Internal Marks.
3. Minimum marks for passing will 40% of the total marks allotted to the theory
paper/Practical.
4. The candidate has to pass theory papers and practicals separately.
5. Practical Examination is to be conducted as follows:
a) Practical Record 20 marks
b) Writing two programs/theory 20 marks each
c) Program Execution 20 marks
d) External viva-voce 20 marks
------------
Total 100 marks

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 Page8

C.
B.Com. (Computer Application) Part-III w.e.f. 2016-17
Teaching
Examination Scheme
Scheme
Theory Practical
Total

Max Marks Practical

Min Passing Marks

Min Passing Marks

Marks

Theory Paper (TH)

Practical (Periods)
Sr.No. Subjects Theory (Periods) (TH.+

Max Marks (IM)

Total (Periods)
PR+IM)

MaxMarks

Total

(PR)
1 Business Law 4 - 4 80 20 100 40 - - 100
2 Computerized
4 - 4 80 20 100 40 - - 100
Accounting (TALLY)
3 Software Product and
4 - 4 80 20 100 40 - - 100
Project Management.
4 Front End Development 4 - 4 80 20 100 40 - - 100
5 DBMS and Oracle 4 - 4 80 20 100 40 - - 100
6 Practical-I : Tally - 6 6 100 40 100
7 Practical-II : VB & Oracle - 6 6 100 40 100
8 PROJECT - 6 6 100 40 100
Total 20 18 38 800
Note: 1. Theory/Practical period of 48 minutes per week.
2. TH = Theory, PR = Practical, IM = Internal Marks.
3. Minimum marks for passing will 40% of the total marks allotted to the theory
paper/Practical.
4. The candidate has to pass theory papers and practicals separately.
5. Practical Examination is to be conducted as follows:
a) Practical Record 20 marks
b) Writing two programs/theory 20 marks each
c) Program Execution 20 marks
d) External viva-voce 20 marks
------------
Total 100 marks
6. Project Examination is to be conducted jointly by External Examiner & Internal Examiner
/(Guide) appointedby university & shall jointly award the marks.

11. (A)The scope of the subjects and pattern of examination shall be as indicated in
Syllabus.
(B)The Medium of instructions and examinations shall be in ENGLISH only.
(C)The Maximum/minimum marks which each subject carries&workload inBCCAPart – I,
Part- II and Final Examination shall be as indicated in Examination& Teaching Scheme (item
no 10) “A”, “B”, and “C” respectively.

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 Page9

12. The percentage of passing marks in Theory &Practical shall be as indicated in
Examination Scheme (item no 10) “A”, “B”, and “C” respectively.
In order to pass at the BCCA Part – I, II and Final Examinations an examinee shall obtain
not less than 40% marks in each theory subject paper/practical, that is to say jointly in the
written subject theory Examination and in internal assessment /sessional wherever
applicable.
(i) An examinee who is unsuccessful at the examination shall be eligible for admission to
the subsequent examinations on payment of a fresh fee prescribed for the examination
together with the conditions of the ordinance in force from time to time.
(ii) An examinee who has failed at the Internal /sessional examination only shall required
to register himself afresh for doing the Internal practical work again in the Department /
College in the subject/subjects in which he has failed on payment of fresh annual
Internal/sessional fee of Rs. 100/- per paper. Such registration shall be done on or before
the beginning of the respective Academic Session. The Director / Principal shall on being
satisfied about the completion of the Internal/sessional work of such a candidate send the
fresh Internal sessional marks to the University and these fresh Internal /sessional marks
shall be taken into consideration for computing his / her result at the examination.

13.(a) There shall be no classification of examinees successful at the BCCA Part – I & II
Examinations. Division at the BCCAFinal Examination shall be declared on the basis of the
aggregate marks at the BCCAPart – I Examination , the BCCAPart –II Examination and the
BCCAFinal Examination taken together.
(b) Successful examinees at the BCCAPart –I, BCCAPart –II and the BCCA Final
Examinations taken together and obtaining 75% or more in the aggregate shall be placed in
the distinction, 60 % or more in the aggregate shall be placed in the first division, those
obtaining less than 60 % but not less than 45 % in the Second Division & those obtaining less
than 45% in third division.
c) Successful examinees in the BCCAPart –I, BCCAPart –II and BCCA Final Examination
shall be awarded Distinction in each subject in which examinees obtain 75 % or more marks
in that subject at the respective Examination.

14. Unsuccessful examinees at the above examinations can be readmitted to the same
examination on payment of a fresh fee and such other fees as may be prescribed.

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 10

15. Provisions of Ordinance No. 3 of 2007 relating to the award of Grace Marks for
passing an examination, securing higher division / class and for securing distinction in
subject(s) shall be applicable.

16. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Direction, no person shall be

admitted to an examination under this Ordinance, if he/ she has already passed the same
examination or an equivalent examination of any other University.

17. Examinees passing all the B.Com(Computer Application)(BCCA) Examination shall on

payment of the prescribed fees receive a Degree in the prescribed form signed by the Vice-
Chancellor.

18. The aforesaid Amendment shall come into force from the date of its issuance and shall
remain in force till the relevant Ordinance come into being in accordance with the provisions
of the Maharashtra University Act, 1994.

19. The marks for internal assessment should be communicated to university within time
limit as per University norms.
The record of conduct of such examination, evaluation and marks for internal
assessmentshould be maintained for a period of at least one year by the respective college /
Department for the verification by the competent authority.

The A.T.K.T. rules shall be as under :(Theory and Internal assessment of that theory subject
shall be jointly considered as single passing head).

Admission to Candidate should have Candidate should have

academic year passed in following passed in Minimum
examination FOURpassing headsof the
following examination
I Year H.S.S.C/equivalent -------
II Year ------ BCCA Ist year
Final Year* BCCA Ist year BCCA IInd year

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 11

Note: (*) A candidate admitted to Final Year can appear for Final year examination however
the result of the Final year examination will be withheld unless the candidate clears all the
lower examinations of the BCCAcourse.

20. This direction shall come into force phase wise from the academic session 2014-15.

Sd/-

Nagpur: ( Anoop Kumar )

Dated : 4.6.2014 Vice-Chancellor

Syllabus
Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 12
 B.Com. (Computer Application) Part-I

Paper – 1: English and Business Communication

Unit I: Comprehension, Enriching Vocabulary, Single Word For a Group of Words, Words Frequently
Misspell.

Unit II: Business Letter Writing, Getting to the point, Choice of Words, Punctuation, E-mail
etiquette.Enquiries and replies - Placing and fulfilling orders - Complaints and follow-up - Sales
letters -Circular letters - Application for employment and resume.

Unit III: Nature, Scope, and Functions of Communication: Definition, Objectives, Purpose of
Communication, Communication Process, Sender’s Thoughts, Encoding, Decoding, Feedback Loop,
Noise Channels of Communication, Informal Channels Of Communication, Barriers to Effective
communication.

Unit IV:Textbook entitled ‘Prism: Spoken and Written Communication, Prose & Poetry’ published by
Orient Longman
1) The Bet – Anton Chekov
2) Socrates and the Schoolmaster – F. L. Brayne
3) An Astrologer’s Day – R. K. Narayan
4) The Gift of the Magi – O’ Henry
5) With the Photographer – Stephen Leacock

Reference Books:
1. Oxford Practice Grammar – John Eastwood (Oxford)
2. Business Communication – Sona Prasad, SaiJyoti Publication
A Guide to Business Correspondence – Kapoor A. (S. Chand & Co.)
3. Basic Business Communications – Rober M. Archer
4. English Grammar – Wren in & Martin
5. Effective Business Communication – Herta Murphy Chorles Perk (Tata McGraw Hill)
6. Business Communication: UrmilaRai, S.M. Rai- (Himalaya Publishing House)
7. Business Correspondence & Communication Skill- Kapur (S. Chand Co.)

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 13

 Paper-2: Principles of Business Management

Unit I: Introduction - Nature, function, definition and importance of management, Definition, nature,
purpose and scope of management, Functions of a manager, an overview of planning, organizing and
controlling, is management a science or art?

Unit II: Development of Management Thought - Scientific management; Contribution of Taylor,

Fayol, Mary Follet, Elton Mayo; Hawthorne experiments, Contingency approach, Indian heritage in
production and consumption.

Unit III: Management and Administration - Management and administration, Management as a

profession, Professionalism of management in India, Management ethics and management culture,
Skills required of manager, Classification of skills, Methods of skills development.
Management Planning - Concept of planning, objectives, Nature, Types of plan, Stages involved in
planning, Characteristics of a good plan, Importance, Limitations of planning, Making planning
effective, Strategic planning in Indian Industry.

Unit IV: Decision Making - Concept, characteristics of decisions, Types of decisions, Steps Involved
in decision making, Importance of decision making, Methods of decision making, Committee
Decision Making.Organisation - Concepts, Principle of organization, Importance, Features of good
organization structure, Types of Organisation structure.

Reference Books:

1. Essential of Business Administration - K.Aswathapa Himalaya Publishing House

2. Management: Concept and Strategies By J. S. Chandan, Vikas Publishing
3. Principles of Management, By Tripathi, Reddy Tata McGraw Hill
4. Principles of Management ByRamasamy T, Himalaya Publishing House
5. Principles of Business management By Sherlekar, Himalaya Publishing House

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 14

 Paper-3: Financial Accounting

Unit –I: Introduction - Meaning, Scope and importance of Financial Accounting. Financial
Accounting - concepts and conventions, classification of accounts, Rules and principles governing
Double Entry Book-keeping system.Accounting Books & Record - Meaning, Preparation of Journal,
Ledger& Trial balance. Accounting Standards - introduction, Need & Objectives, AS 1 to AS 10,
Accounting Policies and their Discloser.

Unit II: Final Account of Joint Stock Companies - Final Accounts of Joint Stock Companies –
contents, and preparation of Trading and Profit and Loss Account, Profit and Loss Appropriation
Account and Balance sheet with adjustment,Closing Entries (Simple entries).

Unit III: Accounting for Non-profit making institutions: Introduction for non-profit making
institutions, receipt and payment account, income and expenditure account, preparation of final
accounts of non-profit making institutions.

Unit IV: Issue of Shares: Entries for issue of shares, Issue of shares at discount and premium,
forfeiture and re-issue of forfeited shares.

Reference Books:
1) 1. S. N. Maheshwar :- Financial Accounting – Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi
2) Gupta R. L. – Advanced Financial Accounting – S. Chand & Sons
3) Kumar, Anil S. – Advanced Financial Accounting – Himalaya Publication House
4) Shukla and Grewal : Advanced Accounts (S. Chand & Ltd. New Delhi)
5) Jain and Narang : Advanced Accounts (Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana)
6) Sr. K. Paul : Accountancy, Volume –I and II (New Central Book Agency, Kolkata)
7) R. K..Lele and Jawaharlal : Accounting Theory (Himalaya Publishers)
8) M. A. Arulnandam :- Advance Accounting – Himalay Publication

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 15

 Paper 4: Information Systems

Unit-I:Introduction to IT and Computers, Block diagram of computer, functioning of computer,

generations of computer, classification of computers, characteristics, advantages & limitations of
computer. Computer organization: Central processing Unit - speed of processor, computer memory:
primary & secondary, types of primary memory, registers. Storage devices: floppy disk, Hard disk,
magnetic tapes, optical disk (CD/ DVD), solid state storage (Flash memory cards, pen drive, etc.).
Input devices: keyboard, mouse, joystick, light pen, scanners, OCR, MICR, Touch Screen, Bar code
reader. Output devices: monitor, printers, classification of printers, impact & non-impact printers, dot
matrix, ink jet, laser, thermal printers, plotters.

Unit-II :Hardware & software, Software and programming languages. Introduction, types of
software, characteristics of good program, development of programming languages-machine
language, assembly language, high level language.
Data representation: Binary, decimal, Octal, hexadecimal number systems, features & conversions,
BCD, EBCDIC & ASCII codes.

UNIT – III: File Concept, Types of Files, Organization of Files, Data Processing. Factors affecting File
Organisation, Data capture techniques.
Computer communication, wireless communication, need for networks, forms of data communication
– analog, digital; data transmission modes, data transmission media (Twisted pair, co-axial, Fibre
Optic, Microwave, Satellite communication), Bandwidth- Narrow, voice, board band, Protocols,
modems, Multiplexing, Types of network-, LAN, WAN, MAN, concept of Network topology, types
of topologies, advantages & limitations .Type of networking: Telephone network, ISDN, LAN, MAN,
WAN AND VAN; networking topology; OSI Model.

UNIT – IV: Concept of E-Commerce and Internet, Brief history and development of internet, WWW,
Internet architecture – servers, browsers, URL; service providers – shell account, TCP/IP internet
services and application – E Mail, education, financial service, e-Commerce, banking, shopping,
advertising, e-governance.
Application of Computer: Business and Industry, CAD/CAM graphics, Office automation, scientific
application, process control, computer, computer audit, simulation.
Virus, Types of Viruses, Anti-Virus, Firewall and Anti-Spy ware Utilities

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. I.T. TODAY (ENCYCLOPEDIA) BY S. JAISWAL (TEST BOOK)
2. COMPUTER TODAY BY DONALD SENDERS
3. Computer Applications in Management – UshaDahiya,SapnaNagpal(Taxmann’s)
4. Information Technology - Dr. SushilaMadan (Taxmann’s)
5. UNDERSTANDING COMPUTER BY DINESHKUMAR
6. COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS BY P. K. SINHA
7. OFFICE AUTOMATION BY K.K. BAJAJ (MACMILAN)
8. BUSINESS ON THE NET AN INTRODUCTION TO THE WHATS AND HOWS OF E-
COMMERCE BY K. N. AGARWALA & OTHERS (MACMILAN)
9. Fundamentals of Computers – ITL Education Solutions Ltd. (Pearson)

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 16

 Paper 5 - Information Technology

Unit –I : Word Processing: Introduction, Starting word, Creating document, Structure of Ms-word
window and its application, Mouse & keyboard operations, designing a document; formatting-
selection, cut, copy, paste, Toolbars, operating on text; Printing, Saving, Opening, Closing of
document; creating a template; Tables, borders, textbox operations; Spelling and Grammar check,
Mail merge, Envelope and Label, Protection of document, Change the view of document.

Unit-II : Spreadsheet Package: Introduction To Ms-Excel, Navigating, Excel Toolbars and

Operations, Formatting Features- Copying Data Between Worksheets; Entering and Editing Cell
Entries, Creation of Charts, Editing and Formatting Charts, Goal Seek, Auditing, Linking, Workbook,
Database in Excel (Auto Filter, Advanced Filter, Sort, Form), Mathematical, Statistical and Financial
Functions in Ms-Excel.

Unit-III : PowerPoint Presentation: Working with PowerPoint Window, Standard Toolbar, Formatting
Toolbar, Drawing Toolbar, Moving the Frame, Inserting Clip Art, Picture, Slide; Text Styling, Send to
Back, Entering Data to Graph, Organisation Chart, Table, Design Template, Master Slide, Animation
Setting, Saving and Presentation, Auto Content Wizard, Package for CD (Pack & Go Feature).

Unit-IV : MS-Access : Introduction to database management system, DBMS vs RDBMS, Database

Administrator (DBA) and its role.
Introduction to Microsoft Access, creating a database in access, using database wizards and blank
database, creating table, database view and design view, creating queries, forms, reports and macros
in ms-access.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. Microsoft Office –2000 – Gini Courter , Annelte Marquis BPB
2. It Today (Encyclopedia– S.Jaiswal
3. A First Course In Computers– Sanjay Saxena
4. First Text Book On Information Technology – SrikantPatnaik
5. Guide To Microsoft Access – Carl Townsand
6. An Introduction to Database Management System – Bipin C. Desai (Galgotia Pub.)
7. Database Management Design– CSV Murthy ( Himalaya)

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 17

 Paper-6: Introduction to Operating System

UNIT – I:Introduction to Operating System, definition, need, functions, types of operating system,
simple batch system, multiprogramming , time sharing system, parallel system, distributed systems,
real-time system, multiprocessing, on-line and off line processing, multitasking, virtual memory
management.

UNIT – II:Introduction to Disk Operating System (DOS)

1. File types, Directory Structure
2. Booting - Warm and Cold Booting
3. Types of DOS commands (Internal and External)
4. Introduction of Autoexe and Config files.
5. Directory commands: DIR, MD, RD, TREE, PATH, SUBST ETC.
6. Wild card Definitions
7. Commands related to file management: COPY, DEL, ERASE, REN, ATTRIB, XCOPY,
BACKUP and RESTORE .
8. General commands: TYPE DATE, TIME, PROMPT etc.
9. batch commands, wild card characters & its use.

Unit – III: Introduction to Unix overview

1. File systems and structure of directories and file
2. File Oriented Commands – Cat, op, In mv, rm etc.
3. File Permissions
4. Directory Oriented commands – ls, mkdir, rmdir, cd, pwd etc.
5. Inter user connection commands – write, mail, used, at, wall etc.
6. Common commands – skill, date, wo, sleep, who ps.
7. Unix Utility Commands – grep, pr, cut, paste, sort, lp shutdown, halt, sys, tar, find etc.
8. Introduction of Linux.

UNIT – IV:Introduction to windows Operating System, advantages of windows operating system,

using different windows applications simultaneously, operating with windows, GUI, use of help
features, starting an application, essential accessories, creating shortcuts, windows explorer, control
panel, my computer, my documents, recycle bin, finding folders and files, changing system settings,
system tools, use of run command, setting peripherals, drivers, editing graphics in windows, new
features in windows XP/Vista versions.
Introduction to Mobile Operating System

BOOK RECOMMENDED:
1. MODERN OPERATING SYSTEMS 2nd EDITION BY TANENBAUM (PHI)
2. THE UNIX PROGRAMMING ENVIRONMENT BY KERNIGHAN & PIKE (PHI)
3. DOS/UNIX & WINDOWS: I.T. TODAY (ENCYCLOPEDIA) BYS. JAISWAL
4. OPERATING SYSTEM CONCEPT: SILLBERSCHATZ GALVIN
5. MSDOS; MANUAL
6. USING LINUX (FIFTH EDITION) : TACKETT, BURNETT (PHI)

PRACTICAL:
Practical – I: Microsoft Office
The Practical should be based on MS-Word, MS-Excel, MS-PowerPoint and MS-
Access.
Practical –II: Operating System
The Practical should be based on MS-DOS, Unix, Shell Script, Windows.

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 18

 B.Com. (Computer Application) Part-II

Paper 1: Statistics and Quantitative Techniques

Unit I:Descriptive statistics – Definition, functions, scope and role of statistics in business,
Importance of statistics, distrust and limitations of statistics.

Unit II:Presentation of statistical data – classification; tabulation; frequency distribution; diagrams &
graphs.
Statistical average - importance and requisites of a good statistical average; types of averages –
arithmetic mean, median, mode, geometric mean and harmonic mean, weighted average, relationship
amongst different averages.

Unit III: Dispersion - meaning and significance of dispersion; methods of measuring dispersion –
range, quartile; mean deviation, standard deviation, Co-efficient of Skewness, Lorenz Curve.
Correlation and Regression (Simple)- Types of correlation, Calculation of Co-efficient of Correlation
for Simple Series, Calculation of Co-efficient of Correlation for Continuous Series; Regression
Equation of X on Y, Regression Equation of Y on X

Unit IV: Quantitative Techniques – An introduction: Classifications of quantitative techniques;

applications of quantitative techniques to business and industry; limitations of quantitative
techniques.

Numerical shall be based on Unit II and Unit III.

Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals of statistics : D. V. Elhance&VeenaElhance
2. Statistices : V. K. Kapoor – S. Chand & Sons
3. Statistics : B. New Gupta – SahityaBhavan Agra
4. Statistics Methods : S.P. Gupta – S. Chand & Sons
5. Fundamental of Statistics : S. C. Gupta – Himalaya Publishing House
6. Business Mathematics & Statistics : NEWK Nag & S.C. Chanda – Kalyani Publishers
7. Problem in statistics : Y. R. Mahajan - Pimplapure Publisher Nagpur

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 19

 Paper-2:Business Economics

Unit I: Nature and fundamental concepts and basis techniques of Business economics - Analysis of
Demand, Significance, estimation of demand; Elasticity of Demand, Techniques and Importance of
Demand forecasting; Basic Mathematical Problems related to demand estimation and elasticity of
demand.

Unit II: Production & Cost Analysis - Production & Production Function: Concept, Forms of
production function, Law of variable Proportions, Returns to scale. Cost concept, Short term and long
term cost output relationship, Cost curves, Economies of scale.
Objectives & Equilibrium of the Firm - Market Structures- Perfect Competition, Monopoly,
Monopolistic Competition & Oligopoly - kinked demand curve and cartels, Mathematical Problems
on profit maximization and Price & Output determination under various market structures.

Unit III: National Income Accounting - Concept & measurement; Determination of Income &
Employment; Concept of multiplier; Inflation and Deflation, types, causes and control of inflation.

Unit IV: Macroeconomic policy - Monetary and fiscal- objectives and Instruments; Effectiveness of
Monetary & Fiscal Policy with respect to Indian Economy.Business cycles - Concept, Causes &
Impact, Measures to control Business cycles.

Reference Books:
1. Managerial Economics, P. L. Mehta, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi
2. Managerial Economics, Dwidevi, TMH
3. Managerial economics in a Global economy, Dominick Salvatore, 2006, Thomson learning
Press
4. Managerial Economics, Suma Damodran, 2006, Oxford University Press, New Delhi
5. Indian Economy, Mishra &Puri, 2007, Himalaya Publishing House

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 20

 Paper 3: Cost & Management Accounting

Unit I : Meaning, Definition, Scope, and Importance of Cost Accounting – Elements of Cost, Cost
Classification, Preparation of Cost Sheets, Tenders, and Quotations. Methods of Cost Allocation and
Absorption (Simple Problems on Operating Costing - Transportation only).

Unit II : Reconciliation of Profits Shown by Cost and Financial books. Marginal Costing - Break
Even Analysis, Concept and Applications. Process Costing(Up to Abnormal Loss and Abnormal
Effectiveness).

Unit-III: Meaning, objects, advantages, importance tools and techniques of management accounting.
Distinction between Financial Accounting, Cost Accounting and Management Accounting.
Ratio Analysis – Meaning, nature, analysis, significance & limitations of ratio analysis. Ratio as tools
of interpretation of financial statements.
Computation of ratios – Gross profit ratio, net profit, net profit ratio, operating net profit ratio,
operating ratio, expenses ratio stock turn-over ratio, current ratio, liquidity ratio, debtors turn-over
ratio, creditors turnover ratio, fixed assets turnover ratio, debt equity ratio, earning per share.

Unit-IV: Break even analysis – Meaning, need, importance & limitations.Computation – Profit
volume ratio, breakeven point, margin of safety, estimated sales for required profit & estimated profit
for given sales.
Fund flow statement – Meaning, concepts, importance & limitations, preparation of fund flow
statement, Business budgets and budgetary control – Types of budget and its utility, preparation of
cash & flexible budgets.

Simple Numerical will be based on all Units.

Reference Books:
1) S. N Maheshwari : Cost Accounting Theory and problems –ShriMahavir Book Depot, New Delhi
2) V.K. Saxena : Cost Accounting Text Book- Sultan Chand and Sons New Delhi
3) M.C. Shukls – T.S. – Grewal, M.P. Gupta – Cost Accounting – S. Chand , New Delhi
4) R. S. N. Pallai, V Bhagavathi – Cost Accounting – S. Chand, New Delhi
5) S. M. Shukla :- Cost Accounts (Hindi)
6) Nigam R. S. – Advanced Cost Accounting , S. Chand & Company
7) Jain S. P. – Advanced Cost Accounting – Kalyani Publication
8) Pillai R. S. N. – Management Accounting – S. Chand & Co. Pvt. Ltd.
9) Agrawal N. K. – Managements Accounting – Galgotia Publication
10) Singh, Jagwant - Managements Accountings – KitabMahal
11) Rathnam P. V. - Managements Accountings – KitabMahal
12) Sharma R. K. - Managements Accountings – Kalyani Publication
13) Management Accounting & Financial Management :-Arora M N (Himalaya Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd.)

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 21

 Paper 4: Programming Skills (‘C’ Programming)

Unit –I: Programming Logic:Problem Analysis, Process Analysis, Conceptual Development of

solution. Development Tools : Algorithm & Flowchart Translator : Interpreter, Compiler
Introduction to C : History of C Language, C Character Set, Data Types, Constant & Variables, Type
Casting, Type Modification, Operators in C, Input/Output Function in C.

Unit –II: Control Statement :If, If…Else, While, Do….While, for, goto, switch…case, break, continue,
exit statement. Arrays : Array Definition, One dimensional array, two dimensional array, searching,
sorting, inserting, deletion, process in arrays, Addition & Multiplication of two dimensional array,
Storage Class : Automatic,Register, Static, External Storage Class.

Unit –III: String Handling:String library function. Structure and Union : Introduction to structure
and union, Declaration, initializing structure, accessing structure elements, array of structure.
Function :Library functions, user defined functions, function prototype, types of user defined
function, function with arrays, function with structure.

Unit –IV: Pointers:Introduction to pointers, Arithmetic operations on pointer variables. Pointer with
array.Pointer with structure, Function call value and call by reference.
File Processing : Introduction, stream and files, opening and closing files, file opening modes, text
mode, binary mode, more on file handling functions.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. Introduction Tech. Concepts by Dr. Madhulika Jain, Shashank&Satish Jain (BPB)
2. Programming in ANSI C – By E. Balaguruswami
3. C in Depth – by S.K. Shrivastava (BPB)
4. Let us C – By Y Kanetkar (BPB)

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 22

 Paper 5: E-Commerce and Web Designing

Unit –I : E-Commerce: Introduction, Definition, Benefits of E-Commerce, Impact of E-Commerce on

business models, Traditional Commerce Vs E-Commerce, Advantages and Disadvantages of E-
Commerce, Electronic Commerce and the Trade Cycle.
Electronic Market : Usage, Advantages and Disadvantages and its future.
Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) : Introduction, Benefits, Trade Cycle and Example.
Internet Commerce :Introduction, Internet Trade Cycle and example, Internet Security : Secure
Transaction, Privacy issues, computer crimes and its type, Security Issues : Security threats like
damage to data, loss of data and unauthorized use of data, Security Procedure : Firewall, Encryption,
Password, Access Control List, Digital Certificate.

Unit –II : Creating Static Web Pages with HTML: Introduction, Designing web site, Advantages and
Disadvantages of HTML, Flow of Web Information, Role of Web Browser and Web Server, Process of
Web Publishing,
Creating a Simple Static Web Page : About HTML, Basic elements : <html>, <head>, <title>, <p>,
<br>, <h1> to <h6>, <ol>, <ul>, <li>, <dl>, <pre>, <marquee>, <hr>, Physical and Logical tags Path :
Relative and Absolute path, Comments, Special Characters, Text Formatting tags, <center>
Adding Links, Images, Background and Table : Hyperlinks <a href …>, Cerating links to web pages
and URLs, Creating links within the same page, various types of URLs that can be used in links,
Image tag and their related attributes, Inline images, Links to (external) images, Using Inline images,
Using images as hyperlinks, Popular images formats for internet and HTML.
Tables :Basic tabletags and their related attributes.

Unit –III : Frames and Embedding Multimedia: Frames, Image Map and Web Font Creator : Frames
and their creation, the <Frame> and <Frameset> tags, Fram linking, Floating or Inline Frames, Image
Maps <map> and <area> tags, Client – Side and Server – Side image maps.
Form designs, Form Controls, Text controls, password fields, radio buttons, checkboxes, reset and
submit buttons, form control selection, option processing and textarea.
Embedding Multimedia : Introduction, Embedding Multimedia, Inserting sound/audio formats,
video file formats.

Unit –IV : Cascading Style Sheets (CSS) and XML: CSS : Defining style sheets, features, adding style
to document, Linking to a single sheet, Embedding style sheet, Using inline style, Style sheet
properties, Font properties, Color and Backgournd properties, Text properties, Box properties.
XML : Introduction, XML and SGML, Design goals of XML, Application of XML: Document
Application, Data Application, XML Software : Browsers, Editors, Parsers, Processor, XML tags,
Structure of XML documents, XML element tags, Element markup, Attribute markup, HTML
document, adding scripts, Data types in XML , XML Namespaces : Qualified name and Unqualified
names, Namespace scope, default name space, working with text and font : Font, Font Size, font style,
text alignment, text indent, line height, color and Background Properties : Foreground color,
Background color, Border color, Background image, Working with DTD : Introduction, HTML and
DTD, Benefits of the DTD, Structure of DTD, Declarations of variable in DTD : Element name,
Occurrence indicators, Connectors.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED :
1. Electronic Commerce : Greenstein and Feinman (TMH)
2. E-Commerce : Bhushan Dean – S. Chand
3. Web Publishing : MonicD’souza and J D’souza
4. Complete HTML : BPB
5. XML : Xavier (TMH)

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 23

 Paper 6: MIS AND SYSTEM ANALYSIS

UNIT-I: System Concept, definition, system approach, characteristics, System Elements – Input,
Output, Environment, Boundary Interface, feedback, Control. Types of systems, Business as system.
Data vs information, information and decision making, Value of information, quality of information.
Introduction to MIS, definition, need, objectives, benefits, functions, characteristics.Structure of MIS,
information requirements at various levels of Management Activities.MIS vs data processing. Types
of MIS: TPS, OAS, DSS, Expert system (organization, features & advantages)
Functional MIS for marketing, finance, human resource, production & service industry.

UNIT –II :System development life cycle(SDLC) concept & stages. Need identification, determining
user’s information requirements. Information gathering - Sources & Methods (Interviews,
questionnaires, observation, document analysis). System analysis, planning approach- elements,
objectives, constraints , feasibility study, Tools of data recording, DFDs, data dictionary, decision tree,
decision table, cost benefit analysis.

UNIT –III: Output input design, form design, process design, process specification, file design,
program design, module integration, storage requirement ,selection of hardware and software,
software controls, system flow chart, user view of processing, modeling input output data. Procedure
design, design documentation, user feedback, Project planning& control.

UNIT –IV: Testing and Implementation

Testing: Code testing, specification testing, types of tests, verification and validation systems security
and privacy, control measures, disaster recovery plan, system audit, Documentation : user’s, System ,
operations manual, Role and qualities of system analyst as a change agent. Implementation –
Methods of change over, transition and conversion, change management, user training. Post
implementation maintenance & review.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED :
1. System Analysis and Design : E. Awad(Galgotia)
2. Systems Analysis and Design : Edward (TMH)
3. System Analysis and Design : Don Yeats(McMillan)
4. Management Information Systems : Goyal(McMillan)
5. Management Information System : Jawadekar (venus)
6. Management Information System : Sadagopan (Prentice Hall of India).
7. Management Information Systems : Kanter (Prentice Hall of India)

PRACTICAL :
Practical – I : Programming Skills
The Practical should be based on all the units of Programming Skills
Practical –II : Web Designing
The Practical should be based on Unit-II, Unit-III and Unit-IV of E-Commerce & Web
Designing.

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 24

 B.Com. (Computer Application) Part-III

Paper – 1: Business Law

Unit I: Legal Framework for business entities- Introduction to legal aspects of Business in general;
Need and importance of Business Laws.
Indian Contract Act, 1872 – Definition of Contract, Agreement, Offer and Acceptance, Essentials of
Valid Contract, Performance of Contract and Breach of Contract.

Unit II: Indian Joint Stock Companies Act, 1956- Definition of a Joint Stock Company, Kinds of
Companies, Formation of Company, Memorandum of Association, Articles of Association,
Prospectus, Company Meetings, Liquidation of a Company.

Unit III : Indian Partnership Act, 1932- Definition of Partnership, Kinds of Partners, Partnership
Deed, Registration of a Partnership Firm, Rights and Duties of Partners, Liabilities of Partners,
Dissolution of a Partnership Firm.

Unit IV: Information Technology Act 2000 & Cyber Law - Scope, Provisions & overview, IT Act and
E-mails, Strategy to Combat Cyber Crime
Consumer Protection Act, 1986- Definitions, Category of the term Consumer, Rights of Consumer,
Consumer protection Councils, Remedies & Relief available to the consumer.

Reference books:
1. Business laws By SatishMathur, McGraw Hill,
2. Principles of Business Law, Maheshwari, Himalaya Publishing House
3. Business & Industrial Laws, M.C.Kuchhal, Vikas Publishing Pvt.Ltd.
4. Business Law, Sarvanavel, Himalaya Publishing House
5. Corporate Law, AbhishekShahu ,SaiJyoti Publication

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 25

 Paper 2 :Computerised Accounting (TALLY)

Unit – I: Introduction to Accounting, Advantages of Accounting, Books of accounts, Classification of

Accounts, Financial Statements, Inventory management, Computerized Accounting, Advantages of
Computerized Accounting, Manual Vs Computerized Accounting, Need of Computerized
Accounting, Accounts Organization, Accounts group, Loans, Liabilities, Assets and Budget.

Unit – II: Accounting Software’s, Introduction to Tally Software, Features of Tally, Tally Screen,
Company Information, Creating new Company, Gateway, Selection of Company, Selection of
Options, Buttons at Gateway, Working with multiple Companies, Company Features, Configuration
– General, Numeric Symbols, Voucher Entry, Invoice Order Entry, Printing.

Unit – III: Accounts Info Menu, Account Groups – Create new group, creation of Primary group.
Normal and Advance Information, Ledger Accounts, Cost Categories, Cost Centers. Creation of
Budget, Types of Budget. Voucher – Voucher Entry, Creation of Voucher Screen, Types of Voucher,
Selection of Voucher Types, Post Dated Voucher, Printing of Vouchers, Cheque Printing, advance
Features of account Voucher.

Unit – IV: Inventory Info, Features of Inventory Info. Configure – Inventory Info, Balance Sheet,
Audit trail, Ratio Analysis. Display – Accounting Report Display, Inventory report Display, and MIS
Report Display. Printing Reports, Export of Data. Maintenance – Bank Reconciliation, House Keeping,
Data Maintenance.Security – Users and Password, Security Controls, Types of Security, Creation New
Security Levels and Tally Audit.

Practical:
Tally Software - All Accounting Problems Viz. Balance Sheet, Profit & Loss, Cash Book, Loans, Cost
Accounting, Vouchers, Budget, Sales and Purchase, Assets & Liabilities, Inventory Management,
Financial Statements, Books of accounts, Ledger, etc.

Books Recommended:
1. Accounting with Tally : K.K. Nadhani, BPB Publication.
2. Tally Tutorial :K.K. Nadhani and A.K. Nadhani, BPB Publication.
3. Advances Accounts Vol – I :M.C.Shukla, T.S.Grewal and S.G.Gupta, S.Chand& Company, Delhi.
4. Accounting Principles :Anthony R.N. and J.S.Richard, Irwin Inc.
5. Advanced Accountancy : P.C. Tulsian, Tata McGRAW HILL Publication.

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 26

 Paper 3: Software Product and Project Management

Unit-I: PROJECT MANAGEMENT

1. The Management Spectrum, The People, The Product, The Process, The Project
2. Project Manager – Role & Responsibilities
3. Project Estimation – Introduction, Decomposition Techniques – Software sizing, Problem Based
Estimation, LOC Based, FP Based estimation
4. Project Scheduling – Basic Concepts, Project Scheduling, Basic Principles, The relationship
between People & effort, Effort Distribution, Defining a task network – CPM/PERT, Gantt Chart.

Unit-II: SOFTWARE TESTING STRATEGIES

1. A strategic approach to software testing – Verification & Validation, Organizing for software
testing.
2. Test Strategies for conventional software – Unit Testing, Integration Testing.
3. Test Strategies for object-oriented software – Unit Testing, Integration Testing.
4. Validation Testing – Test Criteria, Configuration Review, Alpha & Beta Testing.
5. System Testing – Recovery, Security, Stress & Performance Testing.
6. The Art of Debugging – The debugging process, Psychological consideration, Debugging
strategies, correcting the errors.

Unit-III: RISK MANAGEMENT

1. Introduction
2. Software Risks
3. Risk Identification – Assessing overall project risk, Risk Components & Drivers
4. Risk Projection – Developing a risk table, Assessing Risk Impact
5. Risk Refinement
6. Risk Mitigation, Monitoring and Management
7. The RMMM Plan

Unit-IV: QUALITY MANAGEMENT

1. Quality Concepts – Quality, Quality Control, Quality assurance, Cost of Quality.
2. Software Quality Assurance – Background issues, SQA Activities.
3. Formal Technical Reviews – The Review Meeting, Review reporting & record keeping, Review
guideline
4. Statistical Software Quality Assurance – A generic example, Six sigma for software engineering.
5. Software Reliability – Measure of software reliability & Availability, Software safety.
6. ISO 9000 Quality Standard

Books Recommended :-
Author Title Edition Year of Publisher and Address
Publication
Elias M. Awad System Analysis and Second 1997 Galgotia Publication
Design
Roger S. Software Engineering Sixth 2005 McGraw-Hill
Pressman – a Practitioner’s
Approach
Fitz AngGery System Analysis and First 1997 Galgotia Publications ,
Gerald Design New Delhi
By Whitten, System Analysis and Fifth 2001 McGraw-Hill
Bentley, Dittman Design Methods
V.K. Khanna System Analysis, 2002 Khanna Book Publishing,
Design & MIS New Delhi

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 27

 Paper 4 : Front End Development

Unit –I: Introduction to Visual Basic, Event driven programming, Programming constructs -
Variables, Types of Variables, Data Types, Scope of Variables, Constants, system defined functions,
Operators (Precedence and Associatively), Creating User Interface, VB Controls (Label, Text box,
Command button, Frame, Check box, Option button, List box, Combo box, Timer, Drive list box,
Directory list box, File list box, Horizontal and vertical scroll bars, Image, Picture box, Shape, Line,
Data, OLE container), Microsoft windows common controls (Tab Strip, Tool bar, Status Bar, Progress
Bar, Tree View, List View, Image List, Slider, Date Picker, Month View), adding controls to a form,
adding controls at run time,

Unit –II: Working with Procedure, Function and Modules (Form, Class, Standard Modules), Scope of
Procedures, Calling Procedures, Calling Functions, Passing Arguments,
Control Structures : If-Then, If-Then-Else, Select Case, Loops Structures : Do-While, While -Wend,
For-Next, For-Each, With-End With.
Arrays : Declaring an Array, Types of Array (Fixed arrays, Single-dimensional arrays,
Multidimensional arrays, Dynamic arrays), Control Array.
Menus : Creating Menus, Adding Menu Items, Adding Code for the Menus, Modifying menus at run
time, Creating Pop-Up Menus.

Unit – III: Database Programming in Visual Basic: Use of data control, creating database using
Visual data manager, validating data, data bound controls.
Comparative study of Data Access Techniques: DAO, RDO, ADO, ODBC
Data access object:DAO Architecture, Database connectivity through data access object. Types of
recordset , setting properties and record editing & updating , searching records.

UNIT IV :Active X data object: ADO architecture, setting data source through Active X Data objects.
Use of ADO control , connecting ADODC to bound controls. Use of different data bound Controls.
Editing , Updating & searching through ADO.
Data Reports, Data Environment designer adding connection & commands Data report controls
creating & printing reports.
Error handling: Types of errors, Debugging, tools for debugging, break mode,break points, watch
window, immediate window, handling runtime errors.

Books Recommended:-
1. Visual Basic to Advance – Soma Dasgupta (BPB)
2. Murach’s Visual Basic 6 – Koop, Prince, Murach (BPB)
3. Mastering VB 6 - BPB Publication
4. Visual Basic Black Book – SterenHolzna
5. Programming in VB 6

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 28

 Paper 5 : DBMS and Oracle

Unit –I: Database environment, Data processing, Traditional and DBMS environment, Database
system, Types of databases - Centralize, distributed, Database management system, Components of
DBMS, DBMS elements, Database Approach - Objectives, benefits, characteristics, Advantages of
DBMS, The three tire architecture, Three level architecture, Database administration – Roles,
Functions and responsibilities of DBA.

Unit-II: The E-R Model – Data models, Entities, attributes and relationship, Logical and Physical
database design, Mapping Cardinalities, Database development process, Database development life
cycle. Integrity constrains. Transforming ERR diagrams into relations, tree structure and hierarchical.
Normalization, Codd’s 12 rules, hierarchical database structure, Network database structure,
Relational database structure.RDBMS.

Unit-III: Introduction to ORACLE as RDBMS, History& standardization of SQL, Elements of SQL :

Database objects, reserved words, Keywords, Variables, Data Types, Operators.
Types of SQL : DDL, DML, DCL, Create table, Alter table, Crate view, Drop table, grant, revoke,
commit, delete, insert, lock table, rollback, save point, Update, Select statement, Where clause.
Functions : Arithmetic & Characters comparison, Logical set, Like function, Group function, Date
Functions.

Unit-IV: PL/SQL : Introduction to PL/SQL, Variables, Initialization of variables, Dynamic data types,
Control loop statements, PL/SQL Cursor : Declare cursor, Fetch, Open cursor, Close cursor. Triggers
:Concepts, Trigger definition, Trigger type, Enabling, Disabling & Dropping triggers.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. DBMS : Korth and Sudarshan
2. DBMS : Desai
3. Database management system : R. Panneerselvam (PHI)
4. Oracle : I.T. Today (Encyclopedia)
5. Oracle : Oracle Press
6. Oracle Pl/SQL : PL/SQL in 21 days (Techmedia) SAMS

PRACTICAL:
Practical – I : Tally
The Practical should be based on all the units of Computerised Accounting (Tally)
Practical –II : VB & Oracle
The Practical should be based on all the Units of Front End Development (VB) and Unit-III and Unit-
IV of DBCS & Oracle.

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 29

 Project

The Project work constitutes a major component in most of the professional programmes and it is to
be carried out with due care and executed with seriousness by the students.

Types of Project
As majorities of the students are expected to work out a project in some industry/research and
development laboratories/educational institutions/software companies, it is suggested that the
project is to be chosen which should have some direct relevance in day-today activities of the
candidates in his/her institution. Students are encouraged to work in the area listed at the end. The
List of Applications Areas in which project must be - Financial/Marketing/Database Management
System/ Relational Database Management System/E-Commerce/Internet/Manufacturing/web
Designing etc.
Group Project may be allowed (Not more than THREE students in a group)

Indicative Project Report Formulation.

1. Title Page.
2. Certificate Page.
3. Declaration Page.
4. Acknowledgment Page.
5. Index or Content Page.
6. Documentation.
i. Introduction/Objectives.
ii. Preliminary System Analysis.
 Identification of Need.
 Preliminary Investigation.
 Feasibility Study.
 Need Of New System.
 Flaws in Present System.
iii. Project Category.
iv. Software Requirement Specification.
v. Detailed System Analysis.
 Data Flow Diagram.
 Numbers of Modules and Process Logic.
 Data Structures and Tables.
 System Chart or Structure Chart.
 Entity-Relationship Diagram.
vi. System Design.
 Source Code.
 Input screen & Output Screen.
vii Validation Checks.
viii Implementation, Evaluation and Maintenance.
ix security Measures taken.
x Reports.
xi Future Scope of the project.
xii Bibliography.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Project Examination is to be conducted as follows:

 External Examiner & Internal Examiner (Guide) jointly examine the project
and award the marks.

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 30

 Question Paper Pattern
B.Com.(Computer Application) (BCCA)
N.B. – 1) All Questions are compulsory.

2) All Questions carry equal marks.

Time :- 3 hours Marks-80

Question No. 1 – A) Unit I 08 Marks

B) Unit-I 08 Marks
OR
C) Unit-I 16 Marks

Question No. 2 – A) Unit II 08 Marks

B) Unit-II 08 Marks
OR
C) Unit-II 16 Marks

Question No. 3 – A) Unit III 08 Marks

B) Unit-III 08 Marks
OR
C) Unit-III 16 Marks

Question No. 4 – A) Unit IV 08 Marks

B) Unit-IV 08 Marks
OR
C) Unit-IV 16 Marks

Question No. 5 – A) Unit I

B) Unit-II
C) Unit-III
D) Unit-IV 4x4

*************

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 31

 Absorption Scheme
B.Com.(Computer Application) (BCCA)
It is notified for general information of all concerned that the failure students of
B.Com.(Computer Application)(BCCA) Old Course shall be absorbed in the New
course introduced from the session 2014-2015 examination with the following
scheme.

1. Those who have completed & passed B.Com.(Computer

Application)(BCCA) Part - I as per Oldcourse are eligible for admission
in the B.Com.(Computer Application)(BCCA) Part - II New course.

2. Failure students of B.Com.(Computer Application)(BCCA) Part - I old

course and having ATKT as per rules are eligible to take admission
in B.Com.(Computer Application)(BCCA) Part-II New course.
They should clear their B.Com.(Computer Application)(BCCA) Part - I old
coursebacklog papers in next three attempts (Last Chance Winter
2016). If they fail to pass in Winter-2016 attempt they will have to appear
in parallel papers of New course scheme as per absorption scheme
indicated in Appendix- I.

Note: The students who will appear in parallel papers of New course
scheme paper with maximum theory marks 80, will get proportional
marks out of 100 updated in old course marksheet of
B.Com.(Computer Application)(BCCA) Part - I.

3. Those who have completed & passed B.Com.(Computer

Application)(BCCA) Part - I &B.Com.(Computer Application)(BCCA) Part - II as
per Oldcourse are eligible for admission in the B.Com.(Computer
Application)(BCCA) Part - III New course.

4. Failure students of B.Com.(Computer Application)(BCCA) Part - II old

course and having ATKT as per rules are eligible to take admission
in B.Com.(Computer Application)(BCCA) Part-III New course.
They should clear their B.Com.(Computer Application)(BCCA) Part - II old
coursebacklog papers in next three attempts (Last Chance Winter
2017). If they fail to pass in Winter-2017 attempt they will have to appear
in parallel papers of New course scheme as per absorption scheme
indicated in Appendix- II.

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 32

 Note: The students who will appear in parallel papers of New course
scheme paper with maximum theory marks 80, will get proportional
marks out of 100 updated in old course marksheet of
B.Com.(Computer Application)(BCCA) Part - II.

5. Failure students of B.Com.(Computer Application)(BCCA) Part-III old

course are having chances uptoWinter 2018 examination (Last
Chance). So they should appear B.Com.(Computer Application)(BCCA)
Part-III old course examination & are required to clear their
backlog.
After that those who will have backlog in the B.Com.(Computer
Application)(BCCA) Part-III old course will have to appear in
parallel papers of New course scheme as per the absorption
scheme indicated in Appendix- III.

Note: The students who will appear in parallel papers of New

course scheme paper with maximum theory marks 80, will get
proportional marks out of 100 updated in old course marksheet of
B.Com.(Computer Application)(BCCA) Part-III.

Appendix- I.
B.Com.(Computer Application) (BCCA) Part-I
Sr. Old course Max. Sr. New Course Max.
No. Marks No. Marks
Theory Theory
1 English & Business 100 1 English & Business Communication 80
Communication.
2 Principles of Business 100 2 Principles of Business Management 80
Management.
3 Basic Economics & Business 100 3 Introduction to Operating Systems 80
Environment.
4 Financial Accounting. 100 4 Financial Accounting 80
5 Information Systems. 70 5 Information Systems 80
6 Information Technology 70 6 Information Technology 80
7 Practical I : IS 30 7 Practical-I : Microsoft Office 100
8 Practical II : IT 30 8 Practical-II : Operating System 100

Note: The students who will appear in parallel practicals of New course
scheme with maximum practical marks 100, will get proportional marks
out of 30 updated in old course marksheet of B.Com.(Computer
Application)(BCCA) Part-I.

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 33

Appendix- II.
B.Com.(Computer Application) (BCCA) Part-II
Sr. Old course Max. Sr. New Course Max.
No. Marks No. Marks
Theory Theory
1 Cost & Management 100 1 Cost & Management Accounting 80
Accounting
2 Statistics & Quantitative 100 2 Statistics & Quantitative Techniques. 80
Techniques.
3 MIS & System Analysis 100 3 MIS & System Analysis 80
4 E-Commerce & Web 70 4 E-Commerce & Web Designing 80
Designing
5 Programming Skills (C Prog.) 70 5 Programming Skills (C Prog.) 80
6 Computerized Accounting 70 6 Basic Economics & Business 80
(TALLY) Environment.
7 Practical- I : PS (C Prog.) 30 7 Practical-I : Programming Skills 100
8 Practical-II : E-Comm& WD 30 8 100
Practical-II : HTML
9. Practical-III : Comp.A/c(Tally) 30
Note: The students who will appear in parallel practicals of New course
scheme with maximum practical marks 100, will get proportional marks
out of 30 updated in old course marksheet of B.Com.(Computer
Application)(BCCA) Part-II.

Appendix- III.
B.Com.(Computer Application) (BCCA) Part-III
Sr. Old course Max. Sr.No. New Course Max.
No. Marks Marks
Theory Theory
1 Business Laws. 100 1 Business Law 80
2 100 2 Computerized Accounting 80
Auditing and Income Tax (TALLY)
3 Software Product and 100 3 Software Product and Project 80
Project Management. Management.
4 Front End Development 70 4 Front End Development 80
5 DBMS and Oracle 70 5 DBMS and Oracle 80
6 Practical- I : FED 30 6 Practical-I : Tally 100
7 Practical -II : DBMS & Oracle 30 7 Practical-II : VB & Oracle 100
8 Project 100 8 Project 100
Note: The students who will appear in parallel practicals of New course
scheme with maximum practical marks 100, will get proportional marks
out of 30 updated in old course marksheet of B.Com.(Computer
Application)(BCCA) Part-III.

Syllabus – BCCA 2014-15 P a g e 34

 R.T.M. NAGPUR UNIVERSITY, NAGPUR
SCHEME FOR M.Sc. (COMPUTER SCIENCE)
Teaching Scheme per
week (hrs.) Examination Scheme
Sr. Minimum
M.Sc. Part I Credits Duration
Max. Marks
Passing
No. Pr Total
Total
Semester-1 Th. (Hrs) External Internal Marks
Th. Pr.
Marks Marks
1 Discrete Mathematical Structure 4 - 4 4 3 100 40
2 Programming in Java 4 - 4 4 3 100 40
3 Digital Electronics and Microprocessor 4 - 4 4 3 100 40
4 Advanced DBMS and Administration 4 - 4 4 3 100 40
5 Practical-I based on theory paper-1 and 2 - 8 8 4 4 80 20 100 -- 40
6 Practical-II based on theory paper-3 and 4 - 8 8 4 4 80 20 100 -- 40
7 Seminar 2 1 0.5 25 10
Total 16 16 34 25 - 625 170 80

Teaching Scheme
per week (hrs.) Examination Scheme
Sr. Minimum
M.Sc. Part I Max. Marks
No. Credits Duration Total Passing
Semester-2 Th Pr Total
(Hrs) External Internal Marks
. Th. Pr.
Marks Marks
1 Windows Programming using VC++ 4 - 4 4 3 100 40
2 Theory of Computation and Compiler
4 - 4 4 3 100 40
Construction
3 Computer Architecture and Organization 4 - 4 4 3 100 40
4 Computer Graphics 4 - 4 4 3 100 40
5 Practical-I based on theory paper-1 and 2 - 8 8 4 4 80 20 100 -- 40
6 Practical-II based on theory paper-3 and 4 - 8 8 4 4 80 20 100 -- 40
7 Seminar 2 1 0.5 25 10
Total 16 16 34 25 - 625 170 80

1
 Teaching Scheme
per week (hrs.) Examination Scheme
Sr. Minimum
M.Sc. Final Max. Marks
No. Duration Total Passing
Semester-3 Th Pr Total Credits
(Hrs) External Internal Marks
. Th. Pr.
Marks Marks
1 Data Communication and Networks 4 - 4 4 3 100 40
2 Software Engineering 4 - 4 4 3 100 40
3 Neural Network 4 - 4 4 3 100 40
4 Elective-1 4 - 4 4 3 100 40
1.1 Mobile Computing
1.2 Multimedia Technologies
1.3 ASP.NET
5 Practical-I based on theory paper-1and 2 - 8 8 4 4 80 20 100 -- 40
6 Practical-II based on theory paper-3 and 4 - 8 8 4 4 80 20 100 -- 40
7 Seminar 2 1 0.5 25 10
Total 16 16 34 25 - 625 170 80

Teaching Scheme
per week (hrs.) Examination Scheme
Sr. Minimum
M.Sc. Final Max. Marks
No. Credits Duration Total Passing
Semester-4 Th Pr Total
(Hrs) External Internal Marks
. Th. Pr.
Marks Marks
1 Data Mining 4 - 4 4 3 100 40
2 Artificial Intelligence & Expert System 4 - 4 4 3 100 40
3 Design and Analysis of Algorithm 4 - 4 4 3 100 40
4 Elective-2
2.1 Embedded System 4 - 4 4 3 100 40
2.2 Pattern Recognition
2.3 Parallel Computing
5 Practical-I based on theory paper-1 to 4 - 8 8 4 4 80 20 100 -- 40
6 Project - 8 8 4 3 80 20 100 -- 40
7 Seminar 2 1 0.5 25 10
Total 16 16 34 25 - 625 170 80

2
 M.Sc. Part I
Semester -1

Paper I : Discrete Mathematical Structure

Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit-1 :
Fundamental – Sets and Subsets, operations on sets, sequence, Division in the integer, Matrices,
Mathematics Structures. Logic-Proposition and Logical Operation Conditional Statements,
Methods of Proof, Mathematical Induction,
Mathematics Logic- Statements and Notation, Connectives ,Normal Forms ,The Theory of
Interface for the statement Calculus ,Inference Theory of the Predicate Calculus,

Unit-2 :
Counting- Permutation, Combination, The pigeonhole Principle, Recurrence Relations.
Relational and Digraphs- Product sets and Partitions, Relations and Digraphs, Paths in Relations
and Digraphs Properties of Relations, Equivalence Relations, Computer Representation of
Relations and Digraph, Manipulation of Relations, Transitive Closure and Warshall’s Algorithms.
Functions-Definition and Introduction, Function for Computer Science, Permutation Functions,
Growth of Functions.

Unit-3 :
Graph Theory : Basic Concept of Graph Theory, Euler Paths and Circuits, Hamiltonian Paths and
Circuits. Other relations and Structure- Partially Ordered Sets, Lattices Finite Boolean-Algebra,
Functions of Boolean Algebra’s, Boolean function as Boolean Polynomials. Tree-Introduction
Unidireted Tree, Minimal Spanning Trees.

Unit-4 :
Semigroups and Groups: Binary Operations Revisited, Semigroups, Products and Quotations of
Groups. Introduction to computability –Languages Finite –State Machines, Semigroup,
Machines and Language.

Books :
1. Discrete Mathematical Structures By Bernard Kolman c,Busby & Sharon Ross [PHI]
2. Discrete Mathematical Structures with Application to computer science By J.P.Tremblay &
R.Manohar [Tata McGraw –Hill]
3. Combinational Mathematics By.C.J.Liu

Reference Books:

1.Discrete Mathematics with Graph Theory By Goodaire[PHI]

2. Discrete Mathematics by J.K.Sharma(McMillan)
3. Discrete Mathematics and its Applications By Kenneth Rosen (TMH)
4. Discrete Mathematics By Seymour Lipschutz, Marc Lipson (TMH)
5. Discrete Mathematics : Rajendra Akerkar, Pearson

3
 Paper II : Programming in Java

Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit-1 :
Java and Internet, Features of java: security, portability, multithreading, etc, Bytecode,
Datatypes, variables and Arrays, Operators, Classes : declaring objects, methods, constructor,
overloading constructor, garbage collection, finalize() method, static variable and method, final
variable, command line argument. Inheritance: super keyword, final with inheritance. Packages
and Interfaces.
Exception handling : Overview, types, Uncaught exception, try -catch block, multiple catch,
nested try, throw, throws, finally, bulit-in and user- defined exception.
Multithreading : Life Cycle, Thread class and Runnable Interface, isAlive(), join(),Priorites,
Synchronization : sleep() , run(). Interthread communication : wait(), notify(), notifyAll(),
deadlock. String Handling.

Unit-2:
Wrapper classes, Applet: Applet Class, Architecture, Life Cycle, Display methods, HTML
APPLET Tag, Passing parameter to Applet
AWT : working with Windows, Controls, Layout Manager, Menus. Swings. Event handling.

Unit-3:
JDBC : Architecture, JDBC-ODBC bridge driver, SQL Package, ResultSet and its methods.
Networking : Socket, Reserve socket, Internet Addressing, InetAddress, TCP/IP client socket,
TCP/IP server socket, URL, URL Connection, Datagram.
RMI : Introduction, Architecture, Remote Interface, java.rmi. server package, class naming,
creating Rmi server and client ,transmitting files using rmi, client side callback,
RMISECURITYMANAGER class, RMI Exception, Stub and Skeleton.

Unit-4:
Servlet : Life Cycle, Tomcat, javax. servlet package, reading servlet parameter, javax.servlet.http
package, handling http request and response with HTTPGET and HTTPPOST, cookies,session
tracking. JSP : Introduction, Types of JSP tags, Application using JSP and Servlet.
JavaBeans : Advantages of Beans, BDK, JAR files, Introspection, Developing Beans using
BDK.

Books:
1. Complete Reference by Herbert Schildt (TMH)
2. Programming with Java By C Muthu (McGraw Hill)
3. Black Book on java.

4
 Paper III : Digital Electronics and Microprocessor
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit-1 :
Number System and Data Representation
Number System : Binary, Octal, Decimal and Hexadecimal number system and their inter
conversion. Binary Codes : BCD, Excess3 , Parity, Gray, ASCII, EBCDIC codes and their
advantages and disadvantages. Data Representation : Positive , negative ,maximum and
minimum number representation (related to 8 bit number), real number representation,
underflow, overflow , range and accuracy. Binary Arithmetic : Binary addition, decimal
subtraction using 9’s and 10’s compliment, binary subtraction using 1’s and 2’s compliment,
multiplication and division. Logic gates: Truth table, properties and symbolic representation of
NOT, AND, OR, NOR , NAND, EXOR, EXNOR gates. NOR and NAND gates as a universal
gates .

Unit-2 :
Boolean Algebra: Laws and Identities of Boolean algebra, DeMorgan’s Theorem , use of
Boolean Algebra for simplification of logic expression, K-Map for 2,3,4 variables, simplification
of SOP and POS logic expression using K-Map.
Combinational circuits: Half adder, Full Adder, Parallel adder, Half subtractor, Full Subtractor,
4-bit binary adder subtractor, Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, Decoder, Encoder, Parity detector.

Unit 3 :
Sequential Circuits : Flip-Flops : Construction and working of RSFF, JKRSFF, DFF, TFF, JKFF,
and JKMSFF . Counters : Construction and working of asynchronous, synchronous, up-down
counter, shift registers and their types, Ring counter, Jonhson counter with their time diagram.

Unit-4 :
Architecture of 8086 and Assembly Language Programming
Block diagram of 8086, Pin diagram of 8086, Addressing modes, Instruction set: Data transfer,
Arithmetic, Logical, String manipulations, Control Transfer, Unconditional branch, Conditional
branch, Flag, Processor control. Assembler directives and operators, simple assembly programs.

Books:
1.Digital Electronics by Gothman(PHI)
2.Digital and analogue technique by Navaneeth, Kale and Gokhale
3.Fundamental of Micropocessor by B Ram
4.Microcomputers Systems: The 8086/8088 family by Liu. Gibson
5. Modern Digital Electronics By Jain (TMH)

5
 Paper IV : Advanced DBMS and Administration
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4
Unit-1 :
Relational Database design: Functional dependencies, and Normalization Normal forms based
on primary keys (1 NF, 2 NF, 3 NF, BCNF, 4 NF, 5 NF) Loss less joins and dependency
preserving decomposition Query Processing: Query Processing Stages, Query Interpretation,
Equivalence of Expressions, Query Resource Utilization, Query Execution Statistics, Query
Execution Plan, Estimation of Query Processing Cost, Table Scan, Sample Index Access, Fill
Factor, Multiple Index Access, Methods for Joining Tables (Nested Loop, Merge Join, Hybrid
Join, Multiple Join) Structure of a Query Optimizer

Unit-2 :
Transaction Processing & Concurrency Control: Concept and definition of transaction, ACID
properties, serializibility, Prioritization, states of transaction, Types of failure, desirable
properties of transaction schedules and recoverability, serial usability of schedules, levels of
transaction consistency, deadlocks, long duration transactions, transaction performance,
transaction processing as implemented in contemporary database, management system.
Concurrency Control, locking techniques, techniques based on time-stamp ordering, multiple
granularity. Crash Recovery: failure classification, recovery concepts, database backup, recovery
concepts based on deferred update and on immediate update. Shadow paging, check points, on-
line backup during database updates, crash recovery techniques.
Client/Server database: Evolution of client concept, Client/Server environment, characterization
of Client/Server computing. Functions of clients server , application partitioning, the two-layer
and three-layer architectures, communication between clients and servers.

Unit-3 :
Oracle Database Architecture and Administration: Oracle database architecture, Design,
Creation, Migration and Management of Oracle Databases and related database schemes, Data
Dictionary views and standard package Maintaining the control, Redo Loa files, Managing
Tablespaces and Data Files, Storage structure and relationships, Managing rollback segment,
Managing tables, Indexes, Managing data Integrity, Managing password security and resources,
Managing users, Privileges, roles.
Oracle Backup and Recovery Strategies: Backup and recovery considerations, Oracle recovery
structure and processes, Oracle backup and recovery configuration, Physical backup, Complete
recovery of an Oracle database, Incomplete recovery of an Oracle database with Archiving,
Oracle Export / Import utilities, Oracle standby database.

Unit-4 :
Oracle Tuning and Troubleshooting:Oracle performance tuning methodology,'Oracle alert and
trace files, Tuning the shared pool, Buffer Cache, Redo Log buffer, Database configuration and
I/O issues, Using Oracl Blocks efficiently, Optimizing sort operations, Rollback segment tuning,
Monitoring and detecting lock contention, SQL issues and tuning considerations for different
application. Integrity, Security: Need for Database Integrity, Integrity Constraints, Non-Procedural
and Procedural Integrity Constraints Specifications in SQL, Introduction to Database Security
issues, Authorization and use.

6
Books :
1. Fundamental of Database Systems by R. Elmasri; S. Navate; Benjamin Cummings;
2. Introduction to database systems by C. J .Date
3. Database system concept by Korth
4. DBA Handbook oracle press by Loney

Reference Books:
1. Principles of Database Management by James Martin
2. Relational database design for Micro computers Application by Prentice Hall (Jackson)
3. Database Management Systems by Bipin Desai

7
 M.Sc. Part I
Semester -2

Paper I : Windows Programming using VC++

Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4
Unit-1 :
Windows, Visual C++, Application Frameworks Fundamentals and MFC Libraries View Class.
Introduction, MFC, ATL and WFC, Windows Programming Model, Components, Application
Framework, MFC Library, Event Handling, Mapping Modes and Scrolling Views, Graphic
Device Interface, Colors and Fonts, Modal Dialog and Windows Common Control, Modeless
Dialog and Windows Common Dialog, ActiveX Controls and Internet Explorer Common
Controls, Win32 Memory Management, Bitmaps, Message Processing and Multithreaded
Programming.

Unit-2 :
Document View Architecture : Menus, Keyboard Accelerators, Rich Edit Control and Property
Sheets, Tool bar and Status Bars, Reusable Frame Window Base Class, Separating the
Documents from its View, Reading and Writing Documents- SDI applications, MDI
applications, Printing and Print Preview, Splitter Windows and Multiple Views, Context-
Sensitive Help, DLL’s, MFC Programs without Documents or View Classes

Unit-3 :
Active X: COM, Automation and OLE : Component Object Model, Automation, Uniform Data
Transfer- Clipboard Transfer and OLE, Drag and Drop, Structured Storage, OLE Embedded
Components and Containers, Introducing the Active Template Library, ATL and ActiveX
Controls.

Unit-4 :
Database Management: Database Management with Microsoft ODBC, Database Management
with Microsoft Data Access Objects, OLE DB Templates.
Programming for the Internet: TCP/IP, Winsock, WinInet, Programming the Microsoft Internet
Information Server, ActiveX document Servers and the Internet, Introducing the Dynamic
HTML, Visual C++ for Windows CE.

Books :
1. Programming Microsoft Visual C++ by D. J. Kruglilski, G Shepherd and Scot Wingo
Publication : Microsoft Press Fifth Edition.

Reference Books:
1. Visual C++ 6 From The Ground Up: Mueller: TMH Publication
2. VC++ 6 The Complete Reference: Pappas, TMH Publication

8
 Paper II : Theory of Computation and Compiler Construction
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit-1 :
Finite Automation and Regular Expression : Finite State systems, Basic Definitions, Non -
deterministic finite Automata, Finite Automata with moves, Regular Expressions, Two way finite
automata, Finite automata with output, Application on Finite Automata.
Properties of Regular Sets : The pumping lemma for Regular Sets, Close properties of Regular
sets, Decision Algorithms for Regular Sets.
Context Free Grammars : Motivation and Introduction, Context Free Grammar, Derivation Tree,
Simplification of context Free Grammars, Chomsky Normal form, Greibach normal form, The
existence of inherently ambiguous context free languages.
Properties of Context free languages : The pumping lemma for CFL’s , Closure properties of
CFL’s, Decision Algorithm for CFL’s

Unit-2 :
Push Down Automata : Informal description, Definitions, Push – Down Automata & Context
free languages.
Turing Machine : Introduction, The Turing Machine Model, Computable languages and
functions , Techniques Turing Machine construction, Modification of Turing Machines, Churchs
Hypothesis, Turing Machine as enumerators, Restricted Turing Machine equivalent to the basic
model. Undecidability : Problems, properties of recursive and recursively enumerable problem,
Turing Machine and undecidable problem, Rice theorem, Tool for proving CFL undecidable,
Greibach’s Theorem.
The Chomsky : Regular Grammars, Unrestricted Grammars, Context – Sensitive languages,
Relation between classes of languages.

Unit-3 :
Introduction to Compilers :
Compilers and translators, need, the structure of a compiler, Lexical Analysis, Syntax analysis,
Intermediate code Generation, Optimization, Code Generation, Book keeping, Error Handling,
Compiler writing tools. Basic parsing Techniques: Parsers, Shift-reduce parsing, Operator
precedence parsing, Top-down parsing, predictive parsers, automatic construction of efficient
parsers : LR parsers the canonical collection of LF (O) items, constructing SLR parsing tables,
constructing LALR parsing tables, Ambiguous grammar.

Unit-4 :
Syntax directed translation : syntax directed translation schemes, implementation, intermediate
code,postfix notation, parse tree and syntax trees, tree- address code, quadruple, triple, translation of
Symbol Table: Data Structure, Representation of Scope Information,
Code Optimization: The principal source optimization, Loop optimization, The DAG
Representation of basic blocks, Value number and algebraic laws, Global data-flow analysis.
Code Generation : Object Programmers Problems in code generation, A machine model, a simple
code generator, Register Allocation and assignment, Code Generation from DAG’s Peephole
Optimization.

9
Books :
1. Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages and Computation: John E. Hoperott & Jeffery
D. Ullman.
2. Compilers Principles, Techniques and Tools Aho, Ullman, Ravisethi, Pearson Education.
3. Theory of Computer Science : E. V. Krishmamoorty.
4. Theory of computer Science : K. L. P. Mishra.

Reference Books:
1. D. I. A. cohen : Introduction to Computer Theory (JW)
2. H. R. Lewis & C. H. Papadimitrion : Elements of Theory Of Computation (PHI)
3. J. Caroll and D. Long : Theory of Finite Automata (PHI)
4. M. Davis & Weyukur : Computability, Complexity & Languages.
5. M. Machtey & P. R. Young : An introduction to Genral Theory of Algorithm ( Elsevier).
6. Zvihohavi : Switching and Finite Automata Theory (TMH).

10
 Paper III : Computer Architecture and Organization
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4
Unit-1 :
Principle of computer design : Software, hardware interaction, layers in computer architecture,
central processing and machine language instruction, addressing modes, instruction types,
instruction set selection, instruction and execution cycle.

Unit-2 :
Control Unit : Data path and control path design, microprogramming v/s hardwired control,
pipelining in CPU design, RISC v/s CISC, superscalar processors.

Unit-3 :
Memory subsystem : Storage technologies, memory array organization, memory hierarchy,
interleaving , cache memory and virtual memory including architectural aids to implement these.

Unit-4 :
Input/ Output Processing : Bus Interface, Data transfer techniques, I/O interrupts and channels,.
Performance evaluation : SPECmarks , Transaction Processing Benchmarks.

Books :
1. Computer Architecture and Organization by Tenenbaum
2. Computer Architecture and Organization by J. P. Hayes.
3. Parallel Processing by Hwang
4. Computer Organization by Hamacher, Vranesic, Zaky (TMH)

11
 Paper IV : Computer Graphics
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4
Unit-1 :
Introduction of computer Graphics and its applications, Overview of Graphics systems, Video
display devices, Raster scan display, Raster scan systems, video controller, Raster scan display
processor, Random scan display, random scan systems, color CRT monitor, Flat panel display,
Interactive input devices, Logical classification of input devices, Keyboard, mouse, Trackball
and spaceball, Joysticks, Image scanner, Light pens, Graphics software, Coordinates
representations, Graphics functions.

Unit-2 :
Line drawing algorithms, DDA, Bresenham’s, Circle generating, Mid-point circle algorithm,
Ellipse generating, Polygon , Scan-line polygon fill, Boundary fill.

Unit-3 :
Basic transformation’s, Translation, Rotation, Scaling, Matrix representation’s & homogeneous
co-ordinates, Composite transformation’s, Reflection, Two dimensional viewing, Two
dimensional clipping, Line, Polygon, Curve, Text . 3D-transformation, Projection, Viewing,
Clipping.
Spline representation, Cubic spline, Bezier curve, Bezier surfaces, Beta spline, B-spline surfaces,
B-spline curve, Hidden surfaces, Hidden lines, Z-buffer.

Unit-4 :
Fractal’s geometry Fractal generation procedure, Classification of Fractal, Fractal dimension,
Fractal construction methods. Color models, XYZ, RGB, YIQ, CMY & HSV, Shading
algorithms, Shading model, Illumination model, Gouraud shading, Phong shading.

Books :
nd
1. Computer Graphics by M. Pauline Baker, Donald Hearn, 2 Edition PHI.
2. Mathematical Element for Computer Graphics By. David F. Roger., J. Alan Adams, 2 nd
Edition, Tata McGHill.

Reference Books:
1. Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics By. William. M. Newmann. 2 nd Edition Mc.
Graw Hill.
2. Procedural Element for Computer Graphics By. David F. Roger. Mc. Graw Hill.
3. Computer Graphics By A.P. Godse, 2nd Editio TPPublication,
4. Computer Graphics By V.K. Pachghare, 2nd Edition, Laxmi Publication
5. Computer Graphics By Apurva Desai (PHI)

12
 M.Sc. Final
Semester -3
Paper I : Data Communication and Network
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4
Unit-1 :
Introduction: Network structure and architectures and services OSI reference model.
The Physical Layer: theoretical basis for data communication, transmission media. Analog
Transmission, Digital Transmission, Transmission and Switching, ISDN.
The Data Link Layer: Design issues, Error detection and correction, Elementary data link
protocols, sliding window protocol, protocols performance, protocols specification and
verification. Examples of the Data link layer.
Network Layer: Design issues, routing algorithms, Congestion control algorithms, Internet
working, Examples of the network layer.

Unit-2 :
The Transport Layer: Design issues, Connection Management.
The session layer: Design issues and remote procedure call.
The Presentation Layer: Design issues, data compression techniques, cryptography.
The Application Layer: Design issues, file transfer, access and management, virtual terminals.

Unit-3 :
Network Security Fundamentals: Introduction, security Vulnerabilities and Threats,
Classification of Security Services.
Cryptography: Encryption principles, Conventional Encryption DES, IDEA, Algorithms, CBC,
Location of Encryption Devices key Distribution.

Unit-4 :
Message Digests and Checksums, Message Authentication, Message Digests, Hash Functions
and SHA, CRCs. Public key Systems: RSA Diffie-Heliman, DSS, Key Management.
Intruders: Intrusion Techniques, Intrusion Detection, Authentication, Password- Based
Authentication, Address- Based Authentication, Certificates, Authentication Services, Email
Security, Firewalls, Design Principles, Packet Filtering, Access Control, Trusted Systems,
Monitoring and Management.

Books :
1. Computer Networks – Andrew S Tanenbum (PHI)
2. Network Security and Essentials: Application and standers
3. Willam Stalling – Pearson Education.
4. Cryptography and network security
5. Willam Stalling – Pearson Education.

Reference Books:
1. Internet Security: Timspeed, Juanita Ellis, Digital Press Publication
2. Internet Security: Jan L. Harington, Morgan Kaufmann Publication
3. Firewall Network System: John R. Vacca, Scott R. Ellis, Digital Press
4. Network Algoritm, George Varghese, Morgan Kaufmann Publication
5. TCP/IP Addressing: Buck Graham, Morgan Kaufmann Publication
6. Data Communication and Networking: Behrouz A. Forouzan, TMH.

13
 Paper II : Software Engineering
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit-1 :
Introduction to Software Engineering : The evolving role of software, Changing Nature of
Software, Software myths.
A Generic view of process : Software engineering- A layered technology, a process framework,
The Capability Maturity Model Integration (CMMI), Process patterns, process assessment,
personal and team process models.
Process models : The waterfall model, Incremental process models, Evolutionary process
models, The Unified process. Software Requirements : Functional and non-functional
requirements, User requirements, System requirements, Interface specification, the software
requirements document.

Unit-2 :
Requirements engineering process : Feasibility studies, Requirements elicitation and analysis,
Requirements validation, Requirements management. System models : Context Models,
Behavioral models, Data models, Object models, structured methods. Modeling with UML .
Design Engineering : Design process and Design quality, Design concepts, the design model.
Creating an architectural design : Software architecture, Data design, Architectural styles and
patterns, Architectural Design.

Unit-3 :
Object-Oriented Design : Objects and object classes, An Object-Oriented design process, Design
evolution. Performing User interface design : Golden rules, User interface analysis and design,
interface analysis, interface design steps, Design evaluation.
Testing Strategies : A strategic approach to software testing, test strategies for conventional
software, Black-Box and White-Box testing, Validation testing, System testing, the art of
Debugging. Product metrics : Software Quality, Metrics for Analysis Model, Metrics for Design
Model, Metrics for source code, Metrics for testing, Metrics for maintenance.

Unit-4 :
Metrics for Process and Products : Software Measurement, Metrics for software quality.
Risk management : Reactive vs. Proactive Risk strategies, software risks, Risk identification,
Risk projection, Risk refinement, RMMM, RMMM Plan.
Quality Management : Quality concepts, Software quality assurance, Software Reviews, Formal
technical reviews, Statistical Software quality Assurance, Software reliability, The ISO 9000
quality standards.

Books :
1.Software Engineering, A practitioner’s Approach- Roger S. Pressman, 6th edition.McGrawHill
International Edition.
2. Software Engineering- Sommerville, 7th edition, Pearson education.

Reference Books:
1. Software Engineering- K.K. Agarwal & Yogesh Singh, New Age International Publishers
2. Software Engineering an Engineering approach- James F. Peters, Witold Pedrycz, John Wiely.
3. Systems Analysis and Design- Shely Cashman Rosenblatt,Thomson Publications.
4. Software Engineering principles and practice- Waman S Jawadekar, The McGraw-Hill.

14
 Paper III : Neural Network
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4
Unit-1 :
Introduction: Feedforward Neural Networks: Artificial Neurons, Neural Networks and
Architectures: Neuron Abstraction, Neuron Signal Functions, Mathematical Preliminaries,
Neural Networks Defined, Architectures: Feed forward and Feedback, Salient Properties and
Application Domains of Neural Network Geometry of Binary Threshold Neurons and Their
Network: Patterns Recognition and Data Classification, Convex Sets, Convex Hulls and Linear
Separability, Space of Boolean Functions, Binary Neurons are pattern Dichotomizes,
Non‐linearly separable Problems, Capacity of a simple Threshold Logic Neuron, Revisiting the
XOR Problem, Multilayer Networks.

Unit-2 :
Supervised Learning I: Perceptrons and LMS: Learning and Memory, From Synapses to
Behaviour: The Case of Aplysia, Learning Algorithms, Error Correction and Gradient Descent
Rules, The Learning Objective for TLNs, Pattern space and Weight Space, Perceptron Learning
Algorithm, Perceptron Convergence Theorem, Perceptron learning and Non‐separable Sets,
Handling Linearly Non‐Separable sets, α‐Least Mean Square Learning, MSE Error Surface and
its Geometry, Steepest Descent Search with Exact Gradient Information, μ‐LMS: Approximate
Gradient Descent, Application of LMS to Noise Cancellation

Unit-3 :
Supervised Learning II: Backpropagation and Beyond: Multilayered Network Architectures,
Backpropagation Learning Algorithm, Structure Growing Algorithms, Fast Relatives of
Backpropagation, Universal Function Approximation and Neural Networks, Applications of
Feedforward Neural Networks, Reinforcement Learning

Unit-4 :
Neural Networks: A Statistical Pattern Recognition Perspective: Introduction, Bayes Theorem,
Classification Decisions With Bayes Theorem, Probabilistic Interpretation Of A Neuron
Discriminant Function, Interpreting Neuron Signals As Probabilities, Multilayered Networks,
Error Functions And Posterior Probabilities, Error Functions For Classification Problems
Generalization: Support Vector Machines and Radial Basis Function Networks: Learning from
Examples and Generalization, Statistical Learning Theory Briefer, Support Vector Machines,
Radial Basis Function Networks, Regularization Theory Route to RRBFNs, Generalized Radial
Basis Function Network, Learning In RRBFNs, Image Classification Application, Other Models
for Valid Generalization

Books :
1. Neural Network‐ A Classroom Approach, Satish Kumar, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Introduction to neural networks using MATLAB 6.0 by Sivanandam, S Sumathi, S N Deepa,
Tata Mcgraw Hill
Reference Books:
1. Neural networks A comprehensive foundations, Simon Hhaykin, Pearson Education 2 nd
edition 2004
2. Artificial neural networks ‐ B.Yegnanarayana, Prentice Hall of India P Ltd 2005.
3. Neural networks in Computer intelligence, Li Min Fu, TMH 2003.
4. Neural networks James A Freeman David M S kapura, Pearson education 2004.
5. C++ Neural Network and Fuzzy Logic 2nd Edition, Valluru B. Rao,Hayagriva V. Rao, Henry
Holt and Co.
15
 Paper IV :

Elective-1
Paper 1.1 : Mobile Computing
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4
Unit-1 :
Mobile Communications: An Overview: Mobile Communication, Mobile Computing, Mobile
Computing Architecture, Mobile Devices, Mobile System Networks, Data Dissemination,
Mobility Management, Security Mobile Devices and Systems: Mobile Phones, Digital Music
Players, Handheld Pocket Computers, Handheld Devices: Operating Systems, Smart Systems,
Limitations of Mobile Devices, Automotive Systems GSM and Similar Architectures:
GSM‐Services and System, Architecture, Radio Interfaces, Protocols, Localization, Calling
Handover, Security, New Data Services, General Packet Radio Service, High‐speed Circuit
Switched Data, DECT

Unit-2 :
Wireless Medium Access Control and CDMA based Communication: Medium Access Control,
Introduction to CDMA‐based Systems, Spread Spectrum in CDMA Systems, Coding Methods in
CDMA, IS‐95 cdma One System, IMT‐ 20 0 0, i ‐ m o d e , O F D M , Mobile IP Network Layer:
IP and Mobile IP Network Layers, Packet Delivery and Handover Management, Location
Management, Registration, Tunnelling and Encapsulation Route Optimization, Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol, Mobile Transport Layer, Conventional TCP/IP Transport, Layer
Protocols, Indirect TCP, Snooping TCP, Mobile TCP, Other Methods of TCP‐layer Transmission
for Mobile Networks, TCP Over 2.5G/3G Mobile Networks

Unit-3 :
Databases: Database Hoarding Techniques, Data Caching, Client‐Server Computing and
Adaptation, Transactional Models, Query Processing, Data Recovery Process, Issues relating to
Quality of Service, Data Dissemination and Broadcasting Systems: Communication Asymmetry,
Classification of Data‐Delivery Mechanisms, Data Dissemination Broadcast Models, Selective
Tuning and Indexing Techniques, Digital Audio Broadcasting, Digital Video Broadcasting, Data
Synchronization in Mobile Computing Systems: Synchronization, Synchronization Software for
Mobile Devices, Synchronization Protocols, SyncML Synchronization Language for Mobile
Computing, Sync4J (Funambol), Synchronized Multimedia ,Markup Language (SMIL)

Unit-4 :
Mobile Devices Server and Management: Mobile Agent, Application Server, Gateways, Portals,
Service Discovery, Device Management, Mobile File Systems, Security, Mobile Adhoc and
Sensor Networks: Introduction to Mobile Ad‐hoc Network, MANET, Wireless Sensor Networks,
Applications Wireless LAN, Mobile Internet Connectivity, and Personal Area Network: Wireless
LAN (WiFi) Architecture and Protocol Layers, WAP 1.1 and WAP 2.0, Architectures,
XHTML‐MP (Extensible Hypertext Markup Language Mobile Profile), Bluetooth‐enabled
Devices Network, Layers in Bluetooth Protocol, Security in Bluetooth Protocol, IrDA, ZigBee
Mobile Application Languages XML, Java, J2ME, and Java Card: Introduction, XML, JAVA,
Java 2 Micro Edition (J2ME), JavaCard, Mobile Operating Systems : Operating System PalmOS,
Windows CE, Symbian OS, Linux for Mobile Devices 530

16
Books :
1. Mobile Computing, Raj Kamal, Oxford University Press

Reference Books:
1. Mobile Communications Jochen Schiller, Addison‐Wesley.
2. Handbook of Wireless Networks and Mobile Computing, Stojmenovic and Cacute, Wiley,
3. Mobile Computing Principles: Designing and Developing Mobile
4. Applications with UML and XML, Reza Behravanfar, Cambridge University Press,

17
 Paper IV :

Elective-1
Paper 1.2 : Multimedia Technologies
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit-1 :
Fundamental concepts in Text and Image: Multimedia and hypermedia, world wide web,
overview of multimedia software tools. Graphics and image data representation graphics/image
data types, file formats, Color in image and video: color science, color models in images, color
models in video. Fundamental concepts in video and digital audio: Types of video signals, analog
video, digital video, digitization of sound, MIDI, quantization and transmission of audio.

Unit-2 :
Action Script I : ActionScript Features, Object-Oriented ActionScript, Datatypes and Type
Checking, Classes, Authoring an ActionScript Class Action Script II : Inheritance, Authoring an
ActionScript 2.0 Subclass, Interfaces, Packages, Exceptions.

Unit-3 :
Application Development : An OOP Application Frame work, Using Components with
ActionScript MovieClip Subclasses.
Multimedia data compression: Lossless compression algorithm: Run-Length Coding, Variable
Length Coding, Dictionary Based Coding, Arithmetic Coding, Lossless Image Compression,
Lossy compression algorithm: Quantization, Transform Coding, Wavelet-Based Coding,
Embedded Zerotree of Wavelet Coefficients Set Partitioning in Hierarchical Trees (SPIHT).

Unit-4 :
Basic Video Compression Techniques: Introduction to video compression, video compression
based on motion compensation, search for motion vectors, MPEG, Basic Audio Compression
Techniques.
Multimedia Networks: Basics of Multimedia Networks, Multimedia Network Communications
and Applications : Quality of Multimedia Data Transmission, Multimedia over IP, Multimedia
over ATM Networks, Transport of MPEG-4, Media-on-Demand(MOD).

Books :
1. Fudamentals of Multimedia by Ze-Nian Li and Mark S. Drew PHI/Pearson
Education.
2. Essentials ActionScript 2.0, Colin Moock, SPD O,REILLY.

Reference Books:
1. Digital Multimedia, Nigel chapman and jenny chapman, Wiley-Dreamtech
2. Macromedia Flash MX Professional 2004 Unleashed, Pearson.
3. Multimedia and communications Technology, Steve Heath, Elsevier(Focal Press).
4. Multimedia Applications, Steinmetz, Nahrstedt, Springer.
5. Multimedia Basics by Weixel Thomson.
6. Multimedia Technology and Applications, David Hilman , Galgotia.

18
 Paper IV :
Elective-1

Paper 1.3 : ASP.Net

Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4
Unit-1 :
ASP.NET programming model: Introduction, event driven programming over http, http protocol,
structure of ASP.NET page, ASP.NET component model, ASP.NET Provider model, Anatomy of
ASP.Net Page: Invoking page, Page class, Page Life cycle.
ASP.NET Core Server controls: Generalities of Server Controls, Properties, events and methods
of Control class, HTML controls: Generalities of HTML controls, HTML Containers, HTML
input controls.

Unit-2 :
Web controls: Generalities of Web Control, core web control, misc web control, Validation
controls: Generalities of validation controls, Gallery of controls, Programming with Web forms;
HtmlFrom Class, Multiple forms, cross page postings, Page errors, Page Personalization.
Ritch Page Composition: Working with master page, working with themes, working with
wizards,ADO.NET data Providers, Connecting to data sources: connection strings, connection
pooling, Executing commands: ADO Data Readers, Data Adapters, working with transactions,
procedures etc. Data container objects: Data sets, Data tables, Data Relations, Data binding
models: expressions and components.

Unit-3 :
Creating bindable grid of data: DataGrid Control, GridView control, Managing list of records:
ListView control and Managing views of records: DetailView Control, FromView Control,
Initialization of Application: HttpApplicationClass, Application module, methods and events of
HttpApplication Class, The global.asax file, HttpContext Class, Server Object, HttpResponse
Object, HttpRequest Object.

Unit-4 :
ASP.NET state management: Application state, Session State: working with session state,
customizing session state, view state of page. ASP.NET caching: Caching Application data, the
Cache Class, ASP.NET Security: Using Form authentication, membership and role management
API, Security related controls, AJAX Enabled web services: Web services as application specific
services, remote call via web services,

Books :
1. Programming with Microsoft ASP.NET 3.5 by Dino Esposito, Microsoft Press
2. Programming with Microsoft ASP.NET 4.0 by Microsoft Press
3. The Complete Reference ASP.NET by MacDonald(TMH)

19
 M.Sc. Final
Semester -4

Paper I : Data Mining

Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4
Unit-1 :
Introduction to Data Mining: Why Mine Data? Commercial Viewpoint, Scientific Viewpoint
Motivation, Definitions, Origins of Data Mining, Data Mining Tasks, Classification, Clustering,
Association Rule Discovery, Sequential Pattern Discovery, Regression, Challenges of Data
Mining, Data Mining-Data: What is Data? Attribute Values, Measurement of Length, Types and
Properties of Attributes, Discrete and Continuous Attributes, Types of data sets, Data Quality,
Data Preprocessing, Aggregation, Sampling, Dimensionality Reduction, Feature subset selection,
Feature creation, Discretization and Binarization, Attribute Transformation, Density.

Unit-2 :
Data Mining: Exploring Data: Data Exploration Techniques, Summary Statistics, Frequency and
Mode, Percentiles, Measures of Location: Mean and Median, Measures of Spread: Range and
Variance, Visualization, Representation, Arrangement, Selection, Visualization Techniques:
Histograms, , Box Plots, Scatter Plots, Contour Plots, Matrix Plots, Parallel Coordinates, Other
Visualization Techniques, OLAP : OLAP Operations, Data Mining Classification: Bask
Concepts, Decision Trees, and Model Evaluation: Classification: Definition, Classification
Techniques, Tree Induction, Measures of Node Impurity, Practical Issues of Classification, ROC
curve, Confidence Interval for Accuracy, Comparing Performance of Two Models, Comparing
Performance of Two Algorithms.

Unit-3 :
Data Mining Classification: Alternative Techniques: Rule-Based Classifier, Rule Ordering
Schemes, Building Classification Rules, Instance-Based Classifiers, Nearest Neighbor
Classifiers, Bayes Classifier, Naive Bayes Classifier, Artificial Neural Networks (ANN), Support
Vector Machines. Data Mining Association Analysis: Basic Concepts and Algorithms:
Association Rule Mining, Frequent Itemset Generation, Association Rule Discovery : Hash tree,
Factors Affecting Complexity, Maximal Frequent Horible Closed Itemset, Alternative Methods
for Frequent Itemset Generation, FPgrowth Algorithm, Tree Projection, Rule Generation, Pattern
Evaluation, Statistical Independence, Properties of A Good Measure, Support-based Pruning,
Subjective Interestingness Measure.

Unit-4 :
Data Mining Cluster Analysis: Basic Concepts and Algorithms: Applications of Cluster Analysis,
Types of Clusters, Clustering Algorithms: 'K-means and its variants, Hierarchical clustering,
Density based clustering. Graph-Based Clustering, Limitations of Current Merging Schemes,
Characteristics of Spatial Data Sets, Shared Near Neighbor Approach, ROCK (RObust
Clustering using linKs), Jarvis Patrick Clustering, SNN Clustering Algorithm, Data Mining
Anomaly Detection: Anomaly jOutlier Detection, Importance, Anomaly Detection Schemes,
Density-based: LOF approach
Books :
1. Introduction to Data Mining by Tan, Steinbach, Kumar.
2. Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques by Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, Morgan Kaufmann
Reference Books:
1. Data Mining: Practical Machine Learning Tools and Techniques by Ian H. Witten and Eibe
Frank, Morgan Kaufmann, 2nd Edition (2005).
2. Principles of Data Mining: David Hand, Heikki Mannila & Padhraic Smyth, PHP Publication.
20
 Paper II : Artificial Intelligence & Expert System
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4
Unit-1 :
AI problems, AI Techniques, Tic-tac-toe, Question Answering, Problem as a state space search, A
water jug problem, production system, Control strategies, Heuristic Search, Problem
Characteristics, Production system characteristics, Design of search programs
AI Search techniques :- Depth-first, Breadth-first search, Generate-and-test, Hill climbing, Best-
first search, Constraint satisfaction, Mean-ends-analysis, A* Algorithm, AO* algorithm.

Unit-2 :
Knowledge Representation:- Representations and mappings, Knowledge Representations, Issues
in Knowledge Representation, Predicate Logic:- Representing Instance and Isa Relationships,
Computable Functions and predicates, Resolution, Natural Deduction, Logc programming,
Forward versus Backward Reasoning, Matching, Control knowledge, Expert System.

Unit-3 :
Games playing : Minimax search procedure , adding alpha-beta cutoffs, additional refinements,
Planning :- Component of a planning system, Goal task planning, Nonlinear planning,
Hierarchical Planning.

Unit-4 :
Understanding, Understanding as Constraint satisfaction, Natural Language Processing,
Syntactic Processing, Unification grammars, Semantic Analysis, Introduction to pattern
recognition, Parallel and Distributed AI, Psychological Modeling, Distributed Reasoning
Systems,

Books :
1. Artificial Intelligence by Elaine Rich, Mcgrawhill Inc.
2. Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems – Jankiraman, Sarukes (M)

Reference Books:
1. Expert System : Theory and Practice- Ermine (PHI)
2. Lisp Programming – Rajeo Sangal – (TMH)
3. Rule based Expert System – M.Sasikumar (Narosa)
4. Artificial intelligence – Russell-Pearson- Ist Text book.
5. Principles of AI- Nils Nilson
6. A.I. by R.J.Winston - Pearson
7. ES : Theory and Practice- Ermine – PHI.
8. Int. ti Expert System – Jackson – Pearson.

21
 Paper III : Design and Analysis of Algorithm
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit-1 :
Elementary Algorithmics: Introduction- Problems and Instances- The Efficiency of algorithms-
Average and worst case Analysis. Asymptotic Notation: A notation for the order of – Other
asymptotic notation- Conditional asymptotic notation- Asymptotic notation with several
parameters- Operations on asymptotic notation.
Analysis of Algorithms: Introduction- Analyzing control structures- Average case analysis-
Amortized Analysis- Solving recurrences.

Unit-2 :
Greedy Algorithms: Making change- General Characteristics of Greedy algorithms- Minimum
spanning trees and shortest paths- Knapsack Problems- Scheduling.
Divide and Conquer: Introduction- Multiplying large numbers- The general template- binary
search- sorting- Finding the median- Matrix multiplication- Introduction to cryptography.

Unit-3 :
Dynamic Programming: The Principle of Optimality- making change the knapsack problem-
shortest paths- Chained matrix multiplication- approaches using recursion- Memory functions.

Unit-4 :
Back tracking & Brach Bound: Traversing trees- Depth first search of directed and ndirected
graph- Breadth first search- Back tracking- Branch and bound- The minimax principle,
Introduction to NP- Completeness; Classes P and NP- Polynomial reductions- NP- Complete
Problems NP- Hard problems- Non- Deterministic algorithms.

Books :
1. Fundamentals of Algorithms - Gilles Brassard & Paul Brately. Prentice-Hall (India)Ltd.

Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms by Ellis Horowitz & Sartaj Sahani. Galgotia
Publication.
2. Computer Algorithms: Introduction to Design & Analysis. Sara Baase & Alien Van Gelder.
Addison Wesley Publishing Company.

22
 Paper IV :
Elective-2
Paper 2.1 : Embedded System
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit-1 :
Introduction to Embedded Systems: Embedded Systems, Processor Embedded into a System,
Embedded Hardware Units and Devices in a System, Embedded Software in a System, Examples
of Embedded Systems, Embedded System‐on‐chip (Soc) and Use of VLSI Circuit Design
Technology, Complex Systems Design and Processors, Design Process in Embedded System,
Formalization of System Design, Design Process and Design Examples, Classification of
Embedded Systems, Skills Required for an Embedded System Designer 8051 and Advanced
Processor Architectures, Memory Organization and Realworld Interfacing:
8051 architecture, Real World Interfacing, Introduction to Advanced Architectures, Processor
and Memory Organization,Instruction‐Level Parallelism, Performance Metrics,Memory‐Types,
Memory‐Maps and Addresses, Processor Selection, Memory Selection, Devices and
Communication Buses for Devices Network :Types and Examples, Serial Communication
Devices, Parallel Device Ports, Sophisticated Interfacing Features in Device Ports, Wireless
Devices, Timer and Counting Devices, Watchdog Timer, Real Time Clock, Networked
Embedded Systems, Serial Bus Communication Protocols, Parallel Bus Device
Protocols‐Parallel Communication Network Using ISA, PCI, PCI‐X and Advanced Buses,
Internet Enabled Systems‐Network Protocols, Wireless and Mobile System Protocols

Unit-2 :
Device Drivers and Interrupts Service Mechanism: Programmed‐I/O Busy‐wait Approach
without Interrupt Service Mechanism, ISR Concept, Interrupt Sources, Interrupt Servicing
(Handling) Mechanism, Multiple Interrupts, Context and the Periods for Context Switching,
Interrupt Latency and Deadline, Classification of Processors Interrupt Service Mechanism from
Context‐Saving Angle, Direct Memory Access, Device Driver Programming,
Programming Concepts and Embedded Programming in C, C++ and Java: Software
Programming in Assembly Language (ALP) and in High‐Level Language 'C' 235 , C Program
Elements: Header and Source Files and Preprocessor Directives, Program Elements:
Macros and Functions, Program Elements: Data Types, Data Structures, Modifiers, Statements,
Loops and Pointers, Object‐Oriented Programming, Embedded Programming in C++, Embedded
Programming in Java,
Program Modeling Concepts: Program Models, DFG Models, State Machine Programming
Models for Event‐controlled Program Flow, Modeling of Multiprocessor Systems, UML
Modelling

Unit-3 :
Interprocess Communication and Synchronization of Processes, Threads and Tasks: Multiple
Processes in an Application, Multiple Threads in an Application, Tasks, Task States, Task and
Data, Clearcut Distinction between Functions, ISRS and Tasks by their Characteristics, Concept
of Semaphores, Shared Data, Interprocess Communication, Signal Function, Semaphore
Functions, Message Queue Functions, Mailbox Functions, Pipe Functions, Socket Functions,
RPC Functions,
23
Real Time Operating Systems : OS Services, Process Management, Timer Functions, Event
Functions, Memory Management, Device, File and 10 Subsystems Management, Interrupt
Routines in RTOS Environment and Handling of Interrupt Source Calls, Real‐time Operating
Systems, Basic Design Using an RTOS, Rtos Task Scheduling Models, Interrupt Latency and
Response of the Tasks as Performance Metrics, OS Security Issues,

Unit-4 :
Real time Operating System ProgrammingI:
MicrodOS‐II and VxWorks, Basic Functions and Types of RTOSES, RTOS mCOS‐II, RTOS
VxWorks,
Realtime Operating System ProgrammingII:
Windows CE, OSEK and Real‐time Linux Functions,Windows CE, OSEK, Linux 2.6.x and
RTLinux,
Design Examples and Case Studies of Program Modeling and Programming with RTOS l:Case
Study of Embedded System Design and Coding for an Automatic, Chocolate Vending Machine
(ACYM) Using Mucos RTOS, Case Study of Digital Camera Hardware and Sofware
Architecture, Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on a TCPIIP
Network Using RTOS Vxworks
Design Examples and Case Studies of Program Modeling and Programming with RTOS 2:
Case Study of Communication Between Orchestra Robots, Embedded Systems in Automobile,
Case Study of an Embedded System for an Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) System in a Car,
Case Study of an Embedded System for a Smart Card, Case Study of a Mobile Phone Software
for Key Inputs,
Embedded Software Development Process and Tools: Introduction to Embedded Software
Development Process and Tools, Host and Target Machines, Linking and Locating Software,
Getting Embedded Software into the Target System, Issues in Hardware‐Software Design and
Co‐design,
Testing, Simulation and Debugging Techniques and Tools: Testing on Host Machine: Simulators,
Laboratory Tools

Books :
1. Embedded Systems: Architecture, Programming and Design, Raj Kamal, McGraw Hill

Reference Books:
1. Embedded System Design” Frank Vahid&Tony Givargis; John Wiley &sons, Inc.
2. Real – Time Systems and software”Alan C. Shaw ; John Wiley &Sons Inc
3. Fundamentals of embedded Software”, Daniel W. Lewis, Pearson
4. Real time Systems”, J. W. S. Liu, Pearson
5. Embedded Realtime System Programming”, S. V. Iyer and P. Gupta, TMH
6. An Embedded System Primer” David E. Simon; Addison‐Wesley Pub
7. Embedded System Design” Steve Heath; Butterworth‐Heinemann Pub.
8. Embedded System Computer Architecture” Graham Wilson, Butterworth‐Heinemann
9. Introduction to Embedded Systems by Shibu K V (TMH)

24
 Paper IV :
Elective-2
Paper 2.2 : Pattern Recognition
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4

Unit-1 :
Introduction to Pattern Recognition, Bayesian decision theory: Classifiers, Discriminant
functions, Decision surfaces, Normal density and Discriminant functions, discrete features

Unit-2 :
Maximum Likelihood and Bayesian Estimation: Parameter estimation methods, Maximum-
Likelihood estimation, Bayesian estimation, Bayesian Parameter Estimation, Gaussian Case,
General Theory, Problem of Dimensionality, Accuracy, Dimension, and Training Sample Size,
ComputationalComplexity and Overfitting, Component Analysis and Discriminants, Principal
Component Analysis (PCA), Expectation Maximization (EM), Hidden Markov models for
sequential pattern classification, First-Order Markov Models, First-Order Hidden Markov
Models, Hidden Markov Model Computation, Evaluation, Decoding and Learning.

Unit-3 :
Non-parametric: Density estimation, Parzen-window method, Probabilistic Neural Networks
(PNNs),K-earest Neighbour, Estimation and rules, Nearest Neighbour and Fuzzy Classification.
Linear Discriminant function based classifiers: Perceptron, Linear Programming Algorithm,
Support Vector Machines (SVM)

Unit-4 :
Multilayer Neural Network: Feed Forward Classification, Back Propagation Algorithm, Error
Surface Stochastic Data: Stochastic search, Boltzmann Learning, Evolutionary method and
Genetic Programming.Non-metric methods for pattern classification: Decision trees,
Classification and Regression Trees (CART) and other tree methods, String recognition and Rule
Based method. Unsupervised learning and clustering : Mixture Densities and Identifiability,
Maximum Likelihood estimation, Application Normal Mixture, Unsupervised Bayesian
Learning, Data Description and Clustering, Hierarchical Clustering, Graph theory method,
Problem of validity, Component analysis

Books :
1. R.O.Duda, P.E.Hart and D.G.Stork, "Pattern Classification 2nd Edition", John Wiley, 2007 2.
2. Christopher M. Bishop, "Neural Network for Pattern Recognition", Oxford Ohio Press.

Reference Books:
1. E. Gose, R. Johansonbargh, "Pattern Recognition and Image Analysis", PHI
2. Ethen Alpaydin, "Introduction to Machine Learning", PHI
3. SatishKumar, "Neural Network- A Classroom Approach", McGraw Hill.
4. Dr. Rao & Rao,Neural Network & Fuzzy Logic
5. S. S.Theodoridis and K.Koutroumbas, "Pattern Recognition", 4th Ed., Academic Press,
6. C.M. Bishop, "Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning", Springer, 2006
7. Rajjan Shinghal : Pattern Reognition (TMH)

25
 Paper IV :
Elective-2
Paper 2.3 : Parallel Computing
Hours/Week : 4
Credits : 4
Unit-1 :
Introduction to Parallel Computing: Motivating Parallelism, Scope, Applications, Parallel
Programming Platforms: Implicit Parallelism: Limitations of Memory System Performance,
Dichotomy of Parallel Computing Platforms, Physical Organization of Parallel Platforms,
Communication Costs in Parallel Machines, Routing Mechanisms for Interconnection Networks,
Impact of Process‐Processor Mapping and Mapping Techniques

Unit-2 :
Principles of Parallel Algorithm Design: Preliminaries ,Decomposition Techniques,
Characteristics of Tasks and Interactions, Mapping Techniques for Load Balancing, Methods
for Containing Interaction Overheads, Parallel Algorithm Models, Basic Communication
operations:One‐to‐All Broadcast and All‐to‐One Reduction, All‐to‐All Broadcast and
Reduction, All‐Reduce and Prefix‐Sum Operations, Scatter and Gather, All‐to‐All Personalized
Communication, Circular Shift , Improving the Speed of Some Communication Operations

Unit-3 :
Analytical Modeling of Parallel Programs: Performance Metrics for Parallel Systems, The
Effect of Granularity on Performance, Scalability of Parallel Systems, Minimum Execution
Time and Minimum Cost‐Optimal Execution Time, Asymptotic Analysis of Parallel Programs,
Other Scalability Metrics, Programming Using the Message Passing Paradigm: Principles of
Message‐Passing Programming, The Building Blocks: Send and Receive Operations , MPI: the
Message Passing Interface, Topologies and Embedding, Overlapping Communication with
Computation, Collective Communication and Computation Operations, Groups and
Communicators,

Unit-4 :
Programming Shared Address Space Platforms: Thread Basics, Why Threads? The POSIX
Thread API, Thread Basics: Creation and Termination, Synchronization Primitives in Pthreads,
Controlling Thread and Synchronization Attributes, Thread Cancellation, Composite
Synchronization Constructs, Tips for Designing Asynchronous Programs, OpenMP: a Standard
for Directive Based Parallel Programming, Dense Matrix Algorithms: Matrix‐ Vector
Multiplication, Matrix‐Matrix Multiplication, Solving a System of Linear Equations Sorting:
Issues in Sorting on Parallel Computers, Sorting Networks, Bubble Sort and its Variants,
Quicksort, Bucket and Sample Sort, Other Sorting Algorithms,
Graph Algorithms: Minimum spanning tree Prims Algorithm, Single‐Source Shortest Paths:
Dijkstra's Algorithm Search Algorithms for Discrete Optimization Problems: Sequential Search
Algorithms, Search Overhead Factor, Parallel Depth‐First Search, Parallel Best‐First Search,
Speedup Anomalies in Parallel Search Algorithms, Dynamic Programming: Overview of
Dynamic Programming, Serial Monadic DP Formulations, Monadic DP Formulations, The
Longest‐Common‐ Subsequence Problem, Serial Polyadic DP Formulations, Floyd's All‐Pairs
Shortest‐Paths Algorithm, Nonserial Polyadic DP Formulations, The Optimal
Matrix‐Parenthesization Problem, Fast Fourier Transform: The Serial Algorithm, The
Binary‐Exchange Algorithm, The Transpose Algorithm

26
Books :
1. Introduction to Parallel Computing, Ananth Grama, Pearson Education
Reference Books:
1. Fundamental of Paralle Processing, Harry F. Jordan, Gita Alaghband, Pearson Education
2. Parallel Programming, Michael Allen, Barry Wilkinson, Pearson Education

27
RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ
NAGPUR UNIVERSITY, NAGPUR

ORDINANCE BOOK

EDITION 2006

Price Rs. : 60/-

RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ
NAGPUR UNIVERSITY, NAGPUR

ORDINANCE BOOK

EDITION 2006

Price Rs. : 60/-

Published By :

Subhash Belsare
Registrar,
Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University.

Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Administrative Premises,

Opp. Maharaj Bagh, Ravindranath Tagore Marg.
R.T.M. Nagpur University, NAGPUR – 440 001.

(c) Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University.

Edition, 2006

Printed By :

M. R. Baig
Manager,
R.T.M. Nagpur University Press,

Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Administrative Premises,

Opp. Maharaj Bagh, Ravindranath Tagore Marg.
R.T.M. Nagpur University, NAGPUR – 440 001.
 RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ
NAGPUR UNIVERSITY, NAGPUR
INDEX
S.N. ORDINANCE SHORT TITLE OR SUBJECT OF ORDINANCE PAGE NO.
NO. & YEAR

1 2 3 4
1 1 of 2006 An Ordinance Pertaining to the Chargeable 1
Fees from Students, Towards Promotion of
Inter University Sports and Cultural
Activities.

2 2 of 2006 Ordinance to provide for examination leading 3

to the Diploma in Sericulture (Amendment
Ordinance No. 10 of 1987.) in the Faculty of
Science.

3 3 of 2006 Ordinance to provide for examination leading 4

to the degree of foKku ikkjaxr ¼jsf’ke½ Master of
science in sericulture in the Faculty of
science.

4 4 of 2006 Ordinance to provide for examinations leading 8

to the degree of Bachelor of science
(Information Technology) (Three year degree
course) in the Faculty of science.

5 5 of 2006 Ordinance to provide for examinations leading 15

to the degree of foKku ikjaxr ¼ekfgrh ra=kku½ [Master
of science (Information Technology)] (Semester
pattern) in the Faculty of science,

6 6 of 2006 Ordinance relating to examination leading to 19

the Degree of Bachelor of Pharmacy (New), in
the Faculty of Medicine.

7 7 of 2006 Ordinance governing admission to Master of 33

Pharmaceutical Sciences course in the
Faculty of Medicine.

8 8 of 2006 Ordinance governing procedure and 41

modalities for admission to B.Pharm.-I and II
i.e. Bachelor of Pharmaceutical Sciences
course in the University department of
Pharmaceutical Sciences and affiliated
colleges in the Faculty of Medicine.
9 9 of 2006 Ordinance to provide for examination leading 47
to the Degree of Bachelor of Applied
Electronics (Amendment Ordinance No. 2 of
1995) in the Faculty of Home Science.

10 10 of 2006 Ordinance to provide for examination leading 48

to the Degree of Bachelor of House & Interior
Design (Amendment Ordinance No. 3 of 1995)
in the Faculty of Home Science.

11 11 of 2006 Ordinance governing examinations leading to 49

the Bachelor of Science (Home Science), in the
Faculty of Home Science.

12 12 of 2006 Ordinance leading to the award of the 57

Certificate in “Clinical Nutrition & Patient
Counseling” In the Faculty of Home Science.

13 13 of 2006 Ordinance to provide for examination leading 60

to the Higher Diploma in English, French,
German, Russian, Bengali, Telgu, and Urdu
Languages in the Faculty of Arts.

14 14 of 2006 Ordinance to provide for examinations leading 61

to the degree of Master of Fine Arts in the
Faculty of Arts.

15 15 OF 2006 Ordinance to provide for examination leading 66

to the certificate, diploma and higher diploma
in pali language in the Faculty of Arts,

16 16 of 2006 Ordinance leading to the examination for 69

award of the Degree of Master of Science in
the Faculty of Home Science.

17 17 of 2006 Nagpur university teachers’ service and 77

conditions of employment (amendment
Ordinance No. 122) Ordinance, 2006

18 18 of 2006 Ordinance examination leading to the Degree 79

of Post Basic B.Sc. Nursing in the Faculty of
Medicine.

19 19 of 2006 Ordinance governing recognition of Post- 82

Graduate Teacher(s) in the stream of Dental
Sciences and fixation of intake capacity for
Master of Dental Surgery courses under the
Faculty of Medicine

20 20 of 2006 Ordinance providing for condonation of 84

deficiency of marks for passing Part-I, II and
Final M.B.B.S. examination in the faculty of
Medicine.
21 21 of 2006 Ordinance Recognition of Post graduate 85
Teacher(s) in the stream of Occupational
Therapy and Physio Therapy and fixation of
intake capacity for Master course in Physio
Therapy and Master course in Occupational
Therapy under the Faculty of Medicine

22 22 of 2006 Ordinance to provide for examination leading 87

to the Degree of Master of Public Health in the
Faculty of Medicine.

23 23 of 2006 Ordinance governing examination of Masters 91

Degree of Business Administration
(M.B.A.)(Semester pattern) in the Faculty of
Commerce.

24 24 of 2006 Ordinance to provide for examination leading 100

to the Degree of Bachelor of Commerce
(Computer application) in Faculty of
Commerce.

25 25 of 2006 Ordinance to provide for examination leading 108

to the Degree of Master of Commerce in the
Faculty of Commerce.

26 26 of 2006 Ordinance to provide for examination leading 113

to the Degree of Bachelor of Business
Administration (B.B.A.) in the Faculty of
Commerce.

27 27 of 2006 Ordinance to provide for examination leading 122

to the P.G. Diploma in Business Management
(D.B.M. in the Faculty of Commerce.
28 28 of 2006 Ordinance to provide for examination leading 128
to the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering in
Fire Engineering in Faculty of Engg./Tech.
29 29 of 2006 Ordinance relating to University Affiliation Fee 135
(Amendment Ordinance No. 3 of 1994)

30 30 of 2006 Ordinance relating to Improvement of 136

Division/Grade (Amendment Ordinance No. 4
of 1996)
 * ORDINANCE NO. 1 OF 2006

AN ORDINANCE PERTAINING TO THE CHARGEABLE FEES FROM STUDENTS,

TOWARDS PROMOTION OF INTER UNIVERSITY SPORTS
AND CULTURAL ACTIVITIES.

Whereas it is expedient to provide for an Ordinance pertaining to

chargeable fees from students, towards promotion of Inter University Sports and
Cultural Activities, for the purposes hereinafter appearing; the Management
Council is hereby pleased to make the following Ordinance:

1. This ordinance may be called “Chargeable fees from students, towards

promotion of Inter University Sports and Cultural Activities, Ordinance,
2005”.

2. This Ordinance shall come in to force with effect from the date of its
approval by the Management Council.

3. In this Ordinance, unless the context requires :

i) “Act” means the Maharashtra Universities Act, 1994.

ii) “Conducted College” means a college maintained and managed by the

University.

iii) “Affiliated College” means a college affiliated to the University.

iv) “Principal/Director of a conducted/affiliated College, means a head of

a conducted/affiliated college and recognized to be so by the
University.

v) “Academic Year” means an year commencing or such date in

June/July and ending with such date in March/April of the year
following as may be decided by the Academic Council.

4. Every conducted/affiliated college shall charge a fee of Rs. 20/- from each
student per Academic year right at the time of his/her admission to any of
the courses of study in the Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur
University, towards the promotion of Inter University Sports and Cultural
Activities.

Provided that fee of Rs. 20/- collected from each student per academic year
shall be utilized as under :

i) Rs. 4/- per student per academic year to be contributed to the host
University for Inter University Sports meet Ashwamedh.

* Accepted by the Management Council dt. 27th February, 2006, vide item No. 26, under
the draft Ordinance No. 47 of 2005 & approved by the Hon’ble Chancellor on 28th March,
2006,videletterNo.CS/NU/ORD/42/06/(6344)876.
 -2-

ii) Rs. 2/- per student per academic year to be contributed to the host
University for Inter-University Cultural Activities. (Indradhanushya)

iii) Rs. 6/- per student per academic year as college share for sports,
cultural and other activities including at least Rs. 3/- for development
of sports infrastructure. The same to be monitored periodically by the
University Committee formed for the purpose with special emphasis to
ensure that the colleges develop sports infrastructure.

iv) Rs. 8/- to be retained by the University for the following :

a) Rs. 4/- to be shared equally between Cultural & Sports

activities including development of Sports infrastructure of the
University.

b) Rs. 4/- for the Corpus Fund to be utilized later for the activities
planned by the Advisory Board in future.

Provided that each Principal of the conducted college/affiliated college

shall remit to the Registrar, Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur
University, Rs. 14/- of the fees chargeable per student on or before 30
September, each year by a demand draft drawn in favour of the Registrar,
Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, and shall retain the
remaining Rs. 6/- with the college.

Provided further that Principal of the conducted / affiliated college

shall earmark the amount so collected & retained for its utilization towards
generating and developing the infrastructural facilities for sports, in the
college.

5. Out of the total amount of Rs. 14/- received by the University from
Conducted/Affiliated colleges the University shall subscribe a share of Rs.
4/- per student for Maharashtra State Inter University Sports Meet
(Ashwamedh) and Rs. 2/- per student for Maharashtra State Inter University
Cultural Festival (Indradhanushya) during the academic year.

6. The changes in fees will be implemented from the academic year 2006-07.

7. Upon promulgation of this Ordinance, Ordinance No. 1 of 1999, shall stand

repealed.

STATEMENT OF OBJECT & REASONS

As suggested by the advisory board at its meeting held on 7th july, 2005 at
Raj Bhavan, Mumbai and as communicated by the Dy. Secretary to the Chancellor
vide letter No. CS/Ashwamedh/05/ 2107, dated 8th August, 2005, Ashwamedh fee
needs to be increased to rs. 20/-. hence this Ordinance.
_______________
 -3-

* ORDINANCE NO. 2 OF 2006

AN ORDINANCE (FURTHER*) TO AMEND THE

ORDINANCE NO. 10 OF 1987

Whereas it is expedient to amend ordinance no. 10 of 1987, i.e.

Examination leading to the diploma in sericulture for the purposes hereinafter
appearing; the Management Council is hereby pleased to make the following
ordinance;

1. This ordinance may be called ‘Examination leading to the Diploma in

Sericulture (amendment) Ordinance, 2005.

2. This ordinance shall come into force with effect from the date of its approval
by the Management Council.

3. In para 4(i) of the main ordinance for the words-

“Pass at least XIIth standard examination of Maharashtra State Board of

Secondary and Higher Secondary Education (Science stream with Biology) or
any other statutory university or Board or an examination recognized as
equivalent thereto, and”

Shall be substituted by the words

“Passed XII standard examination (Science stream) of Maharashtra State

Board of Secondary and Higher Secondary Education or an examination
equivalent thereto, from any other statutory Board.”

STATEMENT OF OBJECT AND REASONS

It was imperative to broaden the scope of the eligibility so as to facilitate the

desirous and deserving applicant students to avail the opportunity in terms of
their admission to the course the Academic Council in its meeting held on 28th
July, 2005 vide item No. 199 & Management Council 27th February, 2006 vide
item No. 7 considered & approved this amendment Ordinance.
While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial
implications are involved at the Government as well as university level as of now or
in future and is in consonance with the orders of the State Government and
guidelines of the University Grants Commission.
Hence the amendment.
_____________________________________________________________________________
*Accepted by the Management Council dt. 27th February, 2006, vide item No. No.
7, under the draft Ordinance No. 2/2005.
 -4-
* ORDINANCE NO. 3 OF 2006

EXAMINATION LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF foKku Ikkjaxr ¼ jsf’ke½ MASTER OF

SCIENCE (SERICULTURE) IN THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE

Whereas it is expedient to provide for an Ordinance for the examination

leading to the degree of foKku Ikkjaxr ¼ jsf’ke½ Master of Science in Sericulture in the
Faculty of Science, the Management Council is hereby pleased to make the
following ordinance. :

1. This ordinance may be called “Examination leading to the degree of foKku

Ikkjaxr ¼jsf’ke½ Master of Science in Sericulture in the Faculty of Science
Ordinance, 2005.”

2. This ordinance shall come in to force with effect from the date of its approval
by the Management Council.

3. The duration of the course shall be Two academic years with university
examination at the end of each year namely
a) foKku Ikkjaxr ¼js’khe½ Hkkx 1 [ M.Sc. (Sericulture) Part I ]
b) foKku Ikkjaxr ¼js’khe½ Hkkx 2 [ M.Sc. (Sericulture) Part II ]

4. The examination shall be held at such places and on such dates as may be
notified by the university.

5. Subject to the compliance with the provisions of this ordinance and of other
directions/ordinances in force from time to time, the following candidates
shall be eligible for admission to Master of Science (Sericulture)
examination, namely:-

A] For foKku Ikkjaxr ¼js’khe½ Hkkx 1 [ M.Sc. (Sericulture) Part I ]:

i) a candidate admitted to the degree of Bachelor of Science of the
Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University or of any other
statutory university recognized equivalent thereto who had offered
Sericulture OR Botany OR Zoology OR Microbiology as one of the
subjects at the qualifying examination.

* Accepted by the Management Council dt. 27th February, 2006, vide item No. 8,
under the draft Ordinance No. 4 of 2005 & approved by the Hon’ble Chancellor on
4th Janudary, 2007,videletterNo.CS/NU/ORD/42/06/(6351)100.
 -5-
AND
ii) should have prosecuted a regular course of study in a college
affiliated to Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University for the
conduct of the course or a Department/Center of Rashtrasant
Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University conducting the course for not
less than one academic year in the subject in which he/she offers for
the examination.
B] For foKku Ikkjaxr ¼js’khe½ Hkkx 2 [ M.Sc. (Sericulture) Part II ] :
i) a candidate who has passed the M.Sc. (Sericulture) Part I
examination of Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University or
its equivalent, and
ii) should have prosecuted a regular course of study in a college
affiliated to Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University for
the conduct of the course or a Department/ Center of the
Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University for the conduct
of the course for not less than one academic year in the subjects in
which he/she offers for the examination.

6. Without prejudice to the other provisions of ordinance No. 6 relating to the

examinations in general, the provisions of paragraphs 5, 8, 9, 10, 26, 31 and
32 of the said ordinance shall apply to every collegiate candidate.

7. The fees for the examination shall be as prescribed by the University from
time to time.

8. (a) The scope of the subjects shall be as indicated in the syllabus.

(b) The medium of instruction shall be English. The question papers will
be set in English. However, it is open to the examinees to write their
answers in English, Marathi or Hindi. The candidate should indicate
the same in the examination form.

9. The number of papers and the maximum marks assigned to each paper and
the minimum marks an examinee must obtain in order to pass the
examination shall be an indicated in the Appendix.

10. An examinee at each of the examinations shall have the option of not being
declared successful at the examination in case he/she does not secure a
minimum of second division or 55% marks at the examination. The option
will have to be exercised every time an application is submitted to any of the
examinations and shall be in the proforma printed on the application form
itself. Once exercised, the option shall be binding upon the examinee and it
shall not be revoked under any circumstance.
 -6-
11. There shall be no classification of examinees successful at the
M.Sc.(Sericulture) Part I examination.

12. Examinees who are successful in the foKku Ikkjaxr ¼js’khe½ Hkkx 2 [M.Sc. (Sericulture)
Part II ] examination and have obtained not less than 60% marks in the
aggregate of the M. Sc. (Sericulture) Part I and II examinations taken
together shall be placed in the first division, those who obtained less than
60% but not less than 48% marks in the second division, and all other
successful examinees in the third division.

13. Provisions of Direction No. 9 of 2002 relating to the award of grace marks for
passing an examination, securing higher division/class and for securing
distinction in subjects as updated from time to time shall apply to the
examination under this Ordinance.

14. The names of examinees passing the examination as a whole in the

minimum prescribed period and obtaining the prescribed number of places
in each subject in the first or second division shall be arranged in order of
merit as provided in the Ordinance no.6 related to examinations in general.

15. No person shall be admitted to an examination under this Ordinance, if

he/she has already passed the same examination of this university or of any
other statutory university.

16. Examinees successful at the final examination on payment of the prescribed

fees be entitled for the award of the degree in the prescribed form signed by
the Vice-Chancellor.

17. Upon promulgation of this Ordinance, Direction No. 2 of 2004 shall stand
repealed.

STATEMENT OF OBJECTS & REASONS

In order to incorporate a Master’s course in the speciality of Sericulture,

which has a great bearing on the fulfillment of regional requirements, and
affording greater employability the Academic Council in its meeting held on 28th
July, 2005, vide item No. 201 and the Management Council in its meeting held on
27th February, 2006 vide item No. 8 considered & approved this Ordinance No. 3
of 2006.
While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial
implications are involved at the Government as well as university level as of now or
in future.
Hence this Ordinance.
 *********

-7-

APPENDIX
TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEMES
A] MASTER OF SCIENCE (SERICULTURE) Part I :
a) THEORY PAPERS

Sr. Paper Title of Paper Teaching Examination Scheme

No Scheme Duration of Max. Min. Pass
Hrs/Week Paper /Hrs. Marks Marks
1. I General Sericulture and Silkworm Biology 4 3 75
2. II Biology of Silkworm Host Plants 4 3 75
3. III Pests and Diseases of Silkworm and Host 4 3 75
Plants
4. IV Molecular Cell Biology and Biotechnology 4 3 75
Total 16 12 300 108
b) PRACTICAL PAPERS
5 I Biology of Silkworms and their Host Plants 8 6 100
6 II Pests and Diseases of Silkworm and Host 8 6 100
Plants, Molecular Cell Biology and
Biotechnology
Total 16 12 200 72

B] MASTER OF SCIENCE (SERICULTURE) Part II

a) THEORY PAPERS
Sr. Paper Title of Paper Teaching Examination Scheme
No Scheme Duration of Max Min Pass
Hrs/Week Paper/Hrs. Marks Marks
1. I Silkworm Seed and Rearing Technology 4 3 75
2. II Genetics and Breeding of Silkworms and their 4 3 75
Host Plants
3. III Silk Technology 4 3 75
4. IV Economics, Marketing, Management, 4 3 75
Extension of Sericulture and Bio-statistics
Total 16 12 300 108
b) PRACTICAL PAPERS
5 I Silkworm Seed and Rearing Technology and 8 6 75
Genetics and Breeding of Silkworms and their
Host Plants
6 II Silk Technology and Economics, Marketing, 8 6 75
Management, Extension of Sericulture and
Bio-statistics
7 Project 50
Total 16 12 200 72
Note:- 1. The student must complete the project and submit it before the final
examination of M.Sc. Part II (Sericulture).
2. In the project 25 Marks will be awarded by the Supervisor/Guide and 25 marks
will be awarded by the external examiner.
 -8-

* ORDINANCE NO. 4 OF 2006

EXAMINATIONS LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE

(INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY) (THREE YEAR DEGREE COURSES) THE
FACULTY OF SCIENCE

Whereas it is expedient to provide for an ordinance for the Examinations

Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science (Information Technology) (Three Year
Degree Course) in the Faculty of Science, the Management Council is hereby
pleased to make the following ordinance. :

1. This Ordinance may be called “ Examinations leading to the Degree of

Bachelor of Science (Information Technology) (Three Year Degree Course) in
the Faculty of Science, Ordinance, 2005.”

2. This ordinance shall come into force with effect,. from the date of its approval
by the Management Council.

3. The course for the Degree of B.Sc. (Information Technology) under this
Direction shall extend over a period of three academic years. At the end of
each academic year there shall be a university examination known
respectively as

(a) The Bachelor of Science (Information Technology)

Part – I examination,
(b) The Bachelor of Science (Information Technology)
Part – II examination
(c) The Bachelor of Science (Information Technology)
Part – III examination.

4. The examination specified in the preceding paragraph shall be held annually

at such places and on such dates as may be notified by the University.

5. Subject to the compliance with the provisions of this Ordinance and of other
directions/ordinances in force from time to time, the candidate who has
prosecuted a regular course of study for not less than one academic year
prior to the examination shall be eligible for admission to the examination.

* Accepted by the Management Council dt. 27th February, 2006, vide item No. 9,
under the draft Ordinance No. 6 of 2005& approved by the Hon’ble Chancellor on
4th January, 2007, vide letter No. CS/NU/ORD/42/06/(6351)/100.
 -9-

6. Every applicant for admission to examination shall -

(A) In case of the Bachelor of Science (Information Technology) Part – I

examination:

have passed not less than one academic year previously the 12th
standard examination of the Maharashtra State Board of Secondary and
Higher Secondary Education with English and Mathematics or an
examination recognized as equivalent thereto in such subjects and with
such standards of attainments as may be prescribed.

Provided that students passing the 12th standard examination of the

Maharashtra State Board of Secondary and Higher Secondary Education
and offering Vocational Stream with Mathematics shall be eligible for
admission to the Bachelor of Science (Information Technology) Part – I
course.

(B) In case of the Bachelor of Science (Information Technology) Part – II

examination:

have passed not less than one academic year previously the Bachelor of
Science (Information Technology) Part – I examination of the university or
an examination recognized as equivalent thereto, and

(C) In case of the Bachelor of Science (Information Technology) Part –III

examination:

have passed not less than one academic year previously the Bachelor of
Science (Information Technology) Part – II examination of the University
or an examination recognized as equivalent thereto.

7. Without prejudice to the other provisions of ordinance No. 6 relating to the

Examinations in General the provisions of paragraph 5,8,10,31 and 32 of
the said ordinance shall apply to every collegiate candidate

8. The fees for the examination shall be as prescribed by the university from
time to time.

9. The scope of the subject of Bachelor of Science (Information Technology) Part

– I, Part-II, and final shall be as indicated in the respective syllabi in force
from time to time. The medium of the instruction shall be English
 -10-

10. The paper and practical in which an examinee is to be examined, the

maximum marks prescribed for each paper and practical and the minimum
marks for passing, which the examinee must obtain in order to pass in the
subject and the examination shall be as prescribed in appendix A, B & C.

11. Successful examinees at the Bachelor of Science (Information Technology)

examination who obtains not less than 60% marks in aggregate of Bachelor
of Science (Information Technology) Part – I, Part-II and final examinations
taken together shall be placed in the first division, those who obtaining less
than 60% but not less than 50% in the second division, and all other
successful examinees in the third division.

Explanation :
Division at the Bachelor of Science (Information Technology) final
examination shall be declared on the basis of the marks obtained in the
Science subjects at the Bachelor of Science (Information Technology) Part –
I, Part-II and final examinations taken together.

12. There shall be no classification of successful examinee at the Bachelor of

Science (Information Technology) Part – I and Part-II examinations.

13. An examinee successful in the minimum period prescribed for the

examination obtaining not less than 75% of the maximum marks prescribed
in the subject shall be declared to have passed the examination with
Distinction in the subject.

Explanation :

i) Distinction shall be awarded only in Science subjects.

ii) Distinction at the Bachelor of Science (Information

Technology) examination shall be awarded on the basis of the marks
obtained at the Bachelor of Science (Information Technology) Part – I,
Part-II and final examination taken together.

iii) Distinction shall not be awarded to an examinee availing of the

provision of exemptions and compartments at any of the examination.

14. Provisions of Direction No. 9 of 2002 relating to the award of grace marks for
passing an examination, securing higher division/class and for securing
distinction in subject(s) as updated from time to time shall apply to the
examination under this Ordinance.
 -11-

15. As soon as possible after the examination, the university will publish a list of
successful examinees at the Bachelor of Science (Information Technology)
Part – I Part-II and final examination. Such list at the Bachelor of Science
(Information Technology) final examination shall be arranged in three
divisions. The names of the examinees passing the examination as a whole
in the minimum prescribed period and obtaining the prescribed number of
places in first or second division shall be arranged in order of merit as
provided in the ordinance No. 6 - Examinations in General

16. No person shall be admitted to the Bachelor of Science (Information

Technology) Part – I Part-II and final examination, if he has already passed
the corresponding or an equivalent examination of other statutory university.

17. Successful examinee at the Bachelor of Science (Information Technology) final

examination shall on payment of the prescribed fee, receive a degree in the
prescribed form, signed by the Vice-Chancellor.

18. Upon promulgation of this Ordinance, Direction No. 29 of 2002 shall stand
repealed.

STATEMENT OF OBJECT & REASONS

In order to incorporate a Bachelor’s course in the speciality of Information

Technology, which has a great bearing on the fulfillment of regional requirements,
and affording greater employability the Academic Council in its meeting held on
28th July, 2005, vide item No. 203 and the Management Council in its meeting
held on 27th February, 2006 vide item No. 9 considered & approved this
Ordinance.

While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial

implications are involved at the Government as well as university level as of now or
in future.

Hence this Ordinance.

 -12-

Appendix – A

Bachelor of Science (Information Technology)Three Year Degree Course

FIRST YEAR
T : Theory Tu : Tutorial P : Practical
Sr. Subject Title of Paper Teaching Examination Scheme
No Scheme

Total periods
Dur. of Max. Min. Total

per week
T+ P paper Marks Pass
Tu (Hrs) Marks
Paper

T P T P T P

1 Information I Components of I.T. 2 _ 2 3 - 40 40

Technology
II Prog in C ++ & 2 _ 2 3 - 40 40
OOPS
42
III Database 2 _ 2 3 - 40 40
Management
System

IV Practical - 6 6 - 6 -- 30 11 30
2 Systems & I Fundamentals of 2 - 2 3 - 40 - - 40
Hardware Digital Electronics

II System Analysis & 2 - 2 3 - 40 - - 40

Design 42

III Introduction to 2 - 2 3 - 40 - - 40
Operating System

IV Practical - 6 6 - 6 -- 30 - 11 30
3 Analytic I Discrete 2 - 2 3 - 40 - - 40
Computation Mathematics

II Computer Oriented 2 - 2 3 - 40 - - 40
Statistical Methods 42

III Operation Research 2 - 2 3 - 40 - - 40

IV Practical - 6 6 - 6 -- 30 -- 11 30
4 Compulsory Communication 4+1 - 4+1 3 - 100 - 30 - 100
English Skills * *
6 Languages I Marathi, Hindi, 3 - 3 3 - 100 - 30 - 100
(Any One) Suppl. English.
Total 560 90 650

• The strength of Batch of Practical and Tutorial for Under Graduates classes shall be 16 with an additional of
10% with the permission of Hon’ble Vice-Chancellor.
 -13-

Appendix – B

Bachelor of Science (Information Technology) Three Year Degree Course

SECOND YEAR

T : Theory Tu : Tutorial P : Practical

Sr. Subject Title of Paper Teaching Examination Scheme

No Scheme

Total periods
Paper

Dur. of Max. Min. Total

per week
T+ paper Marks Pass
Tu P (Hrs) Marks

T P T P T P
1 Computer I Principles of 2 - 2 3 - 40 -- - 40
Science Multimedia

II ORACLE 2 - 2 3 - 40 -- - 40
42
III System Analysis 2 - 2 3 - 40 -- - 40
and Design

IV Practical - 6 6 - 6 -- 30 11 30

2 Application I E-Commerce 2 - 2 3 - 40 - - 40
Software
II ORACLE 2 - 2 3 - 40 - - 40
42
III JAVA Programming 2 - 2 3 - 40 - - 40

Practical
IV - 6 6 - 6 -- 30 11 30
--
3 Computatio I Windows 2 - 2 3 - 40 - - 40
nal Tools Programming

II Data Structure 2 - 2 3 - 40 - - 40
42
III Linux Operating 2 - 2 3 - 40 - - 40
System

IV Practical - 6 6 - 6 -- 30 11 30
-

Total 360 90 450

• The strength of Batch of Practical and Tutorial for Under Graduates classes shall be 16 with an additional of
10% with the permission of Hon’ble Vice-Chancellor.
 -14-

Appendix – C

Bachelor of Science (Information Technology) Three Year Degree Course

THIRD YEAR

T : Theory Tu : Tutorial P : Practical

Sr. Subject Title of Paper Teaching Examination Scheme

No Scheme

Total periods
Paper

Dur. of Max. Min. Total

per week
T+ paper Marks Pass
Tu P (Hrs) Marks

T P T P T P
1 Programming I Visual Basic 2 - 2 3 - 40 -- - 40
Tools Programming

II Dot Net & C Sharp 2 - 2 3 - 40 -- - 40

42

III SQL Server 2 - 2 3 - 40 -- - 40

IV Practical - 6 6 - 6 -- 30 11 30
--
2 Network I Data 2 - 2 3 - 40 - - 40
Techniques Communication &
Networks

II System Simulation 2 - 2 3 - 40 - 42 - 40

III Software 2 - 2 3 - 40 - - 40
Engineering

IV Practical - 6 6 -- 6 -- 30 11 30
--
3 I.T. I Project Management 2 - 2 3 - 40 - - 40
Application
Data Warehousing
s II & Mining 2 - 2 3 - 40 - - 40
42
Legal Aspect of I.T
III 2 - 2 3 - 40 - - 40
Practical
IV - 6 6 - 6 -- 30 11 30

Total 360 90 450

• The strength of Batch of Practical and Tutorial for Under Graduates classes shall be 16 with an additional; of
10% with the permission of Hon’ble Vice-Chancellor.

__________
 -15-

* ORDINANCE NO. 5 OF 2006

EXAMINATION LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF foKku ikjaxr ¼ekfgrh ra=kKku½

[MASTER OF SCIENCE (INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY)]
(SEMESTER PATTERN)

Whereas it is expedient to provide for an ordinance for the Examinations

leading to the degree of foKku ikjaxr ¼ekfgrh ra=Kku½ [Master of Science (Information
Technology)] (Semester Pattern) in the Faculty of Science, the Management
Council is hereby pleased to make the following ordinance. :

1. This Ordinance may be called “Examinations leading to the degree of foKku

ikjaxr ¼ekfgrh ra=Kku½ [Master of Science (Information Technology)] (Semester
Pattern) in the Faculty of Science, Ordinance, 2005.”

2. This Ordinance shall come into force with effect from the date of its approval
by the Management Council.

3. The duration of the course shall be of TWO academic years consisting of four
semesters with university examinations at the end of each semester namely
a) foKku ikjaxr ¼ekfgrh ra=Kku½ l=&1 [M.Sc.(Information Technology) Semester-I
Exam.]
b) foKku ikjaxr ¼ekfgrh ra=Kku½l=&2 [M.Sc. (Information Technology) Semester-II
Exam.]
c) foKku ikjaxr ¼ekfgrh ra=Kku½l=&3 [M.Sc. (Information Technology)
Semester-III Exam.]
a) foKku ikjaxr ¼ekfgrh ra=Kku½ l=&4 ¼vaR;½ [M.Sc. (Information Technology) Semester-
IV (Final) Examination]

4. The examination specified in the preceding paragraph shall be held at such

places and on such dates as may be notified by the university.

5. Subject to their compliance with the provisions of this ordinance and of other
ordinances in force from time to time, the following persons shall be eligible
for admission to Master of Science (Information Technology)
course/examination.]
a) have passed not less than one academic year previously the B.Sc.
(Computer Science)/B.Sc. (Information Technology)/B.Sc. (with
Information Technology as an Optional Subject)/Bachelor of
Computer Application/Bachelor of Computer Science with 50%
marks.
_________________________________________________________________________________
* Accepted by the Management Council dt. 27th February, 2006, vide item No. 10,
under the draft Ordinance No. 7 of 2006 & approved by the Hon’ble Chancellor on
4th January, 2007, vide letter No. CS/NU/ORD/42/06/(6351)/100.
 -16-

b) should have prosecuted a regular course of study in a college

affiliated to the R.T.M. Nagpur University for conduct of the course or
a University Department/Centre for not less than one semester in the
subjects in which he/she offers for examination-
6. The A.T.K.T. rules shall be as under for admission to M.Sc. (Information
Technology) course (Theory and Practical as separate passing head)
Admission to Candidates should have Candidates should have
Semester passed in all the subjects passed at least two-third of
of the following the passing heads of the
examination of following examinations
R.T.M.Nagpur University
Semester - I As provided under ----
para 4 of the
Direction
Semester – II ---- Semester – I
Semester – III Semester – I Semester – II
*Semester – IV Semester – II Semester – III
(Note: *The candidate admitted to Fourth Semester (Final) shall prosecute
his/her studies, however, he/she shall not be eligible to fill in the
examination form for the final semester examination unless he/she
clears all the lower examinations.)
7. Without prejudice to the other provisions of ordinance No. 6 relating to the
Examinations in General, the provisions of paragraphs 5, 8, 9,10, 26, 31
and 32 of the said ordinance shall apply to every collegiate candidate.
8. The fees for the examination shall be as prescribed by the university from
time to time.
9. (a) The scope of the subjects shall be as indicated in the
Syllabus.
(b) The medium of instruction shall be English. The question papers will
be set in English. However, it is open to the examinees to write their
answers in any of the three medium, namely- English, Marathi or
Hindi irrespective of the medium of their instruction. The candidate
should indicate the same in the examination form.
10. The number of papers and the maximum marks assigned to each paper and
the minimum marks an examinee must obtain in order to pass the
examinations shall be as indicated in Appendix.
11. An examinee at each of the examinations shall have the option of not being
declared successful at the examination in case he does not secure a
minimum of second division or 55% marks at the examination. The option
will have to be exercised every time the application is submitted to any of
the examinations and shall be on the Proforma printed on the application
form itself. Once exercised, the option shall be binding upon the examinee
and it shall not be revoked under any circumstances.
 -17-

12. There shall be no classification of examinees successful at the semesters I, II

and III examinations.
13. Examinees who are successful in the foKku ikjaxr ¼ekfgrh ra=Kku½ l=&4 ¼vaR;½ [M.Sc.
(Information Technology) Semester-IV (Final) Examination] examination and
have obtained not less than 60% marks in the aggregate of the M.Sc.
examinations taken together shall be placed in the first division, those
obtained less than 60% but not less than 48% marks in the second division,
and all other successful examinees, in the third division.
14. Provisions of direction No. 9 of 2002 relating to the award of grace marks for
passing an examination, securing higher division/class and for securing
distinction in subject(s) as updated from time to time shall apply to the
examination under this Ordinance.
15. The names of examinees passing the examination as a whole in the
minimum prescribed period and obtaining the prescribed number of places
in each subject in the first or second division, shall be arranged in order of
merit as provided in the Ordinance No. 6 relating to Examinations in
General.
16. No person shall be admitted to an examination under this Ordinance, if he
has already passed the same examination of this university or of any other
statutory university.

17. Examinees successful at the final examinations shall on payment of the

prescribed fees be entitled for the award of the degree in the prescribed form
signed by the Vice-Chancellor.

18. Upon promulgation of this Ordinance, Direction No. 32 of 2002 shall stand
repealed.

STATEMENT OF OBJECT & REASONS

In order to incorporate a Master’s course in the speciality of Information

Technology, which has a great bearing on the fulfillment of regional requirements,
and affording greater employability the Academic Council in its meeting held on
28th July, 2005, vide item No. 204 and the Management Council in its meeting
held on 27th February, 2006 vide item No. 10 considered & approved this
Ordinance.
While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial
implications are involved at the Government as well as university level at present
or in future.
Hence this Ordinance.
 -18-

APPENDIX – A
SCHEME FOR MASTER OF SCIENCE IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

Per Week (Hours) Marks
Sr. 1st Year
Duration Min
No. Semester – I Tot
L/T P Total of Paper / Ext Int. Pass
al
pract. -ing

Windows
1. Programming 6 - 6 3 80 20 100 40
Through VC++
2. Database Administration 6 - 6 3 80 20 100 40
3. Theory of Computation 6 - 6 3 80 20 100 40
4. Practical Based on VC++ - 7 7 3 80 20 100 50
Practical Based on Database
5. - 7 7 3 80 20 100 50
Administration
Total 18 14 32 15 500

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

Per Week (Hours) Marks
Sr. 1st Year
Duration Min
No. Semester – II Tot
L/T P Total of Paper / Ext Int. Pass
al
pract. -ing

1. System Programming 6 - 6 3 80 20 100 40

2. Embedded Systems 6 - 6 3 80 20 100

40
3. System Management 6 - 6 3 80 20 100 40
Practical Based on System
4. - 7 7 3 80 20 100 50
Programming
Practical Based on Embedded
5. - 7 7 3 80 20 100 50
System
Total 18 14 32 15 500

Teaching Scheme Examination

Per Week (Hours) SchemeMarks
Sr. 2nd Year
Duration Min
No. Semester – I Tot
L/T P Total of Paper / Ext Int. Pass
al
pract. -ing

1. Enterprise Computing 6 - 6 3 80 20 100 40

Advance Concept in
2. 6 - 6 3 80 20 100 40
Communication
3. Computer Graphics 6 - 6 3 80 20 100 40
Practical Based Enterprise
4. - 7 7 3 80 20 100 50
Computing
Practical Based on Computer
5. - 7 7 3 80 20 100 50
Graphics
Total 18 14 32 15 500
 -19-
nd
2 Year (Semester – II)
Project Work Marks
Break-Up
1. Topics Synopsis Seminar 100
(a) Defining and Outlining of the topic
(b) Literature Survey
(c) Tools to be used for carrying out the work

2. Mid term Seminar for evaluating the progress 100

3. End Semester evaluation of the project work 200

Total Marks 400

NOTE: 1. All the evaluation for project work mentioned at 1,2 & 3 will be done
By Internal Guide & External Supervisor/Examiner.

2. The minimum passing marks in project work shall be 250 out of 400.

3. The project for Fourth semester will be based on the subjects studied
in previous semesters alongwith their pre-defined application area.

______________

* ORDINANCE NO. 6 OF 2006

EXAMINATION LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF PHARMACY

¼Hks"kth Lukrd½ (New).”

Whereas it is expedient to provide for an Ordinance for examination leading

to the Degree of Bachelor of Pharmacy Hks"kth Lukrd (a New) in the Faculty of Medicine,
the Management Council is hereby pleased to make the following ordinance. :-

1. This Ordinance may be called, “Examination leading to the Degree of

Bachelor of Pharmacy (New) in the faculty of Medicine, Ordinance, 2005 ”.

2. This Ordinance shall come in to force with effect from the date of its
approval by the Management Council.

3. There shall be four examinations leading to the Degree (Bachelor of

Pharmacy), namely :-

i) The First B.Pharm. examination ¼izFke Hks"kth Lukrd½ at the end of the first
year;
_________________________________________________________________________________
Accepted by the Management Council dt. 27/2/2006, vide item No. 14, under the
draft Ordinance No. 13 of 2005 & approved by the Hon’ble Chancellor on 4th
January, 2007, vide letter No. CS/NU/ORD/42/06/(6351)/100.
 -20-

ii) The Second B.Pharm. examination ¼f}krh; Hks"kth Lukrd½ at the end of the
second year;

iii) The Third B.Pharm. examination ¼r`rh; Hks"kth Lukrd½ at the end of the
third year;

iv) The Final B.Pharm. examination ¼vaR; Hks"kth Lukrd½ at the end of the
fourth year.

4. The examination specified in paragraph 3 shall be held twice a year at such

places and on such dates as may be fixed by the Board of Examinations.

5. An applicant for admission to an examination specified in paragraph 3 shall

prosecute a regular course of study in the courses prescribed for the
examination concerned for not less than one academic year in University
Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences or a College of Pharmacy recognized
by the University.

6. Subject to his compliance with the provisions of this Direction and of other
Ordinances in force from time to time, an applicant for admission to :

A) the first B.Pharm. examination ¼izFke Hks"kth Lukrd½ shall have passed not
less than one academic year previously –

i) the Diploma in Pharmacy Examination from an Institution

recognized by the Pharmacy Council of India with minimum
50% marks.
OR
ii) the 12th Standard examination of the Maharashtra State Board
of Secondary and Higher Secondary Education with English,
Physics, Chemistry, Biology or Mathematics as subjects of study
at the 12th Standard securing minimum 50% marks (45% marks
for backward class candidates from Maharashtra) in the said
subjects taken together and passed in the same sitting;
OR
iii) An examination recognized as equivalent thereto in such
subjects and with such standards of attainments as may be
prescribed.

B) the second B.Pharm. examination ¼f}r; Hks"kth Lukrd) shall have passed not
less than one academic year previously -

i) the first B.Pharm. examination (izFke Hks"kth Lukrd ) of the

University.
 -21-

OR

ii) The post H.S.S.C. (i.e. 12th standard examination of Maharashtra

State Board of Secondary and Higher Secondary Education)
Diploma in Pharmacy (i.e. according to Education Regulation
1991 of Pharmacy Council of India) from the Board of Technical
Education or equivalent from an Institute approved by Pharmacy
Council of India in first attempt scoring not less than 600 marks
out of 1000 marks at Part-II examination, provided they appear
and pass in the theory papers of Pharmaceutical Chemistry-I
(organic) (1 T-2), and Mathematics, Statistics & Computer Science
(1 T-6) of first B.Pharm. examination, otherwise their result of the
third B.Pharm. examination shall not be declared.

C) the third B.Pharm. examination ¼r`rh; Hks"kth Lukrd½ shall have passed
the second B.Pharm. examination ¼f}rh; Hks"kth Lukrd½ of the university
not less than one academic year previously.

D) the final B.Pharm. examination (vaR; Hks"kth Lukrd) shall have passed the
third B.Pharm. examination ¼r`rh; Hks"kth Lukrd½ of the University not less
than one academic year previously.

7. Without prejudice to the other provisions of Ordinance No. 6 relating to the

Examinations in General, the provisions of paragraphs 5,7,8,10,26 and 31
of the said Ordinance shall apply to every collegiate candidate.

Provided further that notwithstanding anything contained at Section

29(2) in Ordinance No. 9 governing conduct of examinations of R.T.M.
Nagpur University, Nagpur, the theory papers of B.Pharm. University
examinations shall not have separate sections A & B.

8. The fees for the examination shall be as prescribed by the Management

Council from time to time and whenever any change is made in the fees
prescribed for any particular examination, that shall be notified through a
notification for information of the examinees concerned.

9. An applicant for admission to an examination shall satisfy the Head of the

Department/Principal in the Terminal and other Tests conducted during the
academic year regarding his suitability to take the examination.

10. The maximum marks allotted to the sessional examination in each paper,
the written part and the practical part for each of the four examinations
shall be as indicated in Appendices A,B,C and D and A1, B1, C1 & D1.

11. The scope of the subjects shall be as indicated in the syllabus.

 -22-

12. The Head of the Department of Pharmaceutical Science/Principal shall

maintain in his office a complete record of the marks obtained by the
candidates in the sessional examinations. He shall, not less than 15 days
before the commencement of the Examination, send to the Controller of
Examinations, in a sealed cover the final marks obtained in sessional
examinations by every applicant. No collegiate candidate shall be allowed
to appear at an examination unless he obtains 40% of the total marks
allotted to the sessionals of all subjects taken together for that examination.

13. In order to pass an examination an examinee –

i) shall obtain not less than 45% of the total marks allotted to each
written paper and the sessional examination taken together as shown
in the concerned Appendix.

ii) shall obtain not less than 50% of the total marks allotted in the
practical examination and sessional examinations taken together as
shown in the concerned Appendix.

14. There shall be no classification of successful examinees at First, Second and

Third B.Pharm. examinations ¼izFke] f}rh; o r`rh; Hks"kth Lukrd½

15. Division of successful examinees at the final B.Pharm. examination (vaR; Hks"kth
Lukrd½ shall be determined on the basis of the aggregate marks obtained at the
third and final B.Pharm. examinations ¼r`rh; o vaR; Hks"kth Lukrd) taken
together.

16. Those obtaining 60% or more marks in the aggregate shall be placed in the
First Division and all other successful examinees in the Second Division.

17. An examinee who is successful at an examination and obtains not less than
75% of the total marks prescribed in a subject shall be declared to have
passed the examination with Distinction in that subject.
(Explanation : Distinction shall be awarded at the third and final B.Pharm.
examinations ¼r`rh; o vaR; Hks"kth Lukrd½ separately.

18 An unsuccessful examinee at the first, second or third B.Pharm.

examination ¼izFke] f}rh; o r`rh; Hks"kth Lukrd½ who fails to secure the prescribed
minimum marks in not more than two theory papers, and not more than
two practical examinations may, at his option, be admitted to a subsequent
examination in that paper or practical only on payment of a fresh fee. An
examinee under this provision shall be allowed to keep terms in the next
higher class. He may take both examinations simultaneously, but his result
at the higher examination shall not be declared unless he is declared
successful at the lower examination.
 -23-

19. An examinee failing in more than two theory papers and not more than two
practicals may, at his option, appear as an ex-student at a subsequent
examination in the subjects in which he has failed, on payment of fresh fee.
If he clears the subject in which he has failed he shall be declared to have
passed the examination. An examinee availing of exemptions under the
provisions of this paragraph shall not be allowed to keep terms at the next
higher class :

Provided that an examinee, in the event of failing to pass the

examination not succeeding in clearing enough number of subjects to bring
him within the ambit of paragraph 18, shall be allowed to keep terms at the
next higher class after the declaration of his subsequent result.

20. An unsuccessful examinee may, at the discretion of the Head of the

Department, be permitted, for such period as the Head of the
Department/Principal consider necessary, to attend a further course of
instruction in a Paper on Practical, as the case may be. In such a case the
Head of the Department/Principal shall award fresh sessional marks on the
basis of his fresh performance.

21. Students successful at the first, second and the third B.Pharm. old course
examinations shall be admitted to the next higher class B.Pharm. new
course, but shall be permitted to appear at the higher class new course
examinations provided that they submit a certificate from the Head of the
Deptt./Principal of the College (Pharmacy) stating that they have
satisfactorily undergone a course of study in all the subjects of new course
of earlier old B.Pharm. classes.

22. Provisions of Direction No. 9 of 2002 relating to “Award of grace marks for
passing an examination, securing higher division/class and for securing
distinction in the subject(s) shall apply to the examinations under this
Ordinance.

23. As soon as possible after the examination, but not later than 30th June next
following in case of examinations held in March/April and 28th February
next following in case of examinations held in October/November, the
Management Council shall publish a list of successful examinees. The list
of successful examinees at the Final B.Pharm. ¼vaR; Hks"kth Lukrd½ examination
shall be arranged in the first and second divisions, as envisaged in
Paragraph 15 of this Direction and the names of examinees passing the
B.Pharm. examination as a whole in the minimum prescribed period and
obtaining the prescribed number of places in the first or second division
shall be arranged in order of merit as provided in the examinations in
general Ordinance No. 6.
 -24-

24. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Ordinance, the Degree of

Bachelor of Pharmacy shall not be conferred upon a person unless :

He/She undergoes a practical training of not less than 6 weeks after

taking the third or final B.Pharm. examination in a Pharmaceutical concern
approved by the Head of the Department/ Principal and unless the Head of
the Department/Principal certifies that the person has satisfactorily
completed the said practical or industrial training as the case may be.

25. Notwithstanding any thing to the contrary in this Ordinance, no person

shall be admitted to any of the examinations under this Ordinance, if
he/she has already passed the same examination or an equivalent
examination of any other statutory University.

26. Successful examinees at the final B.Pharm. examination (vaR; Hks"kth Lukrd) shall
on payment of the prescribed fees receive a Degree, in the prescribed form,
signed by the Vice-Chancellor.

27. Upon promulgation of this Ordinance, Direction No. 1 of 2003 shall stand
repealed.

STATEMENT OF OBJECT & REASONS

In order to incorporate a Bachelor’s course in the speciality of

Pharmacy, which has a great bearing on the fulfillment of regional requirements,
and affording greater employability the Academic Council in its meeting held on
28th July, 2005, vide item No. 210 and the Management Council in its meeting
held on 27th February, 2006 vide item No. 14 considered & approved this
Ordinance.

While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial

implications are involved at the Government as well as university level at present
or in future.

Hence this Ordinance.

 -25-
Appendix-A
First examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Pharmacy
(Four Year Integrated Course)

Sr. Subject Maximum Marks Minimu Time in

No. Session Paper Total m Marks Hours
al or For allowed
passing for
Practical Exam.
THEORY PAPERS:

1T-1 Pharmaceutics – I 20 80 100 45 3

(General & Dispensing)
1T-2 Pharmaceutical 20 80 100 45 3
Chemistry-I (Organic)
1T-3 Pharmaceutical 20 80 100 45 3
Chemistry-II (Physical)
1T-4 Pharmacology-I 20 80 100 45 3
(Physiology &
1T-5 Anatomy) 20 80 100 45 3
Pharmacognosy and
1T-6 Phytochemistry-I 20 80 100 45 3
Mathematics,
Statistics & Computer
Science.
PRACTICALS
1P-1 Pharmaceutics - I 20 80 100 50 6
1P-2 Pharmaceutical 20 80 100 50 6
Chemistry-I
1P-3 Pharmaceutical 20 80 100 50 6
Chemistry-II
1P-4 Pharmacology-I 20 80 100 50 6
1P-5 Pharmacognosy and 20 80 100 50 6
Phytochemistry-I

Note : 1. In order to be eligible for admission to the examination a candidate must

obtain not less than 88 marks out of 220 marks in sessionals.
2. Students admitted on the basis of Diploma course in Pharmacy shall have to
appear only for two theory papers viz.: I) IT – 2 : Pharmaceutical Chemistry – I
(Organic) and ii) IT – 6 : Mathematics, Statistics and Computer Science.
3. In order to pass, the examinee must obtain the minimum pass marks as
above.
4. The sessional marks in theory will normally be based on three tests conducted
during the academic year by the teachers and in practicals on evaluation of the
experiments done during the academic year conducted by the teachers.
5. The sessional marks in practicals shall be allotted on the following basis
i) Actual performance in the sessional examination - 10 marks
ii) Day to day assessment in the practical class work - 10 marks
6. Practical examination shall also consist of a viva-voce (oral) examination of 20
marks.
 -26-

Appendix-B
Second examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Pharmacy
(Four Year Integrated Course)

Sr. Subject Maximum Marks Minimu Time

No. Sessio Paper Total m Marks in
nal or For Hours
passing allowed
Practical for
Exam.
THEORY PAPERS:

2T-1 Pharmaceutics – II 20 80 100 45 3

(Engineering)
2T-2 Pharmaceutical 20 80 100 45 3
Chemistry-III (Organic)
2T-3 Pharmaceutical 20 80 100 45 3
Chemistry-IV
2T-4 (Analysis) 20 80 100 45 3
Pharmacology-II
2T-5 (Biochemistry) 20 80 100 45 3
Pharmacognosy and
2T-6 Phytochemistry-II 20 80 100 45 3
Physics and
Biophysicss
PRACTICALS
2P-1 Pharmaceutics - II 20 80 100 50 6
2P-2 Pharmaceutical 20 80 100 50 8
Chemistry-III
2P-3 Pharmaceutical 20 80 100 50 6
Chemistry-IV
2P-4 Pharmacognosy and 20 80 100 50 6
Phytochemistry-II
2P-5 Physics, Biophysics 20 80 100 50 6
and Computer Science

Note : 1. In order to be eligible for admission to the examination a candidate must

obtain not less than 88 marks out of 220 marks in sessionals.
2. In order to pass, the examinee must obtain the minimum pass marks as
above.
3. The sessional marks in theory will normally be based on three tests conducted
during the academic year by the teachers and in practicals on evaluation of the
experiments done during the academic year conducted by the teachers.
4. The sessional marks in practicals shall be allotted on the following basis
i) Actual performance in the sessional examination - 10 marks
ii) Day to day assessment in the practical class work - 10 marks
5. Practical examination shall also consist of a viva-voce (oral) examination of 20
marks.
 -27-
Appendix-C
Third examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Pharmacy
(Four Year Integrated Course)

Sr. Subject Maximum Marks Minimu Time

No. Session Paper Total m Marks in
al or For Hours
passing allowed
Practical for
Exam.
THEORY PAPERS:

3T-1 Pharmaceutics – III 20 80 100 45 3

(Physical)
3T-2 Pharmaceutical 20 80 100 45 3
Chemistry-V
3T-3 Pharmaceutical 20 80 100 45 3
Chemistry-VI
3T-4 (Analysis) 20 80 100 45 3
3T-5 Pharmacology-III 20 80 100 45 3
Pharmaceutical
3T-6 Microbiology 20 80 100 45 3
Pharmaceutical Laws
and Management
PRACTICALS

3P-1 Pharmaceutics - III 20 80 100 50 6

3P-2 Pharmaceutical 20 80 100 50 6
Chemistry-V
3P-3 Pharmaceutical 20 80 100 50 6
Chemistry-VI
3P-4 Pharmacology 20 80 100 50 6

3P-5 Pharmaceutical 20 80 100 50 12 (in

Microbiology 2 days)

Note : 1. In order to be eligible for admission to the examination a candidate must

obtain not less than 88 marks out of 220 marks in sessionals.
2. In order to pass, the examinee must obtain the minimum pass marks as
above.
3. The sessional marks in theory will normally be based on three tests conducted
during the academic year by the teachers and in practicals on evaluation of the
experiments done during the academic year conducted by the teachers.
4. The sessional marks in practicals shall be allotted on the following basis
i) Actual performance in the sessional examination - 10 marks
ii) Day to day assessment in the practical class work - 10 marks
5. Practical examination shall also consist of a viva-voce (oral) examination of 20
marks.
 -28-
Appendix-D
Final examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Pharmacy
(Four Year Integrated Course)

Sr. Subject Maximum Marks Minimu Time

No. Sessio Paper Total m Marks in
nal or For Hours
passing allowed
Practical for
Exam.
THEORY PAPERS:

4T-1 Pharmaceutics – IV 20 80 100 45 3

(Dosage Form
4T-2 Technology) 20 80 100 45 3
Pharmaceutical
4T-3 Chemistry-VII 20 80 100 45 3
(Medical)
4T-4 Pharmaceutical 20 80 100 45 3
4T-5 Chemistry-VII 20 80 100 45 3
(Medical)
4T-6 Pharmacology-IV 20 80 100 45 3
Pharmacognosy and
Phytochemistry-III
Biopharmaceutics
PRACTICALS
4P-1 Pharmaceutics – IV 20 80 100 50 12 (in
2 days)
4P-2 Pharmaceutical 20 80 100 50 6
Chemistry-VII
4P-3 Pharmaceutical 20 80 100 50 12 (in
Chemistry-VIII 2 days)
4P-4 Pharmacology 20 80 100 50 6

4P-5 Pharmaceutical and 20 80 100 50 6

Phytochemistry-III

Note : 1. In order to be eligible for admission to the examination a candidate must

obtain not less than 88 marks out of 220 marks in sessionals.
2. In order to pass, the examinee must obtain the minimum pass marks as
above.
3. The sessional marks in theory will normally be based on three tests conducted
during the academic year by the teachers and in practicals on evaluation of the
experiments done during the academic year conducted by the teachers.
4. The sessional marks in practicals shall be allotted on the following basis
i) Actual performance in the sessional examination - 10 marks
ii) Day to day assessment in the practical class work - 10 marks
5. Practical examination shall also consist of a viva-voce (oral) examination of 20
marks.
 -29-
Appendix-AI
First examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Pharmacy
(Four Year Integrated Course)
(As per MUHS Syllabus)
Sr. Maximum Marks Minimu Time
No. Subject m Marks in
Sessio Paper Total For Hours
nal or passing allowed
Practical for
Exam.
THEORY PAPERS:

IT-1 Pharmaceutics – I 20 80 100 45 3

IT-2 Dispensing of 20 80 100 45 3
Medication and
Hospital Inorganic
IT-3 Chemistry. 20 80 100 45 3
Pharmaceutical
IT-4 Inorganic 20 80 100 45 3
Chemistry
IT-5 Anatomy, Physiology 20 80 100 45 3
and Health Education
IT-6 Biochemistry 20 80 100 45 3
IT-7 Industrial Psychology 20 80 100 45 3
Drug Store and
IT-8 Business Management 20 80 100 45 3
Remedial
Mathematics*
PRACTICALS
IP-1 Pharmaceutics – I 20 80 100 50 6
IP-2 Dispensing of 20 80 100 50 6
Medication and
IP-3 Hospital Pharmacy 20 80 100 50 6
Pharmaceutical
IP-4 Inorganic Chemistry 20 80 100 50 6
Anatomy, Physiology
IP-5 and Health Education 20 80 100 50 6
Biochemistry

* Wherever applicable, Applicable only to those students who have not offered/passed
the subject of Mathematics at 12th standard, these marks will not be considered in
aggregate.

Note : 1. In order to be eligible for admission to the examination a candidate must

obtain not less than 96 marks out of 240 marks in sessionals.
2. In order to pass, the examinee must obtain the minimum pass marks as
above.
3. The sessional marks in theory will normally be based on three tests conducted
during the academic year by the teachers and in practicals on evaluation of the
experiments done during the academic year conducted by the teachers.
4. The sessional marks in practicals shall be allotted on the following basis
i) Actual performance in the sessional examination - 10 marks
ii) Day to day assessment in the practical class work - 10 marks
5. Practical examination shall also consist of a viva-voce (oral) examination of 20
marks.
 -30-

Appendix-B1
Second examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Pharmacy
(Four Year Integrated Course)
(As per MUHS Syllabus)

Sr. Maximum Marks Minimu Time

No. Subject m Marks in
Sessio Paper Total For Hours
nal or passing allowed
for
Practical Exam.
THEORY PAPERS:

2T-1 Physical Pharmacy 20 80 100 45 3

2T-2 Pathophysiology and 20 80 100 45 3
Clinical Biochemistry
2T-3 Organic Chemistry - I 20 80 100 45 3
2T-4 Pharmaceutical 20 80 100 45 3
2T-5 Analysis - I 20 80 100 45 3
Elements of Calculus
2T-6 and Biostatistics 20 80 100 45 3
2T-7 Computer Applications 20 80 100 45 3
Microbiology and
2T-8 Immunology 20 80 100 45 3
Business Mathematics
PRACTICALS

2P-1 Physical Pharmacy 20 80 100 50 6

2P-2 Pathophysiology and 20 80 100 50 6
Clinical Biochemistry
2P-3 Organic Chemistry - I 20 80 100 50 6
2P-4 Pharmaceutical 20 80 100 50 6
2P-5 Analysis - I 20 80 100 50 6 in 2
Microbiology and days
Immunology

Note : 1. In order to be eligible for admission to the examination a candidate must

obtain not less than 104 marks out of 260 marks in sessionals.
2. In order to pass, the examinee must obtain the minimum pass marks as
above.
3. The sessional marks in theory will normally be based on three tests conducted
during the academic year by the teachers and in practicals on evaluation of the
experiments done during the academic year conducted by the teachers.
4. The sessional marks in practicals shall be allotted on the following basis
i) Actual performance in the sessional examination - 10 marks
ii) Day to day assessment in the practical class work - 10 marks
5. Practical examination shall also consist of a viva-voce (oral) examination of 20
marks.
 -31-
Appendix-C1
Third examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Pharmacy
(Four Year Integrated Course)
(As per MUHS Syllabus)

Sr. Subject Maximum Marks Minimu Time

No. Session Paper Total m Marks in
al or For Hours
passing allowed
Practical for
Exam.
THEORY PAPERS:

3T-1 Pharmaceutics – II 20 80 100 45 3

3T-2 Pharmaceutical 20 80 100 45 3
3T-3 Engineering 20 80 100 45 3
3T-4 Organic Chemistry - II 20 80 100 45 3
Pharmaceutical
3T-5 (Medicinal) 20 80 100 45 3
3T-6 Chemistry - I 20 80 100 45 3
Pharmaceutical
3T-7 Analysis - II 20 80 100 45 3
Pharmacology and
3T-8 Toxicology 20 80 100 45 3
Pharmacognosy and
Phytochemistry - I
Biotechnology and
Fermentation Process
PRACTICALS
3P-1 Pharmaceutics – II 20 80 100 50 6
3P-2 Organic Chemistry - II 20 80 100 50 6
3P-3 Pharmaceutical 20 80 100 50 6
(Medicinal)
3P-4 Chemistry - I 20 80 100 50 6
3P-5 Pharmaceutical Analysis 20 80 100 50 6
II
Pharmacognosy and
Phytochemistry - I

Note : 1. In order to be eligible for admission to the examination a candidate must

obtain not less than 104 marks out of 260 marks in sessionals.
2. In order to pass, the examinee must obtain the minimum pass marks as
above.
3. The sessional marks in theory will normally be based on three tests conducted
during the academic year by the teachers and in practicals on evaluation of the
experiments done during the academic year conducted by the teachers.
4. The sessional marks in practicals shall be allotted on the following basis
i) Actual performance in the sessional examination - 10 marks
ii) Day to day assessment in the practical class work - 10 marks
5. Practical examination shall also consist of a viva-voce (oral) examination of 20
marks.
 -32-

Appendix-D1
Final examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Pharmacy
(Four Year Integrated Course)
(As per MUHS Syllabus)

Sr. Subject Maximum Marks Minimu Time

No. Sessi Paper Total m Marks in
onal or For Hours
Practical passing allowed
for
Exam.
THEORY PAPERS:

4T-1 Pharmaceutics – III 20 80 100 45 3

4T-2 Biopharmaceutical and 20 80 100 45 3
Pharmacokinetics
4T-3 Pharmaceutical (Medicinal) 20 80 100 45 3
Chemistry – II
4T-4 Pharmaceutical Analysis - III 20 80 100 45 3
4T-5 Pharmacology & Bioassay 20 80 100 45 3
4T-6 Pharmacognosy and 20 80 100 45 3
Phytochemistry-II
4T-7 Pharmaceutical 20 80 100 45 3
Jurisprudence (Practice of
Pharmacy)
4T-8 Pharmaceutical Marketing 20 80 100 45 3
4T-9 Clinical Pharmacy and 20 80 100 45 3
Drug Interaction
PRACTICALS

4P-1 Pharmaceutics – III 20 80 100 50 6

4P-2 Pharmaceutical (Medicinal) 20 80 100 50 6
Chemistry – II
4P-3 Pharmaceutical Analysis - III 20 80 100 50 6
4P-4 Pharmacology & Bioassay
4P-5 Pharmacognosy and 20 80 100 50 6
Phytochemistry-II 20 80 100 50 6

Note : 1. In order to be eligible for admission to the examination a candidate must obtain
not less than 112 marks out of 280 marks is sessionals.
2. In order to pass, the examinee must obtain the minimum pass marks as above.
3. The sessional marks in theory will normally be based on three tests conducted
during the academic year by the teachers and in practicals on evaluation of the
experiments done during the academic year conducted by the teachers.
4. The sessional marks in practicals shall be allotted on the following basis
i) Actual performance in the sessional examination - 10 marks
ii) Day to day assessment in the practical class work - 10 marks
5. Practical examination shall also consist of a viva-voce (oral) examination of 20
marks.
 -33-

* ORDINANCE NO. 7 OF 2006

ORDINANCE GOVERNING ADMISSIONS TO MASTER OF PHARMACEUTICAL

SCIENCES COURSE IN THE RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ
NAGPUR UNIVERSITY.

Whereas it is expedient to provide for an ordinance for the governing

admission to Master of Pharmaceutical Sciences course in the University
Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences and colleges affiliated to it running the
said course, in the faculty of Medicine, the Management Council is hereby pleased
to make the following ordinance. :

1. This Ordinance may be called "Ordinance governing procedure and modalities

for admissions to M. Pharm. i.e. Master of Pharmaceutical Sciences course in
the University Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences and colleges affiliated
to it running the said course, in the faculty of Medicine Ordinance, 2005."

2. This Ordinance shall come in to force with effect from the date of its
approval by the Management Council.

3. Nomenclature and Duration of the Course :-

(i) The course shall be designated as M.Pharm. / Master of Pharmaceutical

Sciences or by any other nomenclature as decided by the respective
Universities and be of four semesters ( 24 months ) duration partly by
papers as per AICTE rules. The course shall be conducted only in the
institutions approved by the AICTE.

(ii) Structure, syllabus, examination scheme and duration of these courses

will be such as prescribed by the R.T.M. Nagpur University, Nagpur.

4. The intake to these courses will be as approved by AICTE,

Government of Maharashtra and R.T.M. Nagpur University from time to time.

As sanctioned, the normal intake shall be as follows:-

i) No. of seats in Open category and SC/ST categories will be as

per the approval given by AICTE for respective institutes.

ii) In addition to this, over and above the sanctioned intake, 15%
seats on the basis of total intake capacity, shall be reserved for
foreign national and PIOs and 5% for NRI
( only under sponsored category). In case there are no
applicants in this category (foreign national, PIOs & NRIs ), the
seats shall remain vacant.
_________________________________________________________________________________
*Accepted by the Management Council dt. 27/2/2006, vide item No. 15, under the
draft Ordinance No. 14 of 2005 & approved by the Hon’ble Chancellor on 4th
January, 2007, vide letter No. CS/NU/ORD/42/06/(6351)/100.
 -34-

5. It will be obligatory for every post-graduate student to undertake 8 to 10

hours (per week) of work related to teaching and research activities as
assigned to him/her by the Institute. This could include tutorials,
laboratory, classes, development and maintenance of laboratories,
assistance in research and development activities computers and other
facilities, assistance in library, etc.

6. All students shall be required to give an undertaking to the effect that

he/she would not leave the course midway or appear any competitive
examination in order to be eligible to receive scholarship.

7. During the course of studies, the students shall not receive any
emoluments, salary, stipend etc. from any other source while receiving
stipend from AICTE.

8. The students shall be entitled for leave for a maximum period of 30 days per
year in addition to general holidays but is not entitlted to vacations i.e.
summer, winter, pooja etc.

9. Seats reserved for SC/ST will be available to candidates belonging to these

categories. Out of three seats reserved for SC/ST, two shall be reserved for
SC and one for ST. In case the candidates from either, of the categories are
not available, these seats shall remain vacant. In the event of non
availability of candidates in one of the categories and availability of more
number of applicants in the other category, there will be conversion
permitted within 3 seats allotted and maximum of 3 seats in either of the SC
or ST could be permitted to be filled.

10. To take care of different reserved categories, the seats shall be distributed as
follows:-

For a normal intake of 10 as sanctioned by AICTE

(a) Open category 10
(b) SC/ST converted to Buddhism (SC) 02
(c ) S.T. including those living outside specifiedareas ( S.T. ) 01
(d) NRI ( 5% of 10+3+5=18) 01
(e) Foreign National & PIOs (15%of 10+3+5=18) 03

11. Criteria for filling PIOs and Foreign Nationals Seats :-

(a) Under these Regulations fifteen percent ( 15% ) seats in all the
institution/University Departments approved by AICTE offering
technical course leading to post-graduate degree in Pharmacy, shall
be allowed on supernumerary basis from amongst Foreign
Nationals/persons of Indian Origin (PIOs) over and above the
approved intake (10+3+5=18). This is subject to the availability of
adequate infrastructural facilities in the respective institutes. These
supernumerary seats shall be exclusively meant for the foreign
 -35-
students in the post-graduate courses with a rider that under no
circumstances a seat remaining unfilled shall be allocated to any
candidate other than Foreign National/persons of Indian Origin ( PIO).
Candidates admitted in an AICTE approved institutions through
Indian Council for Culture Relations (ICCR) or as Government of India
nominee shall be included within the 15% ceiling. The existing
provision for admission up to five percent (5%) of the sanctioned
intake ( 10+3+5=18) under "NRI" ( Non-Resident Indian ) quota in
AICTE approved private unaided seats would be extended to
institutions/University departments approved by AICTE. The
expressions "Non-Resident" has the same meaning as assigned to it
under the Income Tax Act, 1961.

(b) The admissions under all the categories shall be made on merit
amongst the applicants. Preference in sponsored category shall be
given to those candidates who have sponsors letters, indicating that
they will be employed by the sponsor on completion of the course.

(c) In terms of provisions under sub-clause (a) seats for persons of Indian
Origin and Foreign Nationals shall not be applicable to the Deptt. of
Pharmaceutical Sciences in the R.T.M. Nagpur University.

12. Authority for Admissions :-

(a) Head of the Institute, by whatever name called, shall be the authority
for granting admissions to post-graduate courses in each institute
shall be responsible for observance of the rules, procedures, etc.
prescribed in these rules or as notified by the Government/Directorate
from time to time. Head of the Institute shall be free to issue
advertisement for admission to Post-graduate courses run in his/her
institute. He will call for applications, publish merit list, and notify
schedule of admissions and effect admissions as prescribed in these
rules. Individual college/institute/universities will effect admissions
under the supervision of Director of Technical Education/State
Government.

(b) Since Universities limit the registration of the students by

guides/advisors ( for e.g. 10 students per research advisor) the seats
will remain vacant in a subject of specialization if permitted number of
students are already registered with the guide and no other recognized
advisor in that branch is available.

(c) Distribution of seats :-

The distribution of seats in open category shall be as follows:-

For Non-sponsored category

(i) Parent University .… …. 50%

 -36-

(ii) Universities in Maharashtra which do not

have post-graduatecourses pharmacy (presently
Babasaheb Ambedkar Technological Marathwada
University, Aurangabad, Swami Ramanan Tirth
Marathwada University, Nanded & North
Maharashtra University, Jalgaon ) in the order of
inter-se-merit 10%

(iii) Other Universities on All India basis

(Except parent universities) 40%

As stated above, seats reserved for SC/ST shall be over and above
the approved intake capacity by AICTE and the respective
university.

For Sponsored category

(i) Parent University …. ….. 60%

(ii) All Other Universities except parent
universities …. ….. 40%

(If the students of parent university are not available, then the
seats shall be offered to students of other universities in the
order of inter-se-merit)

13. Admissions of Non-sponsored category candidates to M.Pharm Course.

Eligibility.

i) Candidates fulfilling eligibility requirements specified by the

concerned University for admission to M.Pharm from an AICTE
approved institution will be considered for admission to M.Pharm.

ii) Admission Procedure.

Admissions will be effected according to Merit list prepared on the

basis of valid GATE score only. When enough GATE qualified
candidates are not available, the vacant seats will be offered to the
non GATE candidates, as per merit based on the basis of B.Pharm.
marks considered by respective Universities for award of degree.

(iii) Stipend/Scholarship:

A limited number of scholarships are available for each course at

some institutes from AICTE funds. These scholarships will be offered
to the GATE qualified candidate only strictly on the basis of GATE
score MERIT and continue to receive the same, provided they fulfill
the conditions prescribed by AICTE from time to time.
 -37-

For receiving Post-graduate scholarship a candidate must have

qualified in GATE. However, a GATE qualified candidates does not
automatically become eligible to receive a scholarship.
The students must pass in all the subjects during the first semester
and the second semester examinations to become eligible for
continuance of scholarship at the revised rate during the second
semester and the third semester respectively. If a student fails in one
or more subjects in a semester and is still allowed to continue in the
next semester (in accordance with the rules of the affiliating university
making provision for clearance of the subjects at a later stage) an
amount of Rs. 1000/- shall be paid per month instead of Rs. 2500/-
for rest of the duration of the programme, but not exceeding the total
duration of 18 months starting from the date of admission.

14. Admission of sponsored category candidates to M.Pharm. Course :-

(i) Eligibility :-

(a) Candidates who possess Bachelors degree in Pharmacy specified by

the concerned university for admissions to M.Pharm. from an AICTE
approved institution, with minimum percentage of marks as prescribed by
respective universities will be eligible for admission to respective course.

(b) The condition of minimum percentage of marks may be waived for

those candidates who are teachers either in Pharmacy colleges/Pharmacy
department in Polytechnic or in Pharmacy polytechnics approved by PCI
and joined before 22-11-1993 provided they are eligible for admission to
that course as per the respective University rules.

(c) The candidates preferably should have minimum of two years of full
time work experience in a registered firm/ company/ industry/
educational and/or research institute/any Government Department or
Government Autonomous Organization in the relevant field in which
admission is being sought.

(ii) Admissions to sponsored candidates shall be given in the following order of

preference.

(a) Candidates with GATE qualifications with 2 years experience

(b) Candidates with GATE qualifications only.
(c) Non-GATE candidates with minimum 2 years experience.
(d) Non-GATE candidates without experience.

In case of preferences ( a ) and ( b ), merit list will be prepared based

on GATE score in case of preference ( c ) and ( d ) admissions shall be
made on the basis of marks considered for award of degree by respective
University.
 -38-

Experience mentioned above of minimum 2 years shall be full time

work experience in an industry, educational institute, research institute,
regulatory agency, hospital, wholesale/retail pharmacy or any area of
pharmacy profession other than ones mentioned above. A letter from the
employer must be furnished stating that the candidate is being sponsored
to seek admission to the post-graduate degree programme. The employer
should also indicate that the candidate will not be withdrawn midway till
the completion of the course. The candidates will be fully under the
administrative control of the institute for the period of the course.

(iii) Admission procedure :

Admission to candidates under sponsored category will be effected

according to merit list prepared on the basis of (i) GATE score or/and (ii)
B.Pharm score considered for award of class by respective university.
Admissions shall be made in the order of preferences mentioned above.

15. Stipend/Scholarship :

Sponsored candidates will not be eligible for any stipend/scholarship

awarded by AICTE.

16. Reserved Seats :

No reservation is provided in the sponsored category. However, preference will

be given to the candidates of reserved category in the case of equal merit.

17. Admission schedule :

The schedule for the acceptance of admission forms, display of merit list, etc.
shall be notified by the individual institutions.

18. Hostel Accommodation :

Hostel accommodation cannot be guaranteed. Availability of hostel

accommodation and the amount of hostel fees may be ascertained by the
candidates from Head of the Deptt. or Principal of the concerned
College/Department before taking an admission.

19. Fees :

The tuition fees for full time aided and non-aided course shall be as directed
by the State Govt. from time to time. In addition, the institution may change
"Other Fees" as applicable.
 -39-

20. Rules for cancellation of Admission and Refund of fees :

The admission can be cancelled by submitting an application to Head of the

Institution giving reason in writing. The refund shall be made as per the
Govt. rules.

21. Conduct and Discipline :-

(a) Students while studying in any Pharmacy College/Deptt., if found

indulging in anti-national activities contrary to the provisions of acts and
laws enforced by Government and any activity contrary to the rules of
discipline will be liable to be expelled from the college without any notice
given by Principal of the College or Head of the Deptt. concerned.

(b) Candidates applying for admission against the seats reserved for
backward classes mentioned in these rules should note that only those
candidates who actually belong to the castes and communities will be
eligible for the concession.

(c) Ragging is prohibited by law. Any student indulging in this activity shall
be dealt with as per the rules.

(d) If any of the statement made in application form or any information

supplied by the candidate in connection with his/her admission, is found
to be false or incorrect later on at any time, he/she may be expelled from
the college/department by the Principal/Head of the Department and
prosecuted, if deemed necessary. An appeal against the order of
expulsion, however, may be referred to the Director of Technical
Education, whose decision in such cases will be final.

22. UNDERTAKING :-

A student for admission to M.Pharm course shall be required to give the

following undertaking.

(a) I have read all Rules of Admission for the current year and after
understanding these rules, I have filled in this form of application for
admission for the current year.

(b) The information given by me in my application is true to the best of

my knowledge and belief.

(c) I have not been debarred from appearing of any examination held by
any Government constituted or statutory examination authority in
India.
 -40-

(d) I fully understand that the offer of subject of specialization and

research advisor shall be done by the college depending on merit-
inter-se and availability of a seat at the time of scrutiny of my
application, when I report to the admission authority according to the
schedule of admission.

(e) I understand that no other document, other than those attached to

the application form before the last date of admission will be
entertained for the purpose of claims/concessions etc. in connection
with my admission.

(f) If admitted, I shall sign the undertaking as prescribed by AICTE.

(g) I hereby agree to confirm to any rules, acts and laws enforced by
Government and I hereby undertake that so long as I am a student of
the college, I will do nothing either inside or outside the college which
may result in disciplinary action against me under the rules, acts and
laws.

(h) I fully understand that Principal of the College/ Head of the Deptt.
where I would be admitted will have right to expel/rusticate me from
the college/department for my infringement of the Rules of conduct
and discipline prescribed by the College/University (if any) and the
undertaking given above.

23. Upon promulgation of this Ordinance, Direction No. 2 of 2003 shall stand
repealed.

STATEMENT OF OBJEC T & REASONS

In order to incorporate a Master’s course in the speciality of

Pharmaceutical Sciences, which has a great bearing on the fulfillment of regional
requirements, and affording greater employability the Academic Council in its
meeting held on 28th July, 2005, vide item No. 211 and the Management Council
in its meeting held on 27th February, 2006 vide item No. 15 considered & approved
this Ordinance.

While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial

implications are involved at the Government as well as university level at present
or in future.

Hence this Ordinance.

 -41-

* ORDINANCE NO. 8 OF 2006

ORDINANCE GOVERNING ADMISSION TO B.PHARM. COURSE

IN THE RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY

Whereas it is expedient to provide for an ordinance for the governing

procedure and modalities for admission to B. Pharm. – I and II i.e. Bachelor of
Pharmaceutical Sciences Course in the university department of Pharmaceutical
Sciences and affiliated colleges, in the faculty of Medicine, the Management
Council is hereby pleased to make the following ordinance. :

(1) This Ordinance may be called “Governing procedure and modalities for
admission to B. Pharm. – I and II i.e. Bachelor of Pharmaceutical Sciences
Course in the university department of Pharmaceutical Sciences and
affiliated colleges, in the faculty of Medicine Ordinance, 2005.”

(2) This Ordinance shall come in to force with effect from the date of its
approval by the Management Council.

(3) Nomenclature and duration of the course :

i) The course shall be designated as B. Pharm. – I (Bachelor of
Pharmaceutical Sciences or by any other nomenclature as may be
decided by the respective universities and shall be of four years
duration). The course will be conducted only at such institutes which
are approved by the AICTE and affiliated to this university.
ii) Structure, Syllabus, Scheme of examination and duration of this
course shall be such as prescribed by the university from time to time.
iii) Eligibility criteria: Bachelor of Pharmacy (four year degree course)

1.1 Educational Qualification:

In order to secure admission through CAP to first year of
four year Degree course in Pharmacy, the candidate should have;

* passed the HSC (Std.XII) examination of Maharashtra State

Board of Secondary and Higher Secondary Education or its equivalent
examination with
$ English as one of the subjects.
$ All the subjects mentioned under Group – I
and
$ Any one of the subjects from Group – II
AND
* secured minimum 50% marks (45% for backward class
candidates from Maharashtra) in Physics, Chemistry and the subject
of maximum marks amongst the four subjects of Group-II, added
together.
_________________________________________________________________________________
* Accepted by the Management Council dt. 27th February, 2006, vide item No. 17, under
the draft Ordinance No. 16 of 2005 & approved by the Hon’ble Chancellor on 4th January,
2007, vide letter No. CS/NU/ORD/42/06/(6351)/100.
 -42-

Group- I : (all subjects from this group are compulsory)

1. Physics
2. Chemistry

Group-II : (any one of the subjects from this group)

1. Mathematics
2. Biology
3. Bio-Technology
4. Computer Science
Note :

1. Marks in the individual subjects will be converted to

marks out of 100.

2. No rounding off of the marks secured by the candidate

will be done in individual subject while converting marks of the
individual subject out of 100 or total of 300. After conversion, if
the figure of marks works out to be a fraction, fraction upto two
decimal places will only be considered.

Eligibility criteria for admission to Maharashtra State candidates

for the seats coming under CAP:

1. Basic qualification as specified in rule no. 1.1

AND

2. should have appeared for the Maharashtra – Pharmacy

Common Entrance Test conducted by the competent authority
for the concerned academic year and secured nonzero MAH-PH-
CET score.

1.2 Eligibility Criteria for 15% AIEEE seats coming under CAP:
1. Basic qualification as specified in rule No. 1.1

AND

2. should have appeared and qualified in AIEEE examination

conducted by CBSE, New Delhi for the concerned year.

Note : AIEEE qualified candidates from Maharashtra as well as

outside Maharashtra State are eligible to apply for these
seats.

1.3 Eligibility criteria for admissions against seats for Foreign National / Foreign
student / PIO/ Children of Indian workers in the Gulf countries:
 -43-

1. Basic qualification as specified in rule no. 1.1.

AND
2. should have appeared for the Maharashtra Pharmacy Common Entrance
Test (MAH-PH-CET) conducted by the competent authority for the concerned
academic year and secured nonzero MAH-PH-CET score.

OR
Common Entrance Test for Pharmacy Degree admissions conducted by
agency, if any, (including Association of all colleges of a particular type in the
State) approved by Pravesh Niyantran Samiti located at Bandra (E), Mumbai-51 for
the concerned academic year.
OR
any other equivalent examination conducted for the concerned academic
year and secured nonzero score.

1.4 Eligibility Criteria for Minority / Management seats;

1. Basic qualification as specified in rule no. 2.1

AND

2. should have appeared for the Maharashtra Pharmacy Common

Entrance Test (MAH-PH-CET) conducted by the competent authority for the
concerned academic year and secured nonzero MAH-PH-CET score.

OR
Common Entrance Test for Pharmacy Degree admissions conducted by
agency, if any, (including Association of all colleges of a particular type in
the State) approved by Pravesh Niyantran Samiti located at Bandra (E),
Mumbai-51 for the concerned academic year.

3. In case of Minority seats, the candidate should belong to the minority

group for which the institute has secured minority status.

4. No candidate including J & K migrants shall be eligible for admission

to First year degree course in Pharmacy unless he/she appeared for the
Pharmacy MAH-PH-CET conducted by the competent authority for the
concerned academic year.
5. However G.O.I. nominee, as they are selected by their respective state
for the course are exempted from appearing for the Pharmacy MAH-PH-CET
conducted by the competent authority.

iv) D. Pharm. Students having a minimum of 50% (D.Pharm Part II level) may
be admitted to B.Pharm against vacancies, if any, such candidates if
admitted shall be governed in terms of notification No. Acad/03/S/975
dated 19-3-2003 of Nagpur University.
 -44-

v) For second year of 4 year B.Pharm. course to be eligible to be admitted

for second B.Pharm. the candidate should have passed first year
B.Pharm. examination of the concerned university. However,
candidates who have passed D. Pharm. with 60% marks under ER-91
from an institution of Maharashtra, which is recognized by PCI, may
be admitted on merit against the vacant seats (5% of sanctioned
intake or number of vacant seats whichever is higher) as per
university rules.

vi) For the third and fourth year of B. Pharm. Course to be eligible for
admission the candidate should have passed second and third year
B.Pharm. examination respectively of the concerned university.

4) Intake Capacity:

Intake capacity of B.Pharm. shall be 30 or such as may be prescribed by the

university from time to time.

5) Allocation of seats:

State level: 30% seats will be allotted to the candidates who have passed
qualifying examination from Maharashtra State.

R.T.M. Nagpur University area: 70% seats will be allotted to the candidates
who have passed qualifying examination from Nagpur University area (i.e.
Bhandara, Chandrapur, Gadchiroli, Gondia, Nagpur and Wardha districts).

6) Reservation Rules:

The reservation rules will be applicable to all the seats as under :

SC 13%
ST 7%
VJ AND DT 3%
NT (A) 2.5%
NT (B) 3.5%
NT (C) 2%
OBC 19%
The procedure for admission prescribed by university vide letter No.
SCT/M/S/224 dated 28-6-2002 will be applicable for all admissions.

7) Venue of classes:
Classes for B. Pharm. courses will be held at the Department of
Pharmaceutical Sciences, Nagpur University Campus, Nagpur-440 033.
 -45-
8) Fees:
Fees to be paid by the candidates shall be as follows and shall be such
as may be prescribed from time to time.

Sr. Particulars B.Pharm-I and B.Pharm. II,III & IV

No. B.Pharm-II Rs.
(direct
admission)
Rs.
01 Application form fee 25 25
02 Registration fee 50 50
03 Admission fee 50 50
04 Annual Fee 50 50
05 Tuition Fee 8000 8000
06 Laboratory Fee 500 500
07 Development Fee 6000 6000
08 Amalgamated fee 25 25
09 Students aid fund 25 25
10 Medical aid fund 1 1
11 Student welfare fund 1 1
12 Student activity fee 125 125
13 Caution money 500 -
14 Identity cared 1 1
15 Miscellaneous (Stationary 7 7
etc.)
16 Physical efficiency test fee 10 10
17 Medical Inspection fee 50 50
18 Student’s Union fee 2 2
19 Game fee 10 10
20 Enrollment fee (for other 40 -
than NU students only)
21 Immigration fee (for other 150 -
than NU students only)
22 Library fee 300 300
23 Library deposit 500 -
24 Ashwamedh fee 10 10
25 Additional fee 10 10
26 Educational four fee 75 75
27 Games, sport and 300 300
Gymkhana fee
28. Extra-curricular activities 30 30
29 Medical examination fee 10 10
30 College magazine fee 20 20
31 Internet and email facility 200 200
32 Training and Placement 75 75
fee
33 Other fee 75 75
Total 17227 16037
 -46-
Provided that :

a. The above rates should be charged from the students of

Maharashtra State only
b. Students out of Maharashtra State would be charged twice the tuition
fee rates.
c. Foreign students will be charged five times the tuition fee rates.
d. Tuition fee may be paid in two equal installments.
e First installment must be paid at the time of admission
f. Library deposit and caution money to be paid by B.Pharm-1 and B.
Pharm – (directly admitted) students only.

9) Hostel :
Where the university maintains the hostel for the students, admission
to the hostel shall be subject to the admission to the Department.
Application forms etc. for the admission to the hostel may be obtained on
the payment of Rs. 10/- cash/DD, from the Warden of the following
university hostels.

i. University Women’s Hostel, North Ambazari Road, Nagpur

University, Nagpur.
ii. Post-graduate Teaching Department and Pharmacy Hostel,
University Campus, Nagpur.

10) Authority for admission:

Head of the Institute by whatever name called, shall be the authority

for granting admission to B.Pharm courses in each institute and shall be
responsible for observance of the rules, procedures, prescribed or as
identified by the competent authorities from time to time. The Head of the
Institute shall be required to issue advertisement for admission to Bachelor
of Pharmacy course run in his/her institute. He will call for applications,
publish merit list and identify schedule of admissions and effect admissions
as prescribed in this direction. The affiliated colleges will effect admissions
under the supervision of the university/Director of Technical Education/
State Government as the case may be.

11. Upon promulgation of this Ordinance, Direction No. 7 of 2004 shall stand
repealed.
STATEMENT OF OBJECT & REASONS

In order to incorporate a Bachelor’s course in the speciality of

Pharmaceutical Sciences, which has a great bearing on the fulfillment of regional
requirements, and affording greater employability the Academic Council in its
meeting held on 28th July, 2005, vide item No. 213 and the Management Council
in its meeting held on 27th February, 2006 vide item No. 17 considered & approved
this Ordinance.
While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial
implications are involved at the Government as well as university level at present
or in future.
Hence this Ordinance.
 -47-

* ORDINANCE NO. 9 OF 2006

AN ORDINANCE TO AMEND THE ORDINANCE NO. 2 OF 1995 EXAMINATION

LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF APPLIED ELECTRONICS IN
THE FACULTY OF HOME SCIENCE

whereas it is expedient to amend Ordinance no. 2 of 1995 Examination

leading to the degree of bachelor of Applied Electronics in the Faculty of Home
Science, for the purposes hereinafter appearing; the Management Council is
hereby pleased to make the following Ordinance;

1. This Ordinance may be called ‘Examination leading to the Degree of

Bachelor of Applied Electronics, in the Faculty of Home Science,
(Amendment) Ordinance, 2005.

2. This Ordinance shall come in to force with effect from the date of its
approval by the Management Council.

3. In para 5 of sub para (b) of the main ordinance no. 2 of 1995 Examination
leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Applied Electronics after following be
added :

5. B-

I) That any one who holds a first class Diploma in Electronics and
Telecommunications or Diploma in Electronics from any one of the
Polytechnics in Maharashtra State shall be eligible for admission to II
year of Bachelor of Applied Electroncis under the Ordinance in
Applied Electronics home science faculty.

ii) That any first class Diploma holder in Electronics or Electronics and
Telecommunications from the State other than Maharashtra with
English medium alone shall be eligible for admission to the II year of
Bachelor of Applied Electronics course, provided the equivalence of
Diploma Examination passed by him/her from Polytechnic in other
state is established by the University.

iii) That Engineering Mathematics I (I-T-1) and Engineering Mathematics

II (2-T-2) should be passed by the candidate before the award of the
degree of Bachelor of Applied Electroncis.
_________________________________________________________________________________
* Accepted by the Management Council dt. 27/2/2006, vide item No. 18, under
the draft Ordinance No. 20 of 2005.
 -48-

4. In para 20 of the Main ordinance No. 2 of 1995, examination leading to the

degree of Bachelor of Applied Electroncis, in the faculty of Home Science,
following shall be deleted.

“After completion of Part-III examination an Educational Tour comprising of

8-10 days shall be compulsory. A short tour/factory visit of 2-3 days shall
be arranged for II/III Years students.

5. For para 20 of the Main Ordinance No. 2 of 1995, the following para shall be
inserted, namely :-

“That Educational Tour comprising of 3-7 days shall be compulsory to the

students after completion of Bachelor of Applied Electroncis Technology
Part-II examination. A short Tour/Factory Visit of maximum 3 days shall
also be undertaken during Ist & IInd year.”

STATEMENT OF OBJECT AND REASONS

It was imperative to broaden the scope of the eligibility so as to facilitate the

desirous and deserving applicant students to avail the opportunity in terms of
their admission to the course the Academic Council in its meeting held on 28th
July, 2005 vide item No. 217 & Management Council 27th February, 2006 vide
item No. 18 considered & approved this amendment Ordinance.
While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial
implications are involved at the Government as well as university level as of now or
in future and is in consonance with the orders of the State Government and
guidelines of the University Grants Commission.
Hence the amendment.

__________________

* ORDINANCE NO. 10 OF 2006

AN ORDINANCE TO AMEND THE ORDINANCE NO. 3 OF 1995

EXAMINATION LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF HOUSE &
INTERIOR DESIGN IN THE FACULTY OF HOME SCIENCE

Whereas it is expedient to amend Ordinance no. 3 of 1995 Examination

leading to the Degree of Bachelor of House & Interior Design in the Faculty of
Home Science, for the purposes hereinafter appearing; the Management Council is
hereby pleased to make the following Ordinance;

1. This Ordinance may be called ‘Examination leading to the Degree of

Bachelor of House & Interior Design, in the Faculty of Home Science,
(Amendment) Ordinance, 2005.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
* Accepted by the Management Council dt. 27th February, 2006, vide item No. 19,
under the draft Ordinance No. 21 of 2005.
 -49-

2. This Ordinance shall come in to force with effect from the date of its
approval by the Management Council.

3. In para 20 of the Main ordinance No. 3 of 1995, examination leading to the

degree of Bachelor of House & Interior Design, in the faculty of Home
Science, following shall be deleted.

“After completion of Part-III examination an educational tour comprising of

8-10 days shall be compulsory. A short tour/factory visit of 2-3 days shall
be arranged for II/III Years students.

4. For para 20 of the Main Ordinance No. 3 of 1995, the following para shall be
inserted, namely :-

“That, after completion of Part II examination of Bachelor of Interior Design

Course an educational tour comprising 8-10 days shall be compulsory. A
short tour of 2 to 3 days shall be arranged for II/III/IV year students..”

STATEMENT OF OBJECT AND REASONS

It was necessary to prescribe an Educational Tour for the IV year students

for first hand appraisal and also the Academic Council in its meeting held on 28th
July, 2005 vide item No. 218 & Management Council 27th February, 2006 vide
item No. 19 considered & approved this amendment to the Ordinance.
While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial
implications are involved at the Government as well as university level as of now or
in future and is in consonance with the orders of the State Government and
guidelines of the University Grants Commission.
Hence the amendment.
_________________

* ORDINANCE NO. 11 OF 2006

ORDINANCE GOVERNING EXAMINATIONS LEADING TO THE

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (HOME SCIENCE)

Whereas it is expedient to provide for an Ordinance for the governing

examinations leading to the Bachelor of Science (Home Science) in the Faculty of
Home Science, the Management Council is hereby pleased to make the following
ordinance. :

1. This Ordinance may be called, “Ordinance governing Examinations leading

to the Bachelor of Science (Home Science) in the Faculty of Home Science,
Ordinance, 2005.”
* Accepted by the Management Council dt. 27th February, 2006, vide item No. 20,
under the draft Ordinance No. 22 of 2005 & approved by the Hon’ble Chancellor
on 4th January, 2007, vide letter No.CS/NU/ORD/42/06/(6351)/100.
 -50-

2. This Ordinance shall come in to force with effect from the date of its
approval by the Management Council.

3. The following shall be the examinations leading to the Degree of () Bachelor

of Science (Home Science), namely --

(i) The B.Sc. (Home Science) Part-I () Examination

(ii) The B.Sc. (Home Science) Part-II () Examination and
(ii) The B.Sc. (Home Science) Final () Examination

4. The duration of the Degree Course under this Ordinance shall be of three
academic years with the B.Sc. (Home Science) Part-I ()

Examination at the end of the first academic year; the B.Sc. (Home Science
Part-II () Examination at the end of the second academic year and the B.Sc.
(Home Science) Final () Examination at the end of the third academic year.

5. The examinations specified in the preceding Paragraph shall be held twice in

a year at such places and on such dates as may be appointed by the
Academic Council.

6. Subject to her compliance with the provisions of this Ordinance and of other
Ordinances in force from time to time, a candidate for admission to the
examination shall :-

(A) In the case of B.Sc. (Home Science) Part-I

(i) have passed XII standard Examination of Maharashtra State

Board of Secondary & Higher Secondary Education or an
examination recognised as equivalent thereto under the
following faculties – Science / Home Science / Commerce / Arts
with English (Higher or Lower)

OR

(ii) have passe the XII standard Examination of Maharashtra State

Board of Secondary & Higher Secondary Education with i)
English ii) any other language & iii) Vocational Subject (Paper
I,II & III)
OR
(iii) have passed an examination of a Council or Board outside
Maharashtra State recognized by the university as equivalent to
sub para’s i) & ii) above; and shall have prosecuted a regular
course of study for not less than one academic year in a college.

(B) In the case of B.Sc. (Home Science) Part –II-

(i) have passed the B.Sc. (Home Science) Part-I Examination of the
University with English as one of the subjects of passing or an
examination recognised as equivalent thereto;
 -51-

(C) In the case of B.Sc. (Home Science) Part-III-

(i) have passed the B.Sc. (Home Science) Part-I and Part II Examination
of the University or examination recognised as equivalent thereto.

7. Without prejudice to the other provisions of Ordinance No. 6 relating to the

Examinations in General, the Provisions of Paragraphs 5,7,8,10 and 31 of
the said Ordinance shall apply to every Collegiate candidate.

8. The fees for the examination shall be as prescribed by the Management

Council from time to time and whenever any change is made in the fees
prescribed for any particular examination that shall be notified through a
notification for information of the examinees concerned.

9. Every candidate for B.Sc. (Home Science) Part-I Examination shall be

examined in the following subjects :-

i) Food Science & Nutrition

ii) Human Development
iii) Introduction to Textiles & Clothing
iv) Family Resource Management (Interior Decoration & Design)
v) Home Science Extension
vi) Ecology & Environment
vii) Basic Chemistry
viii) Applied Physics
ix) English & Communication Skills

10. Every candidate for B.Sc. (Home Science) Part II Examination shall be
examined in following subjects :-

1) Family & Community Nutrition

2) Preschool Education & Management
3) Textiles Designing & Printing Technology
4) Housing & Home Furnishing
5) Communication & Instructional Technology
6) Applied Physiology
7) Applied Chemistry
8) Applied Physics

11. Every candidate for B.Sc. (Home Science) Part III Examination shall be
examined in the following subjects :-

1) Diet Therapy
2) Family Dynamics & Counseling
3) Advanced Pattern Making & Fashion Designing
4) Resource Management
5) Extension Training Management]
6) Community Health
7) Nutritional Biochemistry
 -52-

12. (i) The scope of the Subjects shall be as indicated in the Syllabus.
(ii) Medium of instruction shall be English or Marathi
(iii) Examination papers shall be set in English

13. In order to pass the examination, an examinee shall obtain in each subject
not less than the minimum marks as Indicated in the Appendices A, B and
C for the B.Sc. (Home Science) Part I, II and Final () Examinations,
respectively.

14. There shall be no classification of examinees successful at the B.Sc. (Home

Science) Parts-I and II () Examinations.

15. Examinees successful at the B.Sc. (Home Science) Final () Examination,

obtaining not less than 60% marks in the aggregate shall be placed in the
First Division; those obtaining less than 60% but not less than 45% in the
Second Division, and all other successful examinees in the Third Division.
Explanation : Division at the B.Sc. (Home Science) Final () Examination shall
be declared on the basis of the marks obtained at the B.Sc. (Home Science)
Part-I, II and Final () Examination taken together.

16. Provisions of Ordinance No. 7-A relating to the Condonation of Deficiency of

Marks for Passing an Examination and of Ordinance No. 10 relating to
Exemptions and Compartments shall apply to the Examinations under this
Ordinance.

17. The names of the examinees passing the examination as a whole in the
minimum prescribed period and obtaining the prescribed number of places
in the First or Second Division shall be arranged in Order of Merit as
provided in the Examination in General Ordinance No. 6.

18. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Ordinance, no person shall

be admitted to this examination, if she has already passed the same
examination or an equivalent examination of any other Statutory University.

19. Successful examinees at the B.Sc. (Home Science) Part-I () and B.Sc. (Home
Science) Part-II () Examinations shall be entitled to receive a Certificate
signed by the Registrar and successful examinees at the B.Sc. (Home
Science) Final () Examination shall on payment of the prescribed fees,
receive a degree in the prescribed form, signed by the Vice-Chancellor.
 -53-

(a) Along with the DEGREE, the candidates shall receive additional
CERTIFICATES, indicating the training they have undergone in the
under mentioned areas of specialized studies.

(1) Food Preservation

(2) Preschool Education & Management

(3) Fashion Designing

(4) Textile Designing & Printing Technology

(5) Interior Decoration and Design

(6) Communication Technology & Programme Planning

20. The Ordinance No. 145 of 1977 governing the Examination leading to the
award of Bachelor of Science (Home Science) in the Faculty of Home Science
shall stand repealed in a phasic manner.

21. Upon promulgation of this Ordinance, Direction No. 38 of 2001 shall

stand repealed.

SATATEMENT OF OBJECT & REASONS

In order to incorporate a Bachelor’s course in the specialty of B.Sc.

Home Sciences, which has a great bearing on the fulfillment of regional
requirements, and affording greater employability the Academic Council in its
meeting held on 28th July, 2005, vide item No. 219 and the Management Council
in its meeting held on 27th February, 2006 vide item No. 20 considered & approved
this Ordinance.

While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial

implications are involved at the Government as well as university level at present
or in future.

Hence this Ordinance.

 -54-

APPENDIX - A

B.Sc. (Home Science) Part – 1

S. SUBJECT THE- PRACTICAL/ Total PERIOD/WEEK

No. ORY SESSIONAL Marks THEORY PRACTICAL
1. Food Science & Nutrition 70 30 100 2 3
2. Human Development 70 30 100 2 3
3. Introduction to Textiles & 70 30 100 2 3
Clothing
4. Family Resource 70 30 100 2 3
Management (Interior
Decoration & Design)
5. Home Science Extension 70 30 100 2 3
6. Ecology & Environmental 50 25 75 2 3
7. Basic Chemistry 50 25 75 2 2
8. Applied Physics 50 25 75 2 2
9. English & Communi- 70 30 100 4 0
cation Skils
570 255 825 20 + 22 = 42

Notes :

1. Passing Marks 35% for all Theory papers and 50% marks for
practicals/Sessional.

2. The marks for practical shall be allotted by Internal and External examiner
together and Sessional Marks to be given by Internal but the articles
prepared or reports to be presented before the External examiner and marks
to be finalized.

3. For all parcticals the batch will be of 16 students.

4. All the Papers are of 3 hour’s duration.

5. The Practical examination shall be of 20 marks and the Sessional of 10

marks for all the Home-Science subjects (Sr. No. 1 to 5). Breakup of marks
shall be Practical examination – 15 marks, Record book – 5 marks,
Sessional – 10 marks.

1. The Practical examination shall be of 25 marks for all the Home-Science

subjects (Sr. No. 6 to 8). Break of marks shall be Practical examination – 15
marks. Record book – 5 marks, Viva – 5 marks.
 -55-

APPENDIX - B

B.Sc. (Home Science) Part – 1I

S. SUBJECT THE- PRACTICAL/ Total PERIOD/WEEK

No. ORY SESSIONAL Marks THEORY PRACTICAL
1. Family & Community 70 30 100 3 3
Nutrition
2. Preschool Education & 70 30 100 3 3
Management
3. Textiles Designing & 70 30 100 3 3
Printing Technology
4. Housing & Home 70 30 100 3 3
Furnishing
5. Communication & 70 30 100 3 3
Intructional
Technology
6. Applied Physiology 50 25 75 2 3
7. Applied Chemistry 50 25 75 2 3
8. Applied Physics 50 25 75 2 3
500 225 725 21 + 24 = 45

Notes :

1. Passing Marks 35% for all Theory papers and 50% marks for
practicals/Sessional.

2. The marks for practical shall be allotted by Internal and External examiner
together and Sessional Marks to be given by Internal but the articles
prepared or reports to be presented before the External examiner and marks
to be finalized.

3. For all parcticals the batch will be of 16 students.

4. All the Papers are of 3 hour’s duration.

5. The Practical examination shall be of 20 marks and the Sessional of 10

marks for all the Home Science subjects (Sr. No. 1 to 5). Breakup of marks
shall be Practical examination – 15 marks, Record book – 5 marks,
Sessional – 10 marks.

6. The Practical examination shall be of 25 marks for all the Home-Science

subjects (Sr. No. 6 to 8). Break of marks shall be Practical examination – 15
marks. Record book – 5 marks, Viva – 5 marks.
 -56-

APPENDIX - C

B.Sc. (Home Science) Part – 1I

S. SUBJECT THE- PRACTICAL/ Total PERIOD/WEEK

No. ORY SESSIONAL Marks THEORY PRACTICAL
1. Dict Therapy 70 30 100 3 3
2. Family Dynamics & 70 30 100 3 3
Counseling
3. Advanced Pattern 70 30 100 3 3
Making & Fashion
Designing
4. Resource Management 70 30 100 3 3
5. Extension Training 70 30 100 3 3
Management
6. Community Health & 50 25 75 3 3
Family Welfare
7. Nutritional 50 25 75 3 3
Biochemistry
490 210 700 21 + 21 = 42

Notes :

1. Passing Marks 35% for all Theory papers and 50% marks for
practicals/Sessional.

2. The marks for practical shall be allotted by Internal and External examiner
together and Sessional Marks to be given by Internal but the articles
prepared or reports to be presented before the External examiner and marks
to be finalized.

3. For all parcticals the batch will be of 16 students.

4. All the Papers are of 3 hour’s duration.

5. The Practical examination shall be of 15 marks and the Project (Sessional) of

15 marks for all the Home Science subjects (Sr. No. 1 to 5). Breakup of
marks shall be Practical examination – 15 marks, Record book – 5 marks,
Project (Sessional) – 12 marks.

6. The Practical examination shall be of 30 marks for all the Home-Science

subjects (Sr. No. 6 to 7). Break of marks shall be Practical examination – 20
marks. Record book – 5 marks, Viva – 5 marks.
 -57-
* ORDINANCE NO. 12 OF 2006

ORDINANCE RELATING TO THE CERTIFICATE COURSE IN “CLINICAL

NUTRITION AND PATIENT COUNSELLING” IN THE
FACULTY OF HOME SCIENCE

Whereas it is expedient to provide for an Ordinance for leading to the award

of the Certificate in “Clinical Nutrition & Patient Counseling” in the Faculty of
Home Science, the Management Council is hereby pleased to make the following
ordinance. :

1. This Ordinance may be called, “ Ordinance leading to the award of the

certificate in “CLINICAL NUTRITION & PATIENT COUNSELLING” in the
Faculty of Home Science, Ordinance, 2005.”

2. This Ordinance shall come in to force with effect from the date of its
approval by the Management Council.

3. The duration of the course shall be of six months with an examination held
annually at such places and on such dates as may be fixed by the Academic
Council.

4. Subject to compliance with the provisions of this Ordinance and of any other
Ordinances in force from time to time an applicant for admission to the
‘Certificate Course in Clinical Nutrition and Patient Counseling’ shall have

i. Passed the M Sc Home Science examination in the subject Food

Science and Nutrition or Dietetics of Nagpur University or any other
statutory university equivalent there to.
ii. Passed B. Sc. Home Science with Diploma in Dietetics.
iii. Passed B. Sc. in Food and Nutrition with Diploma in Dietetics.
iv. Passed M.B.B.S. / B.H.M.S. / B.A.M.S. / Naturopathy / Nursing.

with such standard of attainment as may be prescribed with

minimum of 50% marks in the said examination.

5. The subjects for study for the examination shall be:

i. Clinical Nutrition
ii. Therapeutic Nutrition
iii. Patient Counselling

6. The scope of the subjects will be as indicated in the syllabus.

7. Students will be permitted to appear for the examination after successfully

completing regular course of study including theory, practical work,
fieldwork, internship and project work.
* Accepted by the Management Council dt. 27th February, 2006, vide item
No. 21, under the draft Ordinance No. 24 of 2005.
 -58-

8. The fee for the examination shall be as prescribed by the Management

Council from time to time.

9. The maximum marks which each subject carries and the minimum marks,
which an examinee must obtain in order to pass the examination,
shall be as indicated in Appendix A.

There will be separate marks for passing.

a. Written papers
b. Practicals
c. Sessionals
d. Internship

10. A student shall have to work as an internee in a Hospital or an Institution

approved by the university for at least 3 months and produce a certificate
from the Head of the Department to the effect that she has satisfactorily
completed internship training.

11. Provision of Direction No. 9 of 2002 as updated from time to time relating to
the award of grace marks for passing an examination, securing higher
divisional class and for securing distinction in subject (s) shall apply to the
examination under this Ordinance.

12. Successful examinee obtaining 60% or more of the aggregate marks shall be
declared to have passed the examination in first division. Those obtaining
50% or than more but less than 60% in the second division and those
obtaining 40% or more but less than 50% in third division, those obtaining
75% or more of the total marks shall be declared to have passed the
examination with distinction.

13. Unsuccessful examinees shall be eligible for admission to subsequent

examination on payment of a fresh fee and such other fee as may be
prescribed.

14. As soon as possible after the examination, the Board of Examinations

shall publish a list of successful examinees arranged in the division as
prescribed. The names of examinees passing the examination within the
minimum prescribed period and obtaining the prescribed number of places
in first division shall be arranged in order of merit as provided in the
Examinations in General Ordinance No. 6.

15. Not withstanding anything to the contrary in this ordinance no

person shall be admitted to this examination, if she has already passed this
examination or an equivalent examination of any other statutory university.

16. Examinees successful at the examination will receive certificate in the

prescribed form signed by the Registrar.
 -59-
17. Upon promulgation of this Ordinance, Direction No. 9 of 2004 shall stand
repealed.
SATATEMENT OF OBJECT & REASONS

In order to incorporate a Certificate course in the specialty of Clinical

Nutrition and Patient Counselling, which has a great bearing on the fulfillment of
regional requirements, and affording greater employability the Academic Council
in its meeting held on 28th July, 2005, vide item No. 221 and the Management
Council in its meeting held on 27th February, 2006 vide item No. 21 considered &
approved this Ordinance.
While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial
implications are involved at the Government as well as university level as of now or
in future and is in consonance with the orders of the State Government and
guidelines of the University Grants Commission.
Hence this Ordinance.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CLINICAL NUTRITION & PATIENT COUNSELLING

APPENDIX A
CLASSES PER WEEK: -
Sr.NO SUBJECTS THEORY/WEEK PRACTICALS/WEEK
1. CLINICAL NUTRITION 4 6
2. THERAPEUTIC 4 -
NUTRITION
3. PATIENT COUNSELLING 4 -
TOTAL 12 6

TOTAL CLASSES PER WEEK: - 18

EXAMINATION PATTERN: -

Sr.NO SUBJECTS TOTAL MARKS FOR TOTAL MARKS FOR

THEORY PRACTICALS/SESSIONALS
1. CLINICAL NUTRITION 60 40

2. THERAPEUTIC 60 40
NUTRITION

3. PATIENT COUNSELLING 60 40
TOTAL 180 120

TOTAL MARKS: -300

• STUDENTS WILL BE REQUESTED TO UNDERGO 1 ½ MONTHS INTERNSHIP AT AN APPROVED

HOSPITAL/INSTITUTION.

• STUDENTS WILL BE REQUIRED TO PARTICIPATE IN DIET COUNSELLING CENTRE RUN BY

NAGPUR UNIVERSITY DURING THE COURSE OF THE STUDY PERIOD.
 -60-

* ORDINANCE NO. 13 OF 2006

AN ORDINANCE TO AMEND THE ORDINANCE NO. 162, EXAMINATION

LEADING TO THE HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ENGLISH, FRENCH, GERMAN,
RUSSIAN, BENGALI, TELGU AND URDU LANGUAGES
IN THE FACULTY OF ARTS.

Whereas it is expedient to amend Ordinance no. 162, Examination leading

to the Higher Diploma in English, French, German, Russian, Bengali, Telgu and
Urdu Languages in the Faculty of Arts, for the purposes hereinafter appearing; the
Management Council is hereby pleased to make the following ordinance;

1. This Ordinance may be called ‘Examination leading to the Higher Diploma in

English, French, German, Russian, Bengali, Telgu and Urdu Languages in
the Faculty of Arts (amendment) Ordinance, 2005.

8. This Ordinance shall come into force with effect from the date of its approval
by the Management Council.

3. in sub para (b) of para 4 of the main ordinance no. 162, after serial no. (ii)
the following be added :

4(b) (iii)

“ The candidates who have passed the following examinations held by

Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University or any other statutory
University be considered eligible for admission to Junior Diploma in
French/German/Russian course :-

1. B.A. Part-I with French/German/Russian as second language

2. Hotel Management and Catering Technology with

3. French/German/Russian in the B.Tech. (Part II)

4. “0” level examination conducted by Alliance Francaise.

5. Second Semester B.A. (Hons.) in French/German/Russian from

Jawaharlal Nehru University, Delhi.”
_________________________________________________________________________________
* Accepted by the Management Council dt. 27th February, 2006, vide item no. 23,
under the draft Ordinance no. 27 of 2005.
 -61-

STATEMENT OF OBJECT AND REASONS

It was imperative to broaden the scope of the eligibility so as to facilitate the

desirous and deserving applicant students to avail the opportunity in terms of
their admission to the course the Academic Council in its meeting held on 28th
July, 2005 vide item No. 224 & Management Council 27th February, 2006 vide
item No. 23 considered & approved this amendment to the Ordinance.
While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial
implications are involved at the Government as well as university level as of now or
in future and is in consonance with the orders of the State Government and
guidelines of the University Grants Commission.
Hence the amendment.
___________

* ORDINANCE NO. 14 OF 2006

ORDINANCE TO PROVIDE FOR THE EXAMINATIONS LEADING TO THE

DEGREE OF yfyr dyk ikjaxr (MASTER OF FINE ARTS)
IN THE FACULTY OF ARTS

Whereas it is expedient to provide for an Ordinance for the examinations

leading to the degree of yfyr dyk ikjaxr (Master of Fine Arts) in the Faculty of Arts,
the Management Council is here by pleased to make the following Ordinance. :

1. This Ordinance may be called “Ordinance to provide for examinations

leading to the degree of yfyr dyk ikjaxr (Master of Fine Arts) in the faculty of
Arts, 2005”.

2. This Ordinance shall come into force with effect from the date of its
approval by the Management Council.

3. The duration of the course shall be of two academic years with the
yfyr dyk ikjaxr Hkkx&1 (M.F.A. Part-I) examination at the end of the first
academic year and the yfyr dyk ikjaxr Hkkx&2 (M. F.A. Part – II) examination at
the end of the second academic year.

4. The examinations specified in paragraph 2 above shall be held annually at

such places and on such dates as may be appointed by the university.

5. Every applicant for admission to the examination shall offer any

one of the following subjects, namely :
_________________________________________________________________________________
* Accepted by the Management Council dt. 27th February, 2006, vide item No. 24,
under the draft Ordinance No. 28 of 2005 & approved by the Hon’ble Chancellor
on 4th January, 2007, vide letter No. CS/NU/ORD/42/06/(6351)/100.
 -62-

a) Dance : Bharatnatyam/ Kathak/Kuchipudi/

Kathakali/ MohiniAttam/ Odissi/Manipuri
b) Drama : Stage Acting/Stage Direction/Stage Technique
c) Music : Classical Vocal/Classical Instrumental/Light Music
d) Painting : Creative Painting/Portrait Painting/Mural
e) Sculpture : Portraiture/Creative Sculpture/Traditional Indian
Sculpture/ Architectural Sculpture
f) Applied Art : Illustration/Photography/Typography
g) Graphic Arts
h) History of Art
i) Art Criticism

6. Subject to his compliance with the provisions of this ordinance and of other
ordinances/directions in force from time to time an applicant for admission
to :-

A] yfyr dyk ikjaxr Hkkx&1 (M.F.A. Part-I) shall have passed the first degree
examination of this university or of any other statutory university as
recognized equivalent thereto.
Provided that –

i) the students offering Drama as a specialization should have obtained

a degree in Drama or degree in any Faculty of R.T.M.Nagpur
University or of any statutory university and should have an aptitude
for drama which will be judged by an aptitude test conducted by the
Department of Fine Arts, Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur
University, Nagpur or by the college/institute affiliated to Rashtrasant
Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University for conduct of M.F.A. course in
Drama.

ii) The student offering Dance as a specialization should have

obtained a degree in Dance or a degree in any Faculty of
Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University or of any statutory
university with Nritya Visharad from Dance Institutions recognized by
Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University.

iii) The student offering Music as a specialization should have

offered Music as one of the optional subjects for his degree
examination or should have obtained degree in any Faculty of Nagpur
University or of any other statutory university with Sangeet Visharad
from some institute of Music (e.g. Gandharva Mahavidyalaya Mandal
etc.) recognized by Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University.

iv) The student offering Painting / Sculpture / Applied

Art /Graphic Arts/ History of Art/ Art Criticism as specialization
should have obtained the degree of Bachelor of Fine Art (Visual Arts)
in Painting/ Sculpture/ Applied Art/ Graphic Arts/ Art Criticism of
Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University or of any other
statutory university or should have obtained G.D. Art (Govt. Diploma)
of Directorate of Arts, Maharashtra State.
 -63-
v) The student offering Mural as specialization should have
obtained the degree of Bachelor of Fine Arts (Visual Arts) or degree in
Interior Designing or degree in any faculty with Diploma in Mural or
Diploma in Interior Designing of R.T.M.Nagpur University or of any
other statutory university or institution recognized by R.T.M.Nagpur
University.

B] yfyr dyk ikjaxr Hkkx&2 (M. F.A. Part – II) shall

have passed yfyr dyk ikjaxr
Hkkx&1 (M.F.A. Part-I) examination of this university or of any other
statutory university recognized equivalent thereto and shall have
prosecuted a regular course of study in the subject for one full academic
session after having passed the above qualifying examination.

7. Without prejudice to the other provisions of ordinance No. 6 relating to the

Examinations in General, the provisions of paragraphs 5, 8, 9,10, 26, 31 and
32 of the said ordinance shall apply to every collegiate candidate.

8. The fees for the examination shall be as prescribed by the university from
time to time.

9. The number of papers and the maximum marks assigned to each paper and
the minimum marks an examinee must obtain in order to pass the
examinations shall be as indicated in Appendix –A.

10. An examinee at the yfyr dyk ikjaxr Hkkx&1 (M. F.A. Part – I) and yfyr dyk ikjaxr
Hkkx&2 (M.F.A. Part-II) examination shall have option of being not declared
successful at the examination in case he/she does not secure a minimum of
second division or 55% marks at the examination. The option shall have to be
exercised every time an application is submitted to either of the two
examinations, and shall be on the Proforma printed on the application form
itself. Once exercised, the option shall be binding upon the examinee and it
shall not be revoked under any circumstances.

11. (a) The scope of the subject shall be as indicated in the syllabus.

(b) For practical examination a student shall offer any one of the practicals
from the subject of his/her specialization.
Sr. Specialization Practical Subject (Any one of the following)
No Subject
1. Dance Bharatnatyam / Kathak / Kuchipudi / Kathakali
/ Mohini Attam / Odissi / Manipuri
2. Drama Acting / Direction / Stage Technique
3. Music Classical Vocal / Classical Instrumental / Light
Music
4. Painting Creative Painting / Portrait Painting / Mural
5. Sculpture Portraiture / Creating Sculpture / Traditional
Indian Sculpture / Architectural Sculpture
6. Applied Arts Illustration / Photography / Typography
7. Graphic Art
 -64-

12. (a) There shall be no classification of successful examinees at the yfyr dyk
ikjaxr Hkkx&1 (M. F.A. Part – I) examination.
(b) Division at the yfyr dyk ikjaxr Hkkx&2 (M.F.A. Part-II) examination shall be
declared on the basis of the aggregate marks secured at the yfyr dyk
ikjaxr Hkkx&1 (M. F.A. Part – I) and yfyr dyk ikjaxr Hkkx&2 (M.F.A. Part-II)
examinations taken together. Successful examinees obtaining 60% or
more marks in the aggregate of Part-I and Part-II examinations taken
together shall be placed in the First division, those obtaining less than
60% but not less than 48% in the Second division and all other
successful examinees in the Third division.

13. Provisions of Direction 9 of 2002 relating to the award of grace marks for
passing an examination, securing higher division / class and for securing
distinction in subject(s) as updated from time to time shall apply to the
examination under this Ordinance.

14. The examinees passing the examinations as a whole in minimum period shall
be arranged in order of merit as provided in the ordinance No. 6 relating to
Examinations in General provided that the merit list shall only be published
for summer examination and it will not be specialization wise.

15. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Ordinance, no person shall

be admitted to an examination under this ordinance, if he/she has already
passed the same examination or an equivalent examination of any other
university.

16. Unsuccessful examinees at the above examinations can be readmitted to the

same examination on payment of a fresh fee and such other fees as may be
prescribed.

17. Examinees successful at yfyr dyk ikjaxr Hkkx&2 (M.F.A. Part-II) examination
shall on payment of the prescribed fees receive a degree in the prescribed
form signed by the Vice-Chancellor.

18. The ordinance No. 13 of 1981 governing the existing course for Master of Fine
Arts shall stand repealed physically on issuance of this Ordinance.

19. Upon promulgation of this Ordinance, Direction No. 25 of 2002, shall stand
repealed.
STATEMENT OF OBJECT & REASONS

In order to incorporate a Master’s course in the specialty of Fine Arts, which

has a great bearing on the fulfillment of regional requirements, and affording
greater employability the Academic Council in its meeting held on 28th July, 2005,
vide item No. 225 and the Management Council in its meeting held on 27th
February, 2006 vide item No. 24 considered & approved this Ordinance.
 -65-

While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial

implications are involved at the Government as well as university level at present
or in future.
Hence this Ordinance.
APPENDIX – A
STATEMENT OF PAPERS OF PART-I AND PART-II OF M.F.A. EXAMINATION

Specialization Part-I Maxi. Min. Part-II Maxi. Min. Aggregate in Min. Passing
Subject Papers & Marks passing Papers & Marks passing Part-I & Marks in Part-I
Practical Marks Practical Marks Part-II & Part-II
Any one of
the following Paper –I 100 36 Paper –I 100 36
Fine Arts/
Dance/Drama/ Paper-II 100 36 Paper-II 100 36
Music /
Painting / Practical 300 108 Practical 300 108
Mural /
Sculpture /
Applied Arts /
Graphic Arts 500 180 500 180 1000 360

History of
Arts / Art Paper –I 100 36 Paper –I 100 36
Criticism Paper-II 100 36 Paper-II 100 36
Paper –III 100 36 Paper –III 100 36
Paper –IV 100 36 Paper –IV 100 36
Paper –V 100 36 Paper –V 100 36

1000 360
500 180 500 180
N.B. : The break-up of marks in Dance, Drama, Music, Painting, Sculpture, Applied Art and Graphic Arts
practical shall be as shown below :

Specialization M.F.A. Part-I Marks M.F.A. Part-II Marks

Subject

Dance Pract. I : Public Performance & 150 Pract. I : Public Performance & 150
Viva- Voce 50 Viva-Voce 50
Pract.II : Project Report 100 Pract.II : Dissertation 100
Internal Assessment Internal Assessment

Drama Pract. I : Public Performance & 150 Pract. I : Public Performance & 150
Viva- Voce 50 Viva-Voce 50
Pract.II : Project Report 100 Pract.II : Dissertation 100
Internal Assessment Internal Assessment

Music Pract. I : Public Performance & 150 Pract. I : Public Performance & 150
Viva- Voce 50 Viva-Voce 50
Pract.II : Project Report 100 Pract.II : Dissertation 100
Internal Assessment Internal Assessment
Painting /
Mural/ Pract. I : Public Performance & 150 Pract. I : Public Performance & 150
Sculpture / Viva- Voce 50 Viva-Voce 50
Applied Pract.II : Project Report 100 Pract.II : Dissertation 100
Arts/Graphic Internal Assessment Internal Assessment
Arts
Internal Assessment : Internal Assessment means the assessment of the candidate during the academic session
judged by the Head of the Department in consultation with the concerned teacher.
 -66-

* ORDINANCE NO. 15 OF 2006

ORDINANCE TO PROVIDE FOR EXAMINATION LEADING TO THE CERTIFICATE,

DIPLOMA AND HIGHER DIPLOMA IN PALI LANGUAGE IN THE FACULTY OF ARTS,
RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY, NAGPUR

Whereas it is expedient to provide for an Ordinance for the

examination leading to the certificate, diploma and higher diploma in Pali
Language in the Faculty of Arts, the Management Council is hereby pleased to
make the following Ordinance :

1. This ordinance may be called “Ordinance to provide for Examination leading

to the Certificate, Diploma and Higher Diploma in Pali Language in the
Faculty of Arts, 2005.”

2. This Ordinance shall come into force with effect from the date of its approval
by the Management Council.

3. Subject to the compliance of the provisions of this Ordinance and other

ordinances in force from time to time, an applicant for admission to

A. Certificate in Pali Language Examination shall have passed Higher

Secondary School Examination or its equivalent.

B. Diploma in Pali Language Examination shall have passed the

Certificate in Pali Language from Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj
Nagpur University, Nagpur.

C. Higher Diploma in Pali Language Examination shall have passed the

Diploma in Pali Language from Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur
University, Nagpur.

4. The duration of the course leading to the Certificate, Diploma and Higher
Diploma in Pali Language shall be of one year each.

5. There shall be annual examination for Certificate, Diploma and Higher

Diploma in Pali Language at the end of each academic session.

6. The theory paper for examination in Pali language shall be :-

A. Communicative Pali & Usage (Paper-I) for Certificate examination.

B. Text Comprehension & Written Expression (Paper-II) for Diploma
examination.
C. Oral Expression & Dictation (Paper-III) for Higher Diploma
examination.
_________________________________________________________________________________
* Accepted by the Management Council dt. 27th February, 2006, vide item No. 25,
under the draft Ordinance No. 29 of 2005 & approved by the Hon’ble Chancellor
on 4th January, 2007, vide letter No. CS/NU/ORD/42/06/(6351)/100.
 -67-

7. Subject to the compliance of the provisions of this Ordinance and of other

Ordinances in force from time to time, an applicant for admission to the
Certificate, Diploma and Higher Diploma in Pali Language Examination shall
have attended a regular course of study for an academic session each with
not less than 75% of attendance.

8. The scope of courses shall be as indicated in the syllabi. The medium of

instruction and the examination shall be English/Hindi/Marathi.

9. The examinations specified in paragraph 5 above shall be held annually at

such places and on such dates as may be appointed by the university.

10. Without prejudice to the other provisions of ordinance No. 6 relating to the
Examinations in General, the provisions of paragraphs 5, 8, 9, 10, 26, 31
and 32 of the said ordinance shall apply to every collegiate candidate.

11. The fees for the examination shall be as prescribed by the university from
time to time.

12. The number of papers and the maximum marks assigned to each
paper and the minimum marks an examinee must obtain in order to pass
the examinations shall be as indicated in Appendix –A.

13. An examinee at the Certificate, Diploma and Higher Diploma in Pali

Language shall have option of being not declared successful at the
examination in case he/she does not secure a minimum of second division
or 55% marks at the examination. The option shall have to be exercised
every time and an application is submitted for the examinations, and shall
be on the Proforma printed on the application form itself. Once exercised,
the option shall be binding upon the examinee and it shall not be revoked
under any circumstances.

14. (a) There shall be classification of successful examinees at the

Certificate, Diploma and Higher Diploma in Pali Language.

(b) Successful examinees obtaining 60% or more marks in each

examination shall be placed in the First Division. Those obtaining less
than 60% but not less than 48% in the Second Division and all other
successful examinees in the Third Division.
 -68-

15. Provisions of Direction 9 of 2002 relating to the award of grace marks for
passing an examination, securing higher division / class and for securing
distinction in subject(s) as updated from time to time shall apply to the
examinations under this Ordinance.

16. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Ordinance, no person

shall be admitted to an examination under this ordinance, if he/she has
already passed the same examination or an equivalent examination of any
other university.

17. Unsuccessful examinees at the above examinations can be readmitted to

the same examination on payment of a fresh fee and such other fees as
may be prescribed.

18. Examinees successful at Certificate, Diploma and Higher Diploma in Pali

Language examination shall on payment of the prescribed fees receive a
Certificate/Diploma/Higher Diploma signed by the Vice-Chancellor.

STATEMENT OF OBJECT & REASONS

In order to incorporate a Certificate, Diploma and Higher Diploma course in

the specialty of Pali Language, which has a great bearing on the fulfillment of
regional requirements, and affording greater employability the Academic Council
in its meeting held on 28th July, 2005, vide item No. 226 and the Management
Council in its meeting held on 27th February, 2006 vide item No. 25 considered &
approved this Ordinance.
While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial
implications are involved at the Government as well as university level at present
or in future.
Hence this Ordinance.
APPENDIX – A
Certificate/Diploma/Higher Diploma in Pali Language
FACULTY OF ARTS

Examination Scheme Teaching

Scheme
Course Theory Duratio Max. Min. Lectures
n Hour Marks Marks in hours
for per week
Passing
Certificate Communicative Pali & 3 75 25 4
Usage (Paper-I)
Diploma Text Comprehension & 3 75 25 4
Written
Expression
(Paper-II)
Higher Oral Expression & 3 50 25 2
Diploma Dictation
(Paper-III)
 -69-
* ORDINANCE NO. 16 OF 2006

ORDINANCE RELATING TO THE EXAMINATION FOR AWARD OF

DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE IN THE FACULTY OF HOME SCIENCE

Whereas it is expedient to provide for an Ordinance for leading to the

examination for award of the Degree of Master of Science in the Faculty of Home
Science, the Management Council is hereby pleased to make the following
ordinance. :
1. This Ordinance may be called, “Ordinance leading to the examination for
award of the Degree of Master of Science in the Faculty of Home Science,
Ordinance, 2005.”

2. This Ordinance shall come in to force with effect from the date of its
approval by the Management Council.
3. The course for the Degree of Master of Science under this ordinance shall
extend over a period of two years. There shall be a university examination
known respectively as M.Sc. (Home Science) Part-I examination, and M.Sc.
(Home Science) Part-II (Final) examination at the end of each year.
4.. The examinations will be held annually at such places and on such dates as
may be appointed by the university.
5. Every applicant for admission to the examination shall offer one of the
following subjects, namely:
1) Home Science Extension. 4) Food Science and Nutrition.
2) Human Development. 5) Textile and Clothing.
3) Resource management.
6.. Subject to the compliance with the provisions of this ordinance and of any
other ordinances in force from time to time, a candidate who has been
admitted to the following degree of the university or an equivalent degree of
any other statutory university shall be eligible for admission to the Part-I
course :-
(a) For Food Science & Nutrition
B.Sc. (Home Science), B.Sc. with Postgraduate Diploma in Dietetics,
M.B.B.S., B.Sc. with Nutrition of the university or of any other statutory
university recognized equivalent thereto.
(b) For Human Development
B.Sc. (Home Science), M.A. (Home Economics), M.S.W., M.B.B.S., M.A.
(Psychology) of the university or of any other statutory university
recognized equivalent thereto.
(c) For Resource Management
B.Sc. (Home Science), M.A. (Home Economics) of the university or of any
other statutory university recognized equivalent thereto.
_________________________________________________________________________________
*Accepted by the Management Council dt. 28th June 2006, vide item No. 135,
under the draft Ordinance No. 23 of 2005.
 -70-
(e) For Textile and Clothing
B.Sc. (Home Science), Bachelor of Fashion Design, Bachelor of Textile
Design of the university or of any other statutory university recognized
equivalent thereto.
(f) For Home Science Extension
B.Sc. (Home Science), M.A. (Home Economics), B.S.W., B.V.Sc., B.A.
(Rural Services), Postgraduate diploma in Mass Communications, B.Sc.
(Agriculture) of the university or of any other statutory university
recognized equivalent thereto.
7. Subject to her compliance with the provisions of this ordinance and of
other ordinances in force from time to time, a candidate who has passed the
M.Sc. Part-I (Home Science) examination shall be eligible for admission to
the Part-II course in the subject which she has offered for the Part-I
examination.
8. A candidate applying for admission to an examination under this ordinance
shall prosecute a regular/full time course of study in respect of concerned
examination during the relevant year in the Post Graduate Department of
Home Science, R.T.M. Nagpur University or in a college affiliated to R.T.M.
Nagpur University for conduct of M. Sc. (Home Science) courses.
9. Without prejudice to the provisions of ordinance No. 6 relating to the
Examinations in General, the provisions of paragraphs 5, 8, 10, 27 and 32
of the said ordinance shall apply to every collegiate candidate.
10. The fees for the examination shall be as prescribed by the university from
time to time.
11. The scope of the subjects will be as indicated in the syllabus.
12. The maximum marks allotted to each paper, practical, viva-voce,
dissertation and sessionals, and the minimum marks which an examinee
must obtain in order to pass the Part-I or Part-II examination, as the case
may be, shall be as indicated in Appendices ‘A’ and ‘B’ respectively.
13. There shall be no classification of examinees successful in Part-I of the
examination.
14. Examinee who are successful at the Part-II examination and who have
obtained not less than 60% marks in the aggregate at the Part-I and Part-II
examinations taken together, shall be placed in the First Division. All the
other successful examinees shall be in the Second Division.
15. Provisions of Direction 9 of 2002 relating to the award of Grace marks for
passing an examination, securing higher division / class and for securing
distinction in subject(s) as updated from time to time shall apply to the
examination under this Ordinance.
 -71-

16. The examinees passing the examinations as whole in minimum period shall
be arranged in order of merit as provided in the ordinance No. 6 relating to
Examinations in General provided that the merit lists shall only be
published for summer examination.

17. Save as otherwise expressly provided in this ordinance, no person shall be

admitted to an examination under this ordinance if she has already passed
the same examination or an equivalent examination of any other statutory
university.

18. Examinees successful at the Part-II examination shall on payment of the

prescribed fees, receive a Degree in the prescribed format signed by the Vice-
Chancellor.

19. The ordinance No. 154 governing the existing course for Master of Science
(Home Science) shall stand repealed physically on issuance of this
Ordinance.

20. Upon promulgation of this Ordinance, Direction No. 30 of 2002 shall stand
repealed.

SATATEMENT OF OBJECT & REASONS

In order to incorporate a Master’s course in the specialty of Home

Science, which has a great bearing on the fulfillment of regional requirements, and
affording greater employability the Academic Council in its meeting held on 28th
July, 2005, vide item No. 220 and the Management Council in its meeting held on
28th June, 2006 vide item No. 135 considered & approved this Ordinance.

This Ordinance strictly adheres to present policy and orders of the State
Government. While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial
implications are involved at the Government as well as university level as of now or
in future.

Hence this Ordinance.

 -72-
APPENDIX (A)
M.Sc. Part-I (Home Science)
FOOD SCIENCE AND NUTRITION
Teaching Scheme/week Hours Examination
Sr. Paper Theory Practical Sessional of Instruction Scheme
No. Marks Marks Marks Theory Practical Total Practical
Duration in Hrs.
I Advanced Nutritional
Biochemistry 75 50 --- 4 6 10 3
II Institutional Food
Administration 75 -- 25 4 -- 4
III Advanced Food Science 75 50 -- 4 6 10 3
IV Research Method and
75 ---- ---- 4 --- 4
Statistics

Current trends and issues -- -- 25 - 3 3

in Food Sci. & Nutrition

Total 300 100 50 16 15 31 ----

Note :
• Every Examinee to be successful at the examination, shall be required to obtain not less than 45% of the
maximum marks prescribed to each theory paper.
• Aggregate passing marks should be 50%
• Four weeks internship in Food Industry / Hotel is compulsory.
• Paper IV is common for all specializations of Home Science.
• Current trends and issues in Food Science and Nutrition will have Seminar Presentation and carry
sessional marks only

RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Teaching Scheme/week Hours Examination
S. Paper Theory Practical Sessional of Instruction Scheme
No. Marks Marks Marks Theory Practical Total Practical
Duration in Hrs

I Theory of Management 75 50 --- 4 6 10 3

II Hospitality
Administration & Services 75 -- 25 4 -- 4
III Housing and Interiors 75 50 -- 4 6 10 3
IV Research Methodology 75 ---- ---- 4 --- 4 ---
and Statistics
Current trends and issues -- -- 25 - 3 3
in Resource Management

Total 300 100 50 16 15 31 ----

Note :
• Every Examinee to be successful at the examination, shall be required to obtain not less than 45% of the
maximum marks prescribed to each theory paper.
• Aggregate passing marks should be 50%
• Four weeks internship in Front Office & House Keeping Department of any Hotel is compulsory.
• Paper IV is common for all specializations of Home Science.
• Current trends and issues in Resource Management will have Seminar Presentation and carry sessional
marks only
 -73-

HUMAN DEVELOPMENT
Teaching Scheme/week Hours of Examination
S. Paper Theory Practical Sessional Instruction Scheme
No. Marks Marks Marks Theory Practical Total Practical
Duration in Hrs
I Management of
Programmes for 75 50 ---- 4 6 10 3
family & children
II Psychology of
Human Behaviour 75 50 ---- 4 6 10 3
and testing
III History of theories of 75 ---- 25 4 --- 4 ---
Human Development
IV Research Methods 75 ---- ---- 4 --- 4 ---
and Statistics
Current trends and
issues in Human -- -- 25 -- 3 3 --
development

Total 300 100 50 16 15 31 ----

Note :
• Every Examinee to be successful at the examination shall be required to obtain not less than 45% of the
maximum marks prescribed to each theory paper.
• Aggregate passing marks should be 50%
• Participation / internship of 4 weeks in a preschool / recreational center for children is compulsory.
• Paper IV is common for all specializations of Home Science.
• Current trends and issues in Human development will have Seminar Presentation and carry sessional
marks only
HOME SCIENCE EXTENSION
Teaching Scheme/week Hours of Examination
S. Paper Theory Practical Sessional Instruction Scheme
No. Marks Marks Marks Practical
Theory Practical Total Duration in Hrs

I Socio – Economic 75 ---- 25 4 ---- 4 ----

Environment
II Communication 75 50 ---- 4 6 10 3
Technology
III Community Health & 75 50 ---- 4 6 10 3
Development
IV Research Methods & 75 ---- ---- 4 --- 4
Statistics.
Current trends &
issues in Home ---- ---- 25 ---- 3 3 ----
Science Extension

Total 300 100 50 16 15 31 ----

Note :
• Every Examinee to be successful at the examination, shall be required to obtain not less than 45% of the
maximum marks prescribed to each theory paper.
• Aggregate passing marks should be 50%
• Four weeks participation / field training in community health / welfare programme is compulsory.
• Paper IV is common for all specializations of Home Science.
• Current trends and issues in Home Science Extension will have Seminar Presentation and carry sessional
marks only
 -74-

TEXTILE AND CLOTHING

Teaching Scheme/week Examination

S. Paper Theory Practic Sessional Hours of Instruction Scheme
No. Marks al Marks Practical
Marks Theory Practical Total Duration in
Hrs

I Textile Testing and 75 50 --- 4 6 10 3

Quality Control

II Advanced Pattern 75 50 --- 4 6 10 3

Making & Construction
Techniques

III Sociology & 75 ---- 25 4 ---- 4

Psychological Aspects
of Clothing & Historic
Costume

IV Research 75 ---- ---- 4 --- 4 ---

Methodology and
Statistics

Current trends and

issues in Textile & ---- ---- 25 ---- 3 3 ----
Clothing

Total 300 100 50 16 15 31 ----

Note :
• Every Examinee to be successful at the examination, shall be required to obtain not less than
45% of the maximum marks prescribed to each theory paper.

• Aggregate passing marks should be 50%

• Four weeks internship in Textile Industry is compulsory.

• Paper IV is common for all specialization’s of Home Science.

• Current trends and issues in Textile & Clothing will have Seminar Presentation and carry
sessional marks only
 -75-

APPENDIX (B)

M.Sc. Part-II (Home Science)

FOOD SCIENCE AND NUTRITION
Teaching Scheme/week Hours of Examination
S. Paper Theory Practical Sessional Instruction Scheme
No. Marks Marks Marks Practical
Theory Practical Total Duration in Hrs

I Clinical & 100 50 --- 4 6 10 3

Therapeutic Nutrition
II Advanced Nutrition 100 -- 25 4 3 7 --
III Community Nutrition 100 -- 25 4 3 7 --
& Public Health
IV Dissertation / Viva- 100 50 -- 4 --- 4 ---
voce
Total 400 100 50 16 12 28 ----

Note :
• Every Examinee to be successful at the examination, shall be required to obtain not less than 45% of the
maximum marks prescribed to each theory paper.
• Aggregate passing marks should be 50%
• 4 weeks internship in Hospitals with Food Service under a registered dietician is compulsory

RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Teaching Scheme/week Hours of Examination
S. Paper Theory Practical Sessional Instruction Scheme
No. Marks Marks Marks Theory Practical Total Practical
Duration in Hrs
I Ergonomics 100 50 --- 4 6 10 3

II Entrepreneurship 100 -- 25 4 3 7
Management
III Residential Interior 100 -- 25 4 3 7
Space Design and
Landscaping
IV Dissertation / Viva- 100 50 -- 4 -- 4 ---
voce
Total 400 100 50 16 12 28 ----

Note :
• Every Examinee to be successful at the examination, shall be required to obtain not less than 45% of the
maximum marks prescribed to each theory paper.
• Aggregate passing marks should be 50%
• 4 weeks Entrepreneurship training.
 -76-
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT
Teaching Scheme/week Hours of Examination
S. Paper Theory Practical Sessional Instruction Scheme
No. Marks Marks Marks Practical
Theory Practical Total Duration in Hrs

I Psychological 100 ---- 25 4 3 7 3

Disorders
II Care of children with 100 ---- 25 4 3 7
Disabilities

III Guidance Counseling 100 50 ---- 4 6 10

and
Psychotherapeutics

IV Dissertation & 100 50 ---- 4 --- 4 ---

Viva Voce

Total 400 100 50 16 12 28 ----

Note :
• Every Examinee to be successful at the examination, shall be required to obtain not less than 45% of the
maximum marks prescribed to each theory paper.
• Aggregate passing marks should be 50%.
• 4 weeks internship in counseling units / Psychiatrists / Institute for handicapped is compulsory.

HOME SCIENCE EXTENSION

Teaching Scheme/week Hours of Examination
S. Paper Theory Practical Sessional Instruction Scheme
No. Marks Marks Marks Practical
Theory Practical Total Duration in Hrs

I Adoption of 100 ---- 25 4 3 7 ---

Innovations
II Non-formal 100 50 ---- 4 6 10 3
Education
III Programme Building 100 ---- 25 4 3 7 ---
& Extension
IV Dissertation & Viva- 100 50 ---- 4 ---- 4 ---
Voce
Total 400 100 50 16 12 28 ----

Note :
• Every Examinee to be successful at the examination, shall be required to obtain not less than 45% of the
maximum marks prescribed to each theory paper.
• Aggregate passing marks should be 50%.
• 4 weeks internship / participation in field training in community health / welfare programme is
compulsory.
 -77-

TEXTILE AND CLOTHING

Teaching Scheme/week Hours of Examination
S. Paper Theory Practical Sessional Instruction Scheme
No. Marks Marks Marks Practical
Theory Practical Total Duration in Hrs

I Textile Chemistry 100 ---- 25 4 3 7

II Advance draping & 100 50 ---- 4 6 10 3

Fashion Designing

III Advanced Textile 100 ---- 25 4 3 7 ---

Designing
IV Dissertation & Viva-
Voce 100 50 ---- 4 ---- 4 ---

Total 400 100 50 16 12 28 ----

Note :
• Every Examinee to be successful at the examination, shall be required to obtain not less than 45% of the
maximum marks prescribed to each theory paper.
• Aggregate passing marks should be 50%.
• 4 weeks internship in Fashion Designing in export houses is compulsory.
________________

* ORDINANCE NO. 17 OF 2006

An Ordinance to amend the Ordinance No. 122.

Whereas it is expedient to amend the Ordinance No. 122 i.e. Nagpur

University Teachers’ Service and Conditions of Employment Ordinance, for the
purposes hereinafter appearing; the Management Council is hereby pleased to
make the following Ordinance :-

1. This Ordinance may be called “Nagpur University Teachers’ Service and

Conditions of Employment (Amendment) Ordinance, 2006.”

2. This Ordinance shall come into force with effect from the date of its approval
by the Management Council.

3. After para 17 of the Main Ordinance No. 122 the following para shall be
inserted namely :-

17-A i)
The teachers promoted to the post of Reader or
Professor under Career Advancement Scheme shall be
included in the seniority list of Reader or Professor of the
Department as the case may be, from the date of their
promotion in the cadre of Reader or Professor.
_________________________________________________________________________________
* Accepted by the Management Council on date 30th November, 2006 vide item No.
241, under the Draft Ordinance No. 2 of 2006.
 -78-

ii) A common seniority list of the cadres of teachers

appointed through the process of direct recruitment as
well as teachers promoted through the Process of C.A.S.
shall be maintained Department wise for both the cadres
of Readers and Professors.

iii) The nomination of Head of the Department by rotation as

per the provisions of Statute 55 from the cadre of
Professor (if available) or from the cadre of Readers shall
be made by operating common seniority list maintained
as per clause (ii) above.

iv) The teachers promoted to cadre of reader or professor as

the case may be through the process of Career
Advancement Scheme shall be entitled to all other
benefits accruable for the concerned cadre as stipulated
in this ordinance or as per the directions of State
Government issued from time to time. Their work load
will be as stipulated by the U.G.C. or State Government
from time to time.

STATEMENT OF OBJECTS AND REASONS

That the University Grants Commission vide their letter dated 21st February,
2002 introduced the Scheme for promotion of Reader to Professor under CAS in
University Departments & the same was accepted by the Government of
Maharashtra.

That procedure for promotion of Reader to Professor under CAS is same as

prescribed for recruitment of Professor as contemplated under Section 76 of M.U.
Act, 1994 read with Direction No. 2 of 1996.

That considering this aspect the Management Council in its meeting held on
29th august, 2005 recommended to consider question of seniority of Professor
appointed as per Section 76 of Act and those who are promoted under CAS at par
to consider their seniority accordingly.

That with this decision of Management council there is a need to amend

Ordinance No. 122 governing the Service Condition of University Teachers.

That by introduction of the said scheme there is no financial implication on

State Government.

Hence this Ordinance.

 -79-

* ORDINANCE NO. 18 OF 2006

EXAMINATION LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF POST BASIC B.SC. NURSING IN

THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE.

Whereas it is expedient to provide for an Ordinance for the Examination

Leading to the Degree of Post Basic B.Sc. Nursing in the Faculty of Medicine, the
Management Council is hereby pleased to make the following Ordinance. :

1. This Ordinance may be called “Examination Leading to the Degree of

Post Basic B.Sc. Nursing in the faculty of Medicine Ordinance, 2005.”

2. This Ordinance shall come in to force with effect from the date of its
approval by the Management Council.

3. Subject to the compliance of the provisions of this Ordinance and other

ordinances in force from time to time, an applicant for admission to the
examination shall have:-

(a) Passed Higher Secondary School Certificate examination (10+2

pattern) conducted by statutory examining body with Physics,
Chemistry, Biology and English as subjects of examination.
(b) Attained the age of 23 years at the time of admission and be below the
age of 38 years in case of open category applicants and 43 years in
case of applicants belonging to the reserved categories.
(c) Registered as Nurse/Midwife with the State Nursing Council.
(d) Minimum three years of practical experience in nursing in a public
health organisation.

4. The duration of the course leading to the degree of Post Basic B.Sc. Nursing
shall be of two years.

5. There shall be following examinations leading to the degree of Post Basic

B.Sc. Nursing namely :-

(I) First Post Basic B.Sc. Nursing Examination, after two academic terms
i.e. at the end of Ist year.
(II) The final Post Basic B.Sc. Nursing Examination after four academic
terms i.e. at the end of IInd year.

6. The examinee who is successful at the first Post Basic B.Sc. Nursing
examination shall be eligible for admission to the second year of the course.

7. The facility of A.T.K.T. (allowed to keep term) shall not be accruable to an

examinee passing first Post Basic B.Sc. Nursing examination in part.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Accepted by the Management Council dt. 28th December, 2006, vide item No.275,
under the draft ordinance No. 10 of 2005.
 -80-

8. The examinations referred to in clause (4) shall be held twice a year at such
places and on such dates as may be fixed by the Board of Examinations.

9. The subjects of study for the First Post Basic B.Sc. Nursing Examination
shall be :-

(i) Physiology including Biochemistry

(ii) Pathology including Microbiology
(iii) Medical Nursing
(iv) Surgical Nursing.

10. Subject to the compliance of the provisions of this Ordinance and of other
Ordinances in force from time to time, an applicant for admission to the
Final Post Basic B.Sc. Nursing Examination shall have :-

(i) passed the First Post Basic B.Sc. Nursing examination of the
University or an examination recognized as equivalent thereto, and
(ii) after passing the First Post Basic B.Sc. Nursing examination, attended
a regular course of study for a period of not less than two academic
terms in the college with the following subjects.

(a) Comprehensive Nursing (Maternity and Child Welfare)

(b) Comprehensive Nursing (E.N.T. Opthalmology, and psychiatric
Nursing).
(c) Community Nursing
(d) Nursing Education and Nursing Administration.

11. The scope of subjects shall be as indicated in the syllabus. The medium of
instruction and the examination shall be English.

12. The maximum marks allotted to each subject, paper, practical clinical, oral
and viva-voce examination and the minimum marks that an examinee must
obtain in order to pass the examination shall be as indicated in “Appendix A
and B” respectively, for the first and Final Post B.Sc. Nursing examinations.

13. A successful examinee passing the examination within the minimum

prescribed period for the examination and obtaining not less than 75% of
the total marks prescribed in the subject shall be declared to have passed
the examination with distinction in that subject.

14. An examinee who passes the First and the Final examinations within the
minimum prescribed period obtaining the required number of marks for
passing as indicated in Appendix A and B shall be declared to have passed
the said examination.

15. The fee for the examination shall be such as may be prescribed by the
University from time to time.
 -81-

16. An unsuccessful examinee shall be eligible for admission to the next

examination upon payment of such re-examination fee as may be prescribed
by the University from time to time.

17. An unsuccessful examinee on his re-admission to the examination shall

appear only in the subjects in which he has failed.

(Explanation :- Examinee on re-admission to an examination under this

Ordinance shall be examined in the subject as a whole and not in a part
thereof).

18. Without prejudice to the other provisions of ordinance No. 6 relating to the
examination in general, the provisions of paras 5, 8, 10, 23 and 31 of the
Ordinance shall apply to every candidate.

19. Provisions of Direction No. 9 of 2002 governing the award of Grace Marks for
passing an examination, securing Higher Division/Class and for securing
distinction in subject(s) shall apply to the examination under this
Ordinance.

20. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Ordinance, no person shall

be admitted to this examination, if he has already passed the same of this
University or an examination equivalent thereto of any other statutory
University.

21. Examinees successful at the First and Final Examinations shall be, on their
being eligible for the award of degree and payment of the prescribed fees be
awarded the degree in the prescribed format signed by the Vice-Chancellor.

22. Upon promulgation of this Ordinance, Direction No. 31 of 2001 shall stand
repealed.

STATEMENT OF OBJECT & REASONS

In order to incorporate an eligibility criteria for admissions to the new

Degree course in Post Basic B.Sc. Nursing, which has a great bearing on the
fulfillment of regional requirements, and affording greater employability the
Academic Council in its meeting held on 21St Sept., 2006, vide item No. 9 and the
Management Council in its meeting held on 28th December, 2006 vide item No.
275 considered & approved Ordinance No. 18 of 2006.

This Ordinance strictly adheres to present policy and orders of the State
Government. While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial
implications are involved at the Government as well as university level as of now or
in future.

Hence this Ordinance.

 -82-

* ORDINANCE NO. 19 OF 2006

GOVERNING RECOGNITION OF POST-GRADUATE TEACHER(S)

IN THE STREAM OF DENTAL SCIENCES AND FIXATION OF INTAKE
CAPACITY FOR MASTER OF DENTAL SURGERY COURSES UNDER THE
FACULTY OF MEDICINE.

Whereas it is expedient to provide for an Ordinance for the Governing

Recognition of Post-Graduate Teacher(s) in the Stream of Dental Sciences and
Fixation of Intake Capacity for Master of Dental Surgery Courses Under the
Faculty of Medicine, the Management Council is hereby pleased to make the
following Ordinance. :-

1. This Ordinance may be called “Governing Recognition of Post-Graduate

Teacher(s) in the Stream of Dental Sciences and Fixation of Intake Capacity
for Master of Dental Surgery Courses Under the Faculty of Medicine
Ordinance, 2005.”

2. This Ordinance shall come in to force with effect from the date of its
approval by the Management Council.

3. The eligibility for a Professor and Head of the Post-Graduate Department in

Dental Sciences to be recognized as Post Graduate Teacher in his/her
subject/speciality shall be as under :

i) He/She must possess a Post-Graduate qualification in the subject of

speciality, recognized by Dental Council of India, and should be a Full Time
teacher,

Provided further that Part Time Professor may also be eligible,

provided they put in 4 (four) hours a day in the college where they are
working and shall have only one Post-Graduate candidate registered under
them.

ii) He/She shall have teaching experience of Ten years of which Five
years should be as Reader/Senior Lecturer/Assistant Professor.

Provided further that where a Department is headed by an Assistant

Professor/Reader/Senior Lecturer with the requisite qualification and
experience as recommended for the Professor, permission may be granted
for starting of Post-Graduate studies in the subject in case the other
requirements prescribed/laid down by the Dental Council of India are met
with.
_________________________________________________________________________________
* Accepted by the Management Council dt. 28th December, 2006, vide item No.276,
under the draft ordinance No. 11 of 2005.
 -83-

4. The eligibility for Assistant for Assistant Prof. For recognition as Post-
Graduate teacher in his/her subject/speciality shall be as under :

i) He/she shall possess a Bachelor of Dental Sciences Degree of an

Indian University or an equivalent qualification with Post-Graduate
qualification in the subject/ specialization and shall have minimum
three years teaching experience after Post-Graduation in the
subject/specialization;

5. i) The Number of admission to Master of Dental Surgery Courses

in each speciality shall not be more than 2 (Two) students per Post-
Graduate teacher per year.
ii) At any one time there shall be not more than 4 (Four) active students
under one Post-Graduate teacher.
iii) No Post-Graduate teacher shall enroll candidates for a discipline other
than the subject of his speciality for Post-Graduate programme and no
Post-Graduate teacher shall be a Post-Graduate teacher for more than
one speciality.
iv) When the Department is headed by a recognized Post-Graduate
Professor, the Assistant Professor of the Department, who is in
possession of the requisite qualification and teaching experience in
the subject of speciality, may be permitted to enroll one student per
year under him as a Post-Graduate teacher and guide.

6. Upon promulgation of this Ordinance, Direction No. 47 of 2001 shall stand

repealed.

STATEMENT OF OBJECT & REASONS

In order to incorporate Regulations notified by the Dental Council of India in

respect of Master’s course in Dental Surgery, which has a great bearing on the
fulfillment of regional requirements, and affording greater employability the
Academic Council in its meeting held on 21st Sept., 2006, vide item No. 10 and
the Management Council in its meeting held on 28th December, 2006 vide item No.
276 considered & approved Ordinance No. 19 of 2006.

This Ordinance strictly adheres to present policy and orders of the State
Government. While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial
implications are involved at the Government as well as university level as of now or
in future.

Hence this Ordinance.

 -84-

* ORDINANCE NO. 20 OF 2006

ORDINANCE PROVIDING FOR CONDONATION OF DEFICIENCY OF MARKS

FOR PASSING PART-I, II AND FINAL M.B.B.S. EXAMINATION
IN THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE.

Whereas it is expedient to provide for an Ordinance for condonation of

deficiency of marks for passing Part-I,II and Final M.B.B.S. examination in the
faculty of Medicine, the Management Council is hereby pleased to make the
following ordinance. :-

1. This Ordinance may be called “Providing for condonation of deficiency of

marks for passing Part-I, II and Final M.B.B.S. examination in the faculty of
Medicine, Ordinance, 2005.”

2. This Ordinance shall come in to force with effect from the date of its
approval by the Management Council.

3. Grace marks up to a maximum of five marks shall be awarded to an

examinee who has failed only in one subject, but has passed in all the other
subjects at the part-I, II and final M.B.B.S. examination for the purposes in
the passing the subject and thereby the concerned examination.

4. Examinee passing the examination in terms of grace marks awarded vide

rule 2 shall not find place in the merit list.

5. Examinee passing an examination in terms of rule 3 shall not be eligible for

any university scholarship, medals, prizes or any other university awards
pertaining to that examination.

6. Statement of marks issued to the candidates shall show condonation of

deficiency of marks as stipulated in rule 2 above mentioning the extent of
condonation of deficiency in terms of marks.

7. Upon promulgation of this ordinance, direction No. 34 of 2002, shall stand

repealed.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
* Accepted by the Management Council dt. 28th December, 2006, vide item No.277,
under the draft ordinance No. 12 of 2005.
 -85-

STATEMENT OF OBJECT & REASONS

In order to provide for the Regulations notified by the Medical Council of

India in respect of condonation of deficiency of marks for passing Part- I,II and
final M.B.B.S. examination in the Faculty of Medicine, that have binding effect the
Academic Council in its meeting held on 21st Sept., 2006 vide item No.11 and
Management Council in its meeting held on 28th December, 2006 vide item No.
277 considered and approved the Ordinance.
This Ordinance strictly adheres to present policy and orders of the State
Government. While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial
implications are involved at the Government as well as university level as of now or
in future.

Hence this Ordinance.

_______________

* ORDINANCE NO. 21 OF 2006

ORDINANCE GOVERNING RECOGNITION OF POST GRADUATE TEACHER(S)

IN THE STREAM OF OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY AND PHYSIO THERAPY AND
FIXATION OF INTAKE CAPACITY FOR MASTER OF OCCUPATIONAL
THERAPY AND MASTER OF PHYSIO THERAPY COURSES IN THE FACULTY
OF MEDICINE, RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ
NAGPUR UNIVERSITY, NAGPUR.

Whereas it is expedient to provide for an Ordinance governing recognition of

Post Graduate Teacher(s) in the stream of Occupational Therapy and Physio
Therapy and fixation of intake capacity for Master of Occupational Therapy and
Master of Physio Therapy course in the Faculty of Medicine, the Management
Council is hereby pleased to make the following Ordinance :

1. This ordinance may be called “ Recognition of Post Graduate Teacher(s) in

the stream of Occupational Therapy and Physio Therapy and fixation of
intake capacity for Master course in Physio Therapy and Master course in
Occupational Therapy under the Faculty of Medicine Ordinance- 2005.”

2. This Ordinance shall come in to force with effect from the date of its
approval by the Management Council.
_________________________________________________________________________________
* Accepted by the Management Council dt. 28th December, 2006, vide item No.
278, under the draft Ordinance No. 15 of 2005.
 -86-

3. The eligibility for recognition as a post graduate Teacher in the stream of

Occupational Therapy and Physio Therapy shall be as under :

A) The concerned person must possess a post graduate qualification in

the subject of occupational therapy or physio therapy as the case may
be from statutory university.

B) he/she should have a minimum teaching experience of at least three

years of teaching concerned under graduate courses at a teaching
institution after acquiring post graduate qualification.

provided further that a person not possessing p.g. qualification

in the concerned speciality but having more than eight years of
teaching experience of teaching under graduate courses pertaining to
his speciality shall also be eligible for recognition as post graduate
teacher.

4. a) the number of admissions to master’s degree in occupational

therapy and physio therapy shall not be more than two students per
speciality per post graduate teacher, annually.

b) At any one time there shall not be more than 4 active students under
one Post Graduate teacher.

5. No post graduate teacher shall enroll a candidate for a discipline/speciality

other than the subject of his speciality for post graduate programme and no
post graduate teacher shall be recognized to be so, for more than one
speciality.

6. Upon promulgation of this ordinance, direction no. 3 of 2004 shall

stand repealed.

STATEMENT OF OBJECGT & REASONS

in order to provide for the prescribed eligibility made by the Board of

University Teaching and Research in the Faculty of Medicine in respect of
Recognition of Post Graduate Teacher(s) in the stream of Occupational Therapy
and Physio Therapy and fixation of intake capacity for Master course in Physio
Therapy and Master course in Occupational Therapy under the Faculty of
Medicine, the Academic Council in its meeting held on 21st sept., 2006 vide item
no.12 and Management Council in its meeting held on 28th December, 2006 vide
item no. 278 considered and approved the ordinance.

This Ordinance strictly adheres to present policy and orders of the State
Government. While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial
implications are involved at the Government as well as university level as of now or
in future.

Hence this Ordinance.

 -87-

*ORDINANCE NO. 22 OF 2006

ORDINANCE TO PROVIDE FOR EXAMINATION LEADING TO THE

DEGREE OF MASTER OF PUBLIC HEALTH IN THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE,
RASHTRASANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY, NAGPUR

Whereas it is expedient to provide for an Ordinance for the examination

leading to the Degree of Master of Public Health in the Faculty of Medicine, the
Management Council is hereby pleased to make the following Ordinance :

1. This ordinance may be called “Ordinance to provide for examination leading

to the Degree of Master of Public Health in the Faculty of Medicine, 2005.”

2. This Ordinance shall come in to force with effect from the date of its
approval by the Management Council.

3. Subject to the compliance of the provisions of this Ordinance and other

ordinances in force from time to time, an applicant for admission to the
examination should have passed MBBS/B.D.S. Degree from a Statutory
university.

4. The duration of the course leading to the degree of Master of Public Health
shall be of 24 months.

5. There shall be final M.P.H. Examination after four academic terms i.e. at the
end of II year.

6. The examinations referred to in clause (5) shall be held twice a year at such
places and on such dates as may be fixed by the Board of Examinations.

7. The subjects of study for the M.P.H. examination shall be :-

i) Epidemiology
ii) Bio-Statistics
iii) Demography
iv) Use of Computers
v) Management Sciences including health management & community
health administration.
vi) Social Sciences, IEC & Quality Assurance.

8. Subject to the compliance of the provisions of this Ordinance and of other

Ordinances in force from time to time, an applicant for admission to the
Final M.P.H. Examination shall have attended a regular course of study for a
period of not less than four academic terms in the college with the following
subjects.
_________________________________________________________________________________
* Accepted by the Management Council dt. 28th December, 2006, vide item No.
279, under the draft Ordinance No. 26 of 2005.
 -88-

a) Epidemiology & Biostatistics including Demography and use of

Computers.
b) Social Sciences, IEC and Quality Assurance.
c) Health Management and Community Health Administration.

9. The scope of subjects shall be as indicated in the syllabus. The medium of

instruction and the examination shall be English.

10. The Examination shall consist of –

(a) a thesis embodying the results of the research work of the candidate;
(b) written examination comprising of four papers, each of three hours’
duration, in subjects specified in the Appendix to this Ordinance.
(c) Viva-voce and practical examination.

11. The fee for the examination shall be such as prescribed by the Management
Council from time to time.

12. A candidate shall submit his thesis through his Supervisor and Head of the
College on or before the 1st of December or the 1st of July, as the case may
be, preceding the written Examination.

13. A candidate whose thesis is not unanimously approved by the examiners

shall not be admitted to the Written, Oral and Practical Examination.

Provided that a candidate may, by special permission of the Vice-

Chancellor, be permitted to take the examination in remaining parts in
case the report on the thesis submitted by him is not received before the
commencement of the written examination. In such a case, the result of
his examination shall not be declared until the report on his thesis is
received.

14. A candidate whose thesis is unanimously approved by the examiners and

whose performance at the written examination, viva-voce and practical
examination is unanimously reported by the Examiners to be of sufficient
proficiency shall be declared successful at the examination by the
Management Council.

15. An examinee whose thesis has been approved but who is not successful at
the remaining part of the examination shall be eligible for readmission to
that part at any subsequent examination on payment of full fresh fee.

16. A successful examinee passing the examination within the minimum

prescribed period for the examination and obtaining not less than 75% of
the total marks prescribed in the subject shall be declared to have passed
the examination with distinction in that subject.
 -89-

17. An examinee who passes the Final examinations within the minimum
prescribed period obtaining the required number of marks for passing as
indicated in Appendix A shall be declared to have passed the said
examination.

18. An unsuccessful examinee shall be eligible for admission to the next

examination upon payment of such re-examination fee as may be prescribed
by the University from time to time.

19. Without prejudice to the other provisions of ordinance No. 6 relating to the
examination in general, the provisions of paras 5, 8, 10, 23 and 31 of the
Ordinance shall apply to every candidate.

20. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Ordinance, no person shall

be admitted to this examination, if he has already passed the same of this
University or an examination equivalent thereto of any other statutory
University.

21. Examinees successful at the Final Examinations shall be, on their being
eligible for the award of degree and payment of the prescribed fees be
awarded the degree in the prescribed format signed by the Vice-Chancellor.

STATEMENT OF OBJECT & REASONS

A new course in Master of Public Health for generating specialised

managerial health personnel for an effective health care delivery system in the
contemporary society the Faculty of Medicine and in order to incorporate a new
Master’s course in the speciality of Public Health, which has a great bearing on
the fulfillment of regional requirements, and affording greater employability the
Academic Council in its meeting held on 21st Sept., 2006, vide item No. 13 and the
Management Council in its meeting held on 28th December, 2006 vide item No.
279 considered & approved the Ordinance No. 22 of 2006.

This Ordinance strictly adheres to present policy and orders of the State
Government. While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial
implications are involved at the Government as well as university level as of now or
in future.

Hence this Ordinance.

 -90-

APPENDIX-A

EXAMINATION

Theory –

It will consist of 4 papers of 3 hours duration of 100 marks each.

Paper – I – Epidemiology & Biostatistics including Demography and use

of Computers.

Paper – II – Social Sciences, IEC and quality assurance.

Paper – III – Health Management and Community health administration.

Paper – IV – Recent Advances.

Internal Assessment – 100 marks

Total – 500

Practical –

It will be of 200 marks will include

(I) Problem solving exercise on health - 100 marks

Management /community health administration

(II) Epidemiological/Statistical exercise - 100 marks

(III) Communication/BCC exercise - 100 marks

(IV) Viva - 100 marks

Internal assessment - 100 marks

Total - 500

Grand Total 1000

The student should pass separately in theory & practical by securing

minimum 50% marks each.
 -91-
* ORDINANCE NO. 23 OF 2006

ORDINANCE GOVERNING EXAMINATION LEADING TO THE MASTERS

DEGREE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (M.B.A.) (SEMESTER PATTERN) IN
THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

Whereas it is expedient to provide for an Ordinance for governing the

examination leading to the Masters degree of Business Administration (M.B.A.)
(Semester pattern) in the Faculty of Commerce, the Management Council is here
by pleased to make the following Ordinance. :

1. This Ordinance may be called “Ordinance governing examination of Masters

degree of Business Administration (M.B.A.) (Semester pattern) in the Faculty
of Commerce, Ordinance, 2005”.

2. This Ordinance shall come into force with effect from the date of its approval
by the Management Council.

3. The duration of M.B.A. course shall be of Two years consisting Semester – I

& II in first year and Semester – III & IV in second year.

4. The Examinations of I, II, III & IV Semester of M.B.A. shall be held twice a
year at such places and on such dates as may be fixed by the University.

5. Subject to compliance with the provisions of this ordinance and of other

ordinances in force from time to time, an applicant for admission to the
examination shall have passed degree examination of Nagpur University or
any other recognized University equivalent thereto with 45% aggregate
marks for open category and 40% marks aggregate for Backward Class
candidates or as notified by the State Government from time to time.
Provided that Students admitted through Common Entrance Test (C.E.T.)
conducted by Directorate of Technical Education (D.T.E.), Mumbai and
fulfilling the eligibility conditions prescribed by the University shall only be
admitted for the examination to the Programme.

6. The fees for examination shall be as prescribed by the University from time
to time.

7. Applicant for the examination prosecuting a regular course of study leading

to the Master’s Degree in Business Administration shall not be permitted to
join any other course in this University or any other University
simultaneously.

_________________________________________________________________________________
* Accepted by the Management Council dt. 28th December, 2006, vide item No.
280, under the draft Ordinance No. 31 of 2005.
 -92-

8. The A.T.K.T. rules shall be as under (Theory and sessionals shall be

considered as separate passing heads)
Admission Candidate should have passed in Candidate should have passed in
to all the subjects of following all subjects except in FOUR or less
Semester examinations of Nagpur numbers of passing heads of the
University following examination

I Sem. Degree examination --

II Sem. -- Ist semester

III Sem Ist semester IInd semester

Final II nd semester III rd semester(*)

NOTE: (*) The candidate admitted to Fourth Semester (Final) shall

prosecute his studies, however, he/she shall not be eligible to fill in
the Examination form for the Final semester examination unless he
clears all the lower examinations.

9. (a) The examinee of Semester – I ( M.B.A.) examination shall be examined

in the following subjects namely :
1. Management Process.
2. Managerial Skill Development.
3. Quantitative Methods.
4. Financial Accounting for Managers.
5. Computer Application in M.I.S.
6. Managerial Economics.
7. International Business.
8. Business Legislation.

(b) An examinee of Semester – II (M.B.A.) examination shall be examined

in the following subjects namely :

1. Human Resource Management.

2. Financial Management.
3. Production & Operations Management.
4. Marketing Management.
5. Applied Operations Research – I.
6. Organisational Behaviour & Change Management.
7. Management Accounting.
8. Research Methodology.

(c) An examinee of Semester – III (M.B.A.) examination shall be

examined in the following subjects namely :

1. Export Import Procedures and Documentation.

2. Business Policy and Strategic Analysis.
 -93-

3. Cost Accounting.
4. Applied Operations Research – II.
5. Entrepreneurial Development.
6. Environment Management.
7. Technology and R & D Management.
8. Business Ethics.

(d) The candidate of MBA Semester IV Examination shall Offer Any Two
of the optional subjects. Each optional subject shall have Two papers
of 100 marks each as Below :

1. Financial Management (Paper I & Paper II).

2. Marketing Management. (Paper I & Paper II).
3. Human Resource Development (Paper I & Paper II).
4. Information Technology Management. (Paper I & Paper II)

AND
5. Project Work (From the optional subjects offered).

10. All subjects of Semester I, II, III & IV (other than Project work) should have 3
periods a week of one hour duration each.

11. Each paper of Semester I, II, III & IV (M.B.A.) examination shall carry 100
marks and shall be distributed as under :

Marks
(1) Written examination 80
(2) Internal assessment 20

Internal assessment marks shall be awarded by the Head of the

Department in consultation with the faculty members subject to moderation
by H.O.D./Director and shall be based on:

(1) Participation in seminars, case discussions & group work activities - 5 marks
(2) Class tests, quizes, individual and group oral presentations. - 5 marks
(3) Submission of written assignments, term papers and viva-voce. - 5 marks
(4) Class-room participation and attendance. - 5 marks
Total - 20 marks

The weightage given to each of these factors shall be decided and

announced at the beginning of the Semester by individual faculty member
responsible for the paper.
 -94-

12. Project Work will be compulsory for each student appearing at the Semester
– IV (M.B.A.) Examination.

(i) Project shall carry 200 marks as follows –

Marks
¾ Project work ( Evaluation by External Examiner ) : 100
¾ Seminar and open defence evaluation ( By External
and Internal Examiner ) : 50
¾ Viva – voce by External & Internal Examiner : 50
200
(ii) Two copies of Project work (Printed or Type Written) shall be
submitted to the University through the Supervisor of the candidate
and the Principal / Director / Head of the Institute/Department, at
least one month prior to the date of commencement of Semester - IV
Examination and one copy is to retained in the College / Department
for internal evaluation purpose.

(iii) A Candidate shall submit with his/her project work, a certificate from
the Supervisor to the effect –

(a) that the candidate has satisfactorily completed the Project work
for not less than one session and

(b) that the Project work is the result of the candidate’s own work
and is of sufficiently high standard to warrant its presentation
for examination.

(iv) Candidate shall submit his declaration that the Project is the result of
his own research work and the same has not been previously
submitted to any examination of this University or any other
University. The Project shall be liable to be rejected and / or cancelled
if found otherwise.

(v) The Project work shall be evaluated through seminar and open
defense and Viva-voce at the College / Department by internal and
external examiners appointed by the university after Semester – IV
Examination.

(vi) A Student appearing for M.B.A. Semester IV examination will have to

pay an additional fee of Rs. 500/- for Project in addition to usual
examination fees.

13. The scope of the subject, percentage of passing in theory and project and
Internal assessment will be governed as per following rules :

(i) In order to pass at the Semester I, II, III & IV examinations an

examinee shall obtain not less than 50 % marks in each head of
passing of every paper, that is to say separately in the written
examination, in internal assessment and in three heads of passing
of project Work.
 -95-

(ii) An examinee who is unsuccessful at the examination shall be

eligible for admission to the subsequent examinations on payment
of a fresh fee prescribed for the examination together with the
conditions of the ordinance in force from time to time.

(iii) An examinee who has failed at the Sessional examination only shall
be required to register himself afresh for doing the sessional work
again in the Department / College in the subject/subjects/project
work in which he has failed on payment of fresh sessional fee of Rs.
500/- per paper. Such registration shall be done on or before the
beginning of the respective Semester. The Director shall on being
satisfied about the completion of the sessional work of such a
candidate send the fresh sessional marks to the University and
these fresh sessional marks shall be taken into consideration for
computing his/her result at the examination.

(iv) There shall be no classification of successful examinees at the

Semester I, II, & III examinations.

(v) Successful examinees obtaining 60% or more marks in the

aggregate of Semester I, II, III & IV examinations taken together i.e.
out of 3000 marks shall be placed in the First Division and those
obtaining less than 60% but not less than 50% in the Second
Division.

(vi) Provision of Direction No. 9 of 2002 governing the award of grace

marks for passing an examination, securing higher division/class
and for securing distinction in the subjects shall apply to the
examination.

(vii) No person shall be admitted to this examination, if he has already

passed the same examination or an examination of any other
statutory University (which has been recognised as equivalent to
that examination).

(viii) Examinee successful at the Semester I, II, III & IV examinations

shall, on payment of the prescribed fee, receive a Degree in the
prescribed form signed by the Vice-Chancellor.

14. The Direction 4 of 2000 governing the Examinations leading to award of

Master degree in Business Administration in the Faculty of Commerce
shall stand repealed in a phasic manner.

15. Upon promulgation of this Ordinance, Direction No. 12 of 2002, shall stand
repealed.
 -96-

STATEMENT OF OBJECT & REASONS

In order to incorporate a Master’s course in the speciality of Business

Administration, which has a great bearing on the fulfillment of regional
requirements, and affording greater employability the Academic Council in its
meeting held on 21st Sept., 2006, vide item No. 15 and the Management Council
in its meeting held on 28th December, 2006 vide item No. 280 considered &
approved the Ordinance No. 23 of 2006.
This Ordinance strictly adheres to present policy and orders of the State
Government. While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial
implications are involved at the Government as well as university level as of now or
in future.
Hence this Ordinance.
APPENDIX – A
Semester – I (M. B. A.) Examination
Subject Paper Maximum Minimum
Marks Marks
(1) Management Process Paper 80
100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(2) Managerial Skill Development Paper 80

100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(3) Quantitative Methods Paper 80

100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(4)Financial Accounting for Managers Paper 80

10 50
Internal Assessment 20

(5) Computer Application in M.I.S. Paper 80

100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(6) Managerial Economics Paper 80

100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(7) International Business Paper 80

100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(8) Business Legislation Paper 80

100 50
Internal Assessment 20
 97

APPENDIX – B

Semester – II (M. B. A.) Examination

Subject Paper Maximum Minimum
Marks Marks

(1) Human Resource Management Paper 80

100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(2) Financial Management Paper 80

100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(3) Production & Operations Management Paper 80

100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(4)Marketing Management Paper 80

100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(5) Applied Operations Research - I Paper 80

100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(6) Organisational Behaviour & Change Paper 80

Management 100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(7) Management Accounting Paper 80

100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(8) Research Methodology Paper 80

100 50
Internal Assessment 20
 98

APPENDIX – C
Semester – III (M. B. A.) Examination
Subject Paper Maximum Minimum
Marks Marks

(1) Export Import Procedures & Paper 80

Documentations 100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(2) Business Policy & Strategic Analysis Paper 80

100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(3) Cost Accounting Paper 80

100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(4) Applied Operations Research – II Paper 80

100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(5) Entrepreneurial Development Paper 80

100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(6) Environment Management Paper 80

100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(7) Technology and R & D Management Paper 80

100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(8) Business Ethics Paper 80

100 50
Internal Assessment 20
 99

APPENDIX – D

Semester – IV (M. B. A.) Examination

The Candidate Of Semester IV (M.B.A.) Examination shall offer any TWO of the Optional Subjects.
Each Optional Subject shall have TWO Papers as below:

Subject Paper Maximum Minimum

Marks Marks
(1) FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT :
(a) Financial Management (Paper – I ) Paper 80
100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(b) Financial Management (Paper – II ) Paper 80

100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(2) MARKETING MANAGEMENT :

(a) Marketing Management (Paper – I) Paper 80
100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(b) Marketing Management (Paper – II) Paper 80

100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(3) HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT:

(a) Human Resource Paper 80
Development (Paper – I ) 100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(b) Human Resource Paper 80

Development ( Paper – II ) 100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(4) INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT :

(a) Information Technology Paper 80
Management ( Paper – I ) 100 50
Internal Assessment 20

(b) Information Technology Paper 80

Management ( Paper – II ) 100 50
Internal Assessment 20

AND
Final Project (From the Optional Subjects offered ) of 200 Marks.
 -100-

* ORDINANCE NO. 24 OF 2006

ORDINANCE GOVERNING EXAMINATIONS LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (COMPUTER APPLICATION)
IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

Whereas it is expedient to provide for an Ordinance for the examinations

leading to the degree of Bachelor of Commerce (Computer Application) in the
Faculty of Commerce , the Management Council is hereby pleased to make the
following Ordinance. :

1. This Ordinance may be called “Ordinance to provide for examinations

leading to the degree of Bachelor of Commerce (Computer Application) in the
Faculty of Commerce, 2005”.

2. This Ordinance shall come into force with effect from the date of its approval
by the Management Council.

3. There shall be three examinations leading to the degree of Bachelor of

Commerce (Computer Application) namely:
( 1 ) the B. Com. (Computer Application) Part – I Examination,
( 2 ) the B. Com. (Computer Application) Part – II Examination and
( 3 ) the B. Com (Computer Application) final Examination.

4. The duration of the degree course shall be of three academic years with the B.
Com. Part – I examination at the end of the first academic year, the B. Com.
Part – II examination at the end of the second year and the B. Com. final
examination at the end of the third year.

5. The examinations specified in paragraph 3 above shall be held twice a year at

such places and on such dates as may be fixed by the university.

6. The details of procedure for admission as well as eligibility for examination

of:-

(A) The B. Com. (Computer Application) Part – I examination shall have:

Passed the 12th standard examination of the Maharashtra State Board of

Secondary and Higher Secondary Education, with English at higher or
Lower level and Modern Indian Language at higher or lower level with
any combination of optional subjects;
OR
XII standard Examination of Maharashtra State Board of Secondary
and Higher Secondary Education in vocational stream with one
language only;
_________________________________________________________________________________
* Accepted by the Management Council dt. 28th December, 2006, vide item No.281,
under the draft Ordinance No. 32 of 2005.]
 -101-

OR
Any other examination recognized as equivalent thereto in such
subjects and with such standards of attainments as may be
prescribed

(B) The B. Com. (Computer Application) Part – II Examination shall have

passed B. Com. (Computer Application) Part – I examination of the
university.

(C) B. Com. (Computer Application) final examination shall have passed

B. Com. (Computer Application) Part–II examination of the university.

7. A collegiate candidate shall have pursued a regular course of study for not
less than one academic year before being admitted to B. Com. (Computer
Application) Part–I or the B. Com. (Computer Application) Part–II or the B.
Com. (Computer Application) final examination in any recognized institution
and or college affiliated to Nagpur University where the course is conducted.

8. An applicant for the B. Com. (Computer Application) Part – I or the B. Com.

(Computer Application) Part – II or the B. Com. (Computer Application) final
Examination shall have passed an examination specified in clauses (A), (B)
and (C) of paragraph 6 respectively, not less than one academic year prior to
his admission to the respective examination.

9. Without prejudice to the other provisions of Ordinance No. 6 relating to the

Examinations in General, the provisions of Paragraphs 5, 7, 8, 10, 26 and 31
of the said ordinance shall apply to every collegiate candidate.

10. The fees for the examination shall be as prescribed by the University from
time to time.

11. (A) An examinee for the B. Com. (Computer Application) Part – I

examination shall be examined in the following subjects, namely

(a) Commerce Group:

1. English & Business Communication.
2. Principles of Business Management.
3. Basic Economics & Business Environment.
4. Financial Accounting.

(b) Computer Application Group:

5. Information Systems.
6. Information Technology – I.
 -102-

(B) An examinee for the B. Com (Computer Application) Part – II

examination shall be examined in the following subjects :

(a) Commerce Group:

1. Cost & Management Accounting.
2. Statistics & Quantitative Techniques.

(b) Computer Application Group:

3. Software Development Methodology.
4. Internet and Electronic Commerce.
5. Database Management System.
6. Front End Development.

(C) An Examinee for B. Com. (Computer Application) final examination

shall be examined in the following subjects :

(a) Commerce Group:

1. Business Laws.
2. Taxation and Auditing.

(b) Computer Application Group:

3. Software Product and Project Management.
4. Programming Skills.
5. Computerized Accounting.
6. Project.

12. (A) The scope of the subjects and pattern of examination shall be as
indicated in syllabi
(B) The Medium of instructions and examinations shall be in ENGLISH
only.

13. The maximum and minimum marks which each subject carries in B. Com
(Computer Application) Part- I, Part- II and final examination shall be as
indicated in Appendices “A”, “B”, and “C” respectively.

14. (a) There shall be no classification of examinees successful at the B. Com.

(Computer Application) Part – I and B. Com. (Computer Application)
Part– II examinations.

(b) Division at the B. Com. (Computer Application) final examination shall

be declared on the basis of the aggregate marks at the B. Com.
(Computer Application) Part–I examination, the B.Com. (Computer
Application) Part–II examination and the final examination taken
together.

(c) Successful examinees at the B. Com. (Computer Application) Part – I,

Part–II and final examinations taken together and obtaining 60 % or
more marks in the aggregate shall be placed in the first division, those
obtaining less than 60 % but more than 45 % and above in the second
division.
 -103-

15. Successful examinees in the B. Com. (Computer Application) Part – I , Part

– II and final examinations shall be awarded Distinction in each subject of
the respective group in which examinees obtain 75% or more marks in that
subject at the respective examination.

16. Unsuccessful examinees at the above examinations can be readmitted to the

same examination on payment of a fresh fee and such other fees as may be
prescribed.

17. Provisions of Direction 9 of 2002 relating to the award of Grace marks for
passing an examination, securing higher division / class and for securing
distinction in subject(s) as amended up-to-date shall apply to the
examinations under this Ordinance.

18. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Ordinance, no person shall

be admitted to an examination, if he/she has already passed the same
examination of this university or an equivalent examination of any other
university.

19. Examinees successful at B. Com. final examination shall on payment of the

prescribed fees receive a Degree in the prescribed form signed by the Vice-
Chancellor.

20 The ordinance No. 1 of 93 governing the existing course for Bachelor of

Commerce (Computer Application) stand repealed physically on issuance of
this Ordinance.

21. Upon promulgation of this Ordinance, Direction No. 16 of 2002, shall stand
repealed.

STATEMENT OF OBJECT & REASONS

In order to incorporate a Bachelor’s course in the speciality of Computer

Application, which has a great bearing on the fulfillment of regional requirements,
and affording greater employability the Academic Council in its meeting held on
21st Sept., 2006, vide item No. 16 and the Management Council in its meeting
held on 28th December, 2006 vide item No. 281 considered & approved the
Ordinance No. 24 of 2006.

This Ordinance strictly adheres to present policy and orders of the State
Government. While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial
implications are involved at the Government as well as university level as of now or
in future.

Hence this Ordinance.

 -104-

APPENDIX – A

B. Com. (Computer Application) Part – I Examination

Subject Paper Max. Marks Min. Marks

(A) COMMERCE GROUP:

1. English & Business Communication Paper 100 40

2. Principles of Business Management Paper 100 40
3. Basic Economics & Business
Environment Paper 100 40
4. Financial Accounting Paper 100 40

(B) COMPUTER APPLICATION GROUP:

5. Information Systems Paper 70 28

100 40
Practical 30 12

6. Information Technology – I Paper 70 28

100 40
Practical 30 12

Note:- Practical Examination: At the time of Nagpur University Practical Examination a student
is expected to perform TWO Practicals based on syllabus of respective papers. The
distribution of marks for Practical examination will be as under:

Marks

(a) Practical Record 06

(b) Practical ( P1) ( with Execution ) 09
(c) Practical ( P2 ) 06
(d) Viva 09
---------
Total 30
---------
 -105-

APPENDIX – B

B. Com. (Computer Application) Part – II Examination

Subject Paper Max. Marks Min. Marks

(A) COMMERCE GROUP:

1. Cost & Management Accounting. Paper 100 40

2. Statistics & Quantitative Techniques. Paper 100 40

(B) COMPUTER APPLICATION GROUP:

3. Software Development Methodology. Paper 100 40

4. Internet & Electronics Commerce Paper 70 28

100 40
Practical 30 12

5. Database management System Paper 70 28

100 40
Practical 30 12

6. Front End Development Paper 70 28

100 40
Practical 30 12

Note:- Practical Examination: At the time of Nagpur University Practical Examination a student
is expected to perform TWO Practicals based on syllabus of respective papers. The
distribution of marks for Practical examination will be as under:

Marks

(a) Practical Record 06

(b) Practical ( P1) ( with Execution ) 09
(c) Practical ( P2 ) 06
(d) Viva 09
---------
Total 30
---------
 -106-

APPENDIX – C

B. Com. (Computer Application) Part – III Examination

Subject Paper Max. Marks Min. Marks

(A) COMMERCE GROUP:

1. Business Laws Paper 100 40

2. Taxation and Auditing Paper 100 40

(B) COMPUTER APPLICATION GROUP:

3. Software Product and Project

Management. Paper 100 40

4. Programming Skills. Paper 70 28

100 40
Practical 30 12

5. Computerised Accounting. Paper 70 28

100 40
Practical 30 12

6. Project -------- 100 50

Note:- Practical Examination: At the time of Nagpur University Practical Examination a student is
expected to perform TWO Practicals based on syllabus of respective papers. The
distribution of marks for Practical examination will be as under:

Marks

(a) Practical Record 06

(b) Practical ( P1) ( with Execution ) 09
(c) Practical ( P2 ) 06
(d) Viva 09
---------
Total 30
---------
 -107-

THE FOLLOWING NORMS WOULD BE APPLICABLE TO IMPLEMENTATION OF

THE PROGRAMME BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (COMPUTER APPLICATION)
IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

A. Teaching Schedule:

1. For Theory Papers:

4 periods per week per paper of Theory subject @ 45 Min. / period.

2. For Practical and Project:

5 periods (3.45 Hrs.) practical per week per batch of 2 students on
one computer.

B. Infrastructure required for Bachelor of Commerce (Computer

Application) in the faculty of Commerce.

1. PC / XT, 1PC / AT for batch of 20 students.

2. 1 Printer of 132 column per batch of 20 students.

Note: Computer systems given above should be multiplied

proportionately for every additional batch of 20 students.

3. Software and language packages included in the syllabus.

4. Separate Computer Laboratory with electric fitting, Air conditioner,
adequate furniture and an Internet Connection.

C. Qualification of Teachers:

1. For teaching Commerce subjects and Languages.

Qualifications prescribed by the University.

2. For Teaching Theory Papers of Computer subjects and conducting

Practicals and Project Work.
MCA or MCM or Master’s Degree in any faculty and Post Graduate
Diploma in Computer Application of any statutory University or
Engineering Graduates / Science Post Graduates with related and
appropriate expertise & experience in concerned subjects.

***********************************************
 -108-

* ORDINANCE NO. 25 OF 2006

ORDINANCE GOVERNING EXAMINATIONS LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF

MASTER OF COMMERCE IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

Whereas it is expedient to provide for an Ordinance governing the

examinations leading to the degree of Master of Commerce in the Faculty of
commerce , the Management Council is hereby pleased to make the following
Ordinance. :

1. This Ordinance may be called “Ordinance to provide for examinations

leading to the degree of Master of commerce in the Faculty of Commerce,
2005”.

2. This Ordinance shall come into force with effect from the date of its approval
by the Management Council.

3. The duration of the course shall be of two academic years with the M. Com.
Part-I examination at the end of the first academic year and the M. Com. Part
– II examination at the end of the second academic year.

4. The Examinations Specified in paragraph 3 above shall be held twice a year at

such places and on such dates as may be appointed by the University.

5. Subject to compliance with the provisions of this Ordinance and of other

ordinances in force from time to time a candidate for admission to the
examination shall :

(A) In the case of M. Com. Part – I Examination :

(i) have been admitted to the Degree of Bachelor of Commerce of
the University or an equivalent degree of a statutory
university, and
(ii) have prosecuted a regular course of study for not less than
one academic year in the subjects in which he offers himself
for the M.Com. Part-I examination.

(B) In the case of M. Com. Part – II Examination :

Have been admitted to the Degree of Bachelor of Commerce and, have
since passing the Part – I examination, prosecuted a regular course of
study for not less than one academic year in the subjects which he
offers for the Part – II examination.

6. Without prejudice to the other provisions of ordinance No. 6 relating to the

Examinations in General, the provisions of Paragraphs 5, 7, 8, 10, 26 and
31 of the said ordinance shall apply to every collegiate candidate.
_________________________________________________________________________________
* Accepted by the Management Council dt. 28th December, 2006, vide item No.282,
under the draft Ordinance No. 33 of 2005.
 -109-

7. The fees for the examination shall be as prescribed by the University from
time to time.

8. Every examinee for the examination shall be examined in the following

subjects :

(A) An examinee for M. Com. Part–I examination shall be examined in ANY

THREE subjects from the Selective Group ( Group – A ) and one subject from
Specialisation Group (Group – B ).

GROUP – A ( Selective Group ): Any Three subjects from the followings –

1. Management Concepts and Organizational Behaviour.

2. Advanced Financial Accounting.
3. Managerial Economics.
4. Business Taxation & Tax planning.
5. E – Commerce.
6. Marketing management.
7. Advanced Cost Accounting.

GROUP– B (Specilisation Group) : Any One subject from the followings

Group I – Specialisation in Finance

(a) Finance - I ( Financial Institutions & Markets ),
(b) Finance – II ( Security Analysis & Port folio Management ).
Group II – Specialisation in Marketing
(a) Advertising, Sales Management & Marketing Research,
(b) International Marketing.
Group III - Specialisation in International Business.
(a) International Business Environment & Marketing,
(b) Foreign Trade Policy and Procedures & Documentation.

(B) An examinee for M. Com. Part–II examination shall be examined in ANY

THREE subjects from the Selective Group (Group–A) and one subject from
Specialization Group (Group–B) as selected in M. Com. Part – I examination.

GROUP – A ( Selective Group ):

Any THREE subjects from the following OR any TWO subjects &
Dissertation :
1. Business Environment. ( Domestic and International ).
2. Banking and Insurance – Law and Practice.
3. Advanced Management Accounting.
4. Computer Application in Business.
5. Financial Management.
6. Statistical Analysis.
7. Operations Research.
8. Dissertation.
 -110-
A student who opts for Dissertation will select the topic from the
specilisation group offered by him.

GROUP – B ( Specilisation Group ) :

Paper – II from the group selected in M. Com. Part – I examination.
Provided further that every examinee shall be examined in the paper
selected from specilisation group as has been offered in the M. Com. Part–
I examination.

(C) The maximum marks which each paper shall carry and the minimum
marks which an examinee must obtain in order to pass the examination
shall be as given in Appendix – “A” and “B”.

9. In M. Com. Part–II examination, if a candidate opts dissertation he/she will

have to :

(a) Submit TWO copies of dissertation (Printed or Type Written) to the

University through the supervisor / guide of the candidate before end of
February.

(b) A candidate who opt dissertation shall submit with his/her dissertation,
a certificate from the supervisor to the effect –

(i) that the candidate has satisfactorily completed the dissertation for not
less than one session and
(ii) that the dissertation is the result of the candidate’s own work and is of
sufficiently high standard to warrant its presentation for examination.

10. The dissertation shall be evaluated by the external examiner appointed by

the university.

11. (A) The scope of the subjects shall be as indicated in the syllabus.

(B) The question papers in the subjects Advanced Financial Accounting,

Business Taxation & Tax planning, Advanced Cost Accounting, Advanced
Management Accounting, Statistical Analysis and Operations Research at
any of the examination for the M. Com. Degree will be set in ENGLISH /
MARATHI / HINDI. However, the practicals / numericals will be set in
ENGLISH only. The students of Marathi / Hindi medium will have the
option to attempt the theory part in MARATHI / HINDI and practical
problems / numericals in ENGLISH only.

12. An examinee at the (M. Com. Part-I or M. Com. Part-II) examination shall
have option of being not declared successful at the examination in case
he/she does not secure a minimum of second division or 55% marks at the
examination. The option shall have to be exercised every time an application
is submitted to either of the two examinations, and shall be on the Proforma
printed on the application form itself. Once exercised the option shall be
binding upon the examinee, and shall not be revoked under any
circumstances.
 -111-
13. (a) There shall be no classification of successful examinees at the M.
Com. Part–I examination.
(b) Division at the M. Com. Part-II examination shall be declared on the
basis of the aggregate marks secured at the M. Com. Part-I and M. Com.
Part-II examinations taken together. Successful examinees obtaining 60%
or more marks in the aggregate of Part-I and Part-II examinations taken
together i.e. out of 800 marks shall be placed in the First division, those
obtaining less than 60% but more than 45% in the Second division and all
other successful examinees in the Third division.
(c) Successful examinees in the M. Com. Part–I and M. Com. Part–II
examinations shall be awarded Distinction in each subject in which
examinee obtain 75 % or more marks in that subject at the respective
examination.
14. Unsuccessful examinees at the above examinations can be readmitted to
the same examination on payment of a fresh fee and such other fees as
may be prescribed.

15. Provisions of Direction 9 of 2002 relating to the award of Grace marks for
passing an examination, securing higher division / class and for securing
distinction in subject(s) shall apply to the examination under this
Ordinance.

16. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Ordinance, no person

shall be admitted to an examination under this ordinance, if he has
already passed the same examination or an equivalent examination of any
other University.
17. Examinees successful at M. com. Part – II examination shall on payment
of the prescribed fees receive a Degree in the prescribed form signed by
the Vice-Chancellor.

18.. The ordinance No. 68 governing the existing course for Master of
Commerce shall stand repealed physically on issuance of this Ordinance.

19. Upon promulgation of this Ordinance, Direction No. 17 of 2002, shall

stand repealed.
STATEMENT OF OBJECT & REASONS

In order to incorporate a Master’s course in the speciality of Commerce,

which has a great bearing on the fulfillment of regional requirements, and
affording greater employability the Academic Council in its meeting held on 21st
Sept., 2006, vide item No. 17 and the Management Council in its meeting held on
28th December, 2006 vide item No. 282 considered & approved the Ordinance No.
25 of 2006.
This Ordinance strictly adheres to present policy and orders of the State
Government. While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial
implications are involved at the Government as well as university level as of now or
in future.
Hence this Ordinance.
 -112-

APPENDIX – A
M. Com. Part – I Examination
Subject Paper Max. Marks Min Marks

Group –A (Selective Group) :

Any THREE papers from the followings:
1. Management Concept &
Organisational Behaviour Paper 100 40
2. Advanced Financial Accounting Paper 100 40

3. Managerial Economics Paper 100 40

4. Business Taxation & Tax Planning Paper 100 40
5. E – Commerce Paper 100 40
6. Marketing Management Paper 100 40
7. Advanced Cost Accounting Paper 100 40
Group – B ( Specilisation Group ):
Paper - I from any Specilisation
Group as mentioned under Para 7 (A)
of the Direction. Paper 100 40

APPENDIX – B
M. Com. Part – II Examination
Subject Paper Max. Marks Min Marks

Group –A ( Selective Group ):

Any THREE papers OR
Any TWO papers & Dissertation
from the followings:
1. Business Environment
(Domestic and International ) Paper 100 40
2. Banking & Insurance – Law & Practice Paper 100 40
3. Advanced Management Accounting Paper 100 40
4. Computer Application in Business Paper 100 40
5. Financial Management Paper 100 40
6. Statistical Analysis Paper 100 40
7. Operations Research Paper 100 40
8. Dissertation ------- 100 40
Group – B ( Specilisation Group ):
Paper - II from the specilisation
Group selected in M. Com. – I Examination
as mentioned under Para 7 (A)
of the Direction. Paper 100 40
 -113-

* ORDINANCE NO. 26 OF 2006

ORDINANCE GOVERNING THE EXAMINATIONS LEADING TO THE DEGREE

OF BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (B.B.A.).
IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

Whereas it is expedient to provide for an Ordinance governing the

examinations leading to the degree of Bachelor of Business Administration
(B.B.A.) in the Faculty of Commerce , the Management Council is hereby pleased
to make the following Ordinance. :

1. This Ordinance may be called “Ordinance governing the examinations

leading to the degree of Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.) in the
Faculty of Commerce, 2005”.

2. This Ordinance shall come into force with effect from the date of its approval
by the Management Council.

3. There shall be three examinations leading to the degree of Bachelor of

Business Administration namely :-

(1) the bachelor of business administration part – i examination,

(2) the bachelor of business administration part – ii examination, and

(3) the bachelor of business administration final examination.

4. the duration of the degree course shall be of three academic years with the
b.b. a. part – i examination at the end of the first academic year, the b.b.a.
part – ii examination at the end of the second year and b.b.a. final
examination at the end of the third year.

5. the examinations specified in paragraph 3 above shall be held twice a year

at such places and on such dates as may be fixed by the university.

6. the details of the procedure for admission as well as eligibility :

(A) for the bachelor of business administration part – i examination the

student shall have passed the 12th standard examination of the
maharashtra state board of secondary and higher secondary education, with
english at higher or lower level and modern indian language at higher or
lower level with any combination of optional subjects or of any other board
equivalent to it.
_________________________________________________________________________________
* Accepted by the Management Council dt. 28th December, 2006, vide item No.
283, under the draft Ordinance No. 36 of 2005.
 -114-

xii standard examination of maharashtra state board of secondary and

higher secondary education in vocational stream with one language only; or
any other examination recognized as equivalent there to, in such subjects
and with such standards of attainments as may be prescribed or minimum
competition vocation course (mcvc).

(B) for the bachelor of business administration part – ii examination the

student shall have passed bachelor of business administration part – i
examination of the university.

(C) For the Bachelor of Business Administration final examination the

student shall have passed Bachelor of Business Administration Part –
II examination of the university.

7. A collegiate candidate shall have pursued a regular course of study for not
less than one academic year before being admitted to Part – I or Part – II or
final examination in any recognized institution and or college affiliated to
R.T.M. Nagpur University where the course is conducted.

8. An applicant for Part – I or Part – II or Final examination shall have passed

an examination specified in clauses (A), (B) and (C) of paragraph 6
respectively, not less than one academic year prior to his admission to the
respective examination.

9. Without prejudice to the other provisions of ordinance No. 6 relating to the

Examinations in General, the provisions of paragraphs 5, 7, 8, 10, 26 and
31 of the said ordinance shall apply to every collegiate candidate.

10. The fees for the examination shall be as prescribed by the university from
time to time and whenever any change is made in the fees prescribed for any
particular examination that shall be notified through a notification for
information of the examinees concerned.

11. (A) An examinee for the Part – I examination shall be examined in the
following subjects, namely :-

1. English,
2. Principles of Management,
3. Business Economics,
4. Foundations of Human Skills & Cultural Heritage,
5. Financial and Cost Accounting,
6. Computer Applications for Business, and
7. Statistical Methods for Business.

(B) An examinee for the Part – II examination shall be examined in the

following subjects :-

1. Effective Communication,
2. Principles of Marketing Management,
 -115-

3. Human Resources Management,

4. Production and Materials Management,
5. Management Accounting and Financial Management,
6. Business and Industrial laws, and
7. Environment Management.

(C) An examinee for the final examination shall be examined in the following
subject :-

1. Entrepreneurship Development,
2. Service Sector Management,
3. Logistics Management,
4. Retail Sales Management,
5. Elective Subject (Any One of Following)
(a) Financial Management,
(b) Human Resource Management,
(c) Marketing Management,
(d) Family Business Management.

AND
6.Project Work (From the elective subjects offered)
Project shall carry 100 marks as follows –
Marks

# Project work (evaluation by external examiner) :50

# Viva-voce by external & internal examiner :50
100

12. Each paper of B.B.A. Part-I, II and final examination shall carry 100 marks
and shall be distributed as under :-
Marks
(1) Written examination 80
(2) Internal assessment 20

(a) internal assessment marks shall be awarded by the head of the

institution/ principal in consultation with the faculty members
subject to moderation by h.o.d./director and shall be based on :-
(1) participation in seminars, case discussions & group work activities.
(2) class tests, quizzes, individual and group oral presentations.
(3) submission of written assignments, term papers and viva-voce.
(4) class-room participation and attendance.

The weightage given to each of these factors shall be decided and announced
at the beginning of the session by individual faculty member responsible
for the paper.
 -116-

13. (A) the scope of the subjects and pattern of examination shall be as
indicated in syllabi;

(B) the medium of instruction and examinations shall be english only.

the maximum and minimum marks which each subject carries in part- i,
part- ii and final examination shall be as indicated in appendices “a”, “b”,
and “c” respectively.

(C) all subjects of b.b.a. part- i, ii & final (other than project work) should
have 4 periods a week of 45 minutes duration each.

14. Project work compulsory for each student appearing at the final
examination.

(i) two copies of project work (printed or type written) shall be submitted to
the university through the supervisor of the candidate and the principal/
director/ head of the institute/ department, at least one month prior to the
date of commencement of final examination and one copy is to be retained in
the college / department for internal evaluation purpose.

(ii) a candidate shall submit with his/her project work, a certificate from the
supervisor to the effect –

(a) that the candidate has satisfactorily completed the project work for
not less than one session and
(b) that the project work is the result of the candidate’s own work and is
of sufficiently high standard to warrant its presentation for
examination.

(iii) Candidate shall submit his declaration that the project is the result of
his own research work and the same has not been previously
submitted to any examination of this university or any other
university. the project shall be liable to be rejected and / or cancelled
if found otherwise.

(iv) The project work shall be evaluated through evaluation by external

examiner and Viva-voce at the college/ department by internal and
external examiner after Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.)
final examination.

(v) A student appearing for final examination will have to pay an

additional fee as prescribed for project in addition to usual
examination fees. The fees may be revised by the university from time
to time.

15. The scope of the subject, percentage of passing in theory and project and
internal assessment will be governed as per following rules :-
 -117-

(i) In order to pass at the Part – I, II and final examinations an examinee

shall obtain not less than 40% marks in each head of passing of every
paper, that is to say separately in the written examination, in internal
assessment and in three heads of passing of project work.

(ii) An examinee who is unsuccessful at the examination shall be eligible

for admission to the subsequent examinations on payment of a fresh
fee prescribed for the examination together with the conditions of the
ordinance in force from time to time.

(iii) An examinee who has failed at the sessional examination only shall be
required to register himself afresh for doing the sessional work again
in the department / college in the subject/subjects/project work in
which he has failed on payment of fresh annual sessional fee as
prescribed per paper. such registration shall be done on or before the
beginning of the respective session. the director / principal shall on
being satisfied about the completion of the sessional work of such a
candidate send the fresh sessional marks to the university and these
fresh sessional marks shall be taken into consideration for computing
his / her result at the examination.

16. (a) There shall be no classification of examinees successful at the part-

1 and part- ii examinations.

(b) Division for the Bachelor of Business Administration examination

shall be declared on the basis of the aggregate marks at the Part – I,
Part – II and final examinations taken together.

(c) Successful examinees at the Part – I, Part – II and final examinations

taken together and obtaining 60% or more in the aggregate shall be
placed in the first division, those obtaining less than 60% but not less
than 45% in the second division.

17. Successful examinees in the Part – I, Part – II and final examination taken
together shall be awarded distinction in each subject of the respective group
in which examinee obtains 75% or more marks in that subject at the
respective examination.

18. Unsuccessful examinees at the above examinations can be readmitted to the

same examination on payment of a fresh fee and such other fees as may be
prescribed.

19. Provisions of Direction 9 of 2002 as updated from time to time relating to

the award of grace marks for passing an examination, securing higher
division/class and for securing distinction in subject (s) and of ordinance 10
relating to grant of exemptions and compartment vide ordinance No. 45 of
1983 as amended up-to-date shall apply to the examinations under this
Ordinance.
 -118-

20. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Ordinance, no person

shall be admitted to an examination under this Ordinance, if he/she has
already passed the same examination or an equivalent examination of any
other university.

21. Examinees passing the B.B.A. examination shall on payment of the

prescribed fees receive a degree in the prescribed form signed by the Vice-
Chancellor.

22. Upon promulgation of this Ordinance, Direction No. 10 of 2004, shall stand
repealed.

STATEMENT OF OBJECT & REASONS

In order to incorporate a Bachelor’s course in the speciality of Business

Administration, which has a great bearing on the fulfillment of regional
requirements, and affording greater employability the Academic Council in its
meeting held on 21st Sept., 2006, vide item No. 20 and the Management Council
in its meeting held on 28th December, 2006 vide item No. 283 considered &
approved the Ordinance No. 26 of 2006.

This Ordinance strictly adheres to present policy and orders of the State
Government. While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial
implications are involved at the Government as well as university level as of now or
in future.

Hence this Ordinance.

 -119-

APPENDIX – A

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION PART – I EXAMINATION

SUBJECT PAPER MAXIMUM MINIMUM MARKS

MARKS
1. ENGLISH PAPER 80 100 32 40 INTERNAL
Assessment 20 08

2. PRINCIPLES OF PAPER 80 100 32 40 INTERNAL

MANAGEMENT Assessment 20 08

3. BUSINESS ECONOMICS PAPER 80 100 32 40 INTERNAL

Assessment 20 08

4. FOUNDATION OF PAPER 80 100 32 40

HUMAN SKILLS AND Internal 08
CULTURAL HERITAGE Assessment 20

5. FINANCIAL AND COST PAPER 80 100 32 40 INTERNAL

ACCOUNTING Assessment 20 08

6. COMPUTER PAPER 80 100 32 40 INTERNAL

APPLICATION FOR Assessment 20 08
BUSINESS
7. STATISTICAL PAPER 80 100 32 40
METHODS FOR Internal 08
BUSINESS Assessment 20
 -120-

APPENDIX – B

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION PART – II EXAMINATION

SUBJECT PAPER MAXIMUM MINIMUM MARKS

MARKS
1. EFFECTIVE PAPER 80 100 32 40 INTERNAL
COMMUNICATION Assessment 20 08

2. PRINCIPLES OF PAPER 80 100 32 40 INTERNAL

MARKETING Assessment 20 08
MANAGEMENT

3. HUMAN RESOURCES PAPER 80 100 32 40 INTERNAL

MANAGEMENT Assessment 20 08

4. PRODUCTION & PAPER 80 100 32 40

MATERIALS Internal 08
MANAGEMENT Assessment 20

5. MANAGEMENT PAPER 80 100 32 40

ACCOUNTING AND Internal 08
FINANCIAL Assessment 20
MANAGMENT

6. BUSINESS AND PAPER 80 100 32 40 INTERNAL

INDUSTRIAL LAWS Assessment 20 08

7. ENVIRONMENT PAPER 80 100 32 40

MANAGEMENT Internal 08
Assessment 20
 -121-

APPENDIX – C

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION PART – III EXAMINATION

SUBJECT PAPER MAXIMUM MINIMUM MARKS

MARKS
1. ENTREPRENEURSHIP PAPER 80 100 32 40 INTERNAL
DEVELOPMENT Assessment 20 08

2. SERVICE SECTOR PAPER 80 100 32 40 INTERNAL

MANAGEMENT Assessment 20 08

3. LOGISTICS PAPER 80 100 32 40 INTERNAL

MANAGEMENT Assessment 20 08

4. RETAIL SALES PAPER 80 100 32 40

MANAGEMENT Internal 08
Assessment 20

5. ELECTIVE SUBJECT PAPER 80 100 32 40

(From any One from the Internal 08
following) Assessment 20

ELECTIVE SUBJECTS : (A) FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

(b) Human Resource Management
(c) Marketing Management
(d) Family Business Management.

AND

FINAL PROJECT (FROM THE ELECTIVE SUBJECT OFFERED) OF 100 MARKS.

 -122-

* ORDINANCE NO. 27 OF 2006

ORDINANCE GOVERNING THE EXAMINATION LEADING TO THE DIPLOMA IN

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT ( D. B. M. ). IN THE FACULTY OF COMMERCE

Whereas it is expedient to provide for an Ordinance governing the

Examination leading to the Diploma in Business Management ( D. B. M. ). in the
Faculty of Commerce , the Management Council is hereby pleased to make the
following Ordinance. :

1. This Ordinance may be called “Ordinance to provide for the examination

leading to the Diploma in Business Management (D.B.M.). in the Faculty
of Commerce, 2005”.

2. This Ordinance shall come into force with effect from the date of its approval
by the Management Council.

3. There shall be ONE examination leading to the Diploma in Business

Management namely :

The Diploma in Business Management Examination.

4. The duration of the Diploma Course under this shall be of one academic
year.

5. The Examinations leading to the course of the Diploma in Business

Management shall be held twice a year at such places and on such dates
as may be fixed by the University.

6. The details of the procedure for admission as well as eligibility for

examination of the Diploma in Business Management is :

An applicant shall have :

(i) Obtained any graduate degree of this University or any other

Statutory university; or
(ii) Obtained a professional the Diploma or a Certificate from any
one of the following Institutions, namely:
a. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.
b. The Institute of Cost and Works Accountants of India.
c. The Indian Institute of Bankers.
d. The Institute of Company Secretaries: and
e. Any other Institute which may be recognised for this
purpose by the University.
_________________________________________________________________________________
*Accepted by the Management Council dt. 28th December, 2006, vide item No. 284,
under the draft Ordinance No. 38 of 2005.
 -123-

(iii) Prosecuted a regular course of study for not less than one
academic year in any recognized institution or college affiliated
to the R.T.M. Nagpur University where the course will be
conducted.

Note : In every Institution/Department the admission to the course should be

finalised in the following manner :

1. Written Test.
2. Group Discussion and
3. Personal Interview.

7. Without prejudice to the other provisions of Ordinance No. 6 relating to the

Examinations in General, the provisions of Paragraphs 5, 7, 8, 10, 26 and
31 of the said Ordinance shall apply to every collegiate candidate.

8. The fees for the examination shall be as prescribed by the university from
time to time and whenever any change is made in the fees prescribed for any
particular examination that shall be notified through a notification for
information of the examinees concerned.

9. (a) An examinee for the Diploma in Business Management

Examination shall be examined in the following subjects,

Subject Marks

1. Business Environment and Management Principles. 100

2. Management Accounting and Financial Management 100
3. Marketing and Sales Management 100
4. Personal and Human Resource Management 100
5. Business Research Methods and Computing
Techniques 100
6. Project work ( Based on Functional Area (S) of
Management ). 100
--------------
Total 600
--------------
( All papers and Project are compulsory. )

(b) The 100 marks shall be distributed for each paper as follows :
(i) Written Examination 80 Marks.
(ii) Internal Assessment 20 Marks.

Project shall carry 100 marks as follows –

Marks
¾ Project work ( Evaluation by External Examiner ) : 50
¾ Viva – voce by External & Internal Examiner : 50
100
 -124-

Note : Internal assessment Marks shall be awarded by the Head of the

Institution/Department in consultation with the teachers and shall be based
on :
a) Sessional Examination.
b) Field Visits.
c) Assignments and term report.
d) Class-room participation and attendance.

10. Project Work will be compulsory for each student appearing at the
Diploma in Business Management Examination.

(i) Two copies of Project work (Printed or Type Written) shall be

submitted to the University through the Supervisor of the candidate
and the Principal / Director / Head of the Institute/Department, at
least one month prior to the date of commencement of Examination
and one copy is to be retained in the College / Department for
internal evaluation purpose.

(ii) A Candidate shall submit with his/her project work, a certificate

from the Supervisor to the effect –

(a) that the candidate has satisfactorily completed the Project work
for not less than one session and
(b) that the Project work is the result of the candidate’s own work
and is sufficiently high standard to warrant its presentation for
examination.

(iii) Candidate shall submit his declaration that the Project is the result
of his own research work and the same has not been previously
submitted to any examination of this University or any other
University. The Project shall be liable to be rejected and / or
cancelled if found otherwise.

(iv) The Project work shall be evaluated through evaluation by external

examiner and Viva-voce at the College / Department by internal
and external Examiner after theory examination.

(v) A Student appearing for the Diploma in Business Management

Examination will have to pay an additional fee of Rs. 300/- for
Project in addition to usual Examination fees.

11. The scope of the subject, percentage of passing in Theory and Project
and Internal Assessment will be governed as per following rules :

(i) In order to pass at the Diploma in Business Management

Examination Examinations an examinee shall obtain not less than 40
% marks in each head of passing of every paper, that is to say
separately in the written Examination, in internal assessment and in
two heads of passing of Project Work separately and shall not obtain
less than 50% in the aggregate marks in the examination.
 -125-

(ii) An examinee who is unsuccessful at the examination shall be eligible

for admission to the subsequent examinations on payment of a fresh
fee prescribed for the examination together with the conditions of the
ordinance in force from time to time.

(iii) An examinee who has failed in Internal Assessment only shall

required to register himself afresh for doing the sessional work again
in the Department / College in the subject/subjects/project work in
which he has failed on payment of fresh annual sessional fee of Rs.
50/- per paper. Such registration shall be done on or before the
beginning of the respective Session. The Director shall on being
satisfied about the completion of the sessional work of such a
candidate send the fresh sessional marks to the University and these
fresh sessional marks shall be taken into consideration for computing
his/her result at the examination.

12. (A) The scope of the subjects and pattern of examination shall be as
indicated in syllabi.

(B) The Medium of instructions and examinations shall be in ENGLISH

only.

13. The maximum and minimum marks which each subject carries in the
Diploma In Business Management Examination shall be as indicated in
Appendix “A”.

14. Successful examinees obtaining 60 % or more marks in the aggregate at

the examination shall be placed in the first division and those obtaining less
than 60 % but not less than 50 % marks in the second division.

15. Successful examinees in the Diploma Business in Management

Examination shall be awarded Distinction in each subject in which
examinees obtain 75 % or more marks in that subject.

16. Unsuccessful examinees at the above examination shall be eligible for

admission to the next written examination on payment of fresh fees
prescribed for the examination together with an ex-student fee and on
compliance the conditions of the ordinance in force from time to time. For
being eligible for exemption in paper or a project, the candidate must have
obtained not less than 40 % marks in that paper or project.

17. Provisions of Direction No. 9 of 2002 relating to the award of Grace marks
for passing an examination, securing higher division / class and for
securing distinction in subject(s) shall apply to the Examination under this
Ordinance.

18. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Ordinance, no person

shall be admitted to an examination under this Ordinance, if he/ she has
already passed the same examination or an equivalent examination of any
other University.
 -126-

19. Examinees successful at the Diploma in Business Management Examination

shall on payment of the prescribed fees receive a Diploma in the prescribed
form signed by the Vice-Chancellor.

20. The Provisions of Ordinance No. 69 governing the existing course for the
Diploma Business Management stand repealed physically on issuance of
this Ordinance.

21. Upon promulgation of this Ordinance, Direction No. 2 of 2005, shall stand
repealed.

STATEMENT OF OBJECT & REASONS

In order to incorporate a Diploma course in the speciality of Business

Management, which has a great bearing on the fulfillment of regional
requirements, and affording greater employability the Academic Council in its
meeting held on 21st Sept., 2006, vide item No. 15 and the Management Council
in its meeting held on 28th December, 2006 vide item No. 284 considered &
approved the Ordinance No. 27 of 2006.

This Ordinance strictly adheres to present policy and orders of the State
Government. While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial
implications are involved at the Government as well as university level as of now or
in future.

Hence this Ordinance.

 -127-

Revised Scheme of Examination for the

Diploma in Business management (D.B.M.) course

APPENDIX – A

Subject Paper Maximum Minimum

Marks Marks

(1) Business Environment and Paper 80 32

Management Principles. Internal 100 40
Assessment 20 08

(2) Management Accounting and Paper 80 32

Financial Management Internal 100 40
Assessment 20 08

(3) Marketing & Sales Management Paper 80

Internal 100 32
40
Assessment 20 08

(4)Personnel & Human Resource Paper 80 32

Management Internal 100 40
Assessment 20 08

(5) Business research Methods and Paper 80 32

Computing Techniques Internal 100 40
Assessment 20 08

AND
Final Project ( Based on Functional Area(s) of Management ) of 100 Marks.

Note :Minimum aggregate marks for passing the examination shall be 50 %.

 -128-
* ORDINANCE NO. 28 OF 2006

ORDINANCE RELATING TO AWARD OF DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN

FIRE ENGINEERING IN THE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY.

Whereas, it is expedient to provide for an Ordinance relating to the award of

Degree of Bachelor of Engineering in Fire Engineering, in the Faculty of
Engineering & Technology, the Management Council is hereby pleased to make the
following Ordinance. :

1. This Ordinance may be called “Ordinance governing examination leading

to the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering in Fire Engineering, in the
Faculty of Engineering & Technology Ordinance, 2005,”

2. This Ordinance shall come in to force with effect form the date of its approval
by the Management Council.

3. Subject to the Compliance with the provisions of this Ordinance and any
other Ordinance in force, from time to time, an applicant for admission to
the examination shall :

(a) have passed B.Sc. 1st Year with Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics, IInd
& IIIrd Year with either Physics or Chemistry or Mathematics as one of
the Compulsory Subject from this university or any other university /
deemed university of which he B.Sc. course is termed equivalent to that
of this university.

(b) have cleared Entrance examination and interview as per provisions

stipulated by the Home Ministry, Govt. of India.

(c) Comply with the Conditions, prescribed by the AICTE/ Home Ministry /
Govt. of Maharashtra, if any, from time to time.

4. The Degree of Bachelor of Engineering in Fire Engineering shall be awarded

to an examinee who in accordance with the provisions of the Ordinance,
qualifies himself/herself.

5.. There shall be Three and half Yearly-Semester Pattern Examinations except
First year B.E, which will be yearly pattern held by the University leading to
the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering in Fire Engineering in the Faculty of
Engineering & Technology :

(*) Second Year B.E. onwards the examination shall be on the "Semester
Pattern" basis. There will be one examination at the end of each
semester conducted by the University, whereby in each academic year
there shall be two "Semester Examinations". Thus, after first Year
B.E. onwards upto Final Year B.E., there shall be, five semesters i.e.
III, IV, V, VI and VII each followed by a University Examination.
_________________________________________________________________________________
* Accepted by the Management Council dt. 28th December, 2006, vide item No.
285, under the draft Ordinance No. 46 of 2005.
 -129-

6. The period of the academic session shall be such, as may be notified bv the
University.

7. Subject to his/her compliance with the provisions of this Ordinance,

pertaining to examinations in General & in force from time to time, the
applicant for admission and appearance, at the end of the course of study of
a particular year/semester, to a higher examination , shall be eligible, if :-

(i) he/she satisfies the conditions prescribed in the ATKT Rules in force
or revised and made applicable from time to time (Annexure - I)
(ii) he/she has complied with provisions of Paragraphs 5,7,8,10 and 31 of
Ordinance No.6 relating to the Examinations in General
(iii) he/she has prosecuted a regular course of study in a College affiliated
to the University;
(iv) he/she has in the opinion of the Director/Principal, shown
satisfactory progress in his/her studies.

8. That an examinee who has passed in any subject (Theory of Practical) or

subjects shall, at his option, be exempted from appearing in that subject at
the subsequent examination. The 'Theory' and the Practical with their
respective 'College Assessment' being separate heads of passing (though of
the same subject), an examinee passing under any one of these, but failing
in another, shall, at his option, be entitled to get "Exemption" in that part of
the subject (either Theory or Practical), in which he has secured the pass
marks :

9. The Fee for the examination shall be as prescribed by the Management

Council from time to time and whenever any change is made in the fee
prescribed for any particular examination, that shall be notified through a
notification for information of the examinees concerned.

10. (i) The papers, the practicals and the College Assessments in which an
examinee is to be examined, the maximum marks for these and the
minimum marks which an examinee must obtain in order to pass in
the subject and the examination are detailed in the examination
scheme.

(ii) Assessment of College Assessment marks for practicals shall be done

in two stages - 'First' at the end of the "First Term/Mid Semester, as
the case may be" which shall be out of 40% of the total" College
Assessment marks, and shall be intimated to the student, and the
"Second" at the end of the Semester/Academic Term as the case may
be for remaining 60% of marks.

(iii) The college assessment marks for theory shall be based on examinee’s
performance in sessional examination & assignments, if any.

11. (i) The scope of the subjects shall be as indicated in the Syllabus.
(ii) The medium of instruction and examination shall be English.
 -130-

12. The provisions of Direction No.9 of 2002 relating to "Award of grace of

marks for passing an Examination, Securing Higher Division/Class and for
Securing Distinction in Subjects (s)” shall apply to the examinations under
this Ordinance.

13. An examinee who does not pass, or who fails to present himself/herself for
the examination shall be eligible for 'Re-admission' to the same
examination, on payment of a fresh fee and such other fees as may be
prescribed from time to time.

14. An unsuccessful examinee, at any of the above examinations, shall have an

option to carry his/her "College Assessment marks" for Theory/Practical
examination to his/her successive attempts at the examination. The
examinee, however can forego his/her College Assessment marks in a
subject or subjects; in which case he/she shall be examined for a total of
marks comprising the Theory/Practical examination and College
Assessment together; at his/her successive attempts at the examination.
Such an option may be availed by the examinee by indication the same in
his/her "Application for the examination" and the option once exercised, if
shall be "Final and Binding" on the examinee concerned.

15. As soon as possible after the examinations, the Board of Examinations

shall publish a list of successful examinees. The result of all examinations
shall be classified as above and the "Merit list" shall be notified as per
Ordinance No.6.

16. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Ordinance, no one shall be

admitted to an examination under this Ordinance, if he/she has already
passed the same examination or an equivalent examination thereto of any
Statutory University.

17. (i) The examinees who have passed in all the 'Subjects' prescribed for all
the "Examinations" shall be eligible for award of the Degree of
Bachelor of Engineering in Fire Engineering in the Faculty of
Engineering & Technology.

(ii) The classification of Division of Examinees for the award of degree of

BE shall be based on aggregate of marks obtained in last three
semesters i . e. V, VI and VII Semester for B.E. Fire Engineering.

(iii) The Degree, in the prescribed form shall be signed by the Vice-
Chancellor.

18. Upon promulgation of this Ordinance, Direction No. 2 of 2002, shall stand
repealed.
 -131-

STATEMENT OF OBJECT & REASONS

In order to incorporate a Bachelor’s course in the speciality of Fire

Engineering, which has a great bearing on the fulfillment of regional
requirements, and affording greater employability the Academic Council in its
meeting held on 21st Sept., 2006, vide item No. 22 and the Management Council
in its meeting held on 28th December, 2006 vide item No. 285 considered &
approved the Ordinance No. 28 of 2006.

This Ordinance strictly adheres to present policy and orders of the State
Government. While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial
implications are involved at the Government as well as university level as of now or
in future.

Hence this Ordinance.

ANNEXURE – I

A.T.K.T. Rules for B.E. (Fire Engineering) Semester pattern in the

Faculty of Engg./Tech.

Admissio Candidate Candidate Candidate should have

n to should have should have passed in all the subjects
Semester passed in all appeared for except in four or less
/ Year the subjects of the number of passing heads
following examination of of the following
examination year/ Semester examinations taken
together

I YEAR As per - -
paragraph ‘3’ of
the Ordinance

III SEM - I YEAR I YEAR

IV SEM - III SEM -

V SEM I YEAR IV SEM III & IV SEMS

VI SEM - V SEM -

VII SEM III & IV SEM VI SEM V & VI SEM

 -132-

RASHTRA SANT TUKADOJI MAHARAJ NAGPUR UNIVERSITY

SCHEME FOR FIRST YEAR B.E. (FIRE ENGG.) COURSE.

Year Sub.c Subject Name L T P Hrs/ Max. Paper Col. Min.

ode Week Marks Ass. Marks
(Th)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Ist IFE 01 Applied Chemistry 2 0 2 4 100 70 30 45
IFE 02 Applied Mechanics 2 0 2 4 100 70 30 45
IFE 03 Elements of Mech. Engg. 2 0 2 4 100 70 30 45
IFE 04 Elements of Elect.Engg. 2 0 2 4 100 70 30 45
IFE 05 Fluid Mechanics 2 0 2 4 100 70 30 45
IFE 06 Strength of Material & Structures. 2 0 2 4 100 70 30 45
IFE 07 Pumping Machinery & Accessories 2 0 2 4 100 70 30 45
IFE 08 Building Construction & Planning. 2 0 0 2 100 70 30 45
IFE 09 Resque Equipment & Teachique 2 1 2 5 100 70 30 45
IFE 10 Fire Fighting & Field Training. 0 0 1 10 - - - -
0
IFE 11 Building Drawing 0 0 2 2 - - - -
 -133-
SCHEME : III SEM. B.E. (FIRE ENGG.)
Year Sub.co Subject Name L T P Hrs/ Max. Paper Col. Min.M
de Week Marks Ass. arks
(Th)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
IIIrd 3FE 01 Applied psychology 2 0 0 2 100 70 30 45
3FE 02 Town Planning & Water supply 2 1 0 3 100 70 30 45
3FE 03 Heavy Vehicle & Automobile Engg. 2 1 2 5 100 70 30 45
3FE 04 Heat Combustion & Explosives 2 0 2 4 100 70 30 45
3FE 05 Electrical Fire & Radioactive Material 2 1 0 3 100 70 30 45
3FE 06 Engineering and Machine Drawing 0 0 2 2 -- -- -- --
3FE 07 Fire Fighting & Field Training 0 0 1 10 -- -- -- --
0
3FE 08 Workshop Technology 2 0 3 5 100 70 30 --
SCHEME : IV SEM. B.E. (FIRE ENGG.)
Ivth 4FE 01 Communication & Detection system 2 1 0 3 100 70 30 45
4FE 02 Paramedics 2 1 5 8 100 70 30 45
4FE 03 Fire prevention & Protection Measures 2 1 2 5 100 70 30 45
4FE 04 Leadership, Discipline & Organisation. 2 0 0 2 100 70 30 45
4FE 05 Salvage & Evaluation of Fire 2 0 0 2 100 70 30 45
situations
4FE 06 Elements of Structure & their 0 0 2 2 -- -- -- --
behaviour under Fire
4FE 07 Fire fighting & Field Training 0 0 10 10 -- -- -- --
 -134-
-
SCHEME : V SEM. B.E. (FIRE ENGG.)
Year Sub.code Subject Name L T P Hrs/W Max.M Paper Col. Min.M
eek arks Ass. arks
(Th)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Vth 5FE 01 Fire Laws 2 0 0 2 100 70 30 45
5FE 02 Special Fire Hazards 2 1 0 3 100 70 30 45
5FE 03 Fire Fighting Equipment 2 0 2 4 100 70 30 45
5FE 04 Fire Fighting Codes & 2 0 0 4 100 70 30 45
Standarisation
5FE 05 Fire Fighting Installation 2 1 0 3 100 70 30 45
5FE 06 Communication Wireless Detection 0 0 3 3 -- -- -- --
System.
5FE 07 Project Seminar 0 0 4 4 -- -- -- --
5FE 08 Fire Fighting & Field Training 0 0 10 10 -- -- -- --
SCHEME : VI SEM. & E (FIRE ENGG.)
VIth 6FE Project 0 0 9 9 -- -- -- --
01
6FE Elective-I 3 0 0 3 100 70 30 45
02
6FE Elective-II 3 0 0 3 100 70 30 45
03
6FE Storage of Convention Hazardous 3 0 0 3 100 70 30 45
04 Material
6FE Fire Fighting & Field Training 0 0 10 10 -- -- -- --
05
6FE Disaster Management 3 0 0 3 100 70 30 45
06
SCHEME : VII SEM. B.E. (FIRE ENGG.)
Year Sub.code Subject Name L T P Hrs/W Max.Ma Paper Col.A Max.Ma
eek rks (Th) ss. rks
VIIth 7FE01 Practical Attachment 0 0 30 30 -- -- -- 700
 -135-

*ORDINANCE NO. 29 OF 2006

AN ORDINANCE TO AMEND THE ORDINANCE NO.12, RELATING TO

UNIVERSITY FEES

Whereas it is expedient to amend the Ordinance No. 12 (as amended by

ordinance no. 3 of 1994), relating to University Fees, for the purposes hereinafter
appearing; the Management Council is hereby pleased to make the following
ordinance;

1. This ordinance may be called “Ordinance relating to University affiliation fee,

(Amendment) Ordinance, 2006”.

2. This Ordinance shall come in to force with effect from the date of its
approval by the Management Council.

3. In para (xlv) (a) of the main ordinance no. 12 shall be deleted and as
amended by ordinance no. 3 of 1994, in para 3 (1) (b) relating to University
Affiliation Fee, be substituted by following :

3 (1)(b)Applicaton fee for continuation of affiliation :

“i) Colleges for Professional courses Rs. 27,500/-

(*excluding Education and Law)

ii) Colleges of Education and law Rs. 12,500/-

iii) Colleges for courses other than Rs. 7,500/-

Professional Education and law courses.

4. In para (xlv) (b) of the main ordinance no. 12 shall be deleted and as
amended by Ordinance no. 3 of 1994, in para 3. (2) sub section 1) & 2)
relating to University Affiliation Fee, be substituted by following :

1) Colleges for professional courses Rs. 15,000/-

2) Colleges for courses other than profession courses:

i) having strength of students upto and

inclusive of 1000 - Rs. 3,500/-

ii) having strength of students between

1001 to 1500 - Rs. 7,500/-

iii) having strength of students above 1500

- Rs. 8,000/-
_________________________________________________________________________________
* Accepted by Management Council dt. 28th December, 2006, vide item No. 286,
under the draft Ordinance No. 1 of 2006.
 -136-

STATEMENT OF OBJECT AND REASONS

The rates of a Affiliation Fee, & Continuation of Affiliation Fee, has not been
increased since more than a decade. Hence, the Finance & Accounts Committee
has recommendations of the Academic Council & the Management Council to
increase the said fees and amend the Ordinance accordingly.

The Academic Council in its meeting held on 21st September, 2006 vide item
No. 23 & the Management Council in its meeting held on 28th December, 2006
vide item No. 286 considered and approved the amendment Ordinance.

This Ordinance strictly adheres to present policy and orders of the State
Government. While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial
implications are involved at the Government as well as university level as of now or
in future.

Hence this Ordinance.

_____________

* ORDINANCE NO. 30 of 2006

AN ORDINANCE TO AMEND THE ORDINANCE NO. 4 of 1996,

TO PROVIDE FOR IMPROVEMENT OF DIVISION/GRADE

Whereas it is expedient to amend Ordinance No. 4 of 1996 to provide an

ordinance for Improvement of Division/Grade, for the purposes hereinafter
appearing, the Management Council is hereby pleased to make the following
Ordinance;

1. This Ordinance may be called “Improvement of Division/Grade (Amendment)

Ordinance, 2006.”

2. This Ordinance shall come in to force with effect from the date of its
approval by the Management Council.

3. For para 3) (I) of the Main Ordinance No. 4 of 1996, For Improvement of
Division/Grade, the following para shall be substituted namely :-

“3(I) Notwithstanding anything contained in the relating ordinance, a

person who has passed his/her Post Graduate examinations in the faculties
of Arts, Social Sciences, Commerce, Science, Home Science and Education
of Nagpur University in Third Division or who does not have 55% or 60% of
the aggregate marks or an equivalent grade in the said examination, shall be
eligible to take the examination in the same subject or group of subjects as
the case may be, again for improving his/her Division /Grade as hereinafter
provided.”
_________________________________________________________________________________
* Accepted by the Management Council dt. 28th December, 2006, vide item No.
287, under the draft Ordinance No. 3 of 2006.
 -137=

STATEMENT OF OBJECT & REASONS

It was imperative to broaden the scope for the improvement of

division/grade so as to facilitate the desirous and deserving applicant students to
avail the opportunity in terms of their examination the Academic Council in its
meeting held on 21st Sept., 2006 vide item No. 24 & Management Council 28th
December, 2006 vide item No.287 considered & approved amendment Ordinance.

This Ordinance strictly adheres to present policy and orders of the State
Government. While implementing the provisions of this Ordinance, no financial
implications are involved at the Government as well as university level as of now or
in future.

Hence this Ordinance.

**********************************************************